Uncategorized | Walkthrough Blog

Block template pics for Regular Show Wiki

August 10, 2011

Guys it didn’t work but here they are!
Warn3 and 4 are mixed up.

Leave a Comment » | Uncategorized | Permalink
Posted by Walkthrough Loader

Pokemon hacks

August 6, 2011

Get Pokemon Hacks at
romhacking.net/ or
pokecommunity.com/ !

Rom Hacking.net – Has lots of other hacks. Just search for Pokemon.

Poke COmmunity – GO on forum, then look for creative discussions then do emulation, then you’ll find hacks.

Leave a Comment » | Uncategorized | Permalink
Posted by Walkthrough Loader

Pokemon HeartGold/SoulSilver Walkthrough

August 6, 2011

it is here!

o———————————————————————–o
| Use the shortcut codes to quickly access parts of this document. Hold |
| the Ctrl key and press F to bring up the Find menu. Type in the code |
| and use that to instantly go to that section. If you’re looking for a |
| specific item, type in the item name instead. |
o———————————————————————–o

====================
0. Table of Contents
====================

0. Table of Contents

PART ONE: JOHTO

1. The Stuff Everyone Oughta Care About If They Want To Succeed………[ltitw]
1a. Legal Info………………………………………………….[isuyu]
1b. Knowing Pokemon……………………………………………..[htptg]
1c. Nature List…………………………………………………[tfnia]
1d. Type Matchups……………………………………………….[hthse]
1e. Major Status Effects…………………………………………[spcds]

2. It’s Been Ten Years…………………………………………..[lolhi]

3. The Mystery Egg of Mr. Pokemon…………………………………[owcib]
3a. New Bark Town – Winds of a New Beginning……………………….[rlstr]
3b. Cherrygrove City – The City of Fragrant Flowers…………………[ngitt]

4. The First Badge………………………………………………[zfrbj]
4a. Violet City – The City of Nostalgic Scents……………………..[fgitc]
4b. Sprout Tower………………………………………………..[sprtr]
4c. Boss: Falkner……………………………………………….[frkws]

5. The Second Badge……………………………………………..[hyvbj]
5a. Ruins of Alph……………………………………………….[annon]
5b. Union Cave………………………………………………….[gpirg]
5c. Azalea Town – Living Happily With Pokemon………………………[wagnt]
5d. Slowpoke Well……………………………………………….[nrepo]
5e. Boss: Proton………………………………………………..[cnbgn]
5f. Vs. Silver: Azalea Town………………………………………[pwnzr]
5g. Boss: Bugsy…………………………………………………[ymnbo]

6. The Third Badge………………………………………………[plnbj]
6a. Ilex Forest…………………………………………………[hotpc]
6b. Goldenrod City – A Happening Big City………………………….[trtam]
6c. Goldenrod City Department Store……………………………….[wuhuu]
6d. Boss: Whitney……………………………………………….[mmvnt]

7. The Fourth Badge……………………………………………..[fogbj]
7a. Ecruteak City – A Historical City……………………………..[tmleg]
7b. Vs. Silver: Burned Tower……………………………………..[pwnd2]
7c. Burned Tower………………………………………………..[ttftg]
7d. Boss: Morty…………………………………………………[rlcsk]

8. The Fifth Badge………………………………………………[srmbj]
8a. Cross-Country Surfing………………………………………..[ytnil]
8b. To the Lighthouse!…………………………………………..[jisfs]
8c. Olivine City – The Port with Sea Breezes……………………….[oysgt]
8d. Olivine Lighthouse…………………………………………..[satgl]
8e. The Path Across the Sea………………………………………[gjsyl]
8f. Cianwood City – A Port of Crashing Waves……………………….[ttkaf]
8g. Boss: Chuck…………………………………………………[jtswn]

9. The Sixth Badge………………………………………………[mrlbj]
9a. Super New Johto Route Fun Time………………………………..[nigas]
9b. Boss: Jasmine……………………………………………….[ipsmn]

10. The Seventh Badge……………………………………………[gsrbj]
10a. Mt. Mortar…………………………………………………[nrctw]
10b. Mahogany Town – Home of the Ninja…………………………….[wtfwn]
10c. The Lake of Rage……………………………………………[ronrh]
10d. Infiltrating the Totally Not Suspicious Souvenir Shop…………..[nntba]
10e. Boss: Petrel……………………………………………….[srtre]
10f. Boss: Ariana & Team Rocket Grunt……………………………..[hffep]
10g. Boss: Pryce………………………………………………..[ymnbt]

11. The Eighth Badge…………………………………………….[rsnbj]
11a. Team Rocket’s Last Stand…………………………………….[npjwi]
11b. Boss: Petrel……………………………………………….[ftosw]
11c. Vs. Silver: Goldenrod Underground…………………………….[pwnd3]
11d. Boss: Proton……………………………………………….[oftdt]
11e. Boss: Ariana……………………………………………….[nuagn]
11f. Boss: Archer……………………………………………….[jsstw]
11g. The Icy Trek of Not Lame…………………………………….[rtmpg]
11h. Blackthorn City – A Quiet Mountain Retreat…………………….[iaftg]
11i. East Side Cleanup…………………………………………..[pwshm]
11j. Boss: Clair………………………………………………..[cikos]
11k. Dragon’s Den……………………………………………….[ciadw]

12. The Path to the Pokemon League………………………………..[noaae]
12a. Waterfall Play……………………………………………..[krnr2]
12b. Boss: The Kimono Girls………………………………………[znmsk]
12c. Bell Tower…………………………………………………[stwgl]
12c1. Boss: Ho-Oh……………………………………………….[nahag]
12d. Whirl Islands………………………………………………[sfehd]
12d1. Boss: Lugia……………………………………………….[gihtl]
12e. Welcome to Kanto!…………………………………………..[pswhc]
12f. Vs. Silver: Victory Road…………………………………….[pwnd4]
12g. The Elite Four & Champion……………………………………[wkbkl]

PART TWO: KANTO

13. The Ninth Badge……………………………………………..[tdrbj]
13a. Fast Ship S.S. Aqua – Olivine to Vermilion…………………….[jootp]
13b. Vermilion City – The Port of Exquisite Sunsets…………………[ncffl]
13c. Boss. Lt. Surge…………………………………………….[feeuu]

14. Badges Ten and Eleven………………………………………..[mrsno]
14a. No Tea This Time……………………………………………[gtscy]
14b. Boss: Sabrina………………………………………………[lwshc]
14c. The Power Plant Mist-ery…………………………………….[cscbj]
14d. Boss: Misty………………………………………………..[twfpq]

15. The Twelfth Badge……………………………………………[solbj]
15a. Rock Tunnel and Route 8……………………………………..[rktre]
15b. Silence Bridge to Fuchsia……………………………………[rttaf]
15c. Boss: Janine……………………………………………….[wbthf]

16. Kanto Cleanup……………………………………………….[fgsse]
16a. Celadon City Department Store………………………………..[nrawh]
16b. Boss: Erika………………………………………………..[ksglp]
16c. Intermission……………………………………………….[cradc]
16d. Boss: Brock………………………………………………..[bdrbj]
16e. From Pewter to Cerulean……………………………………..[rtamm]
16f. Vs. Silver: Mt. Moon………………………………………..[pwnd5]
16g. Viridian Forest and Route 1………………………………….[yatta]
16h. Seafoam Islands…………………………………………….[ytbib]
16i. Boss: Blaine……………………………………………….[vcnbj]
16j. Boss: Blue…………………………………………………[rthbj]

17. The End…………………………………………………….[umsfr]
17a. Cerulean Cave………………………………………………[mltud]
17b. Boss: Lance & Clair…………………………………………[pwnd6]
17c. Vs. Silver: Indigo Plateau…………………………………..[pwnd7]
17d. Elite Four, Round 2…………………………………………[lkbkw]
17e. Mt. Silver…………………………………………………[nerwl]
17f. Boss: Red………………………………………………….[lgrbn]

PART THREE: EXTRAS

18. In-Game Events………………………………………………[gceap]
18a. In-Game Trades……………………………………………..[rsnmc]

19. The Safari Zone……………………………………………..[nbtta]

20. Bug-Catching Contest…………………………………………[tthsa]

21. The Battle Frontier………………………………………….[oatef]
21a. Battle Castle………………………………………………[scphk]
21b. Battle Hall………………………………………………..[opbtb]
21c. Battle Tower……………………………………………….[gihtp]
21d. Battle Factory……………………………………………..[tiaed]
21e. Battle Arcade………………………………………………[tpisa]

22. Pokeathlon………………………………………………….[lashd]
22a. Pokeathlon Prizes…………………………………………..[pcesd]
22b. Creating a Winner…………………………………………..[lklke]

23. S.S. Aqua Return Trips……………………………………….[gtgap]

24. Fighting Dojo……………………………………………….[gptlu]
24a. Falkner……………………………………………………[mjftn]
24b. Bugsy……………………………………………………..[owbtl]
24c. Whitney……………………………………………………[olwkp]
24d. Morty……………………………………………………..[osogf]
24e. Chuck……………………………………………………..[tcaim]
24f. Jasmine……………………………………………………[towra]
24g. Pryce……………………………………………………..[ntctt]
24h. Clair……………………………………………………..[epofa]
24i. Blaine…………………………………………………….[cfaaa]
24j. Blue………………………………………………………[citcc]
24k. Brock……………………………………………………..[rtths]
24l. Erika……………………………………………………..[qbnzp]
24m. Janine…………………………………………………….[ecgir]
24n. Lt. Surge………………………………………………….[oyfto]
24o. Misty……………………………………………………..[kwsdp]
24p. Sabrina……………………………………………………[hlars]

25. Master Lists………………………………………………..[mtssl]
25a. Daily Activities……………………………………………[oweui]
25b. Shiny Leaves……………………………………………….[ftsbw]
25c. Pokemon Swarms……………………………………………..[ofwwh]
25d. Abilities………………………………………………….[zzhng]
25e. TMs and HMs………………………………………………..[olnkt]
25f. Apricorns………………………………………………….[imtgg]

26. Competitive Battling 101……………………………………..[widnt]
26a. Individual Values and Characteristics…………………………[nqtlt]
26b. Effort Values and EV Training………………………………..[osfdq]

27. Pal Park……………………………………………………[ifrtd]

28. The Pokewalker………………………………………………[stgfl]
28a. Poke Radar…………………………………………………[nlaty]
28a1. Battling………………………………………………….[fachg]
28b. Pokewalker Routes…………………………………………..[tsfto]

29. Version History……………………………………………..[wtidd]

30. Acknowledgements…………………………………………….[thx2u]

===============================================================
1. The Stuff Everyone Oughta Care About If They Want To Succeed [ltitw]
===============================================================

Pokemon is cool.
==============
1a. Legal Info [isuyu]
==============

this was made by me and only me fir my blog.

===================
1b. Knowing Pokemon [htptg]
===================

Each Pokemon has either one or two of 17 types: Bug, Dark, Dragon, Grass,
Ghost, Ground, Electric, Fighting, Fire, Flying, Ice, Normal, Poison, Psychic,
Rock, Steel, and Water.

No Pokemon currently has two of the same type, but who knows? It may happen
someday.

Pokemon have seven core stats: Level (in this guide, L for short), Hit Points
(HP), Attack (ATK), Defense (DEF), Special Attack (SP.ATK), Special Defense
(SP.DEF), and Speed (SPD).

A Pokemon’s Level is a relative gauge of strength. The higher the Pokemon’s
Level, the stronger that Pokemon is. HP shows how much punishment your Pokemon
can take. If at any time its HP is reduced to 0, it faints and can no longer
battle until it is brought back to life. ATK and SP.ATK are used for attacking
purposes. The higher the stat, the more damage the Pokemon is capable of
inflicting. DEF and SP.DEF reduce damage done to your Pokemon – the higher the
stat, the less damage your Pokemon will take. SPD determines who goes first in
a battle. Whoever has the higher SPD goes first – it’s that simple. In the
event of a tie, it’s essentially a coin flip – 50% chance to go first. Each of
these stats can go as high as 999 (Level caps at 100), but you will never see
any stat anywhere near that high.

Pokemon also have two hidden stats: accuracy and evasion. Accuracy affects the
opponent; evasion affects you.

Pokemon can have up to four moves with which to attack the opponent. Each move
is classified into one of the 17 types, and is further classified into three
sub-types: physical (shown by orange symbol), special (shown by purple symbol),
and status (shown by gray symbol). Physical attacks do more damage if the
user’s ATK is high. DEF is factored in when taking physical damage.

A high SP.ATK will yield more damage from special-based moves. When being
attacked by a special move, SP.DEF is used instead of DEF.

Status moves do not do direct damage, but change the status of the Pokemon in
play. Some such moves might increase a user’s ATK by any number of stages, or
inflict a status effect on the opponent.

A “stage” in Pokemon is one point on a scale that goes from -6 to +6. Stages
represent percentages that serve as modifiers when determining damage of an
attack, or if an attack will hit. When attacking, stage percentages are
multiplied by the attack strength of a move (its “base power”). Here are all
the multipliers for attacking:

-6: x0.25 +1: x1.5
-5: x0.2857 +2: x2.0
-4: x0.3333 +3: x2.5 As you can see, stage boosts are very
-3: x0.4 +4: x3.0 straightforward; stage reductions are not
-2: x0.5 +5: x3.5 as clear cut.
-1: x0.6667 +6: x4.0

Pokemon moves have accuracy, from as low as 30 to as high as 100. For all
intents and purposes, these can be treated as percentages; a move with 30
accuracy has a 30% to hit the opponent, whereas a move with 100 accuracy will
never miss unless one of the two Pokemon has an accuracy or evasion modifier.

Accuracy and evasion have their own multipliers. This is what accuracy looks
like:

-6: x0.3333 +1: x1.3333
-5: x0.375 +2: x1.6666
-4: x0.4285 +3: x2.0 Evasion modifiers are the same thing,
-3: x0.5 +4: x2.3333 except reversed.
-2: x0.6 +5: x2.6666
-1: x0.75 +6: x3.0

Pokemon moves have Power Points (PP) that tell you how many times a move can be
used. When PP fall to zero, that move can no longer be used. Some items restore
PP, but they’re fairly rare. The most common method of PP restoration is
healing at a Pokemon Center.

When a Pokemon uses a move that is the same type as the Pokemon’s type, its
base power is multiplied by 1.5x. This is called “Same Type Attack Bonus,” or
STAB for short.

For example, Chikorita is a Grass-type. If it uses Energy Ball, a Grass-type
attack with 80 base power, STAB will increase it to 120 (80 x 1.5 = 120).
STAB is incredibly important – you should always have a STAB option on your
Pokemon.

Pokemon grow through Experience (Exp.) which is gained by participating in
battles against other Pokemon. When a Pokemon is defeated, Exp. Points are
awarded to any Pokemon that was in that battle. Points are divided evenly by
the number of combatants. For example, if 300 Exp. Points are awarded, and 2
Pokemon took part, each of them would get 150 Exp. If only one Pokemon was in
the battle, that Pokemon gets the entire 300 Points.

When a Pokemon gets a certain amount of Exp., it will level up.

Pokemon grow further through evolution. There are numerous methods of
evolution, the most common of which is simply through leveling up. When a
Pokemon gets to that Level, it will try to evolve at the battle’s end. If you
press B, you can halt the evolution. This can be wise because Pokemon will
learn more powerful moves much earlier than if they had been allowed to evolve;
Pokemon get a big boost in each of their core stats upon evolution, however.

Should you choose to halt the evolution, the Pokemon will try to evolve once it
levels up. Keep in mind that Levels max out at 100, so if your Pokemon is L100,
evolves by leveling up, and still hasn’t evolved fully, you are out of luck.

Each Pokemon has its own happiness rating that basically determines how much
your Pokemon likes you. Some Pokemon, like Golbat, evolve if it has a certain
happiness rating when it levels up. Happiness is increased through many
different methods found in the game. A happy Pokemon won’t do better in battle
than a Pokemon who hates you, but for Pokemon like Golbat where happiness is
key, it’s important to know how you can increase it effectively.

===============
1c. Nature List [tfnia]
===============

Each Pokemon also has one of 25 natures that will change a Pokemon’s core stats
(except HP). Each stat is increased or reduced by 10%. For example, a Lonely
nature increases ATK by 10% and reduce DEF by 10%.

Generally speaking, it is a bad idea to use a Pokemon with a neutral nature
(one of the ones that increase and decrease the same stat), but for the
purposes of playing the main story, it doesn’t really matter.

Hardy: (no change) Bold: +DEF -ATK Timid: +SPD -ATK
Lonely: +ATK -DEF Docile: (no change) Hasty: +SPD -DEF
Brave: +ATK -SPD Relaxed: +DEF -SPD Serious: (no change)
Adamant: +ATK -SP.ATK Impish: +DEF -SP.ATK Jolly: +SPD -SP.ATK
Naughty: +ATK -SP.DEF Lax: +DEF -SP.DEF Naive: +SPD -SP.DEF

Modest: +SP.ATK -ATK Calm: +SP.DEF -ATK
Mild: +SP.ATK -DEF Gentle: +SP.DEF -DEF
Quiet: +SP.ATK -SPD Sassy: +SP.DEF -SPD
Bashful: (no change) Careful: +SP.DEF -SP.ATK
Rash: +SP.ATK -SP.DEF Quirky: (no change)

=================
1d. Type Matchups [hthse]
=================

Each type has its own stats, as well. All types are either weak to, resistant
to, or immune to certain other types.

When a Pokemon attacks an opponent with a move the opponent is weak to, the
base power of the move is multiplied by 2. Let’s say Chikorita uses Energy Ball
on Totodile, a Water-type. Water is weak to Grass, so the base power is
doubled. Chikorita’s Energy Ball already has 120 base power due to STAB – this
is doubled due to weakness for a total of 240 base power. Without STAB, this
would only have 160 base power, which is a phenomenal difference in strength.

When a Pokemon attacks an opponent with a move the opponent resists, the base
power of the move is multiplied by 0.5. Let’s say that somehow, Totodile
survived Chikorita’s Energy Ball and he retaliates with Surf, a Water-type
attack with 95 base power. Totodile and Surf share the same type, so the base
power is first increased to 142 (Pokemon always rounds down when decimals are
involved). Grass resists Water, so the base power is reduced to 71.

If a Pokemon has two types, both of those types’ weaknesses and resistances are
factored in when determining the base power. Let’s say Chikorita attacks
Quagsire, a Water/Ground-type, with Energy Ball. Ground is also weak to Grass,
so this is really going to hurt. First, the 120 base power (thanks to STAB) is
doubled because Water is weak to Grass, for a total of 240. This is doubled
_again_ thanks to the Ground weakness for a grand total of 480 base power,
which is obscene and all but guarantees certain death.

On the other side of that coin, let’s say Chikorita attacks Jumpluff, a
Grass/Flying-type, with Energy Ball. Both Grass and Flying resist Grass. The
120 base power is halved first to 60 base power for the Grass resist and then
halved again for the Flying resist for a total of a measly 30 base power.

Finally, we’ll have Chikorita attack Gyarados, a Water/Flying type. Water is
weak to Grass, but Grass resists it. This results in neutral damage – the 120
base power is doubled to 240 because of the Water weakness, but halved to 120
because of the Flying resistance.

When a Pokemon attacks an opponent with a move the opponent is immune to, the
attack does absolutely nothing. No damage, no effects, nothing.

Here is a list of each of the 17 types and their weaknesses (W), resistances
(R), and immunities (I):

BUG FIRE
— —-

W: Fire, Flying, Rock W: Ground, Rock, Water
R: Fighting, Grass, Ground, Poison R: Bug, Fire, Grass, Ice, Steel
I: none I: none

DARK FLYING
—- ——

W: Bug, Fighting W: Electric, Ice, Rock
R: Dark, Ghost R: Bug, Grass, Fighting
I: Psychic I: Ground

DRAGON ICE
—— —

W: Dragon, Ice W: Fighting, Fire, Rock, Steel
R: Electric, Fire, Grass, Water R: Ice
I: none I: none

GRASS NORMAL
—– ——

W: Bug, Fire, Flying, Ice, Poison W: Fighting
R: Electric, Grass, Ground, Water R: none
I: none I: Ghost

GHOST POISON
—– ——

W: Dark, Ghost W: Ground, Psychic
R: Bug, Poison R: Bug, Fighting, Grass, Poison
I: Fighting, Normal I: none

GROUND PSYCHIC
—— ——-

W: Grass, Ice, Water W: Bug, Dark, Ghost
R: Poison, Rock R: Fighting, Psychic
I: Electric I: none

ELECTRIC ROCK
——– —-

W: Ground W: Fighting, Grass, Ground, Steel, Water
R: Electric, Flying, Steel R: Fire, Flying, Normal
I: none I: none

FIGHTING WATER
——– —–

W: Flying, Psychic W: Electric, Grass
R: Bug, Dark, Rock R: Fire, Ice, Steel, Water
I: none I: none

STEEL
—–

W: Fire, Fighting, Ground
R: Bug, Dark, Dragon, Grass, Ghost, Flying, Ice, Normal, Psychic, Rock, Steel
I: Poison

========================
1e. Major Status Effects [spcds]
========================

There are six major status effects: burned (BRN), fainted (FNT), frozen (FRZ),
paralyzed (PAR), poisoned (PSN), and asleep (SLP). These are major status
effects because your Pokemon can only be affected by one of them at any given
time. If your Pokemon is affected by any of them, you’ll see it quite easily in
battle or in the menu. Each of them have their own methods of curing, but all
of them can be cured by healing at a Pokemon Center or depositing the afflicted
Pokemon in a PC Box.

Burned
——

Any burned Pokemon will suffer an ATK decrease of 50%. It also loses 1/8 of its
maximum HP between turns.

How to heal: Burn Heal, Full Heal, Full Restore, Heal Powder, Lum Berry, Rawst
Berry

Confused
——–

Confusion is not a major status effect, but it’s just as dangerous, so I’m
listing it here. When a confused Pokemon tries to attack, it will either hit
itself (50% chance), hit the opponent as normal but remain confused (25%
chance), or shake off the confusion and attack as normal (25% chance). You will
be experiencing this throughout the whole entire game, so get used to it.

How to heal: Full Heal, Full Restore, Heal Powder, Lum Berry, Persim Berry

Fainted
——-

A Pokemon that has fainted cannot be used in battle. If it knows any Hidden
Machines (HMs), it can still use them out of battle.

How to heal: Max Revive, Rare Candy (L99 or lower), Revival Herb, Revive

Frozen
——

A frozen Pokemon can’t do anything. If it’s hit by Flamethrower or Fire Blast,
the frozen Pokemon will thaw. If the frozen Pokemon uses Flame Wheel or Sacred
Fire, the frozen Pokemon will thaw. This effect will wear off in a random
number of turns, sometimes immediately.

How to heal: Aspear Berry, Full Heal, Full Restore, Heal Powder, Ice Heal, Lum
Berry

Paralyzed
———

One of the worst status effects to have. A paralyzed Pokemon has its SPD
reduced by 75%. In addition to this, there is a 25% chance each turn that the
Pokemon will be “fully paralyzed” and unable to move for that turn.

How to heal: Cheri Berry, Full Heal, Full Restore, Heal Powder, Lum Berry,
Parlyz Heal, or be hit by the move Smellingsalt
Poisoned
——–

If your Pokemon gets poisoned, it will lose 1/16 of its maximum HP between
turns. Outside of battle, this Pokemon will lose 1 HP for every 4 steps you
walk.

How to heal: Antidote, Full Heal, Full Restore, Heal Powder, Lum Berry, Pecha
Berry, or have the poisoned Pokemon’s HP drop to 1 in the field
Asleep
——

Sleeping Pokemon can’t do anything except use the move Sleep Talk or Snore. If
the user fell asleep by the use of Rest, it will wake up in 2 turns. In all
other cases, will wake up after a preset amount of turns, to a 4 turn maximum.

How to heal: Awakening, Chesto Berry, Full Heal, Full Restore, Heal Powder, Lum
Berry, or be hit by the move Wake-Up Slap

=========================
2. It’s Been Ten Years… [lolhi]
=========================

Objectives
———-

* Start the game.

Yeah, okay, I said I wasn’t going to do this again, but I decided that I would
do this service to you, the Pokemon players of the world. I don’t really see
how anyone could need to be walked through a Pokemon game, but some people
really do appreciate it. Plus, I like to think that my overall lightheartedness
when I write makes for an enjoyable experience, you know?

Enough about that. On with the show!

Whoops. One more thing. Since I’m playing HeartGold, this walkthrough is
written from HeartGold’s point of view – there may be slight differences in the
guide if you’re playing SoulSilver, but they shouldn’t be so major that you
become lost, and I’ll be pointing out those differences when they arise. Okay,
now on with the show.

When you first start the game, you will be asked by a text box if you need
help. If you do, tap either of the selections available to learn the basics on
how to play. When you’re done (or if you don’t need any help), tap “No Info
Needed.”

You’ll see a button on the bottom screen that says “Touch.” You can use this to
scroll through the text here instead of pressing A, so sit through Professor
Oak’s speech. Choose which gender you want to play as, and give yourself a
name. You will encounter the other character over the course of the game. The
boy’s name is Ethan, and the girl’s name is Lyra. I’m playing as the male, so
I’ll be referring to that second character as Lyra throughout this guide.

You’ll then be thrust into the world of Pokemon!

=================================
3. The Mystery Egg of Mr. Pokemon [owcib]
=================================

Objectives
———-

* Get acquainted with the game’s controls.
* Get your first Pokemon.
* Investigate Mr. Pokemon’s discovery.

When you get control of your character, you won’t be able to do anything except
walk around. You can examine the PC for a letter from Lyra, but that’s it. Go
downstairs and your mom will give you your bag, Trainer Card, and the ability
to save (she’s quite powerful). She also gives you the Options menu, which you
should utilize right now to customize your game to your liking.

The only option not self-explanatory would be the “Battle Style” option.
“Shift” means you get an option to switch your Pokemon out whenever the
opponent’s Pokemon dies; “Set” means their next Pokemon will be sent out
automatically after a KO. “L=A” in the “Button Mode” just means you can use L
Button as you would A Button – confirm a choice, progress text, etc.

There are 20 frames to choose from. I use number seven.

Don’t forget to Confirm when you’re done.

I’d take this opportunity to save. Go ahead and step outside!

============================================
3a. New Bark Town – Winds of a New Beginning [rlstr]
============================================

Leave your house, and you’ll be approached by a Marill. A girl will emerge from
the building nearby; Marill will go to her, and the two will head off-screen.

Head into the building you saw the girl exit from and talk to the guy at the
top of the room. This be Professor Elm, authority on Pokemon in Johto. During
his talk with you, he receives an email from one “Mr. Pokemon” who claims he
has something awesome. Elm speculates it’s just a Pokemon Egg, but he sends you
to go check it out anyway. To make sure you don’t get ravaged by the oh-so-
dangerous wild Pokemon out there, Elm allows you to take one of the three
Pokemon located to your right.

Each Pokemon is good in their own way. None of the three Pokemon gain a second
type at all; they’ll be Grass, Water, and Fire their entire lives. Chikorita is
a somewhat defensive Pokemon with stats to match. Cyndaquil and Totodile are
both powerhouses in their own right, but the Water type is a better attacking
type than Fire, so Totodile players will have an easier time.

It should be noted that Chikorita players will have a tougher time against the
first two Gyms than other players.

Whichever one you want to have, take one and be on your way. Before you leave,
one of Elm’s aides will fork over five Potions. You can find them by tapping
the Bag icon, then the Medicine Pocket icon (second from left). You can take
the time to acquaint yourself with the location of each of these pockets, as
you can switch between any of them with just a tap.

Now you are finally ready to head out into the world.

When you leave, Lyra will stop you and comment on your new Pokemon. She
suggests you show it to your mom. You _have_ to do this, as much as you might
not want to. Head home and talk to your mom, who will give you the Pokegear.

Your mom will then ask you if you remember how to place a call. To call
someone, tap the Pokegear icon. you can choose a name on your list of phone
numbers, then choose to “Call” them. It’s that easy.

The button next to the phone icon lets you change the background of the
Pokegear. Instantly I picked the Team Rocket background. You should, too.

===================================================
3b. Cherrygrove City – The City of Fragrant Flowers [ngitt]
===================================================

As you enter the city, an old guy–the Guide Gent–will show you around, noting
the important locations around the city. When you reach his house, he’ll give
you some Running Shoes as a token of goodwill. Sweet.

A new icon has appeared on the Touch Screen. If you tap it, you will dash as
long as that button is pressed. Tap it again and you will resume walking.
Alternatively, you can utilize the tried-and-true method of holding B Button to
run.

Check out the Poke Mart, and take note of their stock. Most shops will carry
the same items no matter where you go; as you progress, more items will be
available to you. Pick up a couple Potions if you need to, then leave north out
of the city, only to be stopped again by the Guide Gent. He’ll give you a Map
Card for the Pokegear, and then leave. People in Johto sure are forgetful…

Now that you have a Key Item, you should learn about registering items. A new
change to Pokemon games in general – you can now register two Key Items. Both
items will be shown on the Touch Screen, above the shoes icon. The first item
you register will be able to be used by pressing Y Button, or tapping the icon.
The second item will have to be tapped in order to use it. By registering the
Apricorn Box, you can see how many Apricorns you have at a glance.

Just above this part you will see two Trainers in a heated battle. They’re
taking up the entire road, so you can’t pass. Go up the other side.

Continue up the path and you’ll spot an Antidote to your left. North of here,
the path will split into two. Continue north, staying on the right side of the
path and you will eventually reach Mr. Pokemon’s house. There’s a Pnk Apricorn
next to his house. Steal it and enter. Mr. Pokemon will give you a Pokemon Egg
(this is a Key Item) to show to Professor Elm. He’ll then heal your Pokemon,
and Professor Oak takes over. He notices your Pokemon and gives you a Pokedex.
Now you can record data on new monsters you encounter. Then Oak forces his
number on you in a _completely_ non-creepy way.

As soon as you leave, Elm calls you with bad news…? Better get back home.

Head to Cherrygrove, then heal and save.

When you leave the city, you’ll come across the person who was peering into
Elm’s lab at the beginning of the game. He will challenge you to a battle,
using the Pokemon available at Elm’s lab that has a type advantage against
yours. You should have gained a few Levels at this point, so this fight should
not be difficult at all. You should also have a surplus of Potions that will
help you, should you need it.

Hurry back home and see what Elm wants.

Upon entering the lab, it is revealed that a Pokemon has been stolen! Travesty!

You get blamed because, according to the officer, whoever did it will return to
the site. Lyra bursts onto the scene and defends your honor – there was a red-
haired boy looking into the building! Realizing his error, the officer asks if
you caught the young man’s name, and it is at this point you can name your
rival. I named him Silver, so he will be referred to as such throughout this
guide.

The officer and Lyra leave, and Elm remembers the reason he let you out in the
first place – Mr. Pokemon’s discovery. You will hand him the Egg and Elm will
shrug it off, the total opposite of his reaction in Gold and Silver. I guess
after ten years, Pokemon Eggs just aren’t cool anymore.

Elm will freak out that Oak gave you a Pokedex, so he suggests you go lay waste
to the Gyms in Johto. You might even become the Champion!

…Or not! Ha ha.

Elm tells you to go talk to your mom after this; you can skip it if you want
to. She will ask you if you want to send a little money (specifically, 1/4 of
your winnings) to her every time you earn some. If you die a lot, you might
want to consider it. Otherwise, just tell her to shove off and she won’t save a
thing. You can come back at any time and switch to savings mode, so don’t worry
about letting her down now.

As I said before, you can ignore her completely; she’ll call you when you get a
little past Mr. Pokemon’s house, and you can drop the bad news on her then.

I really think you should keep your funds to yourself. Since dolls are no
longer in the game, your mom will buy stupid things like Super Potions and
Repels for you. When your mom buys you something, head to any Poke Mart and
talk to the dude by the shelf for the item.

If you try to leave New Bark Town, Lyra will stop you dead and drag you to the
field. She and Marill will then go hop around a bunch, then say “Just like
that!”

Yes, Lyra, you were way too fast. This time, she drags you into the field with
her and shows you how to catch a Pokemon. Really, she just got lucky. You won’t
usually be able to capture something at the HP level she does, which she
mentions. Lyra then gives you 5 Poke Balls, which you may use to attempt
catching whatever you like. Then she leaves, and you’re free to go about your
business.

Poke Balls are now available in shops all over the country, and each Poke Mart
now has a secondary shop that sells special Poke Balls and Mail. I’ll be
covering each secondary shop in each town and city, but the general Mart wares
remain the same, so there’s no point in writing it down each time.

Fun fact: Deposit a Pokemon in the PC to completely cure it.

Your mission now is to conquer the Johto region’s eight Gyms. The first one is
in Violet City, which is west of Mr. Pokemon’s house. Get going.

==================
4. The First Badge [zfrbj]
==================

Objectives
———-

* Ascend Sprout Tower.
* Earn your first Badge.

Yep! That’s it! It’s all fighting from now until you are one Badge closer to
challenging the Elite Four.

Head into Elm’s lab and heal your Pokemon if you need to. When you leave the
lab, examine the tile where Silver was standing for a Potion. Go back to the
place where those Trainers were fighting each other. They’re done now, so you
can pass… just as soon as you fight one of them.

Youngster Joey*
Rattata L4
$64

When you beat him, he will offer his phone number. Some Trainers will do this
upon defeat. Some will want a rematch, others will have other things for you.
In this guide, those Trainers will be marked with an asterisk (*) next to their
name.

Regardless of the numbers you get, everyone who isn’t a part of the storyline
(and Lyra) will call you occasionally with an absolutely worthless call, such
as this call I just received from a dude you’ll fight a little later:

‘Sup!
This is Anthony, how are ya?
Oh yeah, I was battling this
RATTATA the other day…
It took off when I got distracted by a
passing Beauty.
Learn from my mistake–always stay
focused on the job at hand!
All right then!
Be good!
Click!
…… ……

Useless. When your Pokegear rings, tap the Pokegear icon to answer it. Unless
you call them, most of them will tell you dumb crap like I have shown above. If
you can ignore 32 rings, they will hang up.

Continue on your way towards Violet City.

Youngster Mikey Stand to the right of the Trainer Tips sign,
Pidgey L2, Rattata L4 take 4 steps right, and press A for a Potion.
$64

Bug Catcher Don Shortly after this point, your mom will
Caterpie L3 x2 call you if you didn’t talk to her when you
$48 were in New Bark Town. Again, I strongly
suggest not letting her anywhere near your
money, unless you like her spending it without your approval. No matter what
you tell her, continue up to Route 31.

To Wade’s right is a Poke Ball. After you defeat him, it’s just a little bit
more to Violet City. When you enter the building separating the city from the
route, Lyra will stop you and wonder how you managed to pass her. As a reward
for “surprising” her, she will hand you the Vs. Recorder. This nifty little
tool can record a battle held between two people, or at the Sinnoh–I mean
Johto–Battle Frontier much later in the game. Then she takes off, so now
you’re free to enter the city.

==============================================
4a. Violet City – The City of Nostalgic Scents [fgitc]
==============================================

You’ll see a guy standing by the Pokemon Center. He’ll trade you a specific set
of Berries for specific Shards. More specifically:

Red – Cheri, Pecha, Leppa (Set A)
Blue – Oran, Chesto, Wiki (Set B)
Yellow – Aspear, Sitrus, Iapapa (Set C)
Green – Rawst, Lum, Aguav (Set D)

You don’t have any Shards yet, so ignore this dude for now. Head into the
Pokemon Center. Upstairs on the left is a person who will ask you what Trainer
you are most like. This is the sprite people will see you as in the Union Room.
Choose whatever one you like. On the first floor, next to the PC, is a guy
named Primo who wants you to tell him what you think about him. I have no idea
what this dude is for, so have fun with him. Heal up and get out.

To your left, you’ll see a house with a purple roof. In it is a boy who will
trade his Onix for your Bellsprout. Onix will help against the Gym here,
especially if you picked Chikorita. You can catch Bellsprout on Route 31, just
out of the city. Onix is nicknamed Rocky, has a Hasty nature, and is holding a
Persim Berry. He, like any other Pokemon received from an in-game trade, will
be whatever level Bellsprout is at the time of trade – if Bellsprout is L3,
Onix will also be L3.

Onix also makes a good HM slave (a Pokemon who can learn multiple HMs), and can
learn the HM you’re about to get. If you don’t want to take up one of your main
team members’ move slots, Onix will happily shoulder the burden. I suggest
doing this trade.

Directly north, at the end of the street, is the Pokemon School. You can make a
group here. No idea what that’s for, either.

o——————o Now go west, past the Gym and the Poke Mart, then up and
| VIOLET CITY SHOP | left out of the city to Route 36. There are two people
o——————o here. Talk to the fat guy on the left and he will give
| Tunnel Mail..$50 | you HM06, Rock Smash. You can’t use this out of battle
| Heal Ball…$300 | yet, but it’s still good to get it now since you can
| Net Ball…$1000 | still use it _in_ battle.
o——————o
A note: If it’s Thursday, you’ll see a kid in glasses
between the two people normally found on this route. This is Arthur, and he’ll
give you a Hard Stone, which powers up Rock attacks. He’ll be here every
Thursday.

Go back to the Pokemon School and head north from there, to Sprout Tower. When
you get to the little part in the water, stand to the left of the left lantern.
Take three steps left and face up. Press A for a Poke Ball.

================
4b. Sprout Tower [sprtr]
================

Go down the ladder near Nico. Head down for a Parlyz Heal, then left.

Sage Chow Go up the ladder here. Above you is an X Accuracy.
Bellsprout L3 x3 Then, go down.
$144

Sage Edmond Go up the ladder to his right.
Bellsprout L3 x3 Just a few more guys and you’ll have this tower beat.
$144

Sage Jin Sage Neal Sage Troy
Bellsprout L6 Bellsprout L6 Bellsprout L7, Hoothoot L7
$288 $288 $336

Head past Troy and you’ll see Silver, who’s just beaten the elder. He receives
a Technical Machine (TM) and uses an Escape Rope to get out. The item ball you
see on the ground is an Escape Rope, so pick it up. Heal, save, and talk to the
old guy:

Elder Li
Bellsprout L7 x2, Hoothoot L10
$1200

This fight can be a little difficult if you chose Totodile, and slightly more
difficult if you chose Chikorita, but your other party members should be able
to handle it. If you caught a Pidgey or Spearow, their Flying-type attacks will
make short work of Bellsprout. Onix can shrug off Hoothoot’s attacks quite
easily, or you can just batter him with Chikorita’s Razor Leaf since it is
stronger than Tackle, even though it’s not very effective. If you’ve been
burning this place to the ground with Cyndaquil, he will probably evolve after
this battle if you haven’t been using anyone else.

After you win, you will receive TM70, Flash, for your trouble. This move will
light up dark caves when used out of battle, and reduces the foe’s accuracy
when used in battle. Remember, TMs can only be used once!

Warp on out of here.

After you heal up at the Pokemon Center, head to the Gym.

=================
4c. Boss: Falkner [frkws]
=================

Step on the platform-thing in the middle to be carried into the air. Falkner
has two cronies, both of which you can completely skip by utilizing the
transparent floor. That is a huge waste of Experience (and it’s not like
they’re hard to beat anyway), so just kill them.

Bird Keeper Abe Bird Keeper Rod
Spearow L9 Pidgey L7 x2
$288 $224

That wasn’t so hard, was it? Heal and save before you fight Falkner.

Falkner’s team is as follows:

o—————-o—————-o Chikorita’s Level: 16 Money: $1560
| Pidgey L9 | Pidgeotto L13 | ———————
o—————-o—————-o
| Tackle | Gust | I’m playing a Chikorita solo, which means
| Sand-Attack | Roost | the only Pokemon I’m going to be using is
| | Tackle | Chikorita. Not Meganium, Chikorita. No
| | | evolving for the whole game! This was a
o—————-o—————-o really difficult fight for me to win;
Pidgeotto outsped me and Roosted away what
little damage I could do to it. Sand-Attack did me no favors, either, and Keen
Eye rendered Flash totally worthless. Fortunately for you, you probably aren’t
doing a Chikorita solo, so you won’t have nearly as much trouble as I did.

Falkner’s Pidgey is no threat. Just slap it around and it will die. Falkner’s
notorious Pidgeotto is still of an illegal level (sort of)… this battle
should not be difficult at all if you have any Pokemon not named Chikorita or
Bayleef.

Falkner’s special technique is Roost. It’s a Flying-type move that restores 50%
of the user’s maximum HP. If the user is a Flying-type, the Flying-type is
removed for the duration of the turn. This means you would be able to hit a
Flying-type with a Ground-type move, which normally does 0 damage. Remember
that Roost’s effect only works if the Pokemon using it goes first. If you are
having trouble with this battle, Onix can make short work of Pidgey and
Pidgeotto. At the very least, he will resist their Flying-type attacks, leaving
you time to heal up.

Ground Falkner’s birds and you will earn the Zephyr Badge, the ability to use
Rock Smash out of battle, and TM51, Roost.

===================
5. The Second Badge [hyvbj]
===================

Objectives
———-

* Become a Pokemon babysitter.
* Trek to Azalea Town.
* Meet Team Rocket.
* Defeat Silver.
* Earn your second Badge.

Now that you have one Badge, all shops will now carry Super Potions,
Awakenings, Burn Heals, Ice Heals, Escape Ropes, and Repels. Repels are very
important when you’re in the field and can’t be bothered fighting any Pokemon,
and you need to get back to town quickly. Get a bunch. Pick up a couple Escape
Ropes too, for good measure – you will actually need one a little later.

When you exit the Gym, Elm will call you and tell you that he sent an aide to
the Poke Mart. He wants you to take that Egg you delivered earlier.

Head there and get the Egg. When you leave, a weird girl will come up to you
and tell you to take care of that Egg. Hatching an Egg is as easy as walking
around with it. After a certain number of steps, it will hatch. A Togepi is
inside this particular Egg.

Whenever Togepi hatches, take it back to Professor Elm. Put it in the front of
your party and speak to him for an Everstone.

Smash the rock in front of the Trainer’s School. On this path, examine the last
tile for a Hyper Potion.

If today is Tuesday, walk back to Route 29. You’ll find a girl here, Tuscany,
and she’ll give you a TwistedSpoon. It’s important that you speak to her at
your earliest convenience so you can start getting their ribbons.

Heal yourself and leave south out of the city. Pick the Ylw Apricorn and Route
32 officially begins a short walk later. Head left through the building and
you’ll be in the Ruins of Alph.

=================
5a. Ruins of Alph [annon]
=================

Make sure you have someone that knows Rock Smash. If you have the Toys’R’Us
special event Arceus, or any Arceus from the Hall of Origin in Sinnoh, you can
obtain baby legendary Pokemon! See section 18 for details.

Right as you leave, you’ll see a sign that says “Ruins of Alph.” Stand to the
left of this sign and take three steps down. Examine the rock for a Great Ball.

Follow the path north. Skip all the buildings you see and you’ll see three
breakable rocks near the north exit.

Whenever you see rocks like these, you may find prizes in the rubble. Usually
these are fossils or Shards that you can keep until later, or trade to the guy
outside Violet City’s Pokemon Center. You might find Pokemon in there, too.

You can do this as long as you like; just enter the building and exit, and the
rocks will have respawned.

Break the leftmost of these three rocks and examine the rock it was blocking
for a Rare Candy. From that spot, take two steps right, six steps down, then
head left to a hidden area where you can bust your way to a Hyper Potion.

Back on the main path, head south. There are two buildings – an entrance on one
of them is blocked. Stand in front of the entrance that is blocked. Take one
step down and face left. Press A for a TinyMushroom. Go into the open building
and find that it is actually a path that you can follow to an actual building.
Go to the back of the room in the center. Use an Escape Rope and a secret room
will open up. In this room is a Heal Powder, an Oran Berry, a Pecha Berry, and
an EnergyPowder. For the most part, they’re all worthless, but you can’t
complain about free stuff. If you fall down the hole at the top of the room
(don’t), you will be in a secret room with words written on the floor. It
reads, “OUR CLAN ENGRAVED WORDS IN THIS PLACE”

Falling down the next hole will take you to the main area, which you will be
entering soon enough. Just leave the way you came and stand on the altar in the
center of the room.

o———————o You will have to assemble the pieces of the puzzle
| Alph Puzzle: Kabuto | here in order to unlock a secret. Here is the entire
o———————o puzzle board as you see it in-game:

* A B C D * The asterisks represent blank spots. The letters
E 01 02 03 04 I represent the default location of the puzzle pieces
F 05 06 07 08 J you need to put in the puzzle, and the numbers
G 09 10 11 12 K represent the 16 spots where the pieces go. Most of
H 13 14 15 16 L the pieces are already filled in for you, so this
* M N O P * particular puzzle is very easy.

To pick up a piece, tap and hold it with your stylus. Move it to the desired
location, and release to drop the piece. To turn the pieces, double tap the
piece. For example, if in the solution it says “H-2(1)”, you would move the
piece at spot H to empty spot 2. The number in parentheses represents how many
times you have to flip the piece before it’s in the correct position. In this
case, piece H would need to be flipped just once.

Here’s the solution to the Kabuto puzzle:

H-2(1), E-6(3), P-9(3), J-11(2)

When you solve it, the floor will open beneath you, and you’ll be in the main
area. A guy will give you the Unown Report, which you can look at to check out
all the different shapes of Unown you have captured (there are 28 of them; one
for each letter of the alphabet, plus ! and ?). There are four puzzles in the
Ruins of Alph that you must complete in order to unlock more shapes of Unown,
but this is the only one you can access right now

You’ll start running into wild Unown now, so fight your way to the center of
the room where the ladder is to be brought back to the surface. Leave and
follow the path east back to Route 32.

==============
5b. Union Cave [gpirg]
==============

Picnicker Liz*
NidoranF L8 When you get to the stairs, take a right.
$128

Fisherman Henry Fisherman Justin Fisherman Ralph*
Poliwag L8 x2 Magikarp L5 x3/L15 Goldeen L10
$256 $160 $320

Youngster Gordon Go left, up the stairs, and into the grass to your
Wooper L10 left for TM09, Bullet Seed. This physical-based
$160 Grass move hits the foe 2-5 times. Then go straight
up:
Camper Roland
NidoranM L9 A Great Ball can be found to his right, on the
$144 other side of the trees.

Now go down past Gordon and you’ll see a Pokemon Center. If it’s Friday, a girl
will be on the path just above it. She’ll give you a Poison Barb, which powers
up Poison moves.

You can go downstairs in Pokemon Centers now; do so and get your Pal Pad. This
will be used to store Friend Codes of people you meet. To get your own Friend
Code, connect to Nintendo WFC.

Talk to the fisherman on the ground floor and say yes for an Old Rod.

You now have a new method of finding Pokemon!

The Old Rod mainly catches Magikarp. However, if you’re that desperate for
certain Pokemon, you can use it to get certain other Pokemon that the spots
you’ve already visited:

Cherrygrove City: Krabby
New Bark Town: Tentacool
Route 30: Poliwag
Route 31: Poliwag
Route 32: Tentacool
Ruins of Alph: Poliwag
Violet City: Poliwag

They’re very rare, though, so you might want to wait until you get a better
rod. From now on, any Pokemon you can capture with the Old Rod that isn’t
called Magikarp will be displayed in each location’s Pokemon listing with the
tag “(fishing).”

You should register the Old Rod to the #1 spot and keep the Apricorn Box at #2.

Incidentally, the balding man next to him will give you two Lure Balls if you
say yes, and refer you to Kurt in Azalea Town who can make more. Lure Balls
have triple effectiveness when used against Pokemon snared by a rod. Heal up
and get out of here.

Bird Keeper Peter
Pidgey L6 x2, Spearow L8
$256

Down and to the right of him is a rock you can smash. It is blocking a Shell
Bell, which will heal the user a little bit every time it damages an enemy. Now
you can enter Union Cave, but before you do, stand near the entrance in the
upper left corner. Face down and press A for a Great Ball. Head inside.

o—————————-o Head left until you reach a fork. Get the X
| UNION CAVE POKEMON LISTING | Attack that’s in plain view, then go up the
o—————————-o other side.
| Geodude (all day) |
| Onix (all day) | Firebreather Ray
| Rattata (all day) | Vulpix L9
| Zubat (all day) | $288
| Goldeen (fishing) |
| Sandshrew (HG, all day) | Go down the steps here. Head left for TM39,
o—————————-o Rock Tomb. This is a physical-based Rock-type
move that lowers SPD if it hits. Examine the
lone rock in the middle of the path for an X Speed. To the north lies an X
Defend. Go back upstairs and head straight down, then continue east.

Hiker Daniel Hiker Russel When you are traveling down
Onix L11 Geodude L4/L6/L8 the path after you fight
$352 $256 Russel, you will see a gap
between the second and
third rocks. Stand in between them and examin the wall for a Great Ball.

Firebreather Bill
Koffing L6 x2
$192

Near him is a Great Ball. Go left from that spot. You’ll see a large rock in a
corner. Examine it for a Parlyz Heal. Continuing left, go between the rocks
above the water for a Potion, then go south once you’re back on the main path.

Poke Maniac Larry
Slowpoke L11
$704

Continue all the way right, then down. Near the exit is an Awakening.

=============================================
5c. Azalea Town – Living Happily With Pokemon [wagnt]
=============================================

When you enter the town, a dude will get harassed by a thug in black.

o——————o That’s the highlight of excitement in this town. There
| AZALEA TOWN SHOP | isn’t anything else to do here except head straight for
o——————o Kurt’s house. It’s at the far west end of the town.
| Bloom Mail…$50 | There’s a Wht Apricorn tree next to it, and I don’t see
| Heal Ball…$300 | Kurt’s name on it.
| Net Ball…$1000 |
o——————o Talk to Kurt (the old guy) and he’ll head for Slowpoke
Well, the spot the guy in black was blocking when you got
to the town. Stock up on healing items and go after him, but before you do,
examine the pile of firewood in front of the house to the right of the Gym for
a Full Heal.

=================
5d. Slowpoke Well [nrepo]
=================

Team Rocket Grunt Go straight down to the bottom level and
Zubat L9, Ekans L11 around to the small rock which has a hidden
$440 Super Potion in it. Then go back and left.

Team Rocket Grunt
Rattata L7, Zubat L9 x2
$360

Heal and save before you talk to the dude at the end.

================
5e. Boss: Proton [cnbgn]
================

Proton’s team is as follows:

When Proton is defeated, Team Rocket will take off. Kurt will thank you for
your assistance and then you will find yourself back at Kurt’s place. Kurt will
give you a Fast Ball as thanks for helping, and it’s at this time that you can
give Kurt any number of a certain type of Apricorn. In 24 hours, come back and
you’ll have your Poke Ball! Here are the different kinds of Apricorns you can
give to Kurt, the Poke Balls you’ll get in return, and their effects:

o—————————————————————————–o

Blu Apricorn -> Lure Ball
– Has 3x effectiveness on any Pokemon hooked by a fishing rod

Blk Apricorn -> Heavy Ball
– For really fat Pokemon. The heavier the Pokemon, the more effective the ball.

Grn Apricorn -> Friend Ball
– Any Pokemon caught with this has their base happiness boosted to 200 from 70.
It has the same catch rate as a Poke Ball, however.

Pnk Apricorn -> Love Ball
– The king of Poke Balls. Has 8x effectiveness on any wild Pokemon that is the
opposite gender of your lead Pokemon. Doesn’t work on genderless Pokemon.

Red Apricorn -> Level Ball
– For low-level Pokemon. The bigger the difference in the target Pokemon’s
Level and your Pokemon’s Level, the more effective the ball.

Ylw Apricorn -> Moon Ball
– Has 4x effectiveness on any Pokemon that evolves with a Moon Stone. Useless.

Wht Apricorn -> Fast Ball
– For fast wild Pokemon. In other words… useless.

o—————————————————————————–o

As you can see, Love Balls are supreme and should be crafted at every available
opportunity. There are Pnk Apricorns on Route 30, outside Mr. Pokemon’s house,
and Route 33, just outside of Azalea Town.

You’ll also receive Kurt’s number once you give him an Apricorn. It takes one
day to create a Poke Ball. You can give him as many Apricorns of one type as
you like, and he will still have them all finished in one day. How nice!

Now that that’s done, you have two options. You can attempt to leave Azalea
Town and fight against Silver, or you can take on Azalea’s Gym now and take
Silver on afterwards. I fought against Silver first, just to get it done, so
I’m listing that battle next. If you want to fight against Silver after you’re
done with the Gym (an arguably better plan), feel free. Just skip over this
next part and come back when you’re done.

Before you do anything, though, go back into Slowpoke Well. Immediately after
entering, take two steps down and press A for a Great Ball.

===========================
5f. Vs. Silver: Azalea Town [pwnzr]
===========================

If you try to leave the town due west, Silver will attack you.

Be wary of Bayleef’s Reflect. You probably don’t have any special attacks that
can hit Bayleef at least neutrally, so Reflect may cause problems for you.

After the battle, Silver will leave, leaving you free to challenge the Gym (if
you fought him after beating Proton) or head into Ilex Forest (if you’ve
already beaten the Gym).

===============
5g. Boss: Bugsy [ymnbo]
===============

The Azalea Gym has been changed to a simple puzzle of sorts. The three spider
platforms you see in the second room will travel along the path, crossing over
every time it reaches a fork in the road. Step on the middle platform and
you’ll fight a dude:

Bug Catcher Al
Caterpie L12, Weedle L12 Return to the entrance and step on the
$192 left platform to continue.

Bug Catcher Benny
Weedle L7, Kakuna L9, Beedrill L12 Don’t hit the switch here; just step on
$192 the platform.

Twins Amy & Mimi You’ll be battling 2v2 here. It’s no
Spinarak L10/Ledyba L10 different than singles play, but they
$320 won’t fight if you only have 1 Pokemon.

Go back and hit the switch, then step on the platform.

Bug Catcher Josh Go back, hit the switch, and step on the
Paras L13 platform. Hit the switch next to the twins
$208 and step on the platform. Hit this switch
and step on the platform. Heal and save.

Bugsy’s team is as follows:

U-turn is Bugsy’s special move. It’s a physical-based Bug-type attack that
makes the user switch out after the attack is used.

The easiest way to beat Bugsy is to throw a bird in his face. Flying-types can
hit Bug-types super effectively, and Flying resists Bug-type attacks. The same
is true for Fire-types as well. Bugsy has no answer for them and if you are
using either of these, you will win very easily. Scyther is holding a Sitrus
Berry, and Bugsy will use a Super Potion on his Pokemon if they don’t get nuked
before he can use it.

Defeating Bugsy will earn you the Hive Badge, the ability to use Cut out of
battle, and TM89, U-turn.

To get out of Bugsy’s Gym, hit the switch and ride.

==================
6. The Third Badge [plnbj]
==================

Objectives
———-

* Cut your way through Ilex Forest.
* Earn your third Badge.

The story is pretty boring so far… not a whole lot going on right now.

If you haven’t beaten Silver yet, now’s the time to do so. Check section 5g for
information on that battle.

When Silver is defeated, you can head into Ilex Forest at any time.

===============
6a. Ilex Forest [hotpc]
===============

o—————————–o Shortly after you enter the forest, you’ll be
| ILEX FOREST POKEMON LISTING | stopped by a guy who has lost control of his
o—————————–o Farfetch’d. He explains that to catch them,
| Paras (all day) | you will have to sneak up on them from behind.
| Zubat (all day) | In reality, there is no sneaking involved; you
| Oddish (night) | can just run up to them. As long as you
| Poliwag (fishing) | approach their backs, you’ll be all good.
| Caterpie (HG, morning/day) |
| Metapod (HG, morning/day) | There are piles of sticks on the ground that,
| Weedle (SS, morning/day) | when stepped on, will alert the Farfetch’d,
| Kakuna (SS, morning/day) | and it will turn in that general direction.
o—————————–o It will stay facing that way until you either
examine it from the front or side, or step on
another pile of sticks to make it change direction. If you examine it from the
front or side, it will run away. There are two Farfetch’d you need to capture.

The first one is very easy to get. You will have to step on the first pile of
sticks you see, which makes Farfetch’d look directly at you. Go up the right
side of trees, come around left and down, and nab Farfetch’d #1.

You’ll be taken back to the beginning now. Go past the spot where the first
Farfetch’d was, picking up the Revive on the way, and you’ll see three paths
leading north. Go up the left side and talk to Farfetch’d. He will run to the
right. Go up around the sticks and step on the pile on the right. Farfetch’d
will look at you. Go straight up into the corner and examine the corner tile
for a TinyMushroom. Now go left and down and nail Farfetch’d.

You are a winner! As thanks, you will receive HM01, Cut.

Leave Ilex Forest and go into the house next to the Azalea Gym. Speak to the
guy right in front of you and he’ll give you a Charcoal, which powers up Fire-
type moves.

Teach someone Cut. If you don’t have anyone who can learn the move, catch a
Paras or and Oddish, both in Ilex Forest.

If you’re willing to walk back to Violet City, there is a tree you can cut
towards the beginning of Route 32. It’s by Albert. THERE IS A GUY HERE WHO WILL
GIVE YOU TM05, ROAR, WHEN YOU TALK TO HIM! Roar will force the opponent to
switch his active Pokemon with a random one from his reserves. If used against
a wild Pokemon, the battle ends. If you stand directly to his left and then
walk 6 steps left, 3 steps up, and then 4 steps left, you can press A for a
Super Potion. When you’ve cleared the obstruction blocking the road on Route
36, it’s a lot easier to come back here, so you can make a note of this and
come do it then. That said, you could be fighting wild Pokemon and earning
valuable Exp. by backtracking. It’s up to you!

When you’re ready to continue, go back into Ilex Forest. There are a lot of
hidden items lying around, so be sure you follow my directions carefully.

Cut the small tree near the beginning. See the shrine here?

If you have the special Pikachu-colored Pichu and an open spot in your party,
you can get Spiky-eared Pichu at this point. See section 18 for details.

Continue north. Stand above the Trainer Tips sign. Take 5 steps up and face
right. Press A for an Antidote. Past the Trainer Tips sign, if you go to the
dead end between the trees and examine the last tile, you will become one X
Attack richer.

Very slickly hidden behind the group of 3 trees next to the water is an
Antidote. If you approach the water from the south side, you can see it. I
didn’t even notice this on my first trip through here!

Continue to the right. See the tree that’s in the middle of that path? Go stand
directly above it on the left side, face up, and claim your new Repel. You will
see a guy to the right of that who is facing north. Incidentally, he’s looking
directly at a hidden item. There are two gaps between the trees on the side of
the path that goes north. In the upper of the two is a Super Potion.

Ignore the girl you will see by a lonesome tree and go to the right. Follow
this path. When you’re going down, you’ll see two spots of red flowers. Stand
on the bottom flower, take 3 steps left, and face up. Press A for a
TinyMushroom. Continue from this point and you will reach that guy you saw
earlier. After demonstrating the move, he will teach your Pokemon the move
Headbutt, for free, as many times as you like. What a guy.

You now have another way to catch Pokemon!

You can literally Headbutt every tree in the game, but you won’t get results
from all of them. If you Headbutt a tree and nothing comes out, nothing will
ever come out. If you Headbutt a tree and a Pokemon comes out, you will always
find a Pokemon, although the different kinds of Pokemon available differ
depending on your location.

Here is a recap of all your previous locations, as well as any Pokemon you can
find by bashing your Pokemon’s skull against an enormous tree:

Azalea Town: Aipom, Spearow, Heracross
Cherrygrove City: Exeggcute, Hoothoot, Pineco, Spinarak (HG), Ledyba (SS)
Ilex Forest: Caterpie (HG), Metapod (HG), Butterfree (HG), Weedle (SS),
Kakuna (SS), Beedrill (SS), Hoothoot, Noctowl, Pineco
New Bark Town: Exeggcute, Hoothoot, Pineco, Spinarak (HG), Ledyba (SS)
Route 29: Exeggcute, Hoothoot, Pineco, Spinarak (HG), Ledyba (SS)
Route 30: Exeggcute, Hoothoot, Pineco, Spinarak (HG), Ledyba (SS)
Route 31: Exeggcute, Hoothoot, Spinarak (HG), Ledyba (SS)
Route 32: Exeggcute, Hoothoot, Pineco
Route 33: Aipom, Heracross, Spearow
Route 36: Exeggcute, Hoothoot, Pineco, Spinarak (HG), Ledyba (SS)
Route 46: Aipom, Ekans, Heracross
Ruins of Alph: (none)
Violet City: Exeggcute, Hoothoot, Pineco

As always, version exclusives will be shown by the tags “(HG)” and “(SS).” For
future routes, Pokemon available through Headbutt will be shown by the tag
“(Headbutt).”

Go back to the girl, who looks similar to the one you saw in Violet City. She’s
lost and apparently you want to help, but you’re lost too, I guess…? Your
Pokemon will show her the way out, and she will leave. Grab the Ether. A little
to the left you will see a tree with red and white flowers in front of it.
Stand on the white flower, face right, and press A for a TinyMushroom. The tree
next the left of that has white flowers in front and to the right. Stand on the
flower below the tree, take two steps left, and face up for an Ether. Stand on
the flower on the right. Take 3 steps right and one step up. press A for a Full
Heal. Continue left to the end. In the buillding, talk to the girl behind the
counter for TM12, Taunt. This move will force the opponent to only use attacks
that cause direct damage for 2-4 turns.

Blah. I like the new remixes for the most part, but this… meh.

Directly ahead of you you will see two buildings. One is the Pokemon Center,
and the other is the Department Store. Stay out of there for now; there are a
few things to do before we go shopping.

Above the Pokemon Center is a flashy-looking building. This is the Game Corner,
where you can play the most impossible game ever made: Voltorb Flip. This
unforgiving “game” is the only game available, which is just a little bit lame.

Talk to the guy across the table and tell him yes fora Coin Case. The two old
guys sitting at the table nearby will trade you goodies for your Coins:

Swords Dance increases the user’s ATK by 2 stages. Rest completely restores
the user’s HP, but causes them to fall asleep for two turns. Flamethrower, Ice
Beam, and Thunderbolt are very strong Fire, Ice, and Electric moves
respectively that are arguably the best of their types.

The Silk Scarf powers up Normal-type attacks. Wide Lens increases accuracy of
all moves by 10%; the Zoom Lens increases accuracy of all moves by 20%, but
only if you attack after the opponent does. The Metronome increases a move’s
base power by 10% for each successive use, up to 100% (double strength).

Considering you can’t purchase Coins anymore, it will take you a very long time
to win any of this stuff unless you master Voltorb Flip.

I will now explain how to play Voltorb Flip. It’s fairly complicated. If you
don’t want to read it, just use this code to skip to the end: [ycwat]

To play, stand across from Mr. Game and examine the table.

The idea behind Voltorb Flip is simple. Flip over a card to reveal a 1, 2, 3,
or Voltorb. The first time you flip a number, you get that many coins. For
every number you flip after that, your current game total is multiplied by that
many coins. For example, if you flip a 3, you get 3 coins. If you flip a 2
after that, you get 3 x 2 = 6 coins.

Play continues until you either uncover all the 2 panels and 3 panels, quit
manually, or hit a Voltorb. If you hit a Voltorb, you lose everything you’ve
gained so far.

At the end of each row and column is a number above a Voltorb icon, which is
next to a number. I will represent that like this: ##/V#, where ## is the top
number, and V# is the Voltorb icon and the number next to it.

The top number tells you the total of all numbers in that row or column. The
number next to the Voltorb icon tells you how many Voltorbs are in that row or
column.

Keep in mind that the goal is to flip over the 2 panels and 3 panels, NOT
everything. You can ignore any row or column where the number on top plus the
number on bottom equals five, since it’s impossible for any 2 or 3 panels to be
present.

Anything marked as such will have only 1 panels or Voltorbs, and you can ignore
that entire row or column. You can mark your cards using the Memo. Press X or
tap the Open Memo button to open the memos. Move your cursor to or tap a square
and then tap one of the four memos to mark it. Use this to keep track of where
the Voltorbs and 1 panels are.

The higher the top number is, the more likely it is that that row or column has
2 panels and 3 panels. Generally, you will want to stay away from rows or
columns with 3 or 4 Voltorbs in it. Mark that entire row as possible Voltorbs,
and look somewhere else.

By process of elimination, you can you determine where some of the Voltorbs
are. Remember, the top number refers to the total of all the numbers in that
row. For example, if one row or column says 04/V1, there is one Voltorb, and
four numbers. The other four panels are obviously numbers, and the only number
you can add four times to make four is 1.

Pay attention to the columns, too! If you can accurately predict where the
Voltorbs are based on information you gain from the rows, you can add up the
numbers you’ve already uncovered. If all the numbers you’ve uncovered add up to
the top number, the rest of the panels are obviously Voltorbs, and you can
ignore the rest of that column.

You can do that to ignore 1 panels, too. Imagine you have uncovered the same
panel in two rows, and the two numbers you’ve uncovered add up to 3. That means
there are 3 spots left. Look at the numbers in the column those two panels are
in. For the sake of example, we’ll say that the number is 05/V1. That means
that all the numbers in that column will add up to 5, and there is 1 Voltorb in
that column. You’ve already uncovered 2 of those 5 spots, and they are
obviously not Voltorbs.

Since all the numbers add up to 5, there are only 3 spots left, and 1 of them
has to be a Voltorb, that means you need two numbers that, when added to your
currently uncovered total of 3, will make 5. The only possible number that can
do that is 1, so you can ignore all 3 of those empty spots. Remember, the goal
is not to uncover everything – just the 2 panels and 3 panels. It doesn’t
matter where exactly the Voltorb is in those 3 panels in the example column
because all we need are the 2 panels and 3 panels. Everything uncovered in that
column is either a 1 or a Voltorb, so the whole column can be ignored.

Let’s say, however, that in our column where the total is 3, the column number
says 06/V1. Now we have to make a total of 3 to add to our uncovered total of 3
to make 6. One of them is a Voltorb, so there are two spots left.

This is where some straight up dumb luck comes in. One of those three spots is
a 2, so you’ll have to pick one of them. At this point, you can go back to
other columns to try to accurately eliminate any row where all the tiles are
either 1 panels or Voltorbs. They obviously are not 2 panels, so that’s one
less spot you have to guess at.

Many times you will have to just plain guess at the location of a number,
causing you to lose everything more often than not. Don’t be afraid to quit
while you’re ahead.

If you manage to uncover all the 2 panels and 3 panels on the board, you will
advance to the next level. All the coins you obtained during the current round
will be added to your grand total; they are yours to keep no matter what
happens. If you lose a lot (or sometimes even once, I’m not sure exactly what
makes you level down), you will drop all the way back down to Lv. 1, even if
you were on Lv. 3 like I was after spending like two hours getting there.

Whew. When you’ve had your fun, leave. [ycwat]

At the next intersection, go to the right and go down into the alley. In the
small house is a girl that will gauge the happiness of your Pokemon. Straight
down from here is the Bike Shop. Enter and talk to the guy here, who can’t seem
to sell Bicycles. He’ll offer to loan you one so you can advertise for him, and
you will get a Bicycle.

This should always be the #1 item in your registry. The #2 spot is up to you,
but there’s an item you’ll get a little later that makes a nifty #2.

When you leave, stand to the right of the sign, take 3 steps down and press A
for a Super Potion.

Back on the main road, go left, past the train station, to the black building.
This is the Radio Tower, and you’ll be coming back here a lot.

There are 3 ladies behind the counter. The middle runs the Lottery Corner,
where you can win fabulous prizes.

The girl on the far right will give you a quiz, and if you win, you will earn a
Radio Card for your Pokegear. The answers are yes, yes, no (Kurt uses
Apricorns, not Apricots), yes, and no (it’s Mary, not Marie). After you get the
card, Whitney, Goldenrod’s spunky Gym Leader, will show up amazed that you got
all the questions right. Whatever you stupid girl, I’m coming for your Badge
soon, so get ready.

Head upstairs before you go. Go around to the girl behind the desk at the
bottom. Returning from Pokemon Crystal is Buena’s Password!! Talk to Buena and
she’ll give you a Blue Card which can be used to keep track of your points you
win. The girl next to Buena will inform you of how many points you have.

Leave the Radio Tower and get back on the main road, heading north some more.
At the next intersection, go left. The awesome-looking tent here is just the
Name Rater’s place. Looks like he’s kind of a big deal in Johto. Enter the
building next door and Lyra will stop you once more. She’ll give you a Fashion
Case, which is used for holding Pokemon Accessories. Dressing up your Pokemon
is used mainly for Pokemon Contests, but unfortunately, those don’t exist in
HeartGold and SoulSilver. You’ll see their use in this game in just a little
bit.

Go downstairs, where a few people are waiting to get stepped on.

Poke Maniac Donald Super Nerd Teru
Slowpoke L11 x2 Magnemite L7 x2/L9, Voltorb L11
$704 $32

East of them is a peculiar couple of dudes. The bald guy will let you dress up
like a Team Rocket soldier and take a picture with your current party (???).
The guy in the hat will let you dress up your Pokemon and hang the picture in
the room above you when you’re finished.

In that room is a guy who will give you a random Accessory for $100.

What a waste…

Back in the main area, continue south. Depending on what day it is, you’ll find
various people who will offer you services depending on what day it is.

On Monday mornings, you’ll find a shop that sells stuff you normally can’t buy
anywhere, like Nuggets and Star Pieces. The idea is to buy them from this store
and then sell them for full price elsewhere, earning yourself a little profit.

On days not called Monday, you’ll find one of a pair of brothers who will groom
your Pokemon. The older brother is available on Tuesday, Thursday, and
Saturday; the younger one will service your Pokemon on Sunday, Wednesday, and
Friday. The older brother is more experienced, and your Pokemon will like his
haircuts better. It costs $500 to do.

On Saturday and Sunday, you’ll find an herb shop you really oughta just stay
away from. The items here provide good healing for cheap prices, but they taste
bitter and your Pokemon will hate eating them, which in turn will make them
hate _you_ with repeated use.

A couple more fights and you’ll be done here.

Poke Maniac Issac Super Nerd Eric
Lickitung L12 Grimer L11 x2
$768 $528

Back on the street, you’ll come out next to the Department Store. There’s fun
to be had; get on in there.

===================================
6c. Goldenrod City Department Store [wuhuu]
===================================

On Sundays, there will be a girl standing behind the counter next to the TM
lady. If your lead Pokemon likes you a lot, she will reward you with TM27,
Return. This is a physical-based Normal-type move that increases in base power
the more the user likes its Trainer.

On the sixth floor, you can talk to the bottom girl to play the Daily Drawing
Corner. It costs $300 to play, and the prizes change every day (sort of – the
#3 prize is always a Berry, the #2 prize is always a certain kind of Poke Ball,
and the #1 prize is always a TM of some kind). You can find out what the #2 and
#1 prizes are by talking to the top girl, or just look at this:

Sunday: Luxury Ball (#2) TM02 Dragon Claw (#1)
Monday: Nest Ball (#2), TM65 Shadow Claw (#1)
Tuesday: Repeat Ball (#2), TM41 Torment (#1)
Wednesday: Net Ball (#2), TM57 Charge Beam (#1)
Thursday: Quick Ball (#2), TM60 Drain Punch #1)
Friday: Dusk Ball (#2) TM42 Facade (#1)
Saturday: Timer Ball (#2) TM62 Silver Wind (#1)

It should be noted that this is the only way you can get TM42.

The famous vending machines are next to the elevator. Stock up on Lemonades;
they heal more than Super Potions, and they’re half as expensive. The downside
is it takes about six and a half seconds to get back to the drink menu once you
choose your selection. At this point in the game, saving money is a lot more
important than saving time, so suck it up and get your drink on.

Get in the elevator and go to B1F. It’s the only way to get there.

First, go right a little and examine the small crate for an Antidote. Go down
and talk to the guy. He’ll have the Machoke move the box out of the way,
enabling you to get through. Claim the Ultra Ball. In the middle, examine the
large box for a Super Potion. Go to the other side of the room. This guy
controls two Machoke, but he will only tell the one he’s standing next to to
move something. You can sort of control the way he moves by blocking his path,
since he only moves up and down. Just wait for him to go next to the Machoke
you
want to move and talk to him then. The bottom path is blocking an Ether, and
the
left path has a Burn Heal. There’s also a hidden Parlyz Heal in a box on the
left path, so be sure to pick it up.

Get on the elevator and head back to the first floor. You might want to get a
few Revives before you go. This next Gym is not going to be easy. Heal up if
you haven’t already and go to the Gym.

=================
6d. Boss: Whitney [mmvnt]
=================

Whitney’s Gym is full of Normal-types. To start, go up the stairs in front of
you, then go in a clockwise motion.
After you fight Samantha, go
Beauty Victoria Beauty Samantha back around, up past the
Sentret L9/L13/L16 Meowth L16 x2 stairs, and into the center
$896 $896 area.

Lass Carrie Lass Cathy To reach the end, you’ll have
Snubbull L17 Jigglypuff L15 x3 to go around to Cathy’s back
$272 $240 and then up.

Heal and most definitely save before you even think of challenging Whitney.

Whitney’s team is as follows:

Clefairy is only mildly dangerous. Encore will lock you into whatever move you
did last, and Metronome can copy almost any move in the game (I got
Selfdestructed once). If Clefairy uses Mimic, Mimic will be replaced by
whatever move you used on it last, so be careful.

Now then, Miltank. Stomp has a 30% flinch rate which, when combined with
Attract’s 50% chance of leaving you immobilized by love, means any male Pokemon
slower than Miltank only has a 20% chance of attacking. Considering that
Miltank is a fully evolved Pokemon with a great ATK and STAB for Stomp,
this translates to extreme hurt on your end compounded by extreme annoyance.

Miltank is also holding a Lum Berry to prevent you from attempting any status
trickery – at least for one turn. To make things worse, Whitney has a Super
Potion at her disposal – not that means anything when Milk Drink will restore
50% of Miltank’s maximum HP every time she uses it.

So, how do you win this battle?

One of the most important things you can do is fight her with female Pokemon.
This stops her from using Attract at the very least. Onix resists Stomp and
Rollout; female varieties will be immune to Attract, leaving Whitney to cry a
little bit earlier than usual as she tries her hardest to cut through your
massive DEF.

Failing that, you’re going to need to rely on some good old-fashioned luck.
Try to force Whitney to use her Super Potion on Clefairy by whittling its HP
down. Be careful, though – Metronome is unpredictable and can bite you in the
rear if you press your luck too much.

This is the hardest Gym Leader by far out of the three you’ve faced already.

After the battle, Whitney will start to cry. If you try to leave, one of her
grunts will tell you that Whitney always cries when she loses. Talk to Whitney
again – she will suck it up and award you the Plain Badge, which comes with the
ability to use Strength out of battle, and TM45, Attract.

===================
7. The Fourth Badge [fogbj]
===================

Objectives
———-

* Take care of a certain Rock-type obstruction.
* Investigate the Burned Tower.
* Earn your fourth Badge.

Now that your Badge count has increased to three, all shops will now carry
Great Balls, Revives, and Super Repels. Very nice. The Goldenrod City
Department Store’s selection will not change no matter how many Badges you get,
so keep that in mind.

The game is still moving pretty slow storywise…

Upon leaving the Gym, go immediately into the house next door. Talk to the girl
there and she, upon noticing your brand new Plain Badge, will ask you to do
something about the obstruction on Route 36. She will hand you a SquirtBottle
in order to help you do this.

Go back to the Pokemon Center and heal – you most likely need it. You’re about
to encounter a Pokemon you will only get one shot at capturing, so buy some
Ultra Balls from the Department Store. If it’s Friday night, you can play the
Daily Drawing Corner to get some Dusk Balls, which blow Ultra Balls out of the
water.

When you’ve restocked your bag to your liking, leave north out of the city.

In the house leading to the next route, talk to the guard behind the counter.
He will ask you to deliver some Mail to his friend on Route 31 (the fat guy by
the water). Your incentive to say yes: the Mail is attached to Kenya, a Hasty-
natured L20 Spearow. Here’s the cool part: you are under no obligation to keep
your end of the deal. If you want, you can remove and destroy the Mail, keep
Kenya for yourself, and go about your business. Know, however, that if you do
this, you won’t be able to get the reward for delivering the mail, which is
TM44, Rest. Also know that if you do deliver the mail, the guy will take Kenya
from you. It’s up to you what you wanna do with it. When you’re ready to
progress, leave north to Route 35.

Bird Keeper Bryan Just to his right is TM66, Payback. This is a
Pidgey L12, Pidgeotto L14 physical-based Dark-type move that doubles in
$448 power if the user goes after the opponent.

Get back on the main path by jumping the ledge above you (or go the long way
around, whatever works for you). Enter the building the cop is standing by.

Once again, you have two choices. You can go left to the Pokeathlon Dome, like
Whitney suggested you do, or ignore her completely and continue north.

The Pokeathlon is a huge ordeal, and I won’t be covering it here. Instead,
check section 22 for everything you might want to know about this silly
facility.

If today is Tuesday, Thursday, or Saturday, there will be a guard standing by
the north exit. You can play the Bug-Catching Contest today. Like the
Pokeathlon, the Bug-Catching Contest is something that has its own
section. Check section 20 for details.

Leave north to National Park.

o——————————-o Go right and talk to the woman next to the
| NATIONAL PARK POKEMON LISTING | Persian and she will give you a Quick Claw.
o——————————-o This may let the holder move first in a
| Sunkern (day) | battle, even if it normally wouldn’t.
| Hoothoot (night) |
| Exeggcute (Headbutt) | Stand directly above the upper left corner
| Hoothoot (Headbutt) | of the flower bed. Take 1 step left and
| Pineco (Headbutt) | press A for a Full Heal.
| Caterpie (HG, morning/day) |
| Metapod (HG, morning/day) | Go up directly into the grass.
| Spinarak (HG, Headbutt) |
| Kakuna (SS, morning/day) | Pokefan Beverly* Get Beverly’s number.
| Weedle (SS, morning/day) | Snubbull L16 She gives out items.
| Ledyba (SS, Headbutt) | $1024 Sometimes.
o——————————-o
Northeast of her…
School Kid Jack*
Oddish L12, Voltorb L15 Now go above the fountain and up into the
$300 _really_ tall grass. Remember that you can’t
bike through this grass.
Pokefan William
Raichu L16 And if you head to his left…
$1024
Lass Krise*
Go to the upper right corner. Oddish L14, Cubone L17
You’ll see a guy who talks about $272
charging his Pokewalker. There is
a gap in the fence that you can use to get to the back. Follow this path down
for a Soothe Bell, which makes a Pokemon gain more happiness points whenever
its happiness points would increase. If you follow the path counterclockwise
around the entire park, you’ll find TM28, Dig, at the very end, slightly hidden
in a group of trees. Dig can help you get out of caves, but that’s what Escape
Ropes are for! Dig is really weak in battle, so I would advise against teaching
it to anyone unless you _really_ need a Ground-type move.

If you follow the path right to the dead end, you’ll see a red flower, white
flower, and lamp, in that order, in a \ shape. Stand on the red flower and
press A for a Full Heal.

Get back on the main road and leave east to Route 36.

Sudowoodo is L20. He is pure Rock in type. His ability is of no consequence.

He knows Flail, Low Kick, Rock Throw, and Mimic. None of these are particularly
threatening, although Flail may do some nice damage if he’s low in HP (the
lower the HP, the higher the base power of Flail). If you aim to do all the in-
game trades, I suggest capturing Sudowoodo. You’ll have to breed him later
(much, much later), and this is the only one in the game.

Once Sudowoodo is gone, you have a nice shortcut back to Violet City!

The girl nearby will give you Berry Pots, a Key Item, for clearing the path.
These are used to grow your own Berries. It’s a little unfortunate that you
only get four spots, but it’s very cool that you keep them on your person at
all times. Use the SquirtBottle to water them periodically. Growth rates are
different for each Berry.

You will need ten Oran Berries later on, so grow some.

At this point, you can either continue on, go get TM05 from Route 32 if you
didn’t already (see section 6 for exact details), or go deliver Kenya to the
fat guy on Route 31. If you want, you can also refresh yourself in Violet City,
although there are only a few more battles until the next town. At any time
after this, you can go visit the flower shop where you got the SquirtBottle.
The girl who gave it to you will sell you Mulch for Berry growth manipulation.

If you import the special event Shaymin into these games and show it to this
same girl, she’ll give you the Key Item, Gracidea, to turn Shaymin into its Sky
Forme.

Psychic Greg Ecruteak City is just around the corner.
Drowzee L17
$544

=====================================
7a. Ecruteak City – A Historical City [tmleg]
=====================================

o——————————-o Took long enough, right?
| ECRUTEAK CITY POKEMON LISTING |
o——————————-o Enter the house next to the Pokemon Center.
| Exeggcute (Headbutt) | Tell this guy yes and he will give you the
| Pineco (Headbutt) | Dowsing MCHN.
| Spinarak (HG, Headbutt) |
| Ledyba (SS, Headbutt) | It really helps if you register this.
o——————————-o
Here’s how to use it.
Leave this place and open the
Dowsing MCHN. You’ll see a blank radar. Touch the stylus anywhere on the radar
and you’ll see a large dark red area. You’ll also hear a steady beeping noise.
Using these two clues, you can find hidden items. The closer you get to the
item, the beeps will get higher in pitch and they will get faster. The area on
the radar will also turn from red to orange to yellow. You can move the stylus
around to do a quick search of your surrounding area. The square in the middle
represents your current position.

You can also hold the stylus on the Dowsing MCHN while you walk, which makes it
tremendously easy to pinpoint the location of a hidden item. Try holding it as
you walk behind the house you just came out of. Notice how the area on the
machine changes colors? Walk into the patch of dirt and you may notice the
specific location of the item that’s hidden here. Once you get really close to
the item, the machine will show the item’s exact location via a flashing dot.

What you want to do is get one tile away from this spot. If you use the Dowsing
MCHN and the dot is inside the square in the center of the radar, you’re doing
it wrong. You’re standing on the item. Step off it, face the tile you were just
standing on, and press A to claim your new item.

If at any time you don’t understand my directions, by all means use the Dowsing
MCHN to find them yourself.

Stand to the left of the Ecruteak City sign, take two steps left and two steps
up. Press A and you’ll get a Hyper Potion.

I’ve already been telling you the location of every single hidden item
available at this point, so you don’t have to keep the Dowsing MCHN registered.
However, I’m not perfect. It is entirely possible that I’ve missed some, so
feel free to do a little treasure hunting yourself.

Before we go on, there are some more hidden items to grab. On the left side of
town, by the exit there are five lanterns. Examine the second one from the left
for an Ultra Ball.

o——————–o Head to the east side of town; specifically, above the
| ECRUTEAK CITY SHOP | Poke Mart. There are four lanterns here. Stand to the
o——————–o left of the leftmost one. Take two steps left and face
| Air Mail…….$50 | up. Press A for a Rare Candy.
| Heal Ball…..$300 |
| Net Ball…..$1000 | Go into the Pokemon Center. You’ll meet Bill here, who
o——————–o runs the PC Storage System. Once he leaves, you can go
to his house in Goldenrod City (it’s west of the Game
Corner) and talk to him for a free L5 Eevee. You can change the nature and/or
gender of this Eevee by saving before you speak with him. You’ll have to breed
it if you want more, so it may be wise to get a female one. They are fairly
rare, however.

Go to the Ecruteak Dance Theater, located above the Pokemon Center. Inside
you’ll view a small scene where a Team Rocket Grunt is harassing one of the
Kimono Girls (like the one you saw in Ilex Forest and Violet City).

Afterwards, head on up there and teach him a lesson.

Team Rocket Grunt
Koffing L12
$480

For those of you like me who cried in outrage at how drastically this part of
the game has been changed, worry not; you’ll get your chance to dance with the
Kimono Girls later in the game.

After that yawner of a fight, try to leave and you will be awarded with HM03,
Surf. To use it, you’ll need the Badge from this city’s Gym. The Leader isn’t
there – if you try to enter the Gym, you will be directed to the Burned Tower
and thrown out of the Gym.

Leave east out of the city to Route 42. Visible on the ground is TM65, Shadow
Claw – a physical-based Ghost-type move with a high critical hit ratio.

Go a little to the right and you’ll get stopped by a hiker who will give you
HM04, Strength. Teach this to someone in your party, it’s a solid move.

Heal your Pokemon and head to the Burned Tower in the northwest corner of town.
Go up the stairs, but don’t go inside just yet. if you examine the fallen wood
on the right side of the building, you’ll get an Ether.

Upon entering, head right and you’ll meet a guy named Eusine, a guy who is
basically a Suicune fan. Morty, the Gym Leader, is chilling nearby, but who
cares? Save your game and head north.

============================
7b. Vs. Silver: Burned Tower [pwnd2]
============================

After the battle, Silver will leave, leaving you free to explore Burned Tower.

================
7c. Burned Tower [ttftg]
================

o——————————o You may have already run into a few wild
| BURNED TOWER POKEMON LISTING | Pokemon on your way to Silver, but now you
o——————————o know exactly what lurks in the ruins.
| Kofffing (all day) |
| Rattata (all day) | Ignore the stairs for now and keep going
| Zubat (all day) | north.
| Raticate (1F, all day) |
| Magmar (B1F, all day) | Firebreather Ned
o——————————o Koffing L16 x2, Growlithe L17
$512
Pick up the Antidote, then go
left on the top path. Examine the last tile for an Ether.

Go back to the middle and continue left.

Firebreather Richard
Charmeleon L18
$576

Go down from here until you see 3 breakable rocks. Stand to the right of the
middle one. Step down once and face right. Press A for an Ultra Ball. Smash the
rocks and claim the HP Up, then go back to the ladder and head downstairs.

Go down the steps and the three Pokemon here–Entei, Raikou, Suicune–will
escape. Suicune will look at you briefly before doing so. Eusine will come
downstairs and say a few things before he and Morty will both leave.

Go to the top of the room and pick up an Antidote by examining the rock at the
top of the room on the left side. Go back down to the three boulders and use
Strength to push the bottom one left, then push the top one up out of your way.

Go up the steps to the left and then straight up to find TM12, Taunt. Stay next
to the wall and go down until you hit the bottom. Take 10 steps right and one
step up. Press A for a Revive. Use an Escape Rope or walk out of here.

From this point forward, you may run into Entei and Raikou in the wild, in any
open field route. They are all L40, and you can use the Pokegear to track their
position. They will all run the second you encounter them, but you will not get
one turn to do whatever you want to them _before_ they run.

To stop them from fleeing, you have a few options. The easiest is to use
Wobbuffet, obtainable from the Noisy Forest Pokewalker route. His Shadow Tag
ability prevents any foe from running away. If you have any Pokemon with a move
that prevents the foe from switching, like Block or Mean Look, you can use
those to stop them from running until the user leaves play.

Be warned, however. Entei and Raikou both know Roar, which will end the battle
(since this is a wild Pokemon encounter). If this happens, the beast that used
it will vanish forever. Why this happens, I don’t know, but be warned! Taunt
will stop them from using Roar, but it won’t last forever, so pay close
attention to when it wears off. Roar has negative priority, so Taunt will go
before Roar does.

At this point in the game, Dusk Balls are your best shot at catching them, so
get your fill by playing Goldenrod’s Daily Drawing Corner on Friday for some.

Now that all that’s over, Morty has returned to the Gym. Time for Badge #4.

===============
7d. Boss: Morty [rlcsk]
===============

Morty’s Gym hasn’t changed too much from ten years ago. The basic idea is still
the same… sort of.

Whenever you beat someone, they will blow out the candle they’re holding,
enveloping you in darkness. This doesn’t really mean a whole lot, because you
can just memorize the steps to take to get to the correct path _before_ you do
battle. If you screw up and fall, you’ll be taken back to the beginning, but
the candles will be lit again and you will have no problems getting to the end.

Go straight up for lackey number one.

Medium Georgina
Gastly L16 x5 Go one step up, 3 steps right, and up.
$768

Medium Grace
Haunter L20 x2 One step right, two steps up, and left.
$960

Medium Edith
Haunter L22 Straight up.
$1056

Medium Martha
Gastly L18/L20, Haunter L20 Two steps right, three steps up, three
$960 steps, and up. Heal and save!

Morty’s team is as follows:

Oddly enough, only Gengar has Morty’s special move, Shadow Ball. It’s a
special-based Ghost-type attack that may lower SP.DEF by one stage. If you can
avoid the horrors of Curse and Hypnosis, this shouldn’t be _that_ difficult a
fight. Gengar is holding a Sitrus Berry, and Morty will bust out a Hyper Potion
if things are looking grim.

Remember that all of Morty’s Pokemon have the Levitate ability, which grants
them immunity to all Ground-type moves.

Win this battle and you will earn the Fog Badge, the ability to use Surf out of
battle, and TM30, Shadow Ball.

==================
8. The Fifth Badge [srmbj]
==================

Objectives
———-

* Take a trip around the world.
* Learn what it is to be kind whether you like it or not.
* Earn your fifth Badge.

You now have a new method to catch Pokemon! Now that you can cross water, you
can find numerous Pokemon you would have had a hard time finding before.

You’re supposed to head west out of Ecruteak to Route 38, but it’s time to go
on that trip around the world I mentioned in the beginning. During this trip,
you will fight many Trainers that you couldn’t fight before you could cross
water, and you will also obtain many items, some of which are pretty cool.

I strongly advise you to buy Super Repels, or even Max Repels from Goldenrod
City. Encounters are very high, and there are no “roads” in the water you can
walk on to avoid fighting wild Pokemon.

========================
8a. Cross-Country Surfing [ytnil]
=========================

To get everything you’ve missed, you will need Flash, Cut, Surf, Strength, and
Rock Smash. Having at least two Escape Ropes is highly recommended.

As you travel, I’ll list off each Pokemon you can now find by surfing across
water, excluding Route 42 because you’re not even supposed to be on that water.

Your first stop is in Violet City. Leave Ecruteak due south, then take a right
on Route 36 to get there.

Violet City’s surfing Pokemon: Poliwag, Poliwhirl

Fun fact: You can fish while surfing.

Halfway to the entrance of Sprout Tower is some water. Surf right and you’ll
see a lone Rare Candy on the ground. Pick it up. Leave east to Route 31.

Route 31’s surfing Pokemon: Poliwag, Poliwhirl

You still can’t fully explore Dark Cave yet, but a large portion of it is open
to you now that you can cross water. Get on inside.

o—————————o As you can see, any new area you visit will
| DARK CAVE POKEMON LISTING | include Pokemon found by surfing, which will be
o—————————o displayed with the tag “(surfing).”
| Dunsparce (all day) |
| Geodude (all day) | To anyone looking for Dunsparce, it’s a lot
| Zubat (all day) | easier to find him if you use Rock Smash.
| Goldeen (fishing) |
| Magikarp (surfing) | Light this place up with Flash, then start
o—————————o walking. The item ball you see is a Potion. Take
it. Do you see the five rocks lined up
vertically? See the rock that’s to the left of that column? Examine it for a
Poke Ball. Go straight down and surf right for a Black Flute, which will reduce
encounters when used. It really does help, but obviously is outclassed by
actual Repel items. Get back on the main path.

Surf up and to the right and enter a door here. Examine the little rock in this
room for a Hyper Potion. Back in the main room, Surf down to the boulder that
you can move with Strength. Push it out of the way, then go right. Ignore the
breakable rock and go down. Don’t jump the ledge; instead, go up the steps and
right. Stand in between the rocks near the wall and examine the wall for a Max
Ether. Go down here and you’ll see a Full Heal. Jump the ledge to your left and
you’ll see a Dire Hit.

Jump down and break the rock near the exit, then use that path to walk to the
beginning of this area, where the other breakable rock is. Bust it up, then
follow the path to a Hyper Potion. Leave the cave due south and you’ll come out
on Route 46. Go left and pick the Ylw Apricorn and Grn Apricorn, then head
south. See the two ledges you can jump? It’s a one-way street, so you’ll have
to come back here to take the second path. Here’s the left path:

The two Trainers here will fight you simultaneously if you walk between them
and they are both looking at you, and you have two Pokemon available.

Camper Ted and Picnicker Erin* Next to them is an X Speed.
Mankey L17 Ponyta L17, Oddish L14
$496

The bottom path has only one person to fight:

Hiker Bailey
Geodude L13 x5
$416

Hop down to the bottom and go to Cherrygrove City.

Cherrygrove City’s surfing Pokemon: Tentacool, Tentacruel

On the western side of the “city,” you can surf to a small island. Talk to the
guy here and he’ll give you a Mystic Water, which powers up Water moves. Leave
north to Route 30.

Route 30’s surfing Pokemon: Poliwag, Poliwhirl

Just out of the grass, if you go around the right of the trees, there is a
small pool of water you can surf on. Go down and get off on the other side.
Stand in either lower corner, face the middle, and press A for a Nugget.

Make your way back to Violet City. Leave south to Route 32, then take a left
and head to the Ruins of Alph. You can explore the rest of this area now,
although for most of it you’ll end up just showing up here.

Ruins of Alph’s surfing Pokemon: Wooper, Quagsire

Go left and down and you’ll see some water. Surf to the other side, making sure
you land on the left side of the path. Continue down to the trees and go right
into a building. You’ll hit a wall; go straight up into the building here.

At the back of the room, use Flash. In the next room, claim your prizes: a
Sitrus Berry, a Moon Stone, an Energy Root, and a Heal Powder. Go back into the
main room and stand on the altar in the center.

o————————-o You didn’t think Kabuto was the only one, did you?
| Alph Puzzle: Aerodactyl | There are two more left that are more difficult.
o————————-o than this one!

* A B C D * The asterisks represent blank spots. The letters
E 01 02 03 04 I represent the default location of the puzzle
F 05 06 07 08 J pieces you need to put in the puzzle, and the
G 09 10 11 12 K numbers represent the 16 spots where the pieces
H 13 14 15 16 L go. For example, if in the solution it says
* M N O P * “H-2(1)”, you would move the piece at spot H to
empty spot 2. The number in parentheses represents
how many times you have to flip the piece before it’s in the correct position.
In this case, piece H would need to be flipped just once.

Here’s the solution to the Aerodactyl puzzle:

A-10(1), C-14(2), G-2(1), J-16(1), L-6(2), N-1(2), P-5(3)

Make your way to the surface and go south on Route 32. Specifically, go to
where the three fishermen are standing. To the right of the first two, near a
support beam for the train tracks, is a small rock, visible if you surf to the
right. Examine this tiny rock for a Heart Scale.

Heal your Pokemon, then head into Union Cave.

Union Cave’s surfing Pokemon: Wooper, Quagsire

Go left and then up at the fork, then go downstairs. Surf up to a new area and
fight!!!

Hiker Leonard Just above him are some rocks in the shape
Geodude L23, Machop L25 of a backwards capital L. Stand in the
$800 corner of this formation, face right, and
press A for a Revive.
Now go up and left a bit.

Hiker Phillip Take the top path left. Continue going up
Geodude L23, Graveler L25 until you reach the outside. Surprise! Ruins
$800 of Alph again! Go down and right into the
buildings. You can either go up to fight
^ Remember this guy’s location. this guy…

When you’re ready, go into the building. Step straight onto the altar.

o——————–o Puzzle three of four. This is the most difficult
| Alph Puzzle: Ho-Oh | one to piece together, but fortunately you have me to
o——————–o walk you through it.

* A B C D * The asterisks represent blank spots. The letters
E 01 02 03 04 I represent the default location of the puzzle pieces you
F 05 06 07 08 J need to put in the puzzle, and the numbers represent
G 09 10 11 12 K the 16 spots where the pieces go. For example, if in
H 13 14 15 16 L the solution it says “H-2(1)”, you would move the piece
* M N O P * at spot H to empty spot 2. The number in parentheses
represents how many times you have to flip the piece
before it’s in the correct position. In this case, piece H would need to be
flipped just once.

Here’s the solution to the Ho-Oh puzzle:

B-9(0) C-14(1) D-1(1) E-15(2) F-13(2) G-2(1) J-10(1) L-11(1) M-5(2) N-8(3)

Unfortunately, there is no way to stop yourself from falling down into the
ruins after you solve the puzzle, so walk back to Union Cave and make your way
to Phillip. This time, take the lower path.

Push the rock out of your way and go up, up, up until you get outside.

More Ruins of Alph! From the exit, take 2 steps down, 1 step right, 2 steps
down, 1 step left, 1 step down, face left, and press A for a Big Mushroom. If
that is too confusing for you, use the Dowsing MCHN to help you out.

From that exact spot, take 1 step up, 1 step right, 2 steps up, and 2 steps
right. Press A for a Nugget. Now go into the building to the right of the cave
entrance.

If you have a Water Stone in your inventory, go to the back of the room and
examine the wall. Inside, claim your loot: a Leppa Berry, a Mystic Water, a
Star Piece, and some Stardust.

o———————-o Last one! This one’s almost too easy. Why couldn’t
| Alph Puzzle: Omanyte | they all have been this easy to solve?
o———————-o
The asterisks represent blank spots. The letters
* A B C D * represent the default location of the puzzle pieces
E 01 02 03 04 I you need to put in the puzzle, and the numbers
F 05 06 07 08 J represent the 16 spots where the pieces go. For
G 09 10 11 12 K example, if in the solution it says “H-2(1)”, you
H 13 14 15 16 L would move the piece at spot H to empty spot 2. The
* M N O P * number in parentheses represents how many times you
have to flip the piece before it’s in the correct
position. In this case, piece H would need to be flipped just once.

Here’s the solution to the Omanyte puzzle:

B-11(3), D-10(0), E-9(0), G-8(0), H-1(1), J-14(2), K-13(1), M-7(2), N-12(3)

That’s the last one. When you surface again, go into the building with the blue
roof. Talk to the guy two times and he will add two more pages to the Unown
Report. I’m not sure what triggers it; it could be solving the riddles at the
back of the room (you have two right now).

We’re still not done in Union Cave, so go back in there for a third time (last
time, I promise). Walk through the cave as you normally would, as if you’re
heading towards Azalea Town. When you get to the large lake, surf across it and
examine the lone rock for a Big Pearl.

Go straight down and surf across the other bit of water and go downstairs.

Poke Maniac Andrew Poke Maniac Calvin
Marowak L24 x2 Surffffff Kangaskhan L26
$1536 $1664

o—————————-o Go downstairs and surf. When you get to the
| UNION CAVE POKEMON LISTING | fork, go right and up onto dry land for an
o—————————-o Elixir, then get back in the water and go down,
| Geodude (all day) | then left as soon as you’re able. Go straight
| Golbat (all day) | up to a girl.
| Onix (all day) |
| Rattata (all day) |Ace Trainer Gwen
| Zubat (all day) |Eevee L26, Flareon L22, Vaporeon L22, Jolteon L22
| Goldeen (fishing) |$1320
| Sandshrew (HG, all day) |
o—————————-o Stand in the upper right corner in the area
above her. Take two steps down and one step
left. Press A for a free Calcium. Go down, down, down now. There’s a rock
hidden behind this girl’s huge head that is hiding an Ultra Ball. Go around and
fight her for having such a huge head.

Ace Trainer Emma If today is Friday, you can surf to the right
Poliwhirl L28 and you’ll find a L20 Lapras floating around.
$1680 Dusk or Net Balls work very nicely here.

Go up to the water by Gwen and surf down. Land and take care of this last dude.

Ace Trainer Nick
Charmander L26, Bulbasaur L26, Squirtle L26
$1560

Pick up the Hyper Potion and use an Escape Rope to warp out. You’ll end up at
the Route 32 entrance. Our next destination is Slowpoke Well, so you’ll have to
walk through Union Cave _again_ – but at least you’re already there.

Slowpoke Well’s surfing Pokemon: Slowpoke, Slowbro (downstairs only)

Go to the place where you fought Proton. Push the rock out of the way and
follow the path. When you get to the ladder, stand to the right of it. Take 8
steps right and face up. Press A for a Full Heal. Now go downstairs.

Get in the water, and go right and up for TM18, Rain Dance. Go down and around
the other side to the lonely guy here. If you talk to him, he’ll give you a
King’s Rock. When held by Poliwhirl and Slowpoke, it will make them evolve when
you trade them. In battle, it may make the foe flinch after being attacked. Use
an Escape Rope to leave and go straight into Ilex Forest.

Are you tired yet? I know I was when I had to do all this myself. We’re almost
done, so hang in there!

Ilex Forest’s surfing Pokemon: Golduck, Psyduck

Proceed through Ilex Forest as normal. When you get to the water, surf your way
to the gap in the trees. Examine the leftmost tile for a Big Mushroom, then
leave to Route 34.

Route 34’s surfing Pokemon: Tentacool, Tentacruel

In front of the Day Care, you can surf down behind the fence. There’s a Nugget
waiting for you. From the position above it, take one step up and face left.
Press A for a Rare Candy. Get back in the water and continue surfing south.

There are three girls at the end of this path. The first two will fight you
together if you have two living Pokemon with you.

Ace Trainer Jenn and Ace Trainer Irene
Staryu L24, Starmie L26 Goldeen L22, Seaking L24
$3000

When you beat them, just go down to fight the third girl.

Ace Trainer Kate
Shellder L26, Cloyster L28
$1680

After the battle, Kate will give you a Power Herb. This is a one-use Hold Item
that skips the charge turn of certain attacks, like SolarBeam.

Go north through Goldenrod City to Route 35.

Route 35’s surfing Pokemon: Psyduck, Golduck

At the water, surf left to the Grn Apricorn tree. Stand to the left of this and
go straight up until you hit the fence. Take two steps down and press A for a
Nugget.

That’s it! You’re done now. It’s finally time to progress, and to do that, you
need to go back to Ecruteak City. There’s a small tree you can cut in the grass
by the end of Route 35. It’s a shortcut to Route 36 so you don’t have to walk
through National Park. Once you’re there, leave west to Route 38.

======================
8b. To the Lighthouse! [jisfs]
======================

Our next goal for now is the Olivine Lighthouse, located in Olivine City. It’s
a short walk from here, but there are a lot of people in the way.

o————————–o Start by going directly left from the gate.
| ROUTE 38 POKEMON LISTING |
o————————–o Sailor Harry
| Magnemite (all day) | Wooper L20 Go above the trees and left.
| Miltank (all day) | $640
| Raticate (all day) |
| Snubbull (all day) | Lass Dana* This chick gives you
| Tauros (all day) | Flaaffy L19, Psyduck L19 items, so be sure to
| Farfetch’d (morning/day) | $304 get her digits, yo.
| Exeggcute (Headbutt) |
| Hoothoot (Headbutt) | School Kid Chad*
| Pineco (Headbutt) | Mr. Mime L20 Now go back to the beginning
| Rattata (HG, all day) | $400 and take the low path. Pick up
| Spinarak (HG, Headbutt) | the Max Potion on the ground,
| Meowth (SS, all day) | Bird Keeper Toby then go to the middle to fight
| Ledyba (SS, Headbutt) | Doduo L16/L17/L18 this Bird Keeper. Then, jump
o————————–o $576 into the grass for yet another
fight.
Beauty Valerie Head west to
Hoppip L18, Skiploom L18 Route 39. An old dude will stop you and introduce
$1008 himself as Baoba. I guess this was the Safari
Zone warden in the color games… Anyway, he
wants to give you his number so he can tell you when his new Safari Zone opens
up (seriously, how many old guys are going to force their numbers on you?), so
take it. The upper path leads to Moomoo Farm! Pick the Grn Apricon while you’re
here.

Inside the building, you’ll find a very sick Miltank. Feed it a total of 10
Oran Berries to heal it. Talk to the girl to your left and she’ll give you a
Seal Case. The girl on the right will give you a few Seals to use on Ball
Capsules.

In addition to this, the guy in the main house will sell you Moomoo Milks, one
for $500 or a dozen for $6000. Moomoo Milks heal 100 HP per use, and they’re an
excellent deal at this point. Feel free to take him up on his offer.

Leave through the side door. Take one step right, 11 steps down, and one step
left. Press A for a PP Up. From there, take 11 steps right and 3 steps down.
Press A for an X Attack.

Go to the bottom part of this area, where you will see TM60, Drain Punch, on
the ground. This is a fairly weak physical Fighting-type move that will heal
the user half the damage inflicted. From the position you’re standing in right
now, take one step down and nine steps right. Face down and press A for a
Nugget.

Back on the main path, continue south until you reach Olivine City.

Psychic Nelson
Slowpoke L17/L20
$$640

============================================
8c. Olivine City – The Port with Sea Breezes [oysgt]
============================================

o——————————o When you pass the Gym, Silver will appear and
| OLIVINE CITY POKEMON LISTING | say a few words, but he will not stoop so low
o——————————o as to battle a loser like you.
| Krabby (fishing) |
o——————————o When he leaves, enter the first house you
come across. Tell the guy yes and you will
get a Good Rod. The Good Rod can catch even more Pokemon that you couldn’t
before. Fish using the Good Rod and you may find these Pokemon not named
Magikarp:

Cherrygrove City: Corsola (morning/day), Krabby, Staryu (night)
Ecruteak City: Poliwag
Ilex Forest: Poliwag
New Bark Town: Chinchou, Shellder, Tentacool
Olivine City: Corsola (morning/day), Krabby, Staryu (night)
Route 30: Poliwag
Route 31: Poliwag
Route 32: Tentacool, Qwilfish
Route 34: Corsola (morning/day), Krabby, Staryu (night)
Route 35: Poliwag
Ruins of Alph: Poliwag
Slowpoke Well: Goldeen
Union Cave B2F: Corsola (morning/day), Goldeen, Staryu (night)
Violet City: Poliwag

You’ll notice that many of the Pokemon obtainable with the Good Rod are the
same as the Old Rod; the difference is, these Pokemon are much easier to find
with the Good Rod than the Old Rod, although Magikarp are still pretty common.
In future lists, if there are any Pokemon that can only be caught with the Good
Rod, it will say (fishing, GR) by its name.

If it doesn’t matter, it will just say (fishing), but generally you should
always use the Good Rod until you get something better.

Go right, past the Poke Mart, then up the street to the two houses. The guy in
the left house will trade you his Voltorb for your Krabby. In the right house,
the little girl will give you some Seals every day.

Go to the south end of the city, where the boats are. Stand at the very
entrance and you’ll be able to surf and fish. Surf on the right side and follow
the land east and then north to a tiny piece of land where TM57, Charge Beam,
awaits. This is a special-based Electric move that has a whopping 70% chance to
raise the user’s SP.ATK by one stage if it hits. It starts off kinda weak,
though.

Back on the mainland, go into the harbor and out the west exit. Go all the way
down and 1 step right. Press A for a Pearl. Now head to the lighthouse, which
is to the right of the harbor.

======================
8d. Olivine Lighthouse [satgl]
======================

Ignore the elevator (it leads nowhere) and fight your way to the fourth floor.

Gentleman Alfred* Sailor Huey*
Noctowl L22 Poliwag L18, Poliwhirl L20
$4400 $640

Bird Keeper Theo
Pidgey L17/L15 x3/L19
$480

Gentleman Preston Lass Connie
Growlithe L18 x2 Marill L21
$3600 $336

Pick up TM87, Swagger. This will raise the opponent’s ATK by 2 stages and
confuse them.

Jump out the window on the right side and head back in the secondary entrance,
but not before picking up the Rare Candy slickly hidden on the other side of
the outside.

Sailor Kent Pick up the visible Ether, then examine the crack in
Krabby L18/L20 the middle of the floor for a Hyper Potion.
$640

Bird Keeper Denis
Spearow L18 x2, Fearow L20 Now it’s just one straight path to the top.
$576

Sailor Terrell Sailor Roberto
Poliwhirl L20 Machop L18 x2, Poliwhirl L18 Pick up the Super Repel.
$640 $576

Cutie alert! The gorgeous girl here is Jasmine, the Gym Leader here. She has
her hands full taking care of the Ampharos you see, who has somehow fallen
extremely ill. She asks you to do something about it and mentions Cianwood
City. As much as you may not want to, you _have_ to help her. Besides, you’ll
get another Badge and a sweet new HM out of it, so you might as well. Jasmine
will unlock the gate, allowing you to nab the Super Potion lying on the floor,
and you can now take the elevator back down to the first floor.

Leave, heal, stock up on Super Repels, and venture westward.

===========================
8e. The Path Across the Sea [gjsyl]
===========================

Outside the Battle Frontier entrance, if today is Monday, you’ll find Monica
here. Speak to her and she will give you a Sharp Beak, which powers up Flying
moves.

These next two routes are only in water, so unless you want to be bombarded
with wild Pokemon, I suggest you start spraying Super Repels. There’s a huge
dungeon in your way, so follow my directions carefully.

A little down and to the right of Elaine, you will see an item ball that
contains TM88, Pluck. This is a physical-based Flying-type move. When used in
battle, if the foe is holding a Berry, Pluck will steal it and the user will
consume it, gaining its effects.

Press A again and you’ll pick up a Hyper Potion hidden in the sand.

SwimmerM Randall SwimmerF Paula
Shellder L18 x2, Wartortle L20 Staryu L19, Shellder L19
$288 $304

SwimmerF Kaylee
Goldeen L18/L20, Seaking L20 Take a left here.
$320

SwimmerM Matthew SwimmerM Berke
Krabby L23 Qwilfish L23 From here, go up.
$368 $368

SwimmerF Wendy SwimmerM George
Horsea L21 x2 Tentacool L16 x2/L17 x2, Remoraid L19, Staryu L19
$336 $304

From here, go left.

SwimmerF Susie Continue left until you see the shore. If you
Psyduck L20, Goldeen L22 want to, you can skip the three Trainers who are
$352 left and just make land, but that’s a waste of
valuable Exp. Go all the way down to the very
bottom, then go right until you hit the next person.

SwimmerF Denise SwimmerM Ronald
Seel L22 Gyarados L20 x2 At the whirlpool, go up.
$352 $320

SwimmerF Kara
Staryu L20, Starmie L20 Now surf west until you reach land.
$320

============================================
8f. Cianwood City – A Port of Crashing Waves [ttkaf]
============================================

o————————————o You can also find Shuckle by smashing
| CIANWOOD CITY POKEMON LISTING | the rocks at the north end of the city.
o————————————o
| Tentacool (surfing) | Two houses north of the Pokemon Center
| Tentacruel (surfing) | is the house of the person who you most
| Krabby (fishing) | likely have run into on many different
| Corsola (fishing, morning/day, GR) | occasions – Cameron the photographer.
| Staryu (fishing, night, GR) | You can add another picture to your
o————————————o album by examining the camera next to
his house. When you’re done, stand in
front of the camera, take two steps down and three steps right, then press A
for a Stardust.

Head to the north end of the city and you’ll see Suicune on a ledge. Get too
close, and it’ll run away. Eusine will show up and challenge you to a battle.

Mystery Man Eusine
Drowzee L25, Electrode L27, Haunter L25
$3240

The game didn’t make a big deal out of him, so I didn’t, either. :] This guy’s
loaded, but other than that, he should cause zero problems.

o———————–o Back in the main part of the city, head into the
| CIANWOOD PHARMACY | building to the left of the Pokemon Center. Talk
o———————–o to the dude behind the counter and he’ll give you a
| Potion………..$300 | SecretPotion. If you talk to him again, he will
| Super Potion…..$700 | actually sell you medicine instead of do nothing
| Hyper Potion….$1200 | like he did in Gold and Silver. His wares are
| Full Heal……..$600 | listed to the left.
| Revive……….$1500 |
o———————–o Leave and enter the house to the left. If you
talk to this guy and say yes, he’ll give you a L20
Shuckle, named Shuckie, of your very own. It is holding Berry Juice. Give any
Berry to Shuckle, and he’ll eventually turn it into Berry Juice.

There’s a Gym in this town! Let’s go win at it.

===============
8g. Boss: Chuck [jtswn]
===============

Chuck is standing directly in front of you, but he’s so busy getting a
waterfall dumped on his head that he doesn’t notice you. In order to challenge
him, you’ll have to stop the waterfall. The key to doing that is at the top of
the room, but you’ll have to fight your way there. Start on the left side.

Black Belt Yoshi Black Belt Nob
Hitmonlee L27 Machop L25, Machoke L25
$648 $600

Nob blocked your path, so you can’t go up the stairs. If you’re a wuss, you can
leave the Gym and re-enter, causing everyone’s positions to reset. You can then
just go directly to the top. That’s lame, though, so go to the other side of
the room and earn your way to the top:

Black Belt Lao Black Belt Lung
Hitmonchan L27 Mankey L23 x2, Primeape L25
$648 $600

Fighting Lung is totally optional, but you can’t fight him once you defeat
Chuck, so you may as well just kill him. Cross the brdige on the third level,
go up the stairs on the left side, and examine the big red thing. Say yes to
turn it and you will finally be able to fight against Chuck. Don’t forget to
heal and save!

Chuck’s team is as follows:

o—————-o—————-o Chikorita’s Level: 48 Money: $3720
| Primeape L29 | Poliwrath L31 | ———————
o—————-o—————-o
| Leer | Surf | How lame is this? Two Pokemon? Really?
| Rock Slide | Hypnosis |
| Double Team | Body Slam | This fight is very easy. Chuck’s special
| Focus Punch | Focus Punch | move is Focus Punch, a ridiculously
o—————-o—————-o strong Fighting-type attack. The catch is
that it always attacks second, and it
fails if the user is hit during the opponent’s turn. Primeape tries to pile on
the Double Teams so your attacks will miss, and Poliwrath will attempt to put
you to sleep with Hypnosis. More often than not, however, they will be so
obsessed with trying to Focus Punch you that you can really just do anything
and you’ll be okay. Rock Slide and Body Slam are pretty weak options that
aren’t too threatening. Getting paralyzed by Body Slam is arguably a good
thing, because now you can’t get put to sleep, but you can still be fully
paralyzed (25% chance per turn).

Poliwrath is holding a Sitrus Berry, and Chuck has two Hyper Potions at his
disposal. Get through this disappointment for the Storm Badge, the ability to
use Fly out of battle, and TM01, Focus Punch.

==================
9. The Sixth Badge [mrlbj]
==================

Objectives
———-

* Heal Amphy.
* Explore a new part of Johto.
* Earn your sixth Badge.

With the Storm Badge in your possession, all shops will now carry Ultra Balls,
Hyper Potions, Full Heals, and Max Repels.

Leave the Gym and you will be instantly be given HM02, Fly. You can use this to
fly to any place you’ve ever been to, including National Park (it should be
noted that this will take you to the Pokeathlon Dome instead).

Go back to the lighthouse and take the elevator to the top floor. Talk to
Jasmine and tell her that the medicine will work, and she will take it from you
and give it to Amphy. It works like a charm, and Jasmine will take the long way
down the lighthouse.

When you leave, Baoba will call you and tell you the Safari Zone is ready. You
have two options: fly back to Cianwood City and go check it out, or get
yourself a Badge. Jasmine has three (more like two) Pokemon, and the toughest
Pokemon is L35, so it’s a judgment call. If you think you can take her on (you
can do this easily if any of your Pokemon have Flamethrower), skip the next few
sections and jump straight to the end. Since it’s obvious the game wants you to
go do this right now, I’m going to cover it now. If you want to follow along
with me, fly to Cianwood City and enter the cave north of the Gym. Pass through
Cliff Edge Gate until you get outside.

==================================
9a. Super New Johto Route Fun Time [nigas]
==================================

Welcome to the first of two routes that are not in Gold and Silver!

Follow the path to the first guy.

Hiker Devin
Dunsparce L19 x3 Before you enter the cave, cross the bridge to
$608 find another guy.

Camper Grant
Skiploom L21, Marill L21 Pick up the Revive and go into the cave.
$336

Double Team Thom & Kae
Electabuzz L25/Magmar L25 Follow this path. Eventually you will come
$6000 across a Lagging Tail; more doubles awaits.

Young Couple Duff & Eda
Onix L22/Cloyster L22 Route 48 is dead ahead.
$2816

From here, you can enter the Safari Zone. The Safari Zone is very different
from previous games, and I won’t be covering it here. Don’t worry – there are
no items or Trainers to fight. If you want to learn the ins and outs of the
Safari Zone, see section 19.

Fly back to Olivine City and go straight to the Gym.

=================
9b. Boss: Jasmine [ipsmn]
=================

What makes me the angriest about Jasmine’s Gym is because it looks like she has
Gym Trainers this time around, but nope! The two people here jump you and wish
you luck instead of battling you. How sucky is that? To make things worse, the
fight against Jasmine could not be more boring and lame, but you should still
heal your Pokemon and save before fighting her. Clang! Steel type!

Jasmine’s team is as follows:

No, your eyes aren’t deceiving you; she really does have two identical
Magnemite. They have a double weakness to Ground, so even something as weak as
Dig will take them out in one hit. If not, be wary of Thunderbolt; it’s strong.

Steelix is the only threat. He has an absurd amount of DEF, so physical attacks
will barely scratch him unless they’re hitting him super effectively. He is
also holding a Sitrus Berry. Iron Tail may lower your DEF if it hits, so
switch out to avoid taking a huge hit next turn.

Jasmine may also heal her Pokemon using her two Hyper Potions. Once you
overcome them, you will earn the Mineral Badge and TM23, Iron Tail.

=====================
10. The Seventh Badge [gsrbj]
=====================

Objectives
———-

* Investigate the Lake of Rage.
* Thwart Team Rocket’s plans at Mahogany Town.
* Earn your seventh Badge.

Now that you’ve totally laid waste to the west side of Johto, fly to Ecruteak
City. Take this time to buy some Max Repels and an Escape Rope. There’s a
little more dungeon crawling to do before we get to the next town.

===============
10a. Mt. Mortar [nrctw]
===============

Before entering the cave, take out the two people standing nearby.

Poke Maniac Shane Hiker Benjamin
Nidorina L17, Nidorino L17 Diglett L15, Geodude L15, Dugtrio L17
$1088 $544

Now go into the cave.

o—————————-o Go into the next room and go right.
| MT. MORTAR POKEMON LISTING |
o—————————-o Poke Maniac Harrison
| Geodude (all day) | Nidoking L17, Nidoqueen L17
| Machop (all day) | $1088
| Rattata (all day) |
| Zubat (all day) | Go up two flights of stairs on the right side
o—————————-o and you’ll find a ladder to go up. In this next
room, go down and pick up the Revive lying on
the ground, then go back down the ladder. Go down just the first flight of
stairs and then go left. You’ll see a rock you can push. Do so, then take four
steps up and one step right. Press A for a Max Repel.

Go up a little bit and go up the stairs to the left. At the end of this path is
an Ultra Ball. Go back to the main path and then head north. Pick up the Max
Potion before you go up the stairs here. Go right, up the stairs, and then down
to find an Escape Rope. If you follow the path up the stairs to the right,
you’ll come across a Nugget. Go back down the stairs and then down once you go
down the second set of stairs. Go up the stairs to the left and you’ll be able
to fight the only other dude you’ll fight in here.

Super Nerd Markus
Slowpoke L19
$912

South of here, jump the ledge and go down. You’ll be back at the entrance, near
Harrison. Go left, ignoring the other door you’ll see, and follow this path to
another ladder. Go up and pick up the lonely Ether. Now go back to the door you
passed and enter. In the area near the door at the bottom, there’s a small rock
next to the right wall. Examine it for a Hyper Potion.

Use the door at the bottom and you’ll find yourself on the east side of Route
42. Surf across the water and enter the cave. Go straight up and down the
ladder (there is nothing you can reach by water yet).

======================================
10b. Mahogany Town – Home of the Ninja [wtfwn]
======================================

Poke Maniac Brent Go down from here and pick up the Max Ether.
Nidorina L20, Nidorino L24 Don’t jump the ledge; instead, go straight up
$1536 from here.

Poke Maniac Beckett Poke Maniac Ron
Slowbro L20 Nidoking L20 Go down and left instead
$1280 $1280 of straight up here.

Fisherman Marvin
Magikarp L10/L15, Gyarados L20
$480

=====================
10c. The Lake of Rage [ronrh]
=====================

o——————————o At this point, you can go north from the left
| LAKE OF RAGE POKEMON LISTING | side to the Lake of Rage. If today is not
o——————————o Wednesday, it will be raining, and you’ll be
| Exeggcute (Headbutt) | able to surf around this area for some items.
| Hoothoot (Headbutt) | If it _is_ Wednesday, the path here will not
| Pineco (Headbutt) | be flooded, enabling you to battle against
| Venonat (Headbutt) | some people, and find a couple more items.
| Gyarados (fishing, GR) | First, I’ll cover the flooded version, since
| Gyarados (surfing) | odds are today in your game is not Wednesday.
| Magikarp (surfing) | If you’ve beaten the odds and today _is_
o——————————o Wednesday, just skip to the not-raining
section and come back for the raining items
RAINING AT LAKE OF RAGE tomorrow.
———————–

Stand in between the two ledges (you should be in front of a tree). Examine the
last tile all the way to your right for a Full Restore (it won’t be here if you
already got it). Get into the water and nab the Red Flute on the left side,
then go back to the entrance and head up into the maze from the middle. Take a
right and follow this path until you can either go right, or continue going up.
Go right, then up instead of continuing right. Follow this path to yet another
fork. Here, go up and you will find TM43, Secret Power, a physical Normal-type
move that has varying effects depending on the terrain you’re fighting on. Back
at the fork, go down and you’ll end up at a house. Inside, if you talk to the
guy, he’ll give you TM10, Hidden Power.

Fly to the Lake of Rage and go up to the water. See the tree that’s next to the
water’s edge? Stand to the right of it so you’re two steps from the water’s
edge. Take one step up, seven steps right, and face down. Press A for a Rare
Candy (it won’t be here if you already got it). Now go all the way up the side
here, get in the water, and surf up past the trees to find a pair of Choice
Specs, which I am surprised they let you have before beating the game. When
held, they increase the holder’s SP.ATK by 50%, but locks the holder into the
first move it uses.

Stand in the upper right corner. Take one step left and face down. Press A for
a Max Potion.

Fly to the Lake of Rage, go up to the water, get in, and approach the red
Gyarados. If you plan on capturing it, save before you speak to it.

NOT RAINING AT LAKE OF RAGE
—————————

Stand in between the two ledges (you should be in front of a tree). Examine the
last tile all the way to your right for a Full Restore (it won’t be here if you
already got it). Go down to the bottom and start walking. Go left real quick
for a fight:

Ace Trainer Alton
Ivysaur L24, Charmeleon L24, Wartortle L24
$1440

After that, go right and follow the path until you reach a tree on your left
you can cut. Slice it down and follow this path to a Max Revive. Go back to
where you changed paths and cut down the tree on the right. At the end of this
path, you’ll find a Full Restore. Go back to the main path and follow this path
up. At the end, you’ll find a guy here. This is Wesley, and he’ll give you a
Black Belt for speaking to him.

Now go up the right side to the point where you can get in the water. Surf
to the south end of the lake and pick up the Full Heal on the shore. Approach
the red Gyarados. If you want to capture it, save before you talk to it.

—

The red Gyarados is like any other Gyarados, except it’s its alternate color
(every Pokemon has one). Known in the Pokemon community as a “shiny” Pokemon,
they’re very rarely found in the wild. This Gyarados is always shiny, and for
some people, the only shiny Pokemon they’ve ever found.

It knows Bite, Twister, Leer, and Dragon Rage, and is L30. As usual, Dusk Balls
are king, but if it’s not night, Net Balls (purchaseable in nearly every town)
work nicely.

After the battle, you will get a Red Scale. If you take it to Mr. Pokemon,
he’ll give you an Exp. Share for it. When held by a Pokemon, it will receive
1/2 of the Experience gained from defeating a Pokemon, even if it doesn’t
participate in battle.

Get out of the water. At the south entrance to the lake, you’ll see a dude next
to a Pokemon. Talk to him, and he’ll introduce himself as Lance, a Trainer like
you. He’ll ask for your help in investigating something in Mahogany Town. You
must tell him yes, so get it overwith. He will fly away on his Pokemon, and you
should do the same. Your destination is Mahogany Town.

==========================================================
10d. Infiltrating the Totally Not Suspicious Souvenir Shop [nntba]
==========================================================

Heal your Pokemon and head to the souvenir shop. You’ll see Lance lay waste to
a guy and reveal a hidden entrance to a secret underground area. Follow him in.

See the statues? Every time you pass one that is lit up red, you will fight
identical copies of these two grunts:

Team Rocket Grunt Team Rocket Grunt
Drowzee L17, Zubat L19 Zubat L16, Rattata L18, Grimer L17
$760 $720

You’ll fight them one after the other with no break in between, but neither
fight should be that difficult. When you defeat them, the light will go off,
and you can pass them freely.

Just before the second statue, you’ll be able to go down to a second path. At
the end of _this_ path is another fork. Go down at this point and follow the
path to the end. If you want to shut the security cameras off, examine the
computer (it’s blue) and choose to shut it down, and you will never run into
the grunt copies when passing the statues. There’s also a guy standing here, so
destroy him:

Scientist Gregg
Magnemite L20 x3 Pick up the Guard Spec. nearby and be on your
$640 way.

Go back to the end of the second path and go right past the statue. Pick up the
Hyper Potion. In the room with the two large, blue boxes, examine the top right
corner for a Revive. Go down and left, past two statues, and step on the yellow
tile to be warped back to the entrance. Go all the way left this time, past one
more statue, and then do battle against a grunt that isn’t a copy:

Team Rocket Grunt
Rattata L16 x4
$640

Just below him is a 6×7 grid. Some spots are safe to walk on, but the rest are
booby-trapped with Pokemon that all know Selfdestruct. Here’s a map of what
each area contains:

* * V * G V Key
* K * * * V —
G * * V K *
* * G * * * * – Free passage
* * * * K * V – Voltorb L23
* K V G * * G – Geodude L23
V * * K * G K – Koffing L23

As you can see, it is possible to walk the path without fighting a single
enemy, but you really should just take out all the Pokemon anyway.

Go downstairs. Lance will heal your whole party and take off, leaving you to
clean up some Rockets.

Team Rocket Grunt
Venonat L18 x2 Go down and left to the dead end. Examine the middle
$720 box for a Full Heal, then go right.

Team Rocket Grunt
Golbat l18 Go downstairs and you will see Lance again. He
$720 mentions that you’ll need the voice of someone named
Petrel, and whoever that is is holed up in an office
somewhere. From here, left and up into the large room. Fight the two in here.

Scientist Ross Team Rocket Grunt After you beat her, you
Koffing L22 x2 Ekans L18, Gloom L18 will get a password for
$704 $720 the office.

Leave and go left to the dead end.

Scientist Mitch Team Rocket Grunt This guy will tell you
Ditto L24 Raticate L19 the other password when
$768 $760 you defeat him.

Pick up the X Special and Protein, then go up to the top of this room to find
TM49, Snatch. This move will steal any stat-boosting attack the foe tries to
use. Go right and up the stairs. Go down to the dead end here and examine the
thing with the yellow top for an X Sp. Def. Now get back on the main path.

Team Rocket Grunt
Rattata L17 x2, Zubat L17
$680

Go downstairs, then up the stairs below you. In this little room is TM46,
Thief. This move will steal any item the foe has equipped as long as the user
doesn’t have its own item equipped. You will keep this item after the battle,
so it’s pretty handy. It’s really weak in battle, though, so don’t use it on
anyone who matters.

Go back downstairs and approach the door. Silver will appear and he’ll slap you
around a bit before leaving. Unlock the door using the two passwords and save.

=================
10e. Boss: Petrel [srtre]
=================

Petrel’s team is as follows:

When you beat him, he’ll leave, and the Murkrow standing nearby will repeat the
new password in Petrel’s voice, and run off. Follow him back to the beginning,
where Murkrow will open the door for you. Get on inside.

=====================================
10f. Boss: Ariana & Team Rocket Grunt [hffep]
=====================================

Money: $2960 Chikorita’s Level: 55

You can’t lose this fight. Dragonite will destroy all of their Pokemon so fast
it’s not even fun, which is why I didn’t bother writing down their stuff – not
that I could anyway because Dragonite kept killing their Pokemon.

After the battle, you’ll have to take out 3 Electrode L23. After the battle,
Lance will give you HM05, Whirlpool. Leave here and fly to the Lake of Rage.

Go to the northeast corner and take out the new girl.

Ace Trainer Lois
Mareep L25, Ninetales L25
$1500

It’s time to get another Badge, but you should know that after you beat the Gym
Leader, you will be unable to do anything related to the radio (such as Buena’s
Password), or play the lottery in the Radio Tower until you complete the next
part of the story, which begins as soon as you beat the Gym. If you want to do
any of that, do it _before_ you beat this Gym.

================
10g. Boss: Pryce [ymnbt]
================

This Gym is pretty stupid. Not like it was cool in Gold and Silver, but this is
probably the only Gym that got dumber. The idea here is to push the ice to make
walls for you to slide to. See this by going directly up into the ice block. It
will slide into another one and stick, creating a wall. It sounds cool, but
there’s almost no use for them. After you push it, go left, up, right, and up
to room two. Take out the two people.

Skier Diana Boarder Patton Push the left block into the
Jynx L29 Swinub L27 x2 right block, then go right and
$928 $864 up to the final room.

Boarder Deandre Push the middle block up, then go right up and right
Seel L25 x2, Dewgong L26 to another dude.
$800

Boarder Gerardo Go down, left, up, left to the last
Shellder L25, Cloyster L26, Seel L25 Trainer in this lame Gym.
$800

Skier Jill Go down and right to push the ice block, then go
Dewgong L29 right and up. Normally, I’d say heal and save, but
$928 this fight is really, really, _really_ easy.

You still might want to save anyway, just to be completely safe.

Pryce’s team is as follows:

Dewgong is equally embarrassing, but at least he has a STAB Aurora Beam, a
special-based Ice-type move that may lower your ATK if it hits. Sleep Talk
randomly uses one of the user’s other moves, but only while the user is asleep.

Piloswine is the only Pokemon Pryce has that’s mildly dangerous. He gets a stab
Blizzard that will never miss if it’s hailing. Hail also activates Snow Cloak,
Piloswine’s ability, that boosts his evasion in hail. Mud Bomb may lower your
accuracy further, so unless you’re really unlucky, you should do fine.

Any Water-type with a good Normal-type move like Headbutt or Return will shine
here, since Pryce has no answer for them. Piloswine is Ice/Ground, so he’s
actually weak to Water; Surf him for a quick death.

Piloswine is holding a Sitrus Berry; Pryce has both a Hyper Potion and a Full
Restore available to him. Win and you will earn the Glacier Badge, the ability
to use Whirlpool out of battle, and TM07, Hail.

====================
11. The Eighth Badge [rsnbj]
====================

Objectives
———-

* Lay waste to the remainder of Team Rocket.
* Pass through Ice Cave and make it to Blackthorn City.
* Become a dragon master whether you like it or not and earn your eighth Badge.

Max Potions are available for purchase now that you have seven Badges.

When you leave, you’ll get a phone call about weird radio signals. If you try
listening to the radio, you’ll notice that all channels are taken over by Team
Rocket. Heal, stock up on some items, and fly to Goldenrod City.

=============================
11a. Team Rocket’s Last Stand [npjwi]
=============================

Go into the underground and head to the place where you get your picture taken.
You’ll change into a Team Rocket uniform, enabling you to get into the upper
floors of the Radio Tower. Note that once you change, you can’t leave the city.
Don’t worry – you won’t be wearing the outfit for long. Go to the Radio Tower
and approach the grunt by the stairs. Silver will appear and out you as one of
the good guys (what a jerk!), and you will get rid of your costume. The grunt
will become angry at being tricked and attack you.

Team Rocket Grunt It’s a straight path to the top, so just give out
Raticate L24 x2 beatings to everyone.
$960

Team Rocket Grunt Team Rocket Grunt Team Rocket Grunt
Arbok L26 Rattata L21 x2/L23 x3 Zubat L26 x2
$1040 $920 $1040

Team Rocket Grunt Team Rocket Grunt
Grimer L23 x2, Muk L25 Koffing L23, Grimer L23, Zubat L23, Rattata L23
$1000 $920

Scientist Garett Team Rocket Grunt
Magnemite L27 x3 Weezing L26
$864 $1040

Team Rocket Grunt Slight detour: Go down and right
Zubat L22, Golbat L24, Grimer L22 to the DJ’s desk and speak to the
$880 grunt to fight her.

Team Rocket Grunt Scientist Trenton
Ekans L21 x2, Oddish L23, Gloom L24 Porygon L30
$960 $960

Go up the stairs to the top and save before you talk to the guy here.

=================
11b. Boss: Petrel [ftosw]
=================

Money: $1200 Chikorita’s Level: 58

Petrel comes at you with a full team of 6 here.

Five of them are Koffing L30. For sure, two of them know Selfdestruct, Sludge,
SmokeScreen, and Tackle. The other three probably have that set, too. Petrel
also has a Weezing L32 whose set I never recorded. There’s not a lot to this
battle… if you’re not using a Psychic-type, it’ll just take a little while
because of all the Pokemon.

After you win, he’ll give you the key to get to where the _real_ director has
been stashed, and leave forever.

11a continued
————-

Leave the Radio Tower, heal up, and head underground. At the bottom part, go
right and you’ll find another of the Kimono Girls here. Go past her and get
inside. Save before you try to progress left:

======================================
11c. Vs. Silver: Goldenrod Underground [pwnd3]
======================================

Silver has added a Sneasel to his team, but it isn’t that threatening. It has
low DEF, but very good SPD and ATK. Shouldn’t be that hard to take care of.

11a continued
————-

Okay, now take care of everyone in here, starting with the guy below you:

Team Rocket Grunt Team Rocket Grunt
Rattata L27 Muk L23, Koffing L23, Rattata L25
$1080 $1000

A Full Heal is lying nearby. Continue:

Burglar Duncan Pick up the Smoke Ball, then fight another thief.
Koffing L23 x2, Magmar L25
$368

Burglar Orson Hit the switches in the order red, green, blue
Growlithe L26, Koffing L24 in order to progress to the end.
$384

Team Rocket Grunt In the next room, follow the path, picking up the
Gloom L25 x2 Ultra Ball on the ground. When you start going
$1006 down, examine the lone box for a Max Potion.

Team Rocket Grunt Continue following the path. There’s a Max Ether
Raticate L24, Golbat L24 in the corner.
$960

Team Rocket Grunt Examine the lower of the two small yellow boxes
Grimer L26, Weezing L23 for a Revive. Before going up the stairs, go left.
$920

Team Rocket Grunt Talk to the gentleman at the end. This is the real
Koffing L25 x2 Director, and he’ll give you a Card Key so you can
$1000 get to the upper floors of the Radio Tower.

Near him is TM82, Sleep Talk. Go up the stairs to your right now. You’ll end up
in the basement of the department store. Pick up the Amulet Coin lying nearby.
This nifty little hold item will double the winnings you get from a battle if
the Pokemon holding it takes part.

Go back to the Radio Tower’s third floor and use the Card Key on the locked
door.

Team Rocket Grunt
Raticate L24, Koffing L26
$1040

=================
11d. Boss: Proton [oftdt]
=================

Proton’s team is as follows:

=================
11e. Boss: Ariana [nuagn]
=================

Ariana’s team is as follows:

Just one more fight, but you might actually want to save before you fight it.

=================
11f. Boss: Archer [jsstw]
=================

Archer’s team is as follows:

When you win, all traces of Team Rocket will vanish from Johto. You win!!!

The Director will show up and give you a Key Item: the Rainbow Wing if you’re
playing HeartGold, and the Silver Wing if you’re playing SoulSilver.

On your way out of the Radio Tower, talk to the girl by the Card Key door on
the third floor for TM11, Sunny Day. Go up to the fourth floor via the regular
stairs and talk to Mary and she’ll give you a BrightPowder, a Hold Item that
lowers the foe’s accuracy.

Heal, restock on items if needed, and fly to Mahogany Town.

=============================
11g. The Icy Trek of Not Lame [rtmpg]
=============================

Ace Trainer Allen Ace Trainer Cybil
Charmeleon L29, Magnemite L29 Mareep L29, Bellossom L29
$1740 $1740

Fisherman Edgar
Remoriad L28 x2 Pick up the Max Repel, then go right again. Surf to
$896 the land in the middle to find a Max Revive. Go to
the end of the path and go into the cave.
Bird Keeper Vance*
Hoothoot L28, Pidgeotto L28
$896

o————————–o Follow the path until you get to the ice puzzle.
| ICE CAVE POKEMON LISTING | Go up, left, up, left, down, left, up, right.
o————————–o
| Golbat (all day) | Go right to the second, smaller ice puzzle, and
| Jynx (all day) | go right, up, left, down, left, up, right and
| Swinub (all day) | pick up HM07, Waterfall.
| Zubat (all day) |
| Delibird (SS, all day) | There are three rocks behind the guy that you’ll
o————————–o eventually pass. Examine the middle one for an
Ice Heal, then go down the ladder.
This room has four boulders
in it that you have to push down the holes. _Don’t_ fall into any of the holes
yet! Go up and around, then down past the upper left hole. There are two
boulders here. Push the left one straight up until you can’t anymore.

Push the rock that was to the right of it to the right twice, then three times
down, five times left, once down, and once right, into the hole.

Go right. Go up the right side of the room and you’ll find another boulder.
Push this rock once left, five times down, once left, three times down, once
up, and four times left, into the hole.

Go up to the top of the room on the side with the hole. Push this boulder up to
the wall, then twice right, three times up, and twice left, into the hole.

Go left until you get to the first rock you pushed. Push it right and then
down, into the hole. Now go to the right side of the room and go down the
ladder.

Slide straight down for a Carbos. Go back to the ladder and slide left so you
hit the boulder. Go down, left, up, and right, and you’ll end up in the center.
Step right again and pick up the Full Heal.

Slide up, left, down, and left. Pick up the Max Potion. Slide down, right, up,
left. Take two steps down and slide right. You’ll be back at the ladder.

Take one step down and then go left, down, left, up, right. Go down the ladder.

Pick up the NeverMeltIce one way or the other and go up the ladder on the right
side of the room.

In this next room, go right, without sliding on the ice, to the other side of
the room. Stand on the second tile from the left and slide down and right to
TM72, Avalanche. This is a physical-based Ice-type move with negative priority.
It doubles in base power (60 to 120) if the user is hit before the attack is
launched.

Go left and up to the ladder. In the next room, go left above the ice and push
the boulder down once. Now go around to the ice and slide your way to an Iron.
Push the boulder up out of your way and go up the ladder.

Pick up the Protein, then go down. Stand on the right of the two tiles, then
slide down, left, down, and right. Talk to the Kimono Girl here and agree to
push her. From this spot, go left, up, right, down, right, and down to a PP Up.

From that spot, go up, right, up, left, down, right, and down to the exit.

===============================================
11h. Blackthorn City – A Quiet Mountain Retreat [iaftg]
===============================================

o———————————o You’ll see two ladies in the first house
| BLACKTHORN CITY POKEMON LISTING | you come across. The one on the left will
o———————————o trade you a Dodrio for a Dragonair, but
| Poliwag (fishing) | only if your Dragonair is female. Come
| Magikarp (surfing) | back way later to complete this deal.
o———————————o
The girl on the right will give your lead
Pokemon a ribbon if it has 510 EVs, which have 0 bearing on the main game. For
more information on EVs, see section 26.

o———————-o Next to the Poke Mart is a building I find hilarious.
| BLACKTHORN CITY SHOP |
o———————-o In this house is the Move Deleter, Move Maniac, and
| Air Mail………$50 | two people who will teach your Pokemon certain moves.
| Net Ball…….$1000 |
| Dusk Ball……$1000 | Normally found all across the country in other games,
o———————-o Gamefreak literally stuffed them all into one house!

This is pretty convenient, though. The leftmost guy is the Move Deleter. He’s
the guy you come to if you need to get rid of HMs on any of your Pokemon.

Moving right, the next guy is the Move Maniac. He will teach your Pokemon any
move it tried to learn naturally – if your Pokemon evolved into something else,
there may be other moves that can only be learned through this method. The
catch: he won’t do it unless you give him a Heart Scale. You can get one on
Route 32 (it’s hidden to the right of the fishermen, in a small rock in the
water), and you can find some via Rock Smash or the Pokeathlon Dome on
Wednesday and Sunday, but the easiest way to get them is to import them from
the Pokewalker. The easiest course to find them at is Beautiful Beach (unlocked
at 200 Watts), Take more than 2,000 steps there and you will start finding
them.

The other two guys are pretty much only being listed for reference purposes.
The old lady specializes in teaching Dragon-types the powerful Dragon move,
Draco Meteor. It’s special-based and is super strong, but it cuts the user’s
SP.ATK by 2 stages each time it’s used. Not only do you not _have_ any Dragon-
types (unless you’ve been importing from other games), but this woman still
won’t teach it to your Pokemon unless they have high happiness.

The dude to her right is singing the same story, except he deals in the starter
Pokemon of each generation. Next to him is a list of the 12 Pokemon that can
learn the moves he has to teach; Blast Burn for the Fire-types, Hydro Cannon
for the Water-types, and Frenzy Plant for the Grass-types. Each of these is
special-based and insanely strong, but if it hits, the user has to rest on the
next turn. Note that he will _not_ teach it to the starters’ lower forms (he
turned me and my Chikorita away) – only what he has listed are allowed to learn
the move.

Stay away from him anyway – those moves are horrible and should never be used.

There are some Trainers to fight and items to get, so buy an Escape Rope if you
don’t have one already and leave south to Route 45. As soon as you reach the
bridge, take a left and go into the cave.

======================
11i. East Side Cleanup [pwshm]
======================

o—————————o Go left and straight down to the dead end.
| DARK CAVE POKEMON LISTING | Examine the taller of the two rocks for a Max
o—————————o Elixir. Go on and surf straight down and land.
| Geodude (all day) | Pick up the Revive and continue left to the
| Golbat (all day) | ledge, but don’t jump. Instead, examine the tile
| Graveler (all day) | to the left of the large rock against the north
| Wobbuffet (all day) | wall for TM54, False Swipe. This move always
| Zubat (all day) | leaves at least 1 HP when it does damage, making
| Goldeen (fishing) | it ideal for putting Pokemon into a range for
| Magikarp (surfing) | capturing them.
o—————————o
Go back to the water and surf straight up to
more land. Continue on this path until you can go left or down. Go left and
follow this path up and then right to a dude by his lonesome. Talk to him for
some BlackGlasses, which boosts the power of Dark-type moves.

See the five rocks at the top? Examine the second one from the left for a Max
Revive, then use an Escape Rope to get out. You’ll be back on Route 45.

Fly back to Blackthorn City and go back to Route 45 again. This time, stick to
the right. When the path forks, still go to the right. Take out this one guy:

Ace Trainer Ryan
Pidgeot L25, Electabuzz L27 Fly to Blackthorn City and come back to this
$1620 fork. Now, go down the left side.

Hiker Erik
Machop L24/L27, Graveler L27 Pick up the Max Potion on your way down.
$864

Black Belt Kenji*
Machoke L28 You’ll come across another fork shortly; stay
$672 to the right.

Hiker Michael
Geodude L25, Graveler L25, Golem L25
$800

Jump the ledge, then go left and up.

Hiker Timothy
Diglett L27, Dugtrio L27 Go straight down and you’ll find a Grn Apricorn
$864 tree. Fly to Blackthorn and head to the Gym.

================
11j. Boss: Clair [cikos]
================

This gym is a bit tricky. You have to create your own path to get to the next
area. By stepping on the red arrows, you will move the platform a short
distance in that direction. When you step on the blue circle, you will turn the
entire platform 90 degrees clockwise. If I say “turn it,” then step on the blue
circle. Note that this will switch the directions of the arrows, so don’t get
confused when I say to go up and you don’t know how.

The yellow portals will take you back to the entrance.

To begin: left, turn it twice, right.

Ace Trainer Paulo Ace Trainer Lola
Dratini L25 x2, Seadra L35 Dratini L35, Dragonair L37
$2100 $2220

Next platform: up, turn it, right, turn it twice, right.

Ace Trainer Cody Ace Trainer Fran
Horsea L35, Seadra L37 Seadra L38
$2220 $2280

Ace Trainer Mike Next: left, turn it twice, right, turn
Dragonair L38 it, up three times, turn it, right, turn
$2280 it, up twice.

Definitely gonna wanna heal and save for this one.

Clair’s team is as follows:

If you’re finding that Clair’s Kingdra is too strong for you, go back to
Goldenrod City and buy some X Sp. Defs from the department store’s third floor.
Hydro Pump and Dragon Pulse are both special-based, so you’ll take less and
less damage with each use. Use them while you’re fighting against Gyarados (you
can even buy a couple X Attacks to offset the effects of Intimidate) because he
is by far the least threatening member of Clair’s team. Barring a critical hit,
you will win this fight easily.

As usual, Kingdra is holding a Sitrus Berry, and Clair has a Hyper Potion and a
Full Restore to use.

After you beat Clair, she throws a fit because she lost to someone as young as
you and refuses to fork over the Badge because apparently, just beating her
isn’t enough. She forces you to take the Dragon-master challenge in order to
prove your worth. Take the portal out of Clair’s Gym, heal, get someone with
Whirlpool, and surf behind it to the Dragon’s Den.

=================
11k. Dragon’s Den [ciadw]
=================

o——————————o Go downstairs.
| DRAGON’S DEN POKEMON LISTING |
o——————————o Ace Trainer Kobe
| Dratini (fishing) | Dragonair L37
| Dratini (surfing) | $2220
| Magikarp (surfing) |
o——————————o Go left to the dead end and examine the rock
for a Revive. Then go back to Kobe, down the
stairs, and pick up the Calcium at this dead end. Then go in the water and surf
straight down and land. Go down to the lower right corner and examine the tile
in the lower right corner for a Max Ether. Get back in the water and surf up
and left to a girl.

Ace Trainer Piper
Horsea L33 x2, Seadra L35 Examine the rock for a Max Potion, then surf
$2100 down and land near the twins.

Twins Clea & Gil Pick up the Max Elixir and cross the
Dratini L35 x2 whirlpool. Save before you enter the building.
$1120

You will instantly be forced to take the test here, and it is very important
that you get the answers right. You get three choices: a good answer, a great
answer, and a bad answer. You are actually not allowed to progress if you
choose the bad answer (usually the one that makes you sound like a pompous
jerk), so you really only have two choices to choose from.

Pick ONLY THESE CHOICES: Friend, Training, Anyone, Love, Both

After the quiz, Clair will come in and be shocked that you have passed the
test. The old dude in charge threatens to report her to Lance if she continues
to refuse to give you a Badge, so she finally caves in and gives you the Rising
Badge, which allows you to use Waterfall out of battle.

Leave the building, and surf right and up to a Dragon’s Fang. Surf your way
back to the entrance and Clair will also give you TM59, Dragon Pulse.

Exit the den and come back in. Go back to the building where you took the test
and talk to the old guy up top. He will give you a L15 Dratini. If your five
answers were exactly as I have described them above, that Dratini will know
ExtremeSpeed, a physical-based Normal-type move with positive priority. It’s
strong and only has 5 PP, but Dratini can’t learn it any other way than through
this guy. Escape Rope or walk outta here.

==================================
12. The Path to the Pokemon League [noaae]
==================================

Objectives
———-

* Play with Waterfall.
* Prove your worth to the Kimono Girls.
* Assault a legendary Pokemon.
* Step into Kanto and pass through Victory Road.
* Defeat the Elite Four and become Johto region Champion.

With the Rising Badge in your possession, all stores will now carry Full
Restores. Very, very nice.

When you leave the Dragon’s Den, Elm will call you and say he’s got something
for you. Fly to New Bark Town and get to the lab. Lyra will drag you to Elm,
who will give you a Master Ball, the ultimate in Pokemon capturing technology.
It never fails! I suggest using it on Entei or Raikou. All other legendaries
are either staionary (don’t run), or have genders so Love Ball will annihilate
them.

Before you go on, there are items and Pokemon to be had! Get someone who can
use Waterfall and fly to Mahogany Town.

===================
12a. Waterfall Play [krnr2]
===================

Go west to Route 42, cross the water, and enter Mt. Mortar. Get in the water,
go up the waterfall to the north, and enter the room at the top center.

Surf, then go right and surf up. Go up to the three rocks here and examine the
leftmost one for a Full Restore. Cross the water to the left. Examine the big
rock for an HP Up. Jump the ledge and go left. When you get to the water, surf
up. Jump the first ledge you see and follow this down and right to TM40, Aerial
Ace. Jump the ledge, go left, surf up, and continue right. At the next bit of
water, surf up. Pick up the Escape Rope, then surf up and left. At the second
ledge, jump down for a Dragon Scale – equip this to Seadra and trade it to make
it evolve. Jump down again and pick up the Elixir. Go left.

Above the water, examine the green rock next to the large rock for a Full Heal.
Surf to the ladder and go down it.

Go right. When you can go down, immediately go left up the stairs. On this
platform, go one step left and face down. Press A for an Ether. Now go left
between this platform and the one below it to an Iron. Back on the main path,
go up the stairs leading left and follow this path. When you can go down
instead of right, keep going right. At the stairs, go straight down and follow
this to an Iron Ball.

Go back up the stairs and go down (the path you passed before). Follow this
path to the end for a Max Revive, then go down the ladder. Go down the first
flight of stairs and go right a little. Examine the rock for a Max Revive.

Go right, down the stairs, and fight this dude:

Black Belt Kiyo
Hitmonlee L34, Hitmonchan L34
$815

After the battle, he will give you a Tyrogue L10. It evolves at L20, but what
it evolves into depends on its ATK and DEF. If ATK > DEF, you’ll get Hitmonlee.
If ATK < DEF, you get Hitmonchan. If ATK = DEF, you get Hitmontop. All are pure
Fighting-types, and all are decent Pokemon.

Rope on outta here.

Fly to Cianwood City and leave left to Cliff Edge Gate. On Route 47, get in the
water and surf left and up. Climb the waterfall and you'll find a White Flute.

Progress time! Fly to Ecruteak City and head to the Dance Theater. Silver will
stop you and mention how badly he got thrashed. Head on inside…

===========================
12b. Boss: The Kimono Girls [znmsk]
===========================

These girls can be really hard to beat. There are five of them in all, and you
have to fight them all one after the other with no breaks in between.

Each one of the girls will use one Pokemon. I have them all listed together for
the sake of saving space (and there's no resting in between, so it is very much
like you'd be fighting any other battle). You'll fight them in order from left
to right.

The Kimono Girls' teams are as follows:

Jolteon is probably the most threatening – she is very fast and very strong,
and her STAB Thunderbolts will leave a mark. Vaporeon is likewise powerful, but
not _as_ powerful, and she's a whole lot slower.

Winning this battle will get you a Clear Bell if you're playing HeartGold and
the Tidal Bell if you're playing SoulSilver.

Since I have to cater to players of both games, I'll be covering both the Bell
Tower (for HeartGold) and Whirl Islands (for SoulSilver), but since I'm playing
HeartGold, they get to go first! Sorry, the rest of you!

Use this code to get to the section on the Whirl Islands: [sfehd]

===============
12c. Bell Tower [stwgl]
===============

You're gonna want to bring lots of Max Repels and even more Ultra Balls. If
it's night, stock up on Dusk Balls instead. If you're playing SoulSilver, your
Pokemon should be around L60+ if you're not gonna chuck the Master Ball.

Head to the north end of the city and enter the Barrier Station to Bell Tower.
Talk to the guy on the far right and he'll let you pass.

Immediately upon arriving at Bellchime Trail, take four steps right and one
step up. Press A for a TinyMushroom. From that spot, go 3 steps right. Face up
and press A for another TinyMushroom. From that spot, go 6 steps right. Face up
and press A for a Big Mushroom.

Make your way to the Bell Tower's entrance. Stand in front of it and take 4
steps left and six steps up. Press A for a TinyMushroom. Go back to the Bell
Tower entrance and take 3 steps down and 1 step right. Press A for a Big
Mushroom.

Enter Bell Tower.

o—————————-o Go to the upper left corner of the room. The
| BELL TOWER POKEMON LISTING | Rainbow Wing will react, and you can now ascend
o—————————-o the ladder to the next floor. Go to the bottom
| Rattata (all day) | of this room and then go to the third floor.
| Gastly (night) |
o—————————-o Here's where it gets tricky. You run up the
little ramp things – they're one-way streets.
It looks tame right now, but it'll get a little zany later on. Jump left and
pick up the Full Heal. Then follow the path right until you hit a wall (you'll
be standing out of view, behind the center pillar). From this spot, take 3
steps up, face Right, and press A for a Max Potion. Be careful – it's hidden on
a ramp, and if you press right too hard, you'll jump. Feel free to step left
and then right if you're not comfortable just turning on the same tile.

Go up to the fourth floor.

See what I mean? It's like this the rest of the way.

Jump down, left, down, left, down, down. Pick up the Ultra Ball and jump on the
path to the right. Pick up the PP Up and go left. Pick up the Escape Rope, then
hop right twice, walk up a bit, and hop left to the ladder leading to floor 5.

Jump right twice, then go right a bit past the pillar. Hop down and jump left
and down. Go right at the fork and hop hop. There is a Rare Candy ripe for the
taking. Jump the two ramps to the right, then take 2 steps right and 1 step
down. Press A for a Full Restore. Go down the ladder and make your way back to
where you started on the fifth floor. At the place where you went right (which
led into the center), go down instead so you're at the forked path. You'll want
to take the right side path – it leads to the sixth floor.

Pick up the Max Potion and follow this path. At the two bridges, take the top
one for a Full Heal. Hop down twice to go to the seventh floor.

See the flashing tiles on the ground? They're teleporters. Go ahead and step on
the first one you come across, then step on the one to the left of it.

Go right to the wall and start jumping on the upper path leading left. Jump
three times, down once, and left to another teleporter. Hop to the Nugget, then
hop back and warp. When you get to another teleporter, step on it. Pick up the
Max Elixir, then warp back. Warp all the way back to the beginning now.

Go right: hop, hop, hop, hop, hop. Go down and hop to the bottom. Step on the
teleporter.

Go straight down and warp. Go left, picking up the HP Up on your way, and warp.

Go straight up. Examine the spot on the floor where the light is shining in for
a Carbos. Cross the bridge for a Full Restore, then come back and warp.

Go up the ladders to the end. FINALLY. This place sucks!

=================
12c1. Boss: Ho-Oh [nahag]
=================

Go to the top and watch the girls dance. Ho-Oh will appear, and you'll have one
more chance to heal up and save before you attack.

It should be noted that if you kill Ho-Oh, you can rematch him if you beat the
Elite Four.

If you're playing HeartGold, Ho-Oh is L45 and knows Extrasensory, Fire Blast,
Sacred Fire, and Sunny Day.

If you're playing SoulSilver, Ho-Oh will be L70 and know AncientPower,
Punishment, Sacred Fire, and Safeguard.

Ho-Oh is Fire/Flying in type and has the Pressure ability, which doubles PP
usage. Ho-Oh has a very debilitating Rock weakness that you may not want to
take advantage of if you're planning on capturing him. If you kill Ho-Oh and
come back later, he'll be the same Level he was at this point. The point is
that you have to do this battle, so just get it over with. Sacred Fire is Ho-
Oh's unique signature attack; it's a physical-based Fire attack with a 50% burn
rate. It's no fun at all.

HeartGold players: This battle can be really tough because Ho-Oh can boost the
power of his attacks with Sunny Day. Using Fire Blast and Sacred Fire, he can
hit both physically _and_ specially. Water-types will remain your best bet
here, but anything that resists Fire will help tremendously.

SoulSilver players: You got it way easier. Ho-Oh may be 25 Levels higher, but
the absence of Sunny Day and only one STAB move makes this a cakewalk. If you
came here immediately after getting the Rainbow Wing, you might have some
trouble, but if you waited until the end like I suggested, this won't be any
problem at all.

Good luck trying to capture him no matter what game you're playing. Hope you
got tons of Dusk Balls. If you do manage to capture Ho-Oh, take it to the Ho-Oh
puzzle room in the Ruins of Alph. Examine the back wall with Ho-Oh in your
party and the room will open. In it is a Revival Herb, Charcoal, Life Orb, and
Leppa Berry. The Life Orb is a pretty useful item (all moves' base powers
increased by 30% at the cost of 10% the holder's maximum HP), so you might want
to go get it.

After the battle, HeartGold players should fly somewhere, get healed, and then
fly to New Bark Town. SoulSilver players should fly to Cerulean City and jump
to section 17a.

The next section is for SoulSilver players attempting to catch Lugia, so use
this code to jump to the next relevant section for HeartGold players: [pswhc]

==================
12d. Whirl Islands [sfehd]
==================

Fly to Olivine City and leave to Route 40. Surf straight down until you get to
Route 41 – you'll be right above the northeastern entrance to the Islands.

It's here you have a choice. The Whirl Islands are completely optional – you
don't have to explore them at all. There are a lot of items to be had in the
caves, but nothing too important (a Max Elixir is probably the best item you'll
find). If you would rather go straight to Lugia, find the whirlpool closest to
the island you're on, cross it, enter the cave, then skip the next few
paragraphs to the place where it says "THE LUGIA CAVE." You can always come
back for the items later (or never – I hate this place).

For those who want to take a walk in some underground caves, surf left to the
northwest island. Cross the whirlpool, then surf around. From the cave
entrance, take 4 steps left and 6 steps up. Press A for a Stardust, and enter.

Light it up and head down the ladder. Follow this path down to a Carbos, then
continue to a ladder. Go down, pick up the Max Elixir and Full Restore, then go
back to the beginning.

Go down the stairs below the ladder, then up into the dead end. Examine the
rock in the corner for a Pearl. Go down the left side and pick up a Full
Restore. Go right to the st airs, and go up here. Follow this path to some more
stairs. There's a Nugget hidden in the corner to your left.

Hop the ledges to the right. Above the ladder is a small rock in the corner;
examine it for a Super Repel. Go up the ladder, pick up the Ultra Ball, and go
back down. Now go down and left. At the fork, pick up the Escape Rope, then go
down to a ladder. Leave the cave; from here, go two steps down. Face right and
press A for a Stardust. Go back in, relight the cave, and surf east. Pick up
the Ultra Ball and go down the ladder.

Go right and up. You'll come across two rocks with a space between them that
are almost directly across from a ladder to your left. Stand between these
rocks and press A for an Ultra Ball. Continue on this path. When you reach the
stairs, go up them and then go straight up to a Calcium. Now go up the ladder
you just passed.

Examine the rock in the upper left corner for a Rare Candy, then leave the
cave. Go up left around to the other piece of land. Go down into the narrow
path here and examine the last tile for a Max Ether.

Get back in the water and cross the whirlpool. Surf to the northeast island
(directly north of the one you're at right now), and cross the whirlpool.

Once you're on land, stand as close as you can directly across from the male
swimmer. Take 2 steps left and press A for a Stardust. Go left and surf your
way to the cave entrance. Before you enter, examine the lower right corner to
the right of the entrance for a Stardust. Go inside and light it up.

THE LUGIA CAVE

Jump the ledges, making sure you jump the top one and not the bottom one. Go
down this ladder. From this spot, go one step right, 11 steps down, and one
step left. Press A for a Revive. Follow this all the way to the ladder and go
down it.

Stand between the two rocks to the northwest of you and press A for a Full
Restore. Pick up the Max Revive, then go down and talk to the guy, who will let
you pass after seeing the Silver Wing.

Go down the ramp and into the cave. Pick up the Rare Candy, get out, and go all
the way down the enormously huge path to a cave. In this cave you will see the
Kimono Girls dance, and Lugia will appear (this is probably the one thing
HeartGold players have over SoulSilver players – Ho-Oh's entry is cooler).
You'll have one more chance to heal and save before you take Lugia on, so make
sure you do it.

=================
12d1. Boss: Lugia [gihtl]
=================

Keep in mind that should you decide to kill Lugia, you can fight him again once
you beat the Elite Four.

If you're playing SoulSilver, Lugia is L45 and knows Aeroblast, Extrasensory,
Hydro Pump, and Rain Dance.

In HeartGold, Lugia is L70 and knows Aeroblast, AncientPower, Punishment, and
Safeguard.

Regardless of what you might think, Lugia is NOT a Water-type! He is
Psychic/Flying and has the Pressure ability, which doubles PP usage.

SoulSilver players might have a harder time due to the rainy Hydro Pumps Lugia
can fire off, but remember that as long as it's not hitting for double damage,
it's manageable since Lugia doesn't get STAB for it. Aeroblast is Lugia's
exclusive signature attack – it's a special-based Flying-type move with a high
critical hit ratio.

SoulSilver players: Rain Dance has the neat side effect of making Thunder never
miss. If you have it on any of your Pokemon, it will hit Lugia hard, and the
30% paralysis rate is always welcome, especially if you're trying to capture
him. Remember that you don't have to catch him now – once you beat the Elite
Four, he'll come back. Since it's _way_ easier to get here than it is up the
stupid Bell Tower, you might want to consider coming for him later.

HeartGold players: Lugia sucks this time around. Aeroblast is the only
threatening move, and it has 5 PP, so stall it out and you're good to go. Guess
you get a break!

After the fight, leave the cave. If you're playing SoulSilver, heal up
somewhere and fly to New Bark Town. HeartGold players should fly to Cerulean
City and jump to section 17a.

======================
12e. Welcome to Kanto! [pswhc]
======================

New Bark Town's surfing Pokemon: Tentacool, Tentacruel

Next stop is Indigo Plateau. To get there, you'll need Surf, Strength, and
Waterfall. If you want to get all the items, you'll need Rock Smash and
Whirlpool.

Surf east and make land on Route 27. Surf the bottom path to find a Rare Candy,
then go back and enter Tohjo Falls.

From his location, go up one set of stairs and through the grass to the left
for a Destiny Knot. Go up one more stairs and then right. Examine the blank
spot for a Revive. Continue on the path now.

Ace Traine Reena* Fisherman Scott
Growlithe L36, Nidorina L33, Staryu L36 Qwilfish L30 x2, Seaking L34
$2160 $1088

Monday, Monica / Route 40 Just north of where you're at is a
Tuesday, Tuscany / Route 29 rest house where you can heal your
Wednesday, Wesley / Lake of Rage Pokemon whenever you like. How nice.
Thursday, Arthur / Route 36
Friday, Frieda / Route 32 Pick up the Blu Apricorn and get going.
Saturday, Santos / Blackthorn City
Sunday, Sunny / Route 37 Ace Trainer Joyce
Pikachu L36, Blastoise L336
At the fork, go right. $2160

Ace Trainer Gaven
Victreebel L32, Flareon L32, Kingler L32
$1920
Route 44
Ace Trainer Jake Behind him, examine the wall next to
Parasect L33, Golduck L35, Vaporeon L33 the large rock for a TinyMushroom.
$1980

Ace Trainer Jamie* Jump the ledges to the left for a Max
Rapidash L36, Flaaffy L31 Elixir, then circle around and enter the
$1860 large building.

This is the Reception Gate, what is essentially what connects Johto to Kanto.

The western and eastern exits outta here are blocked off for now, so you have
no choice but to head north into Victory Road.

o——————————o Victory Road is supposed to be the final
| VICTORY ROAD POKEMON LISTING | test for Trainers aspiring to battle the
o——————————o Pokemon League.
| Golbat (all day) |
| Graveler (all day) | You'll not be taking any tests here, however.
| Onix (all day) | There are no Trainers in here at all, leaving
| Donphan (HG, all day) | this place just another cave with items left
| Ursaring (SS, all day) | for you to find.
o——————————o
Start by pushing the rock up out of your way.
Pick up the Potion on your way to the bridge. Before you cross, go left to the
dead end. Stand in the lower left corner. Take 4 steps up, face right, and
press A for a Full Heal. Now cross the bridge and go down the stairs on the
left. By going right under the bridge, you can find a Full Heal.

On the wall to your left, you'll see four rocks arranged vertically with a gap
between them. Stand in this gap and press A for a Max Potion.

Go up and push the bottom rock. Follow this path to a Max Revive, then return
to the main path and go up the ladder at the top of the stairs.

When you go up the first set of stairs, go up the left side and examine the
rock at the end for a Max Revive. Follow the main path to the next ladder and
go up it.

Stand directly above the hole and walk right to the wall. Face up and press A
for a Hyper Potion. Fall into the hole. Examine the spot that you fell on for
an Ultra Ball, then go up.

Push the rock _once_ to the left. Go around and pick up the Full Restore, then
push the rock out of your way, enabling you to continue up the ladder.

_Do not_ fall into the hole. Walk around it. Up the stairs, go up more to find
an Ultra Ball. From that spot, go left to the wall. Smash the rock above you,
step up once, and press A for a Zinc.

When you come across the two holes, fall in the top one. Once again, examine
the spot where you fell for a PP Up. Pick up the HP Up and go up the ladder.

Go up at the fork. Don't fall in the hole yet – go around it and pick up the
Rare Candy. Fall into the hole and go left and down to find TM26, Earthquake.

Go up the ladder and go down and right. Smash the three rocks and claim TM79,
Dark Pulse, as your prize. Heal and save before you get jumped!

=============================
12f. Vs. Silver: Victory Road Money: $2560 [pwnd4]
============================= Chikorita's Level: 67

This battle is much like the last one you fought, except those who chose
Chikorita will finally get a chance to throw down against Typhlosion. He's
added a Kadabra to his team, but this is not really a difficult fight. As
always, be wary of Haunter's Curse and, if you're fighting it, Typhlosion's
Lava Plume's 30% burn rate.

After the battle, leave north out of the cave. Stand to the right of the upper
left Poke Ball statue, face up, and press A for a Rare Candy. Enter the
building.

==============================
12g. The Elite Four & Champion [wkbkl]
==============================

The Elite Four signal the end of the main story. You have to fight all four of
them, plus the Champion, in a row. The only healing you get is any items you
have in your inventory.

Each member of the Elite Four will carry two Full Restores, and their highest
leveled Pokemon will be holding a Sitrus Berry.

Be sure to heal up between fights. Be careful on saving, though – sometimes, no
matter what you do, you won't be able to win, and you'll be stuck giving up
some money.

While the moves are guaranteed correct, the abilities may be off because
there's no way I can test a lot of them. The non-obvious ones are from
Bulbapedia, so if it turns out to be wrong, I apologize. Just let me know and
I'll fix it right up.

I figure since I used this strategy to solo the Elite Four with Chikorita, I
should tell it to you guys: Don't hestitate to purchase stat boosting items
from Goldenrod City – X Attack, X Defend, and the like. Since their leads are
always the least threatening, you can just pile on the stat boosters and plow
through their entire team. That's what they're there for, so go ahead and make
use of them if you want.

If you'd rather conquer Johto without using them, that's fine, too.

=== Round 1: Vs. Will ===
=== Money: $5040 ===

o———o Moveset: Confuse Ray, Me First, Psychic, U-turn
| Xatu 40 | Type: Psychic/Flying
o———o Ability: Synchronize (mirrors BRN/PAR/PSN on the foe)

Will leads with a Xatu whose moveset is really goofy. Me First is the only move
you probably haven't seen before. When used before the opponent, it will use
the opponent's attack at 1.5x its base power. A lot of types resist themselves,
so this isn't exactly threatening. Dragon and Ghost are weak to themselves,
however. Since Psychic is weak to Ghost, this is probably what Me First is for.

Be careful of Synchronize – if you status him, he'll status you right back.

o———–o Moveset: Egg Bomb, Hypnosis, Psychic, Reflect
| Exeggutor | Type: Grass/Psychic
o———–o Ability: Chlorophyll (double SPD in sunny weather)

Exeggutor is fairly powerful, and his STAB Psychics will hurt. Other than that,
the inaccurate Hypnosis is annoying as ever, and Reflect does you no favors,
either.

Exeggutor has six weaknesses: Bug, Dark, Fire, Flying, Ghost, and Ice, the
first of which Exeggutor has a double weakness to. Exeggutor is also very slow,
so you should have no problems destroying him.

o——o Moveset: DoubleSlap, Ice Punch, Lovely Kiss, Psychic
| Jynx | Type: Ice/Psychic
o——o Ability: Oblivious (prevents attraction)

It's almost like they want you to win this time. Jynx is one of Will's toughest
Pokemon, but only due to the high-powered Psychics she might use. Lovely Kiss
puts you to sleep and isn't terribly inaccurate, so it might just hit. The
other two moves are useless and shouldn't cause you any problems… unless
you're underleveled, or weak to Ice. Jynx has horrible DEF, so lay those
physical attacks on her.

o———o Moveset: Amnesia, Curse, Psychic, Water Pulse
| Slowbro | Type: Water/Psychic
o———o Ability: Own Tempo (prevents confusion)

When not used by a Ghost-type, Curse lowers the user's SPD by 1 stage, then
raises the user's ATK and DEF by 1 stage each. Amnesia raises the user's SP.DEF
by 2 stages. Water Pulse has a 20% confusion rate. Its pretty weak, so you
should be okay. He'll likely spend the whole time trying to boost his stats,
but do be careful that Will doesn't use one of his Full Restores when Slowbro's
low in life or you could be in for some trouble.

o———o Moveset: Aerial Ace, Confuse Ray, Ominous Wind, Psychic
| Xatu 42 | Type: Psychic/Flying
o———o Ability: Early Bird (sleep lasts for half as long)

Will's second Xatu is slightly more threatening than his first. Aerial Ace
never misses, and Ominous Wind is a special-based Ghost-type move that has a
10% chance to raise all the user's stats by 1 stage each. It only has 5 PP, and
he should only use it if you put a Ghost up against him.

This flavor of Xatu has Early Bird, so pile on all the status effects you want.

=== Round 2: Vs. Koga ===
=== Money: $5280 ===

o———o Moveset: Baton Pass, Giga Drain, Poison Jab, Spider Web
| Ariados | Type: Bug/Poison
o———o Ability: Insomnia (prevents sleep)

Ariados is not threatening one bit. The only mildly annoying he can do is
Spider Web, which prevents you from switching, and then Baton Pass, which
switches the user out while keeping status changes and effects in play. The
idea is to Baton Pass Spider Web's effect, forcing you to fight to the death
against whatever he sends in.

Poison Jab is for STAB (as expected, it can poison). Giga Drain is Grass-type,
and is extremely weak due to no STAB.

o———-o Moveset: Gust, Psychic, Supersonic, Toxic
| Venomoth | Type: Bug/Poison
o———-o Ability: Shield Dust (prevents added effects)

Bad attacks and nothing that can't be cured with a Full Heal. How embarrassing.

o—–o Moveset: Gunk Shot, Minimize, Screech, Toxic
| Muk | Type: Poison
o—–o Ability: Sticky Hold (prevents forced item removal)

Muk has no answer for the Steel-type (who is immune to Poison), so any Steel-
type you send out is instant win. If it happens to be Magneton with Magnet
Bomb, you double super mega win because Magnet Bomb never misses.

Gunk Shot is very powerful, but inaccurate (70 accuracy). It only has 5 PP, so
once he's out, the battle will last as long as it takes you to power through
any Minimize boosts he has.

Muk has a Black Sludge equipped, which heals Poison-types by 1/16th the
holder's maximum HP between turns. Muk's ability prevents item theft, so you
can't steal it from him. Too bad!

o————o Moveset: Explosion, Protect, Swift, Toxic Spikes
| Forretress | Type: Bug/Steel
o————o Ability: Sturdy (blocks OHKO moves)

Forretress has a handy double weakness to Fire, so feel free to roast him. If
not, be wary of Explosion, and Toxic Spikes will poison anyone you bring into
battle if they step on them – it'll be toxic poison if he has two layers up.

Bringing in a Poison-type that isn't part Flying or has the Levitate ability
will remove them, but the quickest way to dispatch him is to burn him to death
with any Fire move you wish.

o——–o Moveset: Double Team, Poison Fang, Quick Attack, Wing Attack
| Crobat | Type: Poison/Flying
o——–o Ability: Inner Focus (prevents flinching)

Koga's best Pokemon has kind of stupid moves. Poison Fang is weak, but it can
inflict toxic poison, and the rest is standard fare. Crobat is monstrously fast
anyway, so it's not like he really needs Quick Attack, but it's there, so look
out for that I guess.

=== Round 3: Vs. Bruno ===
=== Money: $5520 ===

o———–o Moveset: Counter, Dig, Quick Attack, Triple Kick
| Hitmontop | Type: Fighting
o———–o Ability: Technician (attacks with <60 base power strengthened)

Hitmontop tries too hard. All of his moves are boosted by Technician, but
they're still extremely weak! Set up on him and then win the battle.

Be wary of Counter, which pays any physical attack back double. Triple Kick
hits 3 times and is of decent strength thanks to Technician.

o————o Moveset: Bullet Punch, Fire Punch, Ice Punch, ThunderPunch
| Hitmonchan | Type: Fighting
o————o Ability: Iron Fist (punching moves strengthened)

Hitmonchan is one of Bruno's best Pokemon, but thankfully lacks any sort of
Fighting STAB. Iron Fist powers up all of his moves, so he'll be hitting you
really hard, especially if you're weak to his attacks. Bullet Punch is Steel,
physical, and has priority, so heal up if you get knocked into low HP.

o———–o Moveset: Blaze Kick, Focus Energy, Hi Jump Kick, Swagger
| Hitmonlee | Type: Fighting
o———–o Ability: Reckless (self-damaging moves strengthened)

Hitmonlee is a little less threatening than Hitmonchan, if only because he has
less type coverage. Hi Jump Kick is strong and is further powered up by
Reckless because if Hitmonlee misses, he takes 1/8 of the damage that would
have been done. Swagger's confusion can be cured with a Full Heal or Full
Restore, so remember that. Blaze Kick is a physical-based Fire-type attack of
decent strength.

o——o Moveset: DragonBreath, Earthquake, Rock Slide, Sandstorm
| Onix | Type: Rock/Ground
o——o Ability: Sturdy (blocks OHKO moves)

Surf it.

o———o Moveset: Cross Chop, Foresight, Revenge, Rock Slide
| Machamp | Type: Fighting
o———o Ability: No Guard (prevents missing)

Yes, that's right – prevents missing, as in all Machamp's attacks will always
hit.

Machamp is _strong._ Cross Chop is very powerful, even more powerful after
factoring in STAB and No Guard. Revenge is a physical-based Fighting attack
that doubles in base power if the user was hit before the attack. It has
negative priority. Foresight enables him to hit your Ghost-types.

The good news is that No Guard also works for you – all your attacks will also
always hit. This means you can pile on the inaccurate stuff like Sleep Powder
and Hypnosis and not have to cross your fingers.

Poison-types work nicely here – they resist Fighting and take neutral damage
from Rock. If you're using a Grass/Poison type, it probably has a bunch of cool
powder moves with which he can wreak havoc with.

Machamp is a game ender, so don't feel bad if you lose.

=== Round 4: Vs. Karen ===
=== Money: $5640 ===

o———o Moveset: Confuse Ray, Double Team, Faint Attack, Payback
| Umbreon | Type: Dark
o———o Ability: Synchronize (mirrors BRN/PAR/PSN on the foe)

Umbreon is not particularly threatening, but is still very annoying thanks to
Double Team and Confuse Ray. She has high defenses as well, so it's very hard
to kill her in one hit unless you're attacking with something she's weak to.
The best you can do is keep at it until she goes down.

o———–o Moveset: Acid, Moonlight?, Petal Dance, Stun Spore
| Vileplume | Type: Grass/Poison
o———–o Ability: Chlorophyll (double SPD in sunny weather)

I was told Karen's Vileplume has Moonlight, but not once did she ever use it
against me in all the times I fought her.

Petal Dance hits 2-3 times, then confuses the user. This is your chance to
switch in your Flying-type (bonus points if it's Crobat) and take her down.
Stun Spore's annoying, but you can easily heal the paralysis.

Burning Vileplume to a crisp with Fire also works, so feel free to try that.

o———o Moveset: Faint Attack, Pluck, Sucker Punch, Whirlwind
| Murkrow | Type: Dark/Flying
o———o Ability: Super Luck (increased critical hit ratio on all moves)

Murkrow is a little girly bird who sucks. Whirlwind is mildly annoying since it
forces your Pokemon out, but other than that, your super man monsters should be
able to take her down real easily. Having unevolved Pokemon at this stage of
the game is just plain unacceptable.

o——–o Moveset: Destiny Bond, Focus Blast, Lick, Spite
| Gengar | Type: Ghost/Poison
o——–o Ability: Levitate (immune to Ground-type damage)

Gengar is a scary Pokemon. _Karen's_ Gengar is a total joke. Focus Blast is a
really strong special-based Fighting-type attack with bad accuracy. Destiny
Bond kills your Pokemon if you kill the user before it launches another attack,
so beware of that I guess.

o———-o Moveset: Crunch, Dark Pulse, Flamethrower, Nasty Plot
| Houndoom | Type: Dark/Fire
o———-o Ability: Early Bird (Sleep lasts for half as long)

Here is where you might run into some trouble. Nasty Plot increases the user's
SP.ATK by 2 stages. This is going to make Houndoom's STAB Dark Pulse and
Flamethrower _really_ hurt. She's pretty quick, too, so be fast in taking her
down. Crunch is physical and therefore is unaffected by Nasty Plot, so you have
a slight reprieve there.

=== Final Battle: Vs. Lance ===
=== Money: $10000 ===

o———-o Moveset: Dragon Pulse, Flail, Ice Fang, Waterfall
| Gyarados | Type: Water/Flying
o———-o Ability: Intimidate (foe's ATK lowered by 1 stage upon entry)

Insert Electric move here.

o————o Moveset: Aerial Ace, Crunch, Rock Slide, Thunder Fang
| Aerodactyl | Type: Rock/Flying
o————o Ability: Pressure (being attacked doubles PP expenditure)

Aerodactyl's fast and decently strong, but the same Electric move you used on
Gyarados could be used here, since he has nothing to hit you super effectively.
Rock Slide's flinch effect could cause problems, though.

o———–o Moveset: Air Slash, Dragon Claw, Fire Fang, Shadow Claw
| Charizard | Type: Fire/Flying
o———–o Ability: Blaze (Fire damage x1.5 when HP Shieldon
Claw Fossil -> Anorith
Dome Fossil -> Kabuto
Helix Fossil -> Omanyte
Old Amber -> Aerodactyl
Root Fossil -> Lileep
Skull Fossil -> Cranidos

All are L20.

Outside the museum, go left and down. There’s a rock in the lower left corner;
examine it for a PP Up. Enter the Gym.

================
16d. Boss: Brock [bdrbj]
================

Brock has two underlings for you to stomp. You can skip them both, but this
whole Gym is cake. It’d be a waste to not fight these guys.

Camper Jerry Hiker Edwin
Rhydon L50 Golem L50
$800 $1600

That wasn’t so hard, was it? Brock is just as easy as these guys to beat, but
you should heal and save anyway just in case you try to not win instantly.

Brock’s team is as follows:

Find Brock on the Pewter City side of Diglett’s Cave any day between 12:00 and
15:00 (12-3 PM). Call him Saturday night to schedule a rematch.

============================
16e. From Pewter to Cerulean [rtamm]
============================

Heal your Pokemon and head east out of Pewter City to Route 3.

Youngster Regis South of him are four meteorites you can use
Golbat L40, Electrode L40 to change the formes of your Deoxys, if you
$640 imported one into your game. Even if you don’t
have one, go down there anyway for some hidden
items. Go into the right hole and stand to the left of the upper right
meteorite. Go one step left and face down. Press A for a Star Piece. Go stand
above the lower left meteorite in the lower left hole. Then go one step right
and face down. Press A for a Star Piece. Now get back on the main path, but not
before taking out this duo.

Double Team Zac & Jen Youngster Warren
Electabuzz L47/Dugtrio L47 Fearow L38, Raticate L42
$11280 $672

Black Belt Manford Black Belt Ander
Poliwrath L47 Primeape L43, Graveler L39, Machoke L44
$1128 $1056

Hiker Dwight Firebreather Burt
Magneton L44, Steelix L44 Weezing L42, Magcargo L45
$1408 $1440

To the left of the Pokemon Center you will see three rocks. Smash the middle
one, then stand where it used to be and press A for a Hyper Potion.

Heal and save before you take one step into that cave!

If you don’t have Clair’s number, this is your last chance to get it before she
is temporarily unavailable.

=========================
16f. Vs. Silver: Mt. Moon Money: $3200 [pwnd5]
========================= Chikorita’s Level: 91

Silver jumps you immediately after you enter Mt. Moon. He’s using a full team
against you, but you have had so much training in Kanto that he doesn’t
(shouldn’t) stand a chance.

When you beat him, he mentions going to the Dragon’s Den. _Don’t_ follow him.
You will get destroyed. There will be a time to go find him, but that time
isn’t now. You are free now to explore the rest of Mt. Moon.

Picnicker Hope See the huge blank area above her? Go stand in the upper
Flaaffy L44 right corner of it, then take two steps left and face down.
$704 Press A for an Ultra Ball. Continue!

Bird Keeper Hank Below him, between some trees to the right, you
Pidgey L13, Pidgeot L44 can examine the last tile for a Big Mushroom.
$1408 Go up from here for one last girl.

Picnicker Sharon Scoop up the HP Up nearby, then fly to Pewter
Furret L41, Rapidash L43 City and leave south to Route 2, and continue
$688 south to the not-burned-down Viridian Forest.

================================
16g. Viridian Forest and Route 1 [yatta]
================================

Bug Catcher Stacey Below him, examine the red flower on the
Metapod L52/L56/L60 left side of the path for a Big Mushroom.
$960

Bug Catcher Dion Go straight down the stairs, turn right,
Ariados L50 and go up to find TM77, Psych Up. Examine
$800 the tile above it for a TinyMushroom.

Bug Catcher Dane Head left until you find a lone tree
Beedrill L44, Butterfree L48 between some stairs. Stand above it on its
$768 left side, and walk straight up. When you
hit the wall, press A for a TinyMushroom.
Go all the way left and up. When
you hit the wall, examine the tile you should be standing on (red flower) for a
Big Mushroom. Pick up the Leaf Stone to the right, hop the ledge, walk up one
flight of stairs, and go down and left into the grass. Examine the empty tile
for a Max Ether.

Cut your way to freedom, or walk around. Either way, if today is Thursday, you
will find Bugsy here – remember that loser? He’ll give you his number if you
ask for it, and he’ll rematch you on Thursday afternoons.

Leave via the south exit. Two more dudes block your path to the next town.

Bug Catcher Doug* Bug Catcher Rob*
Butterfree L39, Ariados L37 Beedrill L40, Butterfree L39
$592 $624

o——————————-o Go right as soon as you can. Go all the way
| VIRIDIAN CITY POKEMON LISTING | right, then down. Hop the ledge and stand on
o——————————-o the red flower (the one next to the tree).
| Hoothoot (Headbutt) | Press A for a Nugget.
| Wurmple (Headbutt) |
| Pineco (Headbutt) | o——————–o In the building next
| Poliwag (fishing) | | VIRIDIAN CITY SHOP | to the Poke Mart is
| Poliwag (surfing) | o——————–o a place where you
| Poliwhirl (surfing) | | Steel Mail…..$50 | can fight against
| Spinarak (HG, Headbutt) | | Net Ball…..$1000 | the last person you
| Ledyba (SS, Headbutt) | | Heal Ball….$1000 | synced Pokewalkers
o——————————-o o——————–o with. If you haven’t
synced with anyone,
you will fight a default Trainer. Pokemon are set at L50 for this battle, but
any Pokemon below L50 will remain at its current Level. This default Trainer,
Ace Trainer Cal, uses Meganium, Typhlosion, and Feraligatr. Feraligatr is a
definite threat because it has Dragon Dance (raises user’s ATK and SPD by 1
stage each) and a strong STAB Waterfall to murder you with. Typhlosion has a
Salac Berry equipped, which will increase his SPD by 50% when his HP fall below
1/3. It can cause a lot of problems.

Oh right, you can’t use items here, so don’t even think about it.

If you win against Cal (or anyone), you earn 1 Battle Point, currency to be
used in the Battle Frontier (see section 21 for details).

To the left of the Pokemon Center is a guy you need either Cut or Surf to
reach. If you talk to him, he’ll give you TM85, Dream Eater.

If you want to, you can stop in at Professor Oak’s lab and get either Pokedex
rated. Continue south to Route 21.

SwimmerM Tyson
Quagsire L42, Octillery L42 There’s a fisherman to his left. Fight him, too.
$672

Fisherman Liam
Seadra L42 Directly below him is another fisherman.
$1344

Fisherman Gideon
Lanturl L44, Mantine L40 And a swimmer lies below this dude.
$1280

SwimmerM Esteban
Golduck L38, Poliwhirl L38 From him, surf right to find another guy.
$608

SwimmerM Duane
Seaking L40, Kabutops L40 Surf left and you’ll find a dude on some land.
$640

Bird Keeper Easton
Doduo L35 x2, Dodrio L35/L36 Surf right and down. Just above the mainland, you
$1152 will find one more girl to stomp on.

SwimmerF Kendra
Slowking L43 Surf left and down to reach Cinnabar Island. Heal
$688 your Pokemon if you need to, pick up someone with
Strength, and surf east.

====================
16h. Seafoam Islands [ytbib]
====================

SwimmerF Leona Picnicker Adrian
Bidoof L44 Shroomish L45
$704 $720

Stand in front of the cave entrance. Take 8 steps right (you’ll have to get
into the water to do this), face down, and press A for a DeepSeaTooth. This
doubles Clamperl’s SP.ATK, and also causes him to evolve into Huntail if you
trade Clamperl while this item is equipped.

Enter the cave. There’s a Gym here that you can reach by ascending the ladder,
but since I did the cave first, that’s what I’m writing first. If you’re going
to follow me, read on. Otherwise, just skip to the next section.

Head right now.

SwimmerM Elmo SwimmerF Lori
Poliwhirl L46, Tentacruel L42 Starmie L42 x3
$672 $672

SwimmerF Nicole
Marill L39 x2, Lapras l42
$672

SwimmerM Jerome
Seadra L36, Tentacool L38, Tentacruel L40, Goldeen L38
$608

Make land. Stand to the left of the sign, face left, and press A for a Pearl.
Directly right of there, examine the little rock for a Pearl. Head up to the
fence and go right to the wall (in between two small rocks). Press A for a Max
Elixir.

Fly to Cinnabar Island, heal up if you need to, and surf back to Seafoam
Islands. Enter the cave and go downstairs. Push the rocks out of your way. Go
up the steps here and head left to an Ice Heal. Go down the ladder; this is B2.

Step on the ice, then step up to slide to a rock, Press A for a Pearl. Head
right and take out the people on the ice:

Skier Cady Boarder Shaun
Delibird L53 Cloyster L55, Dewgong L50
$1696 $1600

Head right. When you go down, run right into the guy standing on the ice.

Boarder Bryce Slide right and go down the ladder. This is B3.
Dewgong L55, Lapras l50 Go down the ladder to the south. This is B4. Pick
$1600 up TM13, Ice Beam, and go back up the ladder.

Back at B3, stand between the two rocks below this ladder for a Max Revive.

A little up and left, there’s a boulder you can push. Push it up twice. From
the spot you’re standing, take 1 step right, up, right, down, left, and up. Go
down the ladder, pick up the Ultra Ball, then go back up the ladder. Slide to
the bottom again, where you will find three ice blocks. Push the leftmost one
and the middle one either up or down so they’re out of your way. Push the
rightmost one left _after_ you have done this, then slide left.

In this area, there are three more ice blocks. Push the rightmost one straight
up, then go around and push the leftmost one right. Slide right, up, right, and
down. Go right to a Big Pearl. Head down the ladder now.

Surf this path to another ladder. Then go up another ladder. Cross the bridge.
Before you go down the ladder here, examine the big rock for a Pearl. Go down
the next ladder and surf. On the next platform is the Pokemon you’re here for,
Articuno. It’s L50 and Ice/Flying in type. It has the Pressure ability and
knows Agility, AncientPower, Ice Beam, and Reflect.

You’re not finished yet! After the battle, examine the spot where Articuno
stood for a Zinc. Surf left and up to another ladder. Head up it, go down and
right to a Revive. There’s a Rare Candy in one of the rocks, could be that
large one, but my notes were sucky and I don’t know the exact location. Use the
Dowsing MCHN to find it. Use an Escape Rope. Fly back to Cinnabar Island, heal,
and come back to Seafoam Islands. Go up the ladder to reach the Gym.

=================
16i. Boss: Blaine [vcnbj]
=================

Every fight here is forced. After you fight someone, they move out of the way,
enabling you to pass.

Scientist Lowell Scientist Daniel Super Nerd Cary Scientist Lindon
Arcanine L50 Ninetales L50 Torkoal L53 Magmar L50
$1600 $1600 $2544 $1600

Super Nerd Waldo Super Nerd Merle
Numel L53 Magcargo L53
$2544 $2544

Heal and save before you take on Blaine.

Blaine’s team is as follows:

Defeat Blaine to earn the Volcano Badge and TM50, Overheat.

Blaine can be found at Cinnabar Island all day Tuesday. To schedule a rematch,
call him Tuesday afternoon.

===============
16j. Boss: Blue [rthbj]
===============

Fly to Cinnabar Island. Talk to the guy north of the Pokemon Center. When he’s
done running his mouth, fly to Viridian City, heal up, and go to the Gym.

How flashy! It’s a huge improvement from Gold and Silver, wouldn’t you say?

Stepping on the arrows will force you to move one tile in the direction the
arrow is facing. If you land on another arrow, you will continue to move in
that direction until you land on a stop tile.

From the center (where the light blue and dark blue arrows are pointing), take
one step up, two steps right, and three steps up.

Ace Trainer Arabella Two steps down, one step up, four steps right,
Stantler L53, Tauros L52 three steps up, two steps down.
$3120

Ace Trainer Salma Two steps down, one step up, four steps right,
Slowking L50, Lickilicky L53 three steps up, two steps left, two steps up,
$3180 one step right, one step up, two steps right,
two steps left.
Double Team Elan and Ida
Porygon2 L52/Azumarill L50 One step right.
$12000

Ace Trainer Bonita Two steps right, two steps right, two steps
Spinda L50, Sudowoodo L52 right. Definitely heal and save before you
$3120 attempt to take Blue on!

I should mention this before we get into the battle. Once you defeat Blue, the
Elite Four’s Pokemon’s Levels will skyrocket. This is your last chance to fight
them at their normal Levels before the change, so be warned. Lance doesn’t mess
around (his _lead_ is L72), so please exercise caution.

Blue’s team is as follows:

This is especially bad news if Trick Room is active when Machamp comes out.
Like Bruno’s Machamp, Blue’s Machamp has No Guard, and Machamp’s DynamicPunch
_hurts._

Blue’s biggest weakness is his team’s SPD. Pidgeot is fast, but he’s a joke, so
if you can either kill Exeggutor before he uses Trick Room or live long enough
to stall out the four turns, you will have a better chance at winning.
Exeggutor, Rhydon, and Gyarados have convenient double weaknesses, so by all
means utilize them to make this fight easier.

Defeat Blue to earn the Earth Badge, the ability to use Rock Climb out of
battle, and TM92, Trick Room.

===========
17. The End [umsfr]
===========

Objectives
———-

* Enjoy the perks of having 16 Badges.
* Battle alongside Silver against Lance and Clair.
* Do battle against the Elite Four’s new teams.
* Ascend Mt. Silver and prove your worth to Kanto’s true Champion.

Now that you’ve defeated Blue and earned your final Badge–specifically, earned
the right to _finally_ use Rock Climb out of battle–there are many Pokemon you
can obtain and places you can go that you could not reach before.

First things first. You can now use Rock Climb out of battle, but you don’t
have the HM yet. Conveniently enough, when you leave Viridian’s Gym, Professor
Oak will call you and say he has a gift for you. Fly there and head to the lab;
Oak hands over HM08, Rock Climb. He will also give you permission to enter Mt.
Silver, found west of Viridian City, but you have loads of things to do before
you even think about setting foot there (namely, because the end boss is there
and he will slaughter you if you head there with a team full of L60s).

When you leave, fly to Celadon City. Enter the Celadon Condominiums (to the
left of the Pokemon Center) and head to the third floor. Lyra will run her
mouth some and take off. Talk to the guy standing by the globe and he will give
you the greatest, most awesomest item in the history of Pokemon: GB Sounds.

This super sweet Key Item, when used, will change most of the music in the game
to how it sounded in Gold and Silver! Some tunes of locations that didn’t exist
in Gold and Silver, like the Global Terminal, will still sound like it came
from Gold and Silver! Oh _man_ do I love this thing. I really, really hate that
you needed 16 Badges to get it, and not every sound has been changed (the
“Pokemon has evolved!” fanfare is unchanged), but hooray for its existence!

All right, now it’s Rock Climb fun time. Aside from Rock Climb, you’ll need
Cut, Surf, and Flash, and having like five or six Escape Ropes will definitely
help. Fly to Pewter City, leave south to Route 2, and enter Diglett’s Cave. Go
down the ladder and you’ll see, clear as day, the markings on the wall. If you
see these anywhere, that’s when you climb. Climb up the right side and follow
this path to the end for a Rock Incense. Give this to Sudowoodo (if it’s
female) or Ditto (if Sudowoodo is male), then breed. A Bonsly will come out.
Hold on to this Bonsly – that is the Pokemon you’ll need.

Climb down to the main path, then climb up the other side. Soon as you get to
the top, take one step up. Face left and press A for a Calcium. Climb down,
then go down a little bit to another wall you can climb to a PP Max. Leave the
cave and fly to Lavender Town. Go north out of the city and enter Rock Tunnel.

Go left and down the ladder. Head right to numerous climbable walls. Climb down
the first one you see for an Oval Stone. Climb down the second wall, then take
3 steps down. Face right and press A for an HP Up. Climb down the _fourth_ wall
(skip the third) and pick up the Iron. Rope on outta here.

Fly to Cinnabar Island now. In front of the Pokemon Center, climb up the wall.
Go down, climb, and examine the rock for an Iron. Climb back up the wall, go up
the stairs, around the crater, climb down and then up the other side. Go down
one set of stairs and examine the rock for a Star Piece. Go back up to the top
and climb down the right side for a Magmarizer.

Fly to Indigo Plateau, then fly to Cherrygrove City. Surf left, then climb up
the wall. Take 1 step up and 2 steps left. Press A for a Nugget. If you
headbutt the left tree, you may find Taillow, which is only obtainable here.

Fly to Olivine City. To the right of the lighthouse is a wall you can climb
down. Press A upon doing so for a Rare Candy.

Leave the city due north to Route 39. Climb up the wall, then follow the path
to a second wall. Burmy can be found by headbutting the tree at the end of this
path (don’t climb the second wall). It’s only obtainable here.

Once you climb down the second wall, go down to find a Lax Incense. From there,
head up into the corner. Take 4 steps left and press A for an HP Up.

Fly to Mahogany Town, leave west out of the city, and go into Mt. Mortar. Climb
up the wall by the entrance, then go down and left. Before you exit the cave,
examine the smaller of the two rocks for a Revive. Leave the cave, climb down
the wall, pick up the Dubious Disc, and get back into Mt. Mortar.

Go right and up into the next room. Go up here, but before you climb the wall,
go up the path next to it for a Full Incense.

Go down and follow the path left. At the end, examine the rock for a Nugget.

Now go up and right to the rocks and climb up ’em. Go up to the rocks going
left and climb down them. You will pass 3 rocks – examine the one farthest left
for an Ultra Ball.

Continue on this path as far as you can possibly go, climbing as necessary.
You’ll end up next to a Protector. From the spot you can climb, take one step
down and two left. Press A for a Rare Candy. The exit is down and to the right.

Fly to National Park (Pokeathlon Dome) and go to National Park. Go to the
opening in the fence and head right to a wall to climb. Ascend and pick up the
Shiny Stone. The top tree also has Cherubi in it sometimes; it’s the only place
you can get it in this game.

Rock Climb play complete! Now it’s time to bag us some more legendary Pokemon.

If you head to the Power Plant, you’ll find Zapdos sitting outside, lamenting
over being thrown out of his home =[

Console him by forcing him into slavery. Zapdos is L50, Electric/Flying in
type, and has the Pressure ability. He knows Agility, AncientPower, Charge, and
Discharge.

Once you battle Zapdos, Lt. Surge will be found here every day between 9:00 and
12:00 (9 AM-noon). If you bring a Pikachu caught in Viridian Forest to him and
put it in the front of your party, he’ll give you his phone number. Hold onto
that Pikachu, because you’ll need it later. Call Surge on Friday mornings for a
rematch.

Now that you’ve defeated Blue, you should be more than able to take Lugia or
Ho-Oh on, so feel free to take them on.

==================
17a. Cerulean Cave [mltud]
==================

There’s another dungeon that is open now that you have 16 Badges, and there’s a
Pokemon hiding in there. Bring oodles of Dusk Balls, and if you have any Dark-
type Pokemon, you might wanna consider bringing them, too. You will need Surf,
Rock Smash, Rock Climb, and Flash. Leave north out of Cerulean City to Route
25, then go into the grass on Route 24. Surf and follow the water back into
Cerulean City; you’ll soon come across a cave. Make land and stand in the lower
right corner. Surf all the way to the right and examine the wall for a Nugget.

From there, take 7 steps down and 2 steps left. Press A for a Zinc. From that
spot, take 10 steps down, face right, and press A for a PP Up. Finally, take 9
steps left and face up. Press A for a Big Pearl. Go back down the ladder.

Go left and then down. Before you go right, examine the small crystal below the
large one (the bottom one) for a Revive. Go to the ladder, but don’t go up it;
instead, cross the bridge. Turn right immediately for a Max Elixir. Go up and
left to find a Sea Incense, then follow the path all the way right and down. At
the end, examine the crystal for a Rare Candy. Backtrack to the ladder and go
up it.

At the fork after going left, go down, and then right. Follow this path to two
rocks you can smash. Do so and follow this path to an Odd Incense.

Go back to the second fork in the road (where there is a rock to smash). Ignore
it and take the lower path. On this path you’ll find a small deviation to walk
for an Ultra Ball. Smash the rock at the end fo this path and follow it to its
end. Examine the last tile for a Protein.

Now go all the way back to the first fork (where you initially went down after
coming into this room) and go up now. You will come across another fork. Go
right here. Follow this very long path until you get to a spot you can use Rock
Climb (you’ll be going down and up some ladders).

Ignore the Rock Climbing part. Go up here. Smash one of the rocks in the corner
and examine the tile it was blocking for a Max Revive. Follow the main path up,
right, and down. Before going right, detour to the right and pick up a Max
Revive.

Go to the water, but don’t jump in yet. Go left and up the steps to find an
Ultra Ball. Climb down the right side wall and go right for a Dusk Stone.

Climb up the same wall you went down and get in the water. Surf to the next
area. Smash the leftmost rock, run to the lower left corner, face up, and press
A for an Ultra Ball.

Go up and right. Before you go down, climb down the wall and follow this path
to an Electirizer. You’ll be back on the main path. There’s also a rock you can
smash here. Do so, take one step left and press A for a Nugget.

Surf down as far as you can go. Go right to find a Black Sludge. Surf up and
right and you will find Mewtwo, who is minding his own business. Save your game
before you bug him, cause this is your only shot at capturing him. He’s L70 and
knows Amnesia, Guard Swap, Power Swap, and Psycho Cut. His only offensive
option is Psychic-type, so this is where your Dark-type Pokemon comes in.
Mewtwo won’t be able to touch him no matter what he does. Dusk Balls will help,
since you’re in a cave.

After the battle, you can go up the ladder to find yourself a few steps from
the entrance, or if you’re tremendously lazy, use an Escape Rope.

========================
17b. Boss: Lance & Clair [pwnd6]
========================

Fly to Indigo Plateau, then fly to Blackthorn City. Heal up, then head into the
Dragon’s Den and surf south to the building. Silver will be standing there.
Save before you approach him, this fight is not easy if you’re underleveled:

Lance’s Pokemon should be your only target in this battle. His Pokemon are so
much higher in Level than Clair’s that to leave his Pokemon be while he batters
you would be tantamount to suicide. Beware of Lance’s Dragonite’s Draco Meteor;
it’s horrendously strong, but drops the user’s SP.ATK by 2 stages after each
use.

After the battle, everyone leaves, and you’ll be able to find Clair here again
to get her phone number.

It’s time to take on the Elite Four again. They’re pretty tough, especially
Lance, so you’ll want to make sure your team can handle it. If you have any Gym
Leaders asking for a rematch, go challenge them if you like. For information on
their teams and how to schedule rematches for all of them in one section, see
section 27.

Fly to Indigo Plateau. Every Monday and Wednesday, Silver will challenge you if
you try to go fight the Elite Four. Battle details are outlined below. If today
is not Monday or Wednesday, you have free passage. Skip this next section.

===============================
17c. Vs. Silver: Indigo Plateau Money: $3840 [pwnd7]
=============================== Chikorita’s Level: 100

Even at this point in the game, Silver is still packing unevolved Pokemon.
Aside from his starter, a lot of his Pokemon are frail and will go down pretty
easily.

========================
17d. Elite Four, Round 2 [lkbkw]
========================

The Elite Four have upgraded teams which include Pokemon from Hoenn and Sinnoh.
Each member’s Pokemon are roughly 20 levels higher than the first time you
faced them, maxing out with Lance’s L75 Dragonite. As always, heal up after
every battle and exercise caution when saving.

=== Round 1: Vs. Will ===
=== Money: $7440 ===

o———-o Moveset: Gravity, Payback, Psychic, Reflect
| Bronzong | Type: Steel/Psychic
o———-o Ability: Heatproof (halves Fire-type and burn damage)

Steel Pokemon are never fun to battle, and Will’s Bronzong is no exception.
Reflect makes for easy powered up Paybacks, but Bronzong is tremendously slow,
so you’ll at least be able to get a strong attack in. Will also likes to lead
with Gravity which nullifies the Levitate ability for 5 turns. It also forces
all Flying-types to land, which means they’ll be susceptible to Ground-type
attacks. More importantly, Gravity essentially drops evasion for all battlers
by 2 stages, meaning inaccurate moves will hit a whole lot more often.

Heatproof halves all Fire damage, so Ground moves are your best bet.

o———o Moveset: Confuse Ray, Power Gem, Psychic, Signal Beam
| Grumpig | Type: Psychic
o———o Ability: Thick Fat (halves Fire and Ice damage)

Grumpig is pretty tame. Signal Beam puts the hurt on Dark-types. Power Gem is a
special-based Rock-type attack with no added effects and low strength. Pretty
useless, especially on Grumpig. Avoid Fire and Ice attacks, and you’ll be fine.

o——o Moveset: Blizzard, Dream Eater, Fake Tears, Lovely Kiss
| Jynx | Type: Ice/Psychic
o——o Ability: Oblivious (prevents attraction)

Jynx is a lot better this time, but she’s just as frail as ever and Lovely Kiss
won’t always hit. That said, Lovely Kiss and Blizzard have perfect accuracy
under Gravity, so be careful. Switch out if you get hit by Fake Tears – Jynx is
fast, and if a follow-up Blizzard hits, it’s really gonna hurt.

o———o Moveset: Amnesia, Body Slam, Curse, Psychic
| Slowbro | Type: Water/Psychic
o———o Ability: Own Tempo (prevents confusion)

Just a little better than before now that he can take advantage of Curse, but
it’s the same story as last time you fought him. Whittle his HP down with some
weaker moves before hitting on that weakness for the KO.

o———–o Moveset: Calm Mind, Charge Beam, Focus Blast, Psychic
| Gardevoir | Type: Psychic
o———–o Ability: Synchronize (mirrors BRN/PAR/PSN on the foe)

Gardevoir is Will’s biggest threat. She has two SP.ATK boosting options, a
powerful STAB Psychic, and the always-lame Focus Blast to destroy your Dark-
types. Remember, Focus Blast won’t miss under Gravity’s effects. Physical
attacks, especially Crunch if you have it, are the way to go here. Take her out
quickly, before she gets too many boosts.

o——o Moveset: Confuse Ray, Quick Attack, Psychic, Shadow Ball
| Xatu | Type: Psychic/Flying
o——o Ability: Early Bird (sleep lasts for half as long)

Arguably worse than when this was L42. He should not be difficult at all to
take out – just watch out for Shadow Ball against your Ghost-types.

=== Round 2: Vs. Koga ===
=== Money: $7440 ===

o———-o Moveset: Dig, Explosion, Sucker Punch, Toxic
| Skuntank | Type: Poison/Dark
o———-o Ability: Aftermath (punishes physical attacks on KO)

The only thing you gotta worry about here is Explosion. Always keep your HP
high. If you KO Skuntank with a physical attack, you’ll lose 25% of your
maximum HP.

o———–o Moveset: Cross Chop, Gunk Shot, Swagger, X-Scissor
| Toxicroak | Type: Poison/Fighting
o———–o Ability: Dry Skin (absorbs Water, extra damage from Fire)

Toxicroak is very tough if you can’t hit on one of his many weaknesses. He’s
the only one with any dangerous means of offense, though. Use a Full Heal after
a Swagger for a free +2 ATK boost.

o—–o Moveset: Minimize, Screech, Swagger, Toxic
| Muk | Type: Poison
o—–o Ability: Sticky Hold (prevents forced item removal)

Wow.

o——–o Moveset: Amnesia, Pain Split, Sludge Bomb, Yawn
| Swalot | Type: Poison
o——–o Ability: Sticky Hold (prevents forced item removal)

Pain Split is annoying. It adds the remaining HP of both battlers together,
divides in half, and gives that many HP to each battler. I guess Amnesia would
help Swalot abuse Pain Split, but you can get around that by using physical
attacks.

o———-o Moveset: Baton Pass, Double Team, Psychic, Silver Wind
| Venomoth | Type: Bug/Poison
o———-o Ability: Shield Dust (prevents added effects)

A little better than before, but very weak defensive stats. You should be able
to KO Venomoth in a single hit.

o——–o Moveset: Cross Poison, Fly, Mean Look, Toxic
| Crobat | Type: Poison/Flying
o——–o Ability: Inner Focus (prevents flinching)

How silly.

=== Round 3: Vs. Bruno ===
=== Money: $7680 ===

o———–o Moveset: Close Combat, Counter, Earthquake, Quick Attack
| Hitmontop | Type: Fighting
o———–o Ability: Technician (attacks with <60 base power strengthened)

Bruno has decided to forego the silliness of Technician and stick to the
straight up beatdown. Close Combat is very strong, has 100 accuracy, and lowers
the user's DEF and SP.DEF by 1 stage each. It's very easy to score a KO if you
can survive this attack, but even if you die, whoever you bring in next will be
able to revenge KO.

o————o Moveset: Bullet Punch, Close Combat, Drain Punch, Substitute
| Hitmonchan | Type: Fighting
o————o Ability: Iron Fist (punching moves strengthened)

Eh. I preferred the other set, myself. Hitmonchan has significantly less
coverage now, but Substitute can prove annoying.

o———–o Moveset: Blaze Kick, Close Combat, Reversal, Swagger
| Hitmonlee | Type: Fighting
o———–o Ability: Reckless (self-damaging moves strengthened)

Hitmonlee's almost the same as before, too. Hi Jump Kick has been replaced with
Close Combat, rendering his Reckless ability useless. That may or may not be a
good thing, since Close Combat has 100 accuracy. Reversal is the thing to watch
out for here; it increases in base power if the user has low HP.

o———-o Moveset: Bulk Up, Bullet Punch, Low Kick, Payback
| Hariyama | Type: Fighting
o———-o Ability: Thick Fat (halves Fire and Ice damage)

Hariyama may look menacing, but if you can take him out quickly, you'll be
okay. Bulk Up boosts the user's ATK and DEF by 1 stage each. Payback will
destroy any ghost you throw in his face. Low Kick is his STAB option, and it
increases in base power if the foe is heavy. Unless you're using some _really
heavy_ Pokemon, Low Kick's damage won't be much to worry about unless he's
boosted his stats with Bulk Up.

o———o Moveset: Bullet Punch, Foresight, DynamicPunch, Stone Edge
| Machamp | Type: Fighting
o———o Ability: No Guard (prevents missing)

If you can stall out those five DynamicPunches, this battle will become a whole
lot easier. Be wary of Stone Edge against your birds and bugs.

=== Round 4: Vs. Karen ===
=== Money: $7680 ===

o———o Moveset: Ice Punch, Ice Shard, Low Kick, Night Slash
| Weavile | Type: Dark/Ice
o———o Ability: Pressure (being attacked doubles PP expenditure)

Weavile is Sneasel's evolved form. It's just as frail as Sneasel is, so it
shouldn't be too difficult to take down. Ice Shard has priority, so be careful.

o——-o Moveset: Detect, Night Slash, Perish Song, Psycho Cut
| Absol | Type: Dark
o——-o Ability: Super Luck (increased critical hit ratio on all moves)

Pretty basic stuff here. Detect does the same thing as Protect, except with
half the PP. Just switch out if Absol uses Perish Song, nothing Karen has will
force you to stay in and die.

o———–o Moveset: Confuse Ray, Curse, Pain Split, Sucker Punch
| Spiritomb | Type: Ghost/Dark
o———–o Ability: Pressure (being attacked doubles PP expenditure)

Okay, this may get slightly annoying. Just from looking at the moves, I'm sure
you can see how. On top of all that, Pressure is eating away at your PP.

The easiest way to beat Spiritomb is to KO him after he uses Curse. He might
even kill himself if you hit him for half his HP first. If he lives, you will
surely score the KO on the next turn. If Karen heals him, switch out and try
again with a new Pokemon.

o———-o Moveset: Dark Pulse, Flamethrower, Nasty Plot, Sludge Bomb
| Houndoom | Type: Dark/Fire
o———-o Ability: Early Bird (Sleep lasts for half as long)

Same as before, except with Sludge Bomb (useless) over Crunch.

After you beat Karen, make absolutely sure your Pokemon are healed before you
go fight Lance.

=== Final Battle: Vs. Lance ===
=== Money: $15000 ===

o———–o Moveset: Dragon Claw, Flamethrower, Shadow Claw, Rest
| Salamence | Type: Dragon/Flying
o———–o Ability: Intimidate (foe's ATK lowered by 1 stage upon entry)

This is the biggest hurdle of the fight. Lance's leader is eight Levels higher
than Karen's strongest Pokemon, and his weakest Pokemon is four Levels higher,
so you're in for a tough match, to be sure.

Shrugging off Lance's Salamence's attacks is not easy to do. Steel-types that
resist Dragon Claw and Shadow Claw will get roasted by Flamethrower. Physically
defensive Water-types will help, but it's still not gonna be easy. Salamence is
also holding a Lum Berry to instantly wake it up after it heals with Rest.

Other than Ice Beam, Rock-types will help since they usually have very good DEF
stats, resist Flamethrower, and can hit with a STAB Rock move.

If any of your Pokemon have Stealth Rock, use it to make this fight way easier.

o———–o Moveset: Air Slash, Dragon Claw, Hyper Beam, Flamethrower
| Charizard | Type: Fire/Flying
o———–o Ability: Blaze (Fire damage x1.5 when HP < 1/3 maximum)

Pretty much the same as last time. If you can't Rock it to death, use Surf.

o———-o Moveset: Dragon Dance, Ice Fang, Thunder Wave, Waterfall
| Gyarados | Type: Water/Flying
o———-o Ability: Intimidate (foe's ATK lowered by 1 stage upon entry)

If you let Gyarados get too many boosts in, he'll walk all over you. Stay on
the offensive at all times. Assuming you don't zap him into oblivion, you'll
want to use a Pokemon that is not weak to Water or Ice. Water-types are good,
but only if they can hit Gyarados physically (just remember not to switch it in
when Gyarados switches in to avoid the effects of Intimidate).

o———-o Moveset: Earthquake, Outrage, Roar, Swords Dance
| Garchomp | Type: Dragon/Ground
o———-o Ability: Sand Veil (evasion rises in a sandstorm)

This is, by far, Lance's most dangerous Pokemon. If you can't Ice it to death,
you are in for a lot of trouble. Dragon and Ground have perfect coverage;
unless you're using Skarmory, Shedinja, or a Levitate Bronzong, you're going to
be eating loads of damage. Swords Dance makes this battle turn nightmarish.
Roar is worthless, but consider it a reprieve if Garchomp should waste a turn
doing it. You also have a slight break in Outrage; after 3 turns, it confuses
the user. Pray that he hits himself in confusion.

o———o Moveset: Double Team, DragonBreath, Hyper Beam, Perish Song
| Altaria | Type: Dragon/Flying
o———o Ability: Natural Cure (major status effects removed when switched)

Not a threat in the slightest. Use this time to revive and heal any Pokemon
that have died. Don't worry about Double Team. Once Perish Song gets used,
Lance will switch once the count gets to 1. If Altaria's Lance's last Pokemon,
then just mess around until the count drops to 0 and a winner is you.

o———–o Moveset: Draco Meteor, Fire Blast, Hyper Beam, Safeguard
| Dragonite | Type: Dragon/Flying
o———–o Ability: Inner Focus (prevents flinching)

This battle can be won fairly easily (even if you're not using Ice Beam),
provided you have a healthy supply of healing items. Draco Meteor drops the
user's SP.ATK by 2 stages; all of Dragonite's moves are special. The first one
or two are really gonna hurt, but just heal them up. Once Dragonite's SP.ATK
drops a couple of times, his attacks will tickle. Easy win!

After the battle, the same thing happens as last time – you get inducted into
the Hall of Fame, and the credits roll.

So, how did you do? If you beat these guys with little trouble, then you're
ready to tackle the end boss. Fly to Victory Road. The left path is open now.
This leads to Route 28, and then Mt. Silver.

===============
17e. Mt. Silver [nerwl]
===============

Go left and all the way up to the end. Examine the wall for a Hyper Potion. Now
go around to the other side of the room for an Ultra Ball. If you'd like to
take on Moltres, save before you do. It is L50, Fire/Flying in type, and has
the Pressure ability. It knows Air Slash, AncientPower, Flamethrower, and
Safeguard.

Use an Escape Rope or walk to the very beginning of the dungeon. Climb up the
wall. Before you leave, check the small rock for a Dire Hit.

Pick up the Escape Rope, then follow the path. When you can go up or down, go
down to find TM76, Stealth Rock. Go up now, and enter the first cave you see.
Pick up the Full Restore in here, then leave. Go down more stairs until you get
to another cave.

In this cave, go left and follow this path to its end (ignore the stairs).
There is a lone rock here which you can examine for a Revive. Go up the stairs
and into the next room.

Go up the stairs. Go left and up the stairs. Go down, right, and up. Before you
go up the stairs here, go left for a Max Elixir. Once up the stairs, go down,
left, and up.

Before you go up the stairs here, go right to find a Max Revive. Once up the
stairs, go left and down. Smash the two rocks here, take one step down, face
left, and press A for a Max Potion. Continue south and you will find a Calcium.
Go left, up, and right to the cave exit. Leave the cave.

Face left and press A for a Max Ether. Go right and down, entering the first
cave you see. Inside, go down to find a Protein, then up to some rocks. Smash
one, then examine the rock it was blocking for an Iron. Go back outside.

For the next part, you'll be going inside and outside a lot. Just follow the
path until you get to a cave with a climbable wall next to it. Climb the wall.
Go left and climb this wall. Go right and up to find a Pure Incense. Climb up
the second wall and examine the rock for a Rare Candy.

Climb down to base level and go into the cave. Go left and leave. Climb the
wall, then climb up the rightmost wall. Climb up the next wall. Take one step
up and face right. Press A for a Hyper Potion.

Go back down to the three walls and climb up the leftmost wall. Climb up
another wall and you'll find a Dawn Stone.

Go back down to the three walls and climb up the middle. Climb up again and
enter the cave.

Climb the wall at the end of this path. Before you leave, go right. Examine the
rock for a Max Revive. Exit the cave.

Heal and save before you step forward. The game's final boss is just ahead!

==============
17f. Boss: Red Money: $16800 [lgrbn]
============== Chikorita's Level: 100

o—————o This is, without a doubt, the most difficult battle in the
| Pikachu L88 | entire game. Since this battle takes place on the top of a
| Lapras L80 | mountain, it'll be hailing the entire time. If you've got
| Snorlax L82 | the items, you can stall Red out by just healing every turn
| Blastoise L84 | and letting the hail take care of him. You are a humongous
| Charizard L84 | wuss if you do that, and if that's what it takes for you to
| Venusaur L84 | win, you should not be here. Don't insult yourself. Prove
o—————o you have the right to be called Champion!

o———o Moveset: Iron Tail, Quick Attack, Thunderbolt, Volt Tackle
| Pikachu | Type: Electric
o———o Ability: Static (may paralyze foes on contact)

Pikachu might not look like much, but he's the highest-leveled trained Pokemon
found in any Pokemon game to date; offensively, he is Red's strongest Pokemon.

This is thanks to the Light Ball, Pikachu's exclusive item. It doubles his ATK
and SP.ATK. Pikachu is already pretty fast, so if your Pokemon are on the slow
side and not resistant or immune to Electric, Pikachu is seriously going to
mess you up.

Volt Tackle is Pikachu's exclusive signature attack. It has tremendous power,
but the user does 1/3 of the damage to itself in recoil. Your Pokemon might get
KOed in one hit, but should that happen, Pikachu will also take a huge amount
of damage from the attack.

Your best offense against Pikachu is any Pokemon that resists Electric. Iron
Tail might still hurt, but it's Pikachu's weakest option (and it might miss).

Pikachu's offensive power may be scary, but remember that he is still a Pikachu
and is quite frail. Providing you survive his Electric attacks, it shouldn't be
hard to deliver a KO.

o——–o Moveset: Blizzard, Body Slam, Brine, Psychic
| Lapras | Type: Water/Ice
o——–o Ability: Shell Armor (prevents critical hits)

Lapras is probably Red's least threatening Pokemon, but don't think you've got
it easy just because of that. Blizzard doesn't miss in hail, and Brine will
pick off any Pokemon below 50% HP. Lapras is also the only one of Red's Pokemon
that isn't hurt by the hail, so good luck if you're trying to stall him out.

Considering this is the end boss, I am appalled that Body Slam is anywhere near
this set. There are lots of other moves that would work way better. If they're
gonna give Pikachu a Light Ball, why the crap would they give Lapras Body Slam?

If you run Blizzard out of its 5 PP, this'll probably be what Lapras resorts
to. It can paralyze, so keep those Full Restores handy.

o———o Moveset: Blizzard, Crunch, Giga Impact, Shadow Claw
| Snorlax | Type: Normal
o———o Ability: Thick Fat (halves Fire and Ice damage)

Blizzard won't miss thanks to the hail, but it won't hurt unless you're weak to
Ice. Giga Impact _will_ really hurt, though, but it requires a turn of rest
afterwards. Shadow Claw and Crunch are both used to annihilate ghosts and
Psychic-types thinking they can use Focus Blast to kill him (protip: don't do
that, you will never OHKO him).

o———–o Moveset: Blizzard, Flash Cannon, Focus Blast, Hydro Cannon
| Blastoise | Type: Water
o———–o Ability: Torrent (Water damage x1.5 when HP < 1/3 maximum)

Blastoise might be weak, but he gets infinity cool points for having Flash
Cannon, coolest attack name ever. The only thing you have to worry about is
Hydro Cannon… Remember, Blizzard won't miss if it's hailing, and Hydro Cannon
requires a turn of rest on the next turn if it hits.

o———–o Moveset: Air Slash, Blast Burn, Dragon Pulse, Flare Blitz
| Charizard | Type: Fire/Flying
o———–o Ability: Blaze (Fire damage x1.5 when HP < 1/3 maximum)

If you have a Rock-type, he will slap Charizard down easily with his STAB Rock
move. Otherwise, you're gonna be in for some trouble. Flare Blitz is the Fire-
type equivalent of Volt Tackle. Do your best to keep him out of Blaze's
activation range; you don't want to eat a Blaze-boosted Blast Burn.

Blast Burn is ridiculously strong and Charizard has the stats to make excellent
use of it. He will be forced to rest if it hits, so use this to your advantage.

o———-o Moveset: Giga Drain, Frenzy Plant, Sleep Powder, Sludge Bomb
| Venusaur | Type: Grass/Poison
o———-o Ability: Overgrow (Grass damage x1.5 when HP VERMILION

Upper floor. Upper left room on the left side:

Super Nerd Shawn
Magnemite L39 x2, Muk L41
$1872

Lower left room on the left side:

Ace Trainer Shaye Ace Trainer Carol
Jolteon L43, Tangela L43, Tauros L43 Electrode L43, Starmie L43, Ninetales L43
$2580 $2580

Lower right room on the left side:

Gentleman Edward
Persian L41
$8200

Upper right room on the left side

Beauty Cassie
Vileplume L36, Butterfree L42
$2352

Upper left room on the right side:

Psychic Rodney
CHingling L37, Hypno L41
$1312

Go downstairs:

Sailor Garrett
Kingler L42 Enter the left room.
$1344

Fisherman Jonah
Shellder L33, Cloyster L37, Octillery L37, Remoraid L33 Enter the right room.
$1184

Black Belt Wai
Machoke L38/L40, Meditite L42
$1008

That’s all! Visit the captain if you have 16 Badges, and rest in your bed.

VERMILION -> OLIVINE

Lower left room on the left side:

Poke Maniac Morgan
Rhyhorn L39, Rhydon L39
$2496

Upper right room on the left side:

Pokefan Georgia Pokefan Jeremy
Sentret L31 x4, Furret L36 Meowth L36 x3
$1984 $2304

Upper left room on the right side:

Guitarist Clyde
Electabuzz L42
$1008

Upper right room on the right side:

Bug Catcher Ken
Ariados L39, Pinsir L40
$640

Go downstairs and then left:

Sailor Kenneth
Machop L36 x3, Poliwrath L36
$1152

Go into the right room and take out all three Trainers:

School Kid Ricky School Kid Nate Teacher Shirley
Aipom L40, Ditto L40 Ledian L40, Exeggutor L40 Chatot L43, Jigglypuff L43
$800 $800 $2064

That’s all! Visit the captain if you have 16 Badges, and rest in your bed.

=================
24. Fighting Dojo [gptlu]
=================

The Fighting Dojo is found in Saffron City, next to the Gym. This is where you
go to battle against the Gym Leaders you’ve already defeated.

To fight a Gym Leader here, you must first get their number. Here is a list of
every Gym Leader in the game, in alphabetical order, when to get their number,
and when you call them for a rematch. Remember:

Morning = 04:00 – 09:59
Day = 10:00 – 19:59 (7:59 AM)
Night = 20:00 (8:00 PM) – 03:59

Blaine: Find him on Cinnabar Island on Tuesday; call Tuesday afternoon.

Blue: Have Daisy in Pallet Town massage your Pokemon 5 times, then talk to her
any time after the fifth time. She will massage your Pokemon once a week
on Friday from 15:00 to 16:00. Call Blue on Sunday night.

Bugsy: South entrance of Viridian Forest on Thursday; call Thursday day.

Brock: Pewter City entrance to Diglett’s Cave, any day between 12:00 and 15:00;
call Saturday night.

Chuck: Speak to his wife outside his Gym on any day at any time; call Wednesday
night.

Clair: Dragon’s Den on any day between 06:00 and 10:00; unavailable if you have
defeated Silver at Mt. Moon but not done the tag battle at Dragon’s Den.
Call Friday night.

Erika: Talk to her twice at Celadon City fountain on Saturday or Sunday between
15:00 and 18:00; call Sunday morning.

Falkner: Celadon City Dept. Store 4F on Monday; call Saturday morning.

Janine: Reception Gate on any day between 16:00 and 20:00; call Monday day.

Jasmine: Olivine City cafe on any day between 13:00 and 14:00; call Wednesday
day.

Lt. Surge: After defeating Blue, battle Zapdos at the Power Plant. After that,
find him at the Power Plant any day between 09:00 and 12:00. You
have to put a Pikachu from Viridian Forest in front of your party or
he won’t give you his number; call Friday morning.

Misty: Route 25 (where she was on her date) any day between 16:00 and 20:00;
call Wednesday morning.

Morty: Bellchime Trail on Wednesday; call Tuesday night.

Pryce: Lake of Rage (west side) on any day between 06:00 and 10:00; call Monday
morning.

Sabrina: Olivine City port on Friday. She is on the path to the boat; call
Sunday day.

Whitney: Goldenrod City Dept. Store 6F on Saturday between 12:00 and 18:00;
call Saturday day.

After you defeat the Leader at the Fighting Dojo, just call them again at the
appropriate time if you want to ever battle them again.

Next comes the individual strategies for each leader. Johto Leaders are listed
in the order you battle them; Kanto Leaders are listed in alphabetical order
since Kanto is pretty non-linear and you can fight them in almost any order.

============
24a. Falkner [mjftn]
============

The other threat–the #1 threat– is Swellow. He’ll lead with Protect to block
your attack and activate his Flame Orb item. This will activate his ability,
Guts, which multiplies his ATK by 1.5 if he’s affected by a major status
effect. Facade is a physical-based Normal-type move that doubles in base power
if the user is burned, poisoned, or paralyzed. Coming from Swellow, who is
really fast, this is really going to hurt anything that isn’t Rock, Ghost, or
Steel. Double Team makes you miss a bunch while Endeavor makes your HP almost
nothing. The main thing you gotta worry about is Facade, though.

The rest of his team should be pretty simple to defeat. Pelipper’s Hidden Power
is Fighting, which doesn’t help him at all. Honchkrow might give you some
trouble if you’re underleveled, but if you’re coming here for practice against
the new Elite Four, you’ll destroy him easily.

==========
24b. Bugsy [owbtl]
==========

============
24c. Whitney [olwkp]
============

Wring Out is based on your maximum HP, so if Lickilicky got some SP.ATK boosts
passed to it, expect the first hit to hurt.

Miltank is the big threat here. With Scrappy, nothing is safe from Body Slam,
and its 30% paralysis rate is always annoying. Rest and Sleep Talk keep her
alive forever, so I really hope you’ve got a Fighting move or a huge advantage
in Level. Otherwise, this fight is not going to be a fun one.

==========
24d. Morty [osogf]
==========

Watch out for Gengar’s Destiny Bond.

==========
24e. Chuck [tcaim]
==========

============
24f. Jasmine [towra]
============

Earthquake will kill off Magnezone and Empoleon in a single hit. Bronzong will
probably take two shots unless you’re really high in Level. Due to high DEF,
the remainder of her team can be incinerated by Flamethrower. If you don’t have
either of these attacks, you’ll have a tougher time with this battle. Water is
one of the few types Steel doesn’t resist, so Surf will do a lot of damage.

After you defeat Jasmine, go find her in the Gym. Talk to her twice and she
will offer to trade you a Steelix for any Pokemon. It has a Soothe Bell
attached to it.

==========
24g. Pryce [ntctt]
==========

Blizzard is really the only thing you gotta worry about other than Mamoswine’s
Earthquake. If you can take that, you’re good to go. Note that Walrein knows
Hail just in case you can change the weather, so dispatch him quickly.

==========
24h. Clair [epofa]
==========

If you’re not using Ice, Rock will do fine, too. Just watch out for Waterfall.

===========
24i. Blaine [cfaaa]
===========

=========
24j. Blue [citcc]
=========

==========
24k. Brock [rtths]
==========

==========
24l. Erika [qbnzp]
==========

===========
24m. Janine [ecgir]
===========

============
24p. Sabrina [hlars]
============

================
25. Master Lists [mtssl]
================

Because every guide needs one.

=====================
25a. Daily Activities [oweui]
=====================

This is basically a daily checklist of things you can do at certain times on
certain days. Some are limited to once a day, some are limited to once a game.

It’s important that you know the time limits in order to effectively plan your
day. Time is divided into three… times: morning, day, and night. “Morning”
refers to 04:00-09:59, or from 4 AM to 9:59 AM. “Day” refers to 10:00-19:59, or
from 10 AM to 7:59 PM. “Night” refers to 20:00-03:59, or from 8 PM to 3:59 AM.

It should be noted that the ribbons from the weekday siblings can only be
obtained at the rate of one per week (it will take you 7 weeks to obtain them
all).

This list is best used if you’ve already beaten the game, but those who are
still mid-game can use it and just ignore things they have not done yet.
Gym Leaders’ phone numbers cannot be obtained until after you have received the
National Pokedex. They all must also have been defeated in their Gyms.

—ALL DAYS—

* Buena’s Password every 3 hours starting at 02:00 (only once needed per day)
* Trendy saying on Route 16 (Cut required)
* Swarming Pokemon (listen to the radio’s upper right channel button)
* Pick Apricorns all over the world and obtain any Poke Balls from Kurt
* Felicity’s Drawing in Goldenrod City’s Radio Tower
* Daily Drawing Corner in Goldenrod City Department Store 6F
* Free Seals in Olivine City (must have healed the sick Miltank first)
* Buy today’s items in Pokeathlon Dome (once per item per day)
* Migrate 6 new Pokemon in Pal Park
* Obtain Chuck’s number at Cianwood City from the girl outside the Gym (once)
* Obtain Jasmine’s number at Olivine City cafe (13:00-14:00 only) (once)
* Obtain Pryce’s number at Lake of Rage’s west side (06:00-10:00 only) (once)
* Obtain Clair’s number at Dragon’s Den (06:00-10:00 only) (once)
* Obtain Brock’s number at Diglett’s Cave (12:00-15:00 only) (once)
* Obtain Lt. Surge’s number at Power Plant (after Zapdos battle) (09:00-12:00
only) (once) (Pikachu from Viridian Forest required)
* Obtain Misty’s number at Route 25 (14:00-18:00 only) (once)
* Obtain Janine’s number at Reception Gate (14:00-18:00 only) (once)
* Dress like a Rocket and get your picture taken in Goldenrod underground
* Take your own picture at Cianwood City
* Have Cameron take your picture at Pallet Town (with Professor Oak, completed
National Pokedex required)
* Have Cameron take your picture at Goldenrod City Dept. Store (with Whitney)
(18:00-21:00 only) (after receiving number)
* Have Cameron take your picture at Olivine City cafe (with Jasmine)
(12:00-13:00 only) (after receiving number)
* Have Cameron take your picture at Mahogany City Gym (with Pryce)
* Have Cameron take your picture at Route 25 (with Misty) (14:00-16:00 only)
(after receiving number) (Water-type must lead your party)
* Have Cameron take your picture at Dragon’s Den (with Clair) (17:00-19:00
only)
* Have Cameron take your picture at Reception Gate (with Janine) (18:00-20:00
only) (after receiving number)

—MONDAY—

-ANY TIME-

* Visit Monica at Route 40 for Sharp Beak (first visit)
* Visit Monica at Route 40 for Alert Ribbon (once all siblings have been found)
* Ride S.S. Aqua from Olivine City to Vermilion City
* Battle Silver at Indigo Plateau
* Obtain Falkner’s number in Celadon City Dept. Store 4F (once)
* Have Cameron take your picture at Cherrygrove City
* Have Cameron take your picture inside Ruins of Alph
* Have Cameron take your picture at Slowpoke Well
* Have Cameron take your picture at Route 35
* Have Cameron take your picture at National Park
* Have Cameron take your picture at Olivine City
* Have Cameron take your picture at Dragon’s Den (with elder)
* Have Cameron take your picture at Route 1
* Have Cameron take your picture at Pewter Museum
* Have Cameron take your picture at Saffron City train station
* Have Cameron take your picture at Route 12
* Have Cameron take your picture at Route 21
* Have Cameron take your picture at National Park (with Bugsy)
* Have Cameron take your picture at Celadon City (with Erika) (after receiving
number)
* Have Cameron take your picture at Olivine City port (with Sabrina) (after
receiving number)

-MORNING-

* Visit bargain shop in Goldenrod underground
* Call School Kid Jack for a rematch at National Park
* Call Pokemaniac Brent for a rematch at Route 43
* Call Biker Aiden for a rematch at Route 17
* Call Gym Leader Pryce for a rematch at Fighting Dojo

-DAY-

* Call Youngster Joey for a rematch at Route 30
* Call Firebreather Walt for rematch at Route 35
* Call Gym Leader Janine for a rematch at Fighting Dojo

-NIGHT-

* Rematch Camper Tanner at Route 13
* Free Moon Stone at Mt. Moon outside area (until 23:59 only)

—TUESDAY—

-ANY TIME-

* Visit Tuscany at Route 29 for TwistedSpoon (first visit)
* Visit Tuscany at Route 29 for Shock Ribbon (once all siblings have been
found)
* Participate in Bug-Catching Contest in National Park
* Visit elder brother for Pokemon grooming in Goldenrod underground
* Obtain Blaine’s number at Cinnabar Island (once)
* Have Cameron take your picture at New Bark Town
* Have Cameron take your picture inside Ruins of Alph
* Have Cameron take your picture at Route 32
* Have Cameron take your picture at Ilex Forest
* Have Cameron take your picture at Route 35
* Have Cameron take your picture at Olivine City
* Have Cameron take your picture at Safari Zone Gate
* Have Cameron take your picture at Blackthorn City
* Have Cameron take your picture at Frontier Access
* Have Cameron take your picture at Route 1
* Have Cameron take your picture at Pewter City
* Have Cameron take your picture at Saffron City train station
* Have Cameron take your picture at Celadon City
* Have Cameron take your picture at Fuchsia City
* Have Cameron take your picture at Seafoam Islands B1
* Have Cameron take your picture at Route 26
* Have Cameron take your picture at Cinnabar Island (with Blaine) (after
receiving number)

-MORNING-

* Call Bug Catcher Arnie for a rematch at Route 35

-DAY-

* Call Picnicker Tiffany for a rematch at Route 43
* Call Gentleman Alfred for a rematch at Olivine Lighthouse 2F
* Call Gym Leader Blaine for a rematch at Fighting Dojo
* Have Cameron take your picture at Diglett’s Cave (with Brock) (17:00-21:00
only) (after receiving number)

-NIGHT-

* Call Bug Catcher Wade for a rematch at Route 31
* Call Bird Keeper Josh for a rematch at Route 14
* Call Gym Leader Morty for a rematch at Fighting Dojo

—WEDNESDAY—

-ANY TIME-

* Visit Wesley at Lake of Rage for Black Belt (first visit)
* Visit Wesley at Lake of Rage for Downcast Ribbon (once all siblings have been
found)
* Ride S.S. Aqua from Vermilion City to Olivine City
* Battle Silver at Indigo Plateau
* Visit younger brother for Pokemon grooming in Goldenrod underground
* Listen to Hoenn Sound radio all over the world for Hoenn-native Pokemon
* Obtain Morty’s number at Bellchime Trail (once)
* Have Cameron take your picture at Cherrygrove City
* Have Cameron take your picture inside Ruins of Alph
* Have Cameron take your picture at Slowpoke Well
* Have Cameron take your picture at Route 34 (with Day-Care Man)
* Have Cameron take your picture at Olivine Lighthouse 4F
* Have Cameron take your picture at Route 45
* Have Cameron take your picture at Pallet Town
* Have Cameron take your picture at Viridian City
* Have Cameron take your picture at Saffron City train station
* Have Cameron take your picture at Route 12
* Have Cameron take your picture at Mt. Silver
* Have Cameron take your picture at Celadon City Dept. Store (with Falkner)

-MORNING-

* Call Fisherman Ralph for a rematch at Route 32
* Call Bug Catcher Doug for a rematch at Route 2
* Call Gym Leader Misty for a rematch at Fighting Dojo

-DAY-

* Call School Kid Alan for a rematch at Route 36
* Call Fisherman Kyle for a rematch at Route 12
* Call Gym Leader Jasmine for a rematch at Fighting Dojo
* Have Cameron take your picture at Diglett’s Cave (with Brock) (17:00-21:00
only) (after receiving number)

-NIGHT-

* Call Sailor Huey for a rematch at Olivine Lighthouse 2F
* Call Bird Keeper Vance for a rematch at Route 44
* Call School Kid Torin for a rematch at Route 14
* Call Gym Leader Chuck for a rematch at Fighting Dojo

—THURSDAY—

-ANY TIME-

* Visit Arthur at Route 36 for Hard Stone (first visit)
* Visit Arthur at Route 36 for Careless Ribbon (once all siblings have been
found)
* Participate in Bug-Catching Contest in National Park
* Visit elder brother for Pokemon grooming in Goldenrod underground
* Listen to Sinnoh Sound radio all over the world for Sinnoh-native Pokemon
* Obtain Bugsy’s number at Viridian Forest (once)
* Have Cameron take your picture inside Ruins of Alph
* Have Cameron take your picture at Route 32
* Have Cameron take your picture at Route 34 (with Day-Care Man)
* Have Cameron take your picture at Pokeathlon Dome
* Have Cameron take your picture at Route 39
* Have Cameron take your picture at Safari Zone Gate
* Have Cameron take your picture at Dragon’s Den (with elder)
* Have Cameron take your picture at Pallet Town
* Have Cameron take your picture at Cerulean City
* Have Cameron take your picture at Vermilion City
* Have Cameron take your picture at Saffron City train station
* Have Cameron take your picture at Route 14
* Have Cameron take your picture at Route 22

-MORNING-

* Call Fisherman Wilton for a rematch at Route 44
* Call Ace Trainer Gaven for a rematch at Route 26

-DAY-

* Call Picnicker Liz for a rematch at Route 32
* Call Fisherman Kyler for a rematch at Route 12 (he only uses Magikarp though)
* Call Gym Leader Bugsy for a rematch at Fighting Dojo

-NIGHT-

* Call Lass Dana for a rematch at Route 38
* Call Teacher Hillary for a rematch at Route 15

—FRIDAY—

-ANY TIME-

* Visit Frieda at Route 32 for Poison Barb (first visit)
* Visit Frieda at Route 32 for Relax Ribbon (once all siblings have been found)
* Ride S.S. Aqua from Olivine City to Vermilion City
* Visit younger brother for Pokemon grooming in Goldenrod underground
* Obtain Sabrina’s number at Olivine City port (once)
* Find Lapras L20 at Union Cave (Surf required)
* Have Cameron take your picture at Cherrygrove City
* Have Cameron take your picture outside Ruins of Alph
* Have Cameron take your picture at Slowpoke Well
* Have Cameron take your picture at Route 35
* Have Cameron take your picture at Pokeathlon Dome
* Have Cameron take your picture at Ecruteak City
* Have Cameron take your picture at Route 48
* Have Cameron take your picture at Pallet Town
* Have Cameron take your picture at Viridian City
* Have Cameron take your picture at Saffron City
* Have Cameron take your picture at Saffron City train station
* Have Cameron take your picture at Celadon City
* Have Cameron take your picture at Celadon City Department Store 2F
* Have Cameron take your picture at Route 26
* Have Cameron take your picture at Mt. Silver
* Have Cameron take your picture at National Park (with Bugsy)
* Have Cameron take your picture at Bell Tower (with Morty) (after receiving
number)
* Have Cameron take your picture at Olivine City port (with Sabrina) (after
receiving number)
* Have Cameron take your picture at Cinnabar Island (with Blue) (after
receiving number) (after defeating Red)

-MORNING-

* Call School Kid Chad for a rematch at Route 38
* Call Bug Catcher Rob for a rematch at Route 2
* Call Gym Leader Lt. Surge for a rematch at Fighting Dojo

-DAY-

* Visit Daisy for Pokemon grooming in Pallet Town (15:00-16:00 only)
* Obtain Blue’s number from Daisy in Pallet Town (5+ groomings required)
* Call Hiker Parry for a rematch at Route 45
* Call Young Couple Tim & Sue for a rematch at Route 13
* Call Ace Trainer Jamie for a rematch at Route 26
* Have Cameron take your picture at Diglett’s Cave (with Brock) (17:00-21:00
only) (after receiving number)

-NIGHT-

* Call Hiker Anthony for a rematch at Route 33
* Call School Kid Billy for a rematch at Route 15
* Call Gym Leader Clair for a rematch at Fighting Dojo

—SATURDAY—

-ANY TIME-

* Visit Santos at Blackthorn City for Soft Sand (first visit)
* Visit Santos at Blackthorn City for Snooze Ribbon (once all siblings have
been found)
* Participate in Bug-Catching Contest in National Park
* Visit elder brother for Pokemon grooming in Goldenrod underground
* Visit bitter herb shop in Goldenrod underground
* Have Cameron take your picture outside Ruins of Alph
* Have Cameron take your picture at Route 32
* Have Cameron take your picture at Ilex Forest
* Have Cameron take your picture at National Park gate
* Have Cameron take your picture at National Park
* Have Cameron take your picture at Pokeathlon Dome
* Have Cameron take your picture at Olivine Lighthouse 4F
* Have Cameron take your picture at Ice Path
* Have Cameron take your picture at Route 45
* Have Cameron take your picture at Frontier Access
* Have Cameron take your picture at Route 1
* Have Cameron take your picture at Pewter City
* Have Cameron take your picture at Vermilion City
* Have Cameron take your picture at Saffron City train station
* Have Cameron take your picture at Fuchsia City
* Have Cameron take your picture at Seafoam Islands B1
* Have Cameron take your picture at Route 39 (with Lt. Surge) (after receiving
number)

-MORNING-

* Call Camper Todd for a rematch at Route 34
* Call Youngster Ian for a rematch at Route 34
* Call Gym Leader Falkner for a rematch at Fighting Dojo

-DAY-

* Obtain Whitney’s number at Goldenrod City Department Store 6F (12:00-18:00
only) (once)
* Obtain Erika’s number at Celadon City (15:00-17:00 only) (once) (talk to her
twice to obtain)
* Call Hiker Kenny for a rematch at Route 13
* Call Gym Leader Whitney for a rematch at Fighting Dojo

-NIGHT-

* Call Picnicker Erin for a rematch at Route 46
* Call Twins Kay & Tia for a rematch at Route 15
* Call Bird Keeper Jose for a rematch at Route 27
* Call Gym Leader Brock for a rematch at Fighting Dojo

—SUNDAY—

-ANY TIME-

* Visit Sunny at Route 37 for Magnet (first visit)
* Visit Sunny at Route 37 for Smile Ribbon (once all siblings have been found)
* Ride S.S. Aqua from Vermilion City to Olivine City
* Visit younger brother for Pokemon grooming in Goldenrod underground
* Visit bitter herb shop in Goldenrod underground
* Have Cameron take your picture outside Ruins of Alph
* Have Cameron take your picture at Ilex Forest
* Have Cameron take your picture at National Park gate
* Have Cameron take your picture at National Park
* Have Cameron take your picture at Route 39
* Have Cameron take your picture at Route 48
* Have Cameron take your picture at Blackthorn City
* Have Cameron take your picture at Pewter Museum
* Have Cameron take your picture at Cerulean City
* Have Cameron take your picture at Vermilion City
* Have Cameron take your picture at Route 14
* Have Cameron take your picture at Route 12
* Have Cameron take your picture at Route 22
* Have Cameron take your picture at Route 47 (with Chuck) (before obtaining
Jade Orb)

-MORNING-

* Call Lass Krise for a rematch at National Park
* Call Ace Trainer Reena for a rematch at Route 27
* Call Gym Leader Erika for a rematch at Fighting Dojo

-DAY-

* Call Picnicker Gina for a rematch at Route 34
* Call Fisherman Tully for a rematch at Route 42
* Call Biker Ernest for a rematch at Route 17
* Call Gym Leader Sabrina for a rematch at Fighting Dojo
* Have Cameron take your picture at Diglett’s Cave (with Brock) (17:00-21:00
only) (after receiving number)

-NIGHT-

* Call Biker Reese for a rematch at Route 17
* Call Gym Leader Blue for a rematch at Fighting Dojo

=================
25b. Shiny Leaves [ftsbw]
=================

Shiny Leaves are really obscure, slightly hard to find, and almost entirely
worthless.

As you may know, you can talk to your Pokemon as it walks behind you. If you do
this on certain routes with certain-natured Pokemon, it might find a “Shiny
Leaf.” You’ll be able to see these leaves on your Pokemon’s Summary.

Once you get one, go to Lyra’s house and talk to her, and she’ll tell you to
come back with five. Talk to her once you have five leaves on one Pokemon, and
she’ll convert them to a crown. This isn’t a tangible item; it just replaces
the leaves on the Summary screen. You also get a star on your Trainer card for
doing so, so it’s worth doing at least once.

The routes depend on the nature of your Pokemon. Once you’re on the correct
route, step into some grass and start talking to your Pokemon until they find
one.

Adamant: 9, 15, 22, 24, 37, 42, 46 Lonely: 10, 16, 25, 27, 38, 43
Bashful: 10, 16, 25, 27, 38, 43 Mild: 11, 18, 26, 39, 44
Bold: 9, 15, 22, 24, 37, 42, 46 Modest: 7, 8, 13, 14, 33, 36, 45
Brave: 9, 15, 22, 24, 37, 42, 46 Naive: 1, 3, 5, 12, 18, 31, 34, 47
Calm: 2, 4, 6, 28, 32, 35, 48 Naughty: 1, 3, 5, 12, 18, 31, 34, 47
Careful: 7, 8, 13, 14, 33, 36, 45 Quiet: 7, 8, 13, 14, 33, 36, 45
Docile: 7, 8, 13, 14, 33, 36, 45 Quirky: 11, 18, 26, 39, 44
Gentle: 2, 4, 6, 28, 32, 35, 48 Rash: 11, 18, 26, 39, 44
Hardy: 9, 15, 22, 24, 37, 42, 46 Relaxed: 2, 4, 6, 28, 32, 35, 48
Hasty: 11, 18, 26, 39, 44 Sassy: 1, 3, 5, 12, 18, 31, 34, 47
Impish: 1, 3, 5, 12, 18, 31, 34, 47 Serious: 7, 8, 13, 14, 33, 36, 45
Jolly: 1, 3, 5, 12, 18, 31, 34, 47 Timid: 10, 16, 25, 27, 38, 43
Lax: 2, 4, 6, 28, 32, 35, 48

Waterfall is required to receive a leaf on Route 47. If you head to Route 47
for a leaf, stay as far away from the edge as you can. Your Pokemon will be
scared of the high altitude and might spend all its time being afraid.

===================
25c. Pokemon Swarms [ofwwh]
===================

Listen to Oak’s Pokemon Talk every day to hear about a new swarm. All you gotta
do is go to the place in section and run around in the grass (surf in cities).

Dark Cave: Dunsparce Route 32: Qwilfish
Mt. Mortar: Marill Route 34: Ralts
Route 1: Poochyena Route 35: Yanma
Route 3: Baltoy (HG), Gulpin (SS) Route 38: Snubbull
Route 9: Sableye (HG), Mawile (SS) Route 44: Remoraid
Route 12: Relicanth Route 45: Swablu
Route 13: Chansey Route 47: Ditto
Route 19: Clamperl Violet City: Whiscash
Route 25: Buneary Viridian Forest: Kricketot
Route 27: Luvdisc Vermilion City: Wingull

==============
25d. Abilities [zzhng]
==============

Each Pokemon has one (sometimes two, but only one of the two at a time) of 123
different abilities that are designed to help it in battle. This is a list of
each and every one of them. Some abilities also have a field bonus, that change
how things work even out of battle. Here’s how to read it:

NAME OF ABILITY
—————

This is where you’ll find descriptions of what the ability does.

Field bonus: If the ability has a field bonus, you’ll see it written below the
description.

Pokemon that can in a list going three to a row; it
have that ability down like this. depends on how many
will be listed It won’t always be Pokemon have that ability.

o—————————————————————————–o

ADAPTABILITY
————

This Pokemon’s STAB is increased to 2x.

Eevee Porygon-Z

o—————————————————————————–o

AFTERMATH
———

If this Pokemon is KOed by a physical attack, the attacker loses 1/4 of its
maximum HP.

Drifblim Skuntank
Drifloon Stunky

o—————————————————————————–o

AIR LOCK
——–

Weather effects are cancelled. This means that SolarBeam still requires a
charge in the sun, Thunder can miss in rain, etc.

Rayquaza

o—————————————————————————–o

ANGER POINT
———–

If you survive a critical hit, ATK is raised by 12 stages. If the critical hit
hits a Substitute, Anger Point activates.

Mankey Tauros
Primeape

o—————————————————————————–o

ANTICIPATION
————

When this Pokemon comes into battle, you are notified if the opponent has one
of the following attacks:

– a move that hits you super effectively
– Selfdestruct or Explosion
– a OHKO move

Barboach Toxicroak Wormadam
Croagunk Whiscash

o—————————————————————————–o

ARENA TRAP
———-

Opposing Pokemon cannot flee unless they are Flying-type or have the Levitate
ability.

Field bonus: If a Pokemon with this ability leads your party, encounter rate
goes up.

Diglett Trapinch
Dugtrio

o—————————————————————————–o

BAD DREAMS
———-

Sleeping foes take 12.5% of their maximum HP in damage between turns.

Darkrai

o—————————————————————————–o

BATTLE ARMOR
————

Prevents critical hits.

Anorith Drapion Kabutops
Armaldo Kabuto Skorupi

o—————————————————————————–o

BLAZE
—–

When this Pokemon’s HP fall below 1/3, its Fire-type moves do 50% more damage.

Blazkien Charmeleon Cyndaquil Quilava
Charizard Chimchar Infernape Torchic
Charmander Combusken Monferno Typhlosion

o—————————————————————————–o

CHLOROPHYLL
———–

During harsh sunlight, this Pokemon’s SPD stat is multiplied by 150%.

Bellossom Hoppip Shiftry Tangrowth
Bellsprout Jumpluff Skiploom Tropius
Cherubi Nuzleaf Sunflora Victreebel
Exeggcute Oddish Sunkern Vileplume
Exeggutor Seedot Tangela Weepinbell
Gloom

o—————————————————————————–o

CLEAR BODY
———-

Prevents stat reduction. Does not block self-inflicted stat reduction.

Beldum Metang Regirock Tentacool
Metagross Regice Registeel Tentacruel

o—————————————————————————–o

CLOUD NINE
———-

Weather effects are cancelled. This means that SolarBeam still requires a
charge in the sun, Thunder can miss in rain, etc.

Golduck Psyduck

o—————————————————————————–o

COLOR CHANGE
————

This Pokemon’s type changes to the type of move that directly damaged it last.
If this Pokemon is hit by a multi-hit move, this Pokemon’s type changes after
the first hit.

Kecleon

o—————————————————————————–o

COMPOUNDEYES
————

Accuracy of this Pokemon’s attacks is increased by 30%.

Field bonus: If a Pokemon with this ability leads your party, chances increase
that any Pokemon that may hold an item will have one.

Butterfree Venomoth Yanma
Nincada Venonat

o—————————————————————————–o

CUTE CHARM
———-

When a physical attack is done to this Pokemon, and the foe is of the opposite
gender, there is a 30% chance the foe will become attracted.

Field bonus: If a Pokemon with this ability leads your party, chances increase
that wild Pokemon will be the opposite gender of this Pokemon.

Clefable Delcatty Jigglypuff Wigglytuff
Clefairy Igglybuff Skitty
Cleffa

o—————————————————————————–o

DAMP
—-

Explosion and Selfdestruct fail when used if this Pokemon is in play.

Golduck Poliwag Poliwrath Quagsire
Politoed Poliwhirl Psyduck Wooper

o—————————————————————————–o

DOWNLOAD
——–

When this Pokemon comes into play, it will receive a boost in either ATK or
SP.ATK depending on the lower defense stat of the foe. If DEF is lower, ATK is
raised; if SP.DEF is lower, or if the two stats are the same, SP.ATK is raised.
In a 2v2 battle, the target Pokemon is randomly selected.

Porygon Porygon-Z
Porygon2

o—————————————————————————–o

DRIZZLE
——-

When this Pokemon enters battle, the current weather changes to rain. This
lasts the entire battle, unless a conflicting weather move is used, or a
Pokemon with the Drought, Sand Stream, or Snow Warning abilities is brought
into play.

Kyogre

o—————————————————————————–o

DROUGHT
——-

When this Pokemon enters battle, the current weather changes to harsh sunlight.
This lasts the entire battle, unless a conflicting weather move is used, or a
Pokemon with the Drizzle, Sand Stream, or Snow Warning abilities is brought
into play.

Groudon

o—————————————————————————–o

DRY SKIN
——–

During harsh sunlight, this Pokemon’s HP decrease by 1/8 of its maximum between
turns. During rain, this Pokemon restores 1/8 of its maximum HP between turns.
Regardless of weather, this Pokemon restores 25% of its maximum HP if hit by a
Water-type attack, and takes 25% more damage from Fire-type moves.

Croagunk Parasect
Paras Toxicroak

o—————————————————————————–o

EARLY BIRD
———-

Sleep lasts for half the duration it normally would. This includes sleep
inflicted by using Rest.

Dodrio Houndoom Ledyba Seedot
Doduo Kangaskhan Natu Shiftry
Girafarig Ledian Nuzleaf Xatu
Houndour

o—————————————————————————–o

EFFECT SPORE
————

When this Pokemon is hit by a physical attack, there is a 10% chance the
attacking Pokemon will be put to sleep, poisoned, or paralyzed. The Insomnia
ability blocks the sleep effect, the Immunity ability blocks the poison effect,
and the Limber ability blocks the paralyze effect.

Breloom Parasect
Paras Shroomish

o—————————————————————————–o

FILTER
——

Super effective damage is cut by 1/4.

Mime Jr. Mr. Mime

o—————————————————————————–o

FLAME BODY
———-

When this Pokemon is hit by a physical attack, there is a 30% chance the
attacking Pokemon will be burned. The Water Veil ability blocks this effect.

Field bonus: If a Pokemon with this ability is in your party, eggs hatch in
half the time. This effect can not be stacked with other Pokemon with
the Flame Body or Magma Armor abilities.

Slugma Magcargo Magmortar
Magby Magmar

o—————————————————————————–o

FLASH FIRE
———-

When a Fire-type move is done to this Pokemon, this Pokemon receives a 50%
increase in damage to its Fire-type attacks instead of taking damage. The boost
in Fire damage only happens once, but this Pokemon will continue to be immune
to Fire-type attacks.

Arcanine Heatran Ninetales Rapidash
Flareon Houndoom Ponyta Vulpix
Growlithe Houndour

o—————————————————————————–o

FLOWER GIFT
———–

During harsh sunlight, the ATK and SP.DEF of this Pokemon and its partner is
multiplied by 150% each.

Cherrim

o—————————————————————————–o

FORECAST
——–

This Pokemon changes its type depending on the weather. In no weather, it is
Normal; during rain, it is Water; during hail, it is Ice; during harsh
sunlight, it is Fire. Sandstorm has no effect on this Pokemon’s type. This
ability does not work if the Pokemon is not Castform.

Castform

o—————————————————————————–o

FOREWARN
——–

When this Pokemon is brought into battle, the move on the opponent’s Pokemon
with the highest base power is revealed. All moves without a fixed base power
are assigned a specific value, and will be revealed if that value is the
highest number. In a 2v2 battle, only 1 move total is revealed, and the
opponent is randomly selected. If two moves have the same base power, one of
them is randomly selected.

Drowzee Jynx
Hypno Smoochum

o—————————————————————————–o

FRISK
—–

When this Pokemon comes into play, the opponent’s hold item is revealed. In a
2v2 play, an opponent is randomly selected; the opponent’s identity is not
revealed.

Banette Stantler
Shuppet

o—————————————————————————–o

GLUTTONY
——–

Berries that activate at 25% or less HP now activate at 50% or less HP instead.

Linoone Zigzagoon
Shuckle

o—————————————————————————–o

GUTS
—-

If this Pokemon is asleep, burned, paralyzed, or poisoned, this Pokemon’s
ATK stat is multiplied by 150%. Pokemon with this ability do not suffer an
ATK drop if they are burned.

Hariyama Machoke Raticate Taillow
Heracross Machop Rattata Tyrogue
Larvitar Makuhita Swellow Ursaring
Machamp

o—————————————————————————–o

HEATPROOF
———

This Pokemon takes 50% less damage from Fire damage and burn between turns.

Bronzong Bronzor

o—————————————————————————–o

HONEY GATHER
————

No effect in battle.

Field bonus: If this Pokemon is not holding an item, it may acquire Honey after
any battle.

Combee

o—————————————————————————–o

HUGE POWER
———-

Doubles ATK. If this ability is lost, ATK returns to normal.

Azumarill Marill
Azurill

o—————————————————————————–o

HUSTLE
——

Physical damage from this Pokemon is multiplied by 150%. Any physical-based
move done by this Pokemon has 80% its normal accuracy.

Field bonus: If a Pokemon with this ability leads your party, higher-level wild
Pokemon become more common.

Corsola Remoraid Togepi
Delibird Togekiss Togetic

o—————————————————————————–o

HYDRATION
———

During rain, any major status effects present on this Pokemon are cured between
turns.

Dewgong Phione
Manaphy Seel

o—————————————————————————–o

HYPER CUTTER
————

Prevents ATK reduction. Does not prevent self-inflicted ATK reduction.

Corphish Gliscor Krabby Pinsir
Crawdaunt Kingler Mawile Trapinch
Gligar

o—————————————————————————–o

ICE BODY
——–

During hail, this Pokemon restores 1/16 of its maximum HP between turns. Blocks
hail damage.

Glalie Snorunt Walrein
Sealeo Spheal

o—————————————————————————–o

ILLUMINATE
———-

No effect in battle.

Field bonus: If a Pokemon with this ability leads your party, encounter rate
goes up.

Chinchou Starmie Volbeat
Lanturn Staryu

o—————————————————————————–o

IMMUNITY
——–

Prevents poisoning.

Snorlax Zangoose

o—————————————————————————–o

INNER FOCUS
———–

Prevents flinching. This includes by Fake Out.

Abra Farfetch’d Kadabra Sneasel
Alakazam Girafarig Lucario Snorunt
Crobat Glalie Riolu Zubat
Dragonite Golbat

o—————————————————————————–o

INSOMNIA
——–

Prevents sleeping. This includes by Rest.

Ariados Honchkrow Murkrow Shuppet
Banette Hoothoot Noctowl Spinarak
Drowzee Hypno

o—————————————————————————–o

INTIMIDATE
———-

When this Pokemon comes into play, the foe’s ATK stat is reduced by 1 stage.
In a 2v2 battle, both opponents will have ATK reduced. The Clear Body, Hyper
Cutter, and White Smoke abilities block this effect.

Field bonus: If a Pokemon with this ability leads your party, lower-level wild
Pokemon become scarce.

Arbok Hitmontop Mightyena Stantler
Arcanine Luxio Salamence Staraptor
Ekans Luxray Shinx Staravia
Granbull Masquerain Snubbull Tauros
Gyarados Mawile

o—————————————————————————–o

IRON FIST
———

The power of Bullet Punch, Comet Punch, Dizzy Punch, Drain Punch, DynamicPunch,
Fire Punch, Focus Punch, Hammer Arm, Ice Punch, Mach Punch, Mega Punch, Meteor
Mash, Shadow Punch, Sky Uppercut, and ThunderPunch is increased by 20%. It does
not power up Sucker Punch.

Hitmonchan

o—————————————————————————–o

KEEN EYE
——–

Prevents accuracy reduction.

Field bonus: If a Pokemon with this ability leads your party, lower-level wild
Pokemon become scarce.

Chatot Hoothoot Pidgey Sneasel
Farfetch’d Noctowl Sableye Spearow
Fearow Pelipper Sentret Starly
Furret Pidgeot Skarmory Wingull
Hitmonchan Pidgeotto

o—————————————————————————–o

KLUTZ
—–

Hold Items have no effect on this Pokemon. However, all hold items that halve
SPD when held still reduce SPD.

Buneary Lopunny

o—————————————————————————–o

LEAF GUARD
———-

During harsh sunlight, this Pokemon can not be affected by any major status
effects. Any status effects already present on this Pokemon are not cured.

Hoppip Leafeon Tangela
Jumpluff Skiploom Tangrowth

o—————————————————————————–o

LEVITATE
——–

Damage-dealing Ground-type moves fail when used on this Pokemon.

Azelf Claydol Haunter Mismagius
Baltoy Cresselia Koffing Rotom
Bronzong Duskull Latias Tauros
Bronzor Flygon Latios Solrock
Carnivine Gastly Lunatone Unown
Chimecho Gengar Mesprit Vibrava
Chingling Giratina-O Misdreavus Weezing

o—————————————————————————–o

LIGHTNINGROD
————

In a 2v2 battle, all single-target Electric attacks done by a Pokemon other
than this Pokemon will target this Pokemon, regardless of whether or not it was
the original target.

Cubone Marowak Rhyhorn
Electrike Rhydon Rhyperior
Manectric

o—————————————————————————–o

LIMBER
——

Prevents paralysis.

Ditto Hitmonlee
Glameow Persian

o—————————————————————————–o

LIQUID OOZE
———–

When the foe uses a HP-draining attack (such as Mega Drain) on this Pokemon,
the foe loses HP equal to the amount that would have been gained.

Gulpin Tentacruel
Swalot Tentacool

o—————————————————————————–o

MAGIC GUARD
———–

This Pokemon can only be damaged by direct damage.

Clefairy Cleffa
Clefable

o—————————————————————————–o

MAGMA ARMOR
———–

Prevents freezing.

Field bonus: If a Pokemon with this ability is in your party, eggs hatch in
half the time. This effect can not be stacked with other Pokemon with
the Flame Body or Magma Armor abilities.

Camerupt Slugma
Magcargo

o—————————————————————————–o

MAGNET PULL
———–

Prevents any Steel-type Pokemon from fleeing.

Field bonus: If a Pokemon with this ability leads your party, Steel-type wild
Pokemon appear more frequently.

Magnemite Magnezone Probopass
Magneton Nosepass

o—————————————————————————–o

MARVEL SCALE
————

If this Pokemon is affected by a major status effect, this Pokemon’s DEF is
multiplied by 150%.

Milotic

o—————————————————————————–o

MINUS
—–

If a Pokemon with the Plus ability is this Pokemon’s partner in 2v2, this
Pokemon’s SP.ATK is multiplied by 150%.

Minun

o—————————————————————————–o

MOLD BREAKER
————

Moves that would be blocked by the opponent’s ability will work. For example,
Surf from this Pokemon would hurt a Pokemon with Water Absorb rather than heal
them.

Cranidos Rampardos
Pinsir

o—————————————————————————–o

MOTOR DRIVE
———–

When an Electric-type move is used on this Pokemon, SPD increases by 1 stage
instead of this Pokemon taking damage.

Electivire

o—————————————————————————–o

MULTITYPE
———

This Pokemon’s type matches the held Plate. Also prevents forced item removal.
This ability does not change this Pokemon’s type if this Pokemon is not Arceus.

Arceus

o—————————————————————————–o

NATURAL CURE
————

Upon being recalled, all major status effects are removed.

Altaria Chansey Roselia Starmie
Blissey Corsola Roserade Staryu
Budew Happiny Shaymin Swablu
Celebi

o—————————————————————————–o

NO GUARD
——–

The attacks of this Pokemon and the Pokemon attacking this Pokemon will never
miss.

Machamp Machop
Machoke

o—————————————————————————–o

NORMALIZE
———

All attacks done by this Pokemon are Normal-type instead of their usual types.

Delcatty Skitty

o—————————————————————————–o

OBLIVIOUS
———

Prevents attraction. Captivate fails when used on this Pokemon.

Barboach Lickitung Slowbro Swinub
Illumise Mamoswine Slowking Wailmer
Jynx Numel Slowpoke Wailord
Lickilicky Piloswine Smoochum Whiscash

o—————————————————————————–o

OVERGROW
——–

When this Pokemon’s HP fall below 1/3, its Grass-type moves do 50% more damage.

Bayleef Grotle Meganium Treecko
Bulbasaur Grovyle Sceptile Turtwig
Chikorita Ivysaur Torterra Venusaur

o—————————————————————————–o

OWN TEMPO
———

Prevents confusion. This includes by Swagger.

Glameow Purugly Smeargle
Grumpig Slowbro Spinda
Lickilicky Slowking Spoink
Lickitung Slowpoke

o—————————————————————————–o

PICKUP
——

No effect in battle.

Field bonus: This Pokemon may pick up an item after the battle if it isn’t
already holding an item. The type and rarity of items found depend on this
Pokemon’s level.

Aipom Meowth Phanpy
Ambipom Munchlax Teddiursa
Linoone Pachirisu Zigzagoon

o—————————————————————————–o

PLUS
—-

If a Pokemon with the Minus ability is this Pokemon’s partner in 2v2, this
Pokemon’s SP.ATK is multiplied by 150%.

Plusle

o—————————————————————————–o

POISON HEAL
———–

If this Pokemon is poisoned, it recovers 1/8 of its maximum HP between turns
instead of taking damage.

Breloom Shroomish

o—————————————————————————–o

POISON POINT
————

When this Pokemon is hit by a physical attack, there is a 30% chance the
attacking Pokemon will be poisoned. The Immunity ability blocks this effect.

Budew NidoranM Roserade
Nidoking Nidorina Roselia
Nidoqueen Nidorino Seadra
NidoranF Qwilfish

o—————————————————————————–o

PRESSURE
——–

When a move is used on this Pokemon, an extra PP is used.

Field bonus: If a Pokemon with this ability leads your party, encounter rate
goes up.

Absol Dusclops Lugia Suicune
Aerodactyl Dusknoir Mewtwo Vespiquen
Articuno Entei Palkia Weavile
Deoxys Giratina Raikou Zapdos
Dialga Ho-Oh Spiritomb

o—————————————————————————–o

PURE POWER
———-

Doubles ATK. If this ability is lost, ATK returns to normal.

Medicham Meditite

o—————————————————————————–o

QUICK FEET
———-

If this Pokemon is affected by a major status effect, its SPD is multiplied
by 150%. Pokemon with this ability do not suffer a SPD drop if they are
paralyzed, but they may still become “fully paralyzed” on their turn.

Granbull Poochyena Ursaring
Mightyena Teddiursa

o—————————————————————————–o

RAIN DISH
———

During rain, this Pokemon recovers 1/16 of its maximum HP between turns.

Lombre Ludicolo
Lotad

o—————————————————————————–o

RECKLESS
——–

Moves that cause recoil damage have their base powers increased by 20%.

Hitmonlee

o—————————————————————————–o

RIVALRY
——-

If this Pokemon is the same gender as its foe, ATK is increased by 25%. If
this Pokemon is the opposite gender of its foe, ATK is reduced by 25%. If
the foe has no gender, this ability does nothing.

Luxio Nidoqueen Nidorina
Luxray NidoranF Nidorino
Nidoking NidoranM Shinx

o—————————————————————————–o

ROCK HEAD
———

Prevents recoil damage. This doesn’t include Life Orb damage; it is not recoil.

Aerodactyl Cubone Marowak Rhyhorn
Aggron Geodude Onix Shelgon
Aron Golem Relicanth Steelix
Bagon Graveler Rhydon Sudowoodo
Bonsly Lairon

o—————————————————————————–o

ROUGH SKIN
———-

When a physical attack is done to this Pokemon, the foe will be damaged by 1/16
of its maximum HP.

Carvanha Sharpedo

o—————————————————————————–o

RUN AWAY
——–

This Pokemon has a 100% escape rate against a wild Pokemon.

Aipom Dunsparce Poochyena Rattata
Buneary Eevee Ponyta Sentret
Dodrio Furret Rapidash Snubbull
Doduo Pachirisu Raticate

o—————————————————————————–o

SAND STREAM
———–

When this Pokemon enters battle, the current weather changes to sandstorm. This
lasts the entire battle, unless a conflicting weather move is used, or a
Pokemon with the Drizzle, Drought, or Snow Warning abilities comes into play.

Hippopotas Tyranitar
Hippowdon

o—————————————————————————–o

SAND VEIL
———

During sandstorm, this Pokemon’s evasion rises by 20%. Blocks sandstorm damage.

Field bonus: If a Pokemon with this ability leads your party, encounter rate
goes down in sandstorm.

Cacnea Dugtrio Gible Sandshrew
Cacturne Gabite Gligar Sandslash
Diglett Garchomp Gliscor

o—————————————————————————–o

SCRAPPY
——-

Ghost-type’s immunity to Fighting- and Normal-type moves is ignored.

Kangaskhan Miltank

o—————————————————————————–o

SERENE GRACE
————

Effect percentages double.

Blissey Happiny Togekiss
Chansey Jirachi Togepi
Dunsparce Shaymin-S Togetic

o—————————————————————————–o

SHADOW TAG
———-

Prevents switching and fleeing. If the foe’s Pokemon has Shadow Tag, this
ability does nothing.

Wobbuffet Wynaut

o—————————————————————————–o

SHED SKIN
———

If this Pokemon is affected by a major status effect, there is a 33% chance it
will be removed between turns.

Arbok Dragonair Kakuna Pupitar
Burmy Dratini Kricketot Seviper
Cascoon Ekans Metapod Silcoon

o—————————————————————————–o

SHELL ARMOR
———–

Prevents critical hits.

Clamperl Crawdaunt Lapras Omastar
Cloyster Kingler Omanyte Shellder
Corphish Krabby

o—————————————————————————–o

SHIELD DUST
———–

Prevents added effects.

Caterpie Venomoth Wurmple
Dustox Weedle

o—————————————————————————–o

SIMPLE
——

Stat changes are doubly effective, both positive and negative.

Bibarel Numel
Bidoof

o—————————————————————————–o

SKILL LINK
———-

Moves that hit 2-5 times will always hit 5 times.

Cloyster Shellder

o—————————————————————————–o

SLOW START
———-

ATK and SPD are each halved for 5 turns after this Pokemon enters battle.

Regigigas
Buneary Eevee Ponyta Sentret
o—————————————————————————–o

SNIPER
——

Critical hits do 3x normal damage instead of 2x.

Drapion Octillery Seadra
Horsea Remoraid Skorupi
Kingdra

o—————————————————————————–o

SNOW CLOAK
———-

During hail, this Pokemon’s evasion rises by 20%. Blocks hail damage.

Glaceon Piloswine
Froslass Swinub
Mamoswine

o—————————————————————————–o

SNOW WARNING
————

When this Pokemon enters battle, the current weather changes to hail. This
lasts the entire battle, unless a conflicting weather move is used, or a
Pokemon with the Drizzle, Drought, or Sand Stream abilities comes into play.

Abomasnow Snover

o—————————————————————————–o

SOLAR POWER
———–

During harsh sunlight, this Pokemon gains a 50% boost in SP.ATK and loses 1/8
of its maximum HP between turns.

Sunflora Tropius
Sunkern

o—————————————————————————–o

SOLID ROCK
———-

Super effective damage is cut by 25%.

Camerupt Rhyperior

o—————————————————————————–o

SOUNDPROOF
———-

Sound moves – Bug Buzz, Chatter, Grasswhistle, Growl, Heal Bell, Hyper Voice,
Metal Sound, Perish Song, Roar, Roar of Time, Sing, SonicBoom, Supersonic,
Screech, Snore, and Uproar – have no effect on this Pokemon.

Electrode Mime Jr. Voltorb
Exploud Mr. Mime Whismur
Loudred

o—————————————————————————–o

SPEED BOOST
———–

This Pokemon’s SPD goes up by 1 stage between turns.

Ninjask Yanmega
Yanma

o—————————————————————————–o

STATIC
——

When this Pokemon is hit by a physical attack, there is a 30% chance the
attacking Pokemon will be paralyzed. The Limber ability blocks this effect.

Field bonus: If a Pokemon with this ability leads your party, Electric-type
wild Pokemon appear more frequently.

Ampharos Electrode Manectric Pikachu
Electabuzz Elekid Mareep Raichu
Electrike Flaaffy Pichu Voltorb

o—————————————————————————–o

STALL
—–

This Pokemon always goes last.

Sableye

o—————————————————————————–o

STEADFAST
———

When this Pokemon flinches, its SPD increases by 1 stage.

Gallade Riolu
Lucario

o—————————————————————————–o

STENCH
——

No effect in battle.

Field bonus: If a Pokemon with this ability leads your party, encounter rate
goes down.

Grimer Skuntank
Muk Stunky

o—————————————————————————–o

STICKY HOLD
———–

Prevents forced item removal.

Gastrodon Gulpin Shellos
Grimer Muk Swalot

o—————————————————————————–o

STORM DRAIN
———–

In a 2v2 battle, all single-target Water attacks done by a Pokemon other than
this Pokemon will target this Pokemon, regardless of whether or not it was
the original target.

Finneon Lumineon
Gastrodon Shellos

o—————————————————————————–o

STURDY
——

Fissure, Guillotine, Horn Drill, and Sheer Cold always fail when used against
this Pokemon.

Aggron Geodude Magnezone Shieldon
Aron Golem Nosepass Shuckle
Bastiodon Graveler Onix Skarmory
Bonsly Lairon Pineco Steelix
Donphan Magnemite Probopass Sudowoodo
Forretress Magneton

o—————————————————————————–o

SUCTION CUPS
————

Roar and Whirlwind fail when used on this Pokemon.

Cradily Octillery
Lileep

o—————————————————————————–o

SUPER LUCK
———-

This Pokemon’s critical hit ratio is increased by one stage.

Absol Murkrow
Honchkrow

o—————————————————————————–o

SWARM
—–

When this Pokemon’s HP fall below 1/3, its Bug-type moves do 50% more damage.

Ariados Heracross Ledyba Scyther
Beautifly Kricketune Mothim Spinarak
Beedrill Ledian Scizor Volbeat

o—————————————————————————–o

SWIFT SWIM
———-

During rain, this Pokemon’s SPD stat is multiplied by 150%.

Buizel Horsea Ludicolo Omanyte
Clamperl Huntail Lumineon Omastar
Feebas Kabuto Luvdisc Qwilfish
Finneon Kabutops Magikarp Relicanth
Floatzel Kingdra Mantine Seaking
Goldeen Lombre Mantyke Surskit
Gorebyss Lotad

o—————————————————————————–o

SYNCHRONIZE
———–

When this Pokemon becomes burned, paralyzed, or poisoned, the foe likewise
becomes burned, paralyzed, or poisoned. The Water Veil ability blocks the burn
effect, the Limber ability blocks the paralyze effect, and the Immunity ability
blocks the poison effect.

Field bonus: If a Pokemon with this ability leads your party, chances increase
that wild Pokemon will have the same nature as this Pokemon.

Abra Gardevoir Mew Umbreon
Alakazam Kadabra Natu Xatu
Espeon Kirlia Ralts

o—————————————————————————–o

TANGLED FEET
————

All moves done to this Pokemon have a 50% success rate while this Pokemon is
confused.

Chatot Pidgey
Pidgeot Spinda
Pidgeotto

o—————————————————————————–o

TECHNICIAN
———-

Any attack with 60 or less base power has its base power multiplied by 1.5.

Ambipom Persian Scyther
Hitmontop Scizor Smeargle
Meowth

o—————————————————————————–o

THICK FAT
———

This Pokemon takes half damage from Fire- and Ice-type moves.

Azumarill Hariyama Munchlax Snorlax
Azurill Makuhita Purugly Spheal
Dewgong Marill Sealeo Spoink
Grumpig Miltank Seel Walrein

o—————————————————————————–o

TINTED LENS
———–

Doubles damage of moves used by this Pokemon that are not very effective
against its target.

Illumise Yanmega
Venomoth Venonat

o—————————————————————————–o

TORRENT
——-

When this Pokemon’s HP fall below 1/3, its Water-type moves do 50% more damage.

Blastoise Feraligatr Piplup Swampert
Croconaw Marshtomp Prinplup Totodile
Empoleon Mudkip Squirtle Wartortle

o—————————————————————————–o

TRACE
—–

When this Pokemon enters battle, it gains the foe’s ability to use as its own.
In a 2v2 battle, an opponent is randomly selected. Trace fails if the
opponent’s ability is Multitype.

Gardevoir Porygon2
Kirlia Ralts
Porygon

o—————————————————————————–o

TRUANT
——

This Pokemon cannot use an attack if it used an attack last turn.

Slaking Slakoth

o—————————————————————————–o

UNAWARE
——-

Ignores the foe’s stat increases (except SPD).

Bibarel Bidoof

o—————————————————————————–o

UNBURDEN
——–

This Pokemon’s SPD doubles when its held item is used, lost, or stolen.

Drifblim Drifloon

o—————————————————————————–o

VITAL SPIRIT
————

Prevents sleeping. This includes by Rest.

Field bonus: If a Pokemon with this ability leads your party, higher-level wild
Pokemon become more common.

Delibird Primeape
Mankey Vigoroth

o—————————————————————————–o

VOLT ABSORB
———–

This Pokemon restores 25% of its maximum HP instead of losing HP when it is hit
by an Electric-type attack.

Chinchou Lanturn
Jolteon

o—————————————————————————–o

WATER ABSORB
————

This Pokemon restores 25% of its maximum HP instead of losing HP when it is hit
by a Water-type attack.

Lapras Politoed Poliwrath Vaporeon
Mantine Poliwag Quagsire Wooper
Mantyke Poliwhirl

o—————————————————————————–o

WATER VEIL
———-

Prevents burns.

Goldeen Wailmer
Seaking Wailord

o—————————————————————————–o

WHITE SMOKE
———–

Prevents stat reduction. Does not block self-inflicted stat reduction.

Field bonus: If a Pokemon with this ability leads your party, encounter rate
goes down.

Torkoal

o—————————————————————————–o

WONDER GUARD
————

This Pokemon takes no damage from moves that do not hit it super effectively.
This Pokemon can still be damaged by indirect damage, such as poison.

Shedinja

o—————————————————————————–o

================
25e. TMs and HMs [olnkt]
================

If you need details on finding specific TMs or HMs, just do a ctrl + F search
for “TMxx” or “HMxx” substituting xx for the TM or HM number.

There are a few abbreviations for more common locations. They are as follows:

ESC – Exchange Service Corner (in the Battle Frontier)
CCDS – Celadon City Department Store
DDC – Daily Drawing Corner (held in Goldenrod City Department Store 6F)
GCPE – Game Corner Prize Exchange (where you cash in Coins for prizes)
GCDS – Goldenrod City Department Store

Keep in mind that this is just a quick list. Some TMs and HMs are not available
until certain points, so don’t flip out if you can’t get the item.

TM01 – Focus Punch TM51 – Roost
Prize for defeating Chuck Prize for defeating Falkner

TM02 – Dragon Claw TM52 – Focus Blast
1st prize in DDC (Monday), Route 27 GCDS

TM03 – Water Pulse TM53 – Energy Ball
Prize for defeating Misty ESC

TM04 – Calm Mind TM54 – False Swipe
ESC VCDS

TM05 – Roar TM55 – Brine
Route 32 CCDS, Route 19

TM06 – Toxic TM56 – Fling
ESC Rock Tunnel

TM07 – Hail TM57 – Charge Beam
Prize for defeating Pryce 1st prize in DDC (Wednesday),
Olivine City, Power Plant
TM08 – Bulk Up
ESC TM58 – Endure
Celadon City GCPE
TM09 – Bullet Seed
Route 32 TM59 – Dragon Pulse
Prize for defeating Clair, ESC
TM10 – Hidden Power
Lake of Rage (any day but Wednesday), TM60 – Drain Punch
Celadon City GCPE 1st prize in DDC (Thursday), Route
38
TM11 – Sunny Day
Goldenrod Radio Tower TM61 – Will-O-Wisp
ESC
TM12 – Taunt
Ilex Forest, Burned Tower, CCDS TM62 – Silver Wind
1st prize in DDC (Saturday), Route 6
TM13 – Ice Beam
Goldenrod City GCPE, Seafoam Islands TM63 – Embargo
Route 34
TM14 – Blizzard
GCDS TM64 – Explosion
Underground Path (need RageCandyBar)
TM15 – Hyper Beam
GCDS TM65 – Shadow Claw
1st prize in DDC (Monday), Route 42
TM16 – Light Screen
GCDS TM66 – Payback
Route 35
TM17 – Protect
GCDS TM67 – Recycle
Celadon City
TM18 – Rain Dance
Slowpoke Well TM68 – Giga Impact
Celadon City GCPE
TM19 – Giga Drain
Prize for defeating Erika TM69 – Rock Polish
Route 10 (Lavender Town side)
TM20 – Safeguard
CCDS TM70 – Flash
Sprout Tower, GCDS
TM21 – Frustration
CCDS TM71 – Stone Edge
ESC
TM22 – SolarBeam
GCDS TM72 – Avalanche
Ice Path, CCDS
TM23 – Iron Tail
Prize for defeating Jasmine TM73 – Thunder Wave
ESC
TM24 – Thunderbolt
Goldenrod City GPCE, Cerulean Cave TM74 – Gyro Ball
Celadon City GCPE
TM25 – Thunder
GCDS TM75 – Swords Dance
Goldenrod City GCPE
TM26 – Earthquake
Victory Road, ESC TM76 – Stealth Rock
CCDS, Mt. Silver Cave
TM27 – Return
GCDS (Sunday), CCDS TM77 – Psych Up
Viridian Forest
TM28 – Dig
National Park, CCDS TM78 – Captivate
CCDS
TM29 – Psychic
Saffron City, Celadon City GCPE TM79 – Dark Pulse
Victory Road, CCDS
TM30 – Shadow Ball
Prize for defeating Morty, ESC TM80 – Rock Slide
Prize for defeating Brock
TM31 – Brick Break
ESC TM81 – X-Scissor
ESC
TM32 – Double Team
Celadon City GCPE TM82 – Sleep Talk
Goldenrod Underground
TM33 – Reflect
GCDS TM83 – Natural Gift
GCDS
TM34 – Shock Wave
Prize for defeating Lt. Surge TM84 – Poison Jab
Prize for defeating Janine
TM35 – Flamethrower
Goldenrod City GCPE, Mt. Silver TM85 – Dream Eater
Viridian City
TM36 – Sludge Bomb
ESC TM86 – Grass Knot
Route 11
TM37 – Sandstorm
Route 27 TM87 – Swagger
Olivine Lighthouse, CCDS
TM38 – Fire Blast
GCDS TM88 – Pluck
Route 40
TM39 – Rock Tomb
Union Cave TM89 – U-turn
Prize for defeating Bugsy
TM40 – Aerial Ace
Mt. Mortar, ESC TM90 – Substitute
Goldenrod City GCPE
TM41 – Torment
1st prize in DDC (Tuesday), Route 8, CCDS TM91 – Flash Cannon
Route 9
TM42 – Facade
1st prize in DDC (Friday) TM92 – Trick Room
Prize for defeating Blue
TM43 – Secret Power
Lake of Rage (any day but Wednesday) HM01 – Cut
Ilex Forest
TM44 – Rest
Goldenrod City GCPE, deliver Kenya with HM02 – Fly
mail intact to Route 31 Cianwood City

TM45 – Attract HM03 – Surf
Prize for defeating Whitney, ESC Ecruteak City

TM46 – Thief HM04 – Strength
Rocket Hideout (Mahogany Town) Burned Tower

TM47 – Steel Wing HM05 – Whirlpool
Mt. Silver Rocket Hideout (Mahogany Town)

TM48 – Skill Swap HM06 – Rock Smash
Prize for defeating Sabrina Route 36

TM49 – Snatch HM07 – Waterfall
Rocket Hideout (Mahogany Town) Ice Path

TM50 – Overheat HM08 – Rock Climb
Prize for defeating Blaine Pallet Town

==============
25f. Apricorns [imtgg]
==============

The complete list of every available location of every color Apricorn in the
game. Each Apricorn can be obtained once a day. Apricorns at Pokeathlon Dome
cost 200 Athlete Points each.

BLU APRICORN
————

Pewter City, Pokeathlon Dome (Monday, Wednesday, Sunday), Routes 26, 36, 37

BLK APRICORN
————

Pokeathlon Dome (Wednesday, Saturday, Sunday), Routes 22, 31, 33, 37, 43

GRN APRICORN
————

Pokeathlon Dome (Monday, Friday, Saturday), Routes 11, 30, 35, 39, 39, 42, 45,
46

PNK APRICORN
————

Pokeathlon Dome (Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday), Routes 2, 30, 37, 42

RED APRICORN
————

Fuchsia City, Pokeathlon Dome (Monday, Friday, Sunday), Routes 37, 44

WHT APRICORN
————

Azalea Town, Pewter City, Pokeathlon Dome (Tuesday, Thursday, Saturday)

YLW APRICORN
————

Pokeathlon Dome (Tuesday, Thursday, Friday), Routes 8, 42, 46, Violet City

============================
26. Competitive Battling 101 [widnt]
============================

Now with ultra new copy and paste action!

So you wanna play competitive Pokemon? This’ll help you learn all you’ll need
to know if you’re one of those brave souls who still plays on Wi-Fi and EV
trains their own Pokemon, or if you want to get anywhere in the Battle Tower.

==========================================
26a. Individual Values and Characteristics [nqtlt]
==========================================

Individual Values, or IVs for short, are six hidden values ranging from 0 to
31, inclusively. There is a value for each of your Pokemon’s six core stats:
HP, Attack, Defense, Special Attack, Special Defense, and Speed. These numbers
are hidden, as I said – there is no way to find out in-game exactly what your
Pokemon’s IVs are. These numbers are also set in stone; they are generated when
your Pokemon is created and can never be changed.

What does “when your Pokemon is created” mean? Simple. Your Pokemon is created
when one of three things happens:

1) it is given to you (think Bill’s Eevee)
2) you encounter it in the wild (any wild Pokemon)
3) you get an egg from the Day-Care Man —> (_NOT_ when the egg hatches) <—

Pokemon received in trades have already been created by that Pokemon's OT, so
those Pokemon's IVs can't be changed.

Exceptions to this are Entei and Raikou; their IVs are generated when you speak
to them (which makes them flee), NOT when you first encounter them in the
wild. Keep that in mind if you're looking to get competitive ones! If you kill
Entei or Raikou, they will go back to the Burned Tower, where you may begin the
chase again.

While you can't check precise IVs without the use of a third-party program such
as an IV calculator, you can guess at some of them by utilizing two methods.

In the event your Pokemon has two or more IVs that are the highest stat and the
same number, the Characteristic will be random between them. For example, if
your IVs were 30/20/9/18/30/30, in the order HP/Atk/Def/SpAtk/SpDef/Speed, that
Pokemon's Characteristic would either be "Loves to eat," "Strong willed," or
"Likes to run," because the highest stat is 30 (ends in 0).

The second method involves a guy in the Battle Tower, conveniently located a
few steps away from the PC. He will tell you the overall range of your IV
total, what your Pokemon's highest stat is, and how high it is. He has a
special saying if that stat is 31, just to make things a little easier for you.

I (still) don't have specifics on what he says.

==================================
26b. Effort Values and EV Training [osfdq]
==================================

Unarguably the most important aspect of competitive battling, my wonderful
guide to effort values is the so easy to follow, it's insane. It is even
improved from my Platinum guide. Still… a lot of it is cut and paste.

Ahem:

To be a serious battler, one must know about the sometimes-not-so-wonderful
world of effort values, or "EVs" for short. In a nutshell, EVs are part of what
make your Pokemon unique. Each and every Pokemon that you capture starts with 0
effort points. At maximum, a Pokemon can earn 510 effort values (points).

You can allocate these 510 points in almost any way you choose in each stat
(HP, Attack, Defense, Speed, Special Attack, Special Defense), with the max
points for one stat being 255, meaning you can't put more than 255 points into
any one stat. The process of putting these values into the stats you want is
called EV training.

Have you ever heard anyone tell you "You shouldn't Rare Candy your Pokemon to
L100, they'll be weaker?" This is only half true. When you use a Rare Candy,
your Pokemon is instantly sent to the next level. There's a reason the game
says your Pokemon was "elevated" to the next level rather than "grew" when you
level up through experience. You gain EVs from killing Pokemon, and for every
four EVs you get in one stat point, your maximum stat total at L100 goes up by
one.

Here's an example to illustrate this. Let's say that you have two identical L1
Pokemon with the same IVs in the same stats. Let's also assume that you use 99
Rare Candies to put one of them at L100, leaving the other one at L1. At L100,
let's just say that the L100 Pokemon has an Attack stat of 300.

Now let's EV train the second one. Remember, you can only have 255 EVs in any
one stat. Since every four EVs equals one stat point at L100, and four does not
go equally into 255 (you end up with a remainder of 3), the 3 extra points are
worthless and best put into another stat. We'll put 252 instead of the full
255, so we don't waste EVs. At one stat for every four EVs, that's a total of
63 points (252 divided by 4 is 63).

Once we have all our EVs allocated, using Rare Candies has no consequences. For
the sake of example, we have given the second Pokemon 252 EVs in Attack, and
then used enough Rare Candies to make the second Pokemon L100. Its Attack stat
is 363. Do you see why? Three hundred was the maximum. By pumping the Attack
stat with EVs, we've increased the maximum amount by a whopping 63 points!
That's a humongous difference and could change a 2HKO to a OHKO.

Needless to say, the more EVs you put into one stat, the stronger that stat
will be. Your Pokemon will be much better if you take the time to EV train.

I'll go into ultra ridiculous detail to make sure you understand.

o———————–o
—————————| Part One: Preparation |—————————
o———————–o

The first thing you must do is decide on a good nature for your Pokemon, but
before you can do that, you have to ask yourself a question. What is it you
want your Pokemon to do? For example, if you want your Pokemon to be a physical
sweeper – that is, beat the oppponent's Pokemon into submission using strong
physical attacks – you'll probably want an Adamant nature. There are four
natures that will boost your Attack stat, including Adamant, but Adamant would
be the best choice.

Why? Because Adamant lowers your Special Attack stat. Physical sweepers could
care less what their Special Attack is, since physical attacks do more damage
with a higher Attack stat. Adamant boosts the Attack stat. You could go with
Brave, which lowers your Speed, which is not something you want to do since all
physical sweepers can benefit from being faster.

When choosing a nature, it's best to choose one that puts a natural negative
stat drop into a stat you don't need. In this case, Adamant is a fantastic
nature for us; it increases the Attack stat (which we will use for hurting the
opponent) and decreases the one stat physical attackers never care about –
Special Attack. Even though we might not be EV training in a stat we won't use,
like Defense, we want the values to be as high as possible, so it's best to
decrease the opposite attacking stat (because it is of no use to us).

Here's a list of the 25 natures and their effects on your Pokemon's stats.

As long as we're on the subject of a physical sweeper, I will continue to use
that as an example. When deciding on a role for your Pokemon, you must take its
base stats into account. Pokemon with a very low Attack stat do not make good
physical sweepers. You'll want to take Pokemon that naturally have a very high
Attack stat and can learn a wide variety of strong physical attacks.

Rhyperior has a very high Attack stat and can learn so many physical attacks
it's downright RIDICULOUS. Let's use him as an example.

Before anything, we need to decide what ability we want, if we even get a
choice. Lucky for us, Rhyperior has two abilities; Lightningrod and Solid Rock.
While Lightningrod has its uses in Double Battles, for a physical sweeper
Rhyperior, Solid Rock is obviously the better choice. We'll go with that.

So… how to obtain Rhyperior? First you'll need a Rhyhorn. Check the Pokedex
to see if you can obtain your Pokemon in the wild. If you can, good. If you
can't, you'll have to get one from your friend. In Rhyhorn's case, you can get
one in the wild at Route 227 as well as Stark Mountain, so I'll go there.

Now comes a relatively easy part – catching a Rhyhorn. Once we have one in
custody, we need to take a look and see if, first and foremost, it has the
ability we want. In this case, we'd like Solid Rock, but Rhyhorn doesn't have
that ability. What we want is Rock Head – it will turn into Solid Rock when it
becomes Rhyperior. Release any Rhyhorn you catch that have the Lightningrod
ability – you will never get Solid Rock out of that.

So we have a Rhyhorn, and it's got Rock Head. Good. But what's its nature?

If it's anything but Adamant, we gotta ditch it. That's the only one we want.

Probability dictates that it would take a very long time to catch an Adamant
Rock Head Rhyhorn straight from the wild. And it would. Lucky for you, there
are 2 methods you can use to partially control this.

Firstly, the Synchronize ability has a field bonus that raises the chances of
wild Pokemon you run into having the same nature as the Pokemon with
Synchronize. This Pokemon must be leading your party. If your Pokemon with
Synchronize has an Adamant nature, finding that Adamant Rhyhorn just got a
whole lot easier. Now it comes down to getting one with Rock Head, which I'm
sad to say cannot be controlled and all it takes is some good old-fashioned
luck.

The second method, and probably the easier method, is through breeding.

o——————–o
—————————-| Part Two: Breeding |—————————-
o——————–o

Breeding is done at the Day-Care. In HeartGold and SoulSilver, it's on Route
34. When you first arrive, you'll see a scene, and end up with the numbers of
both of Lyra's grandparents.

The Day-Care Lady will raise two of your Pokemon for you for a base price of
100 money each, that you pay when you pick up the Pokemon. While in her care,
any Pokemon you leave will each gain 1 Experience Point for each and every step
you take. When you want your Pokemon back, it will cost 100 money plus 100 more
money for every Level your Pokemon gained while in her care.

However, if you put two Pokemon of the opposite gender, and those two Pokemon
are of the same Egg Group, your Pokemon will eventually make an egg in some
yet-to-be-discovered manner. The egg is always discovered by accident, because
the people have no idea how it got there. Are these people even qualified to be
caring for others' Pokemon if they can't even be bothered to watch them? Geez.

If you give an Everstone to the female of the pair, you get a 50% chance to
pass the female's nature onto the baby. This is extremely helpful.

But finding two Pokemon in the same Egg Group can be a pretty tough thing to do
(you'd be surprised). Fortunately, we don't even care about that. We're going
to abuse, abuse, and abuse some more the powers of Ditto, king of breeding.

Ditto is genderless, but it can breed with anything capable of making an egg.

Well, almost anything. Odd as it is, Ditto can't breed with itself.

The Everstone trick works with Ditto, but only if it's acting as the female –
meaning give the Everstone to Ditto if the other Pokemon is male.

Let's say we couldn't catch us an Adamant-natured Rock Head Rhyhorn. That's
okay, because Rhyhorn + Ditto = more Rhyhorn! All right!

To take advantage of the Everstone trick, we'll need a male Rhyhorn. It
shouldn't be too hard to find one of those. I will now magically have one, just
for the sake of moving things along! *holds it up for display*

Now we'll need a Ditto. Since we're using the Everstone trick, Ditto has to
have an Adamant nature. You can catch Ditto on Routes 34 and 35, but they're
exceedingly rare. Your best bet at finding one is to find one in the Safari
Zone's Wetland Area.

There's no way to absolutely ensure it has an Adamant nature, but you can help
it have one by using the Synchronize trick I described above.

Another (and arguably easier) method is to migrate one from Emerald, where
Ditto are much more common. In Emerald only, they can be found in the Desert
Underpass after beating the Elite Four. Use the Synchronize trick or just get
plain lucky, either way get yourself an Adamant Ditto. I will now magically
have one for the sake of example. *holds it up on a plate to prevent oozing*

So we stick the two of them in the Day Care. How long do you have to wait for
an egg? Well, the Day-Care Man can help you out with that one. Talk to him
outside and he'll tell you your two Pokemon are doing well.

What he says next is what you need to pay attention to. He'll say a variety of
things that tell how well your two Pokemon like each other, including things
like…

"They don't seem to like each other much."
"They seem to get along."
"They seem to get along very well."

Or something to that extent. Anyway, if he says anything EXCEPT:

"The two prefer to play with other Pokemon more than with each other."…

You will eventually make an egg. The above sentence means the two Pokemon you
left are in different Egg Groups and will never make an egg. Even if he tells
you that your Pokemon don't like each other very much, they'll still eventually
make an egg.

The best line to hear is "They seem to get along very well." The way to get
this is to use two Pokemon of the same species, but different OT numbers.

Every time you change locations (as in move to a different route, town, city,
etc.), the two Pokemon you left have a chance to make an egg. The more the two
like each other, the higher this chance is. To see if your Pokemon have made an
egg yet, go to the Day-Care. The Day-Care Man will also be facing right instead
of down when he has an egg to give.

You cannot take your Pokemon back until _someone_ is caring for this egg. If
you don't want the egg, just tell him you don't want it and confirm your
decision. If you do choose to take it, you're stuck with it forever until you
hatch it. No releasing Eggs! You can trade it to a different version, but that
egg will sit forever until it is hatched.

Once you receive an egg, the Day-Care Man will ask you if it's okay to call you
if any more eggs are found. This is pretty helpful, but can be slightly
annoying if you'd like to just leave some Pokemon in there. You can call the
Day-Care Man at any time to see if there's an egg for you (the Day-Care Lady
will tell you how many Levels your Pokemon have advanced while in her care).

If you don't want the Day-Care Man to bother you with new egg discoveries, talk
to him when he doesn't have an egg for you and he'll ask you again if it's okay
to call. Once you tell him yes, he will _always_ call if there's an egg, so
remember to tell him to shove off once you're done breeding.

To hatch an egg, keep it with you in your party, then take steps. Every Pokemon
has a set amount of steps necessary to be hatched. Most are 5280 steps, or
somewhere near there. Either way, it's quite a lot. The question is: how do you
hatch eggs quickly?

The answer: find a Pokemon that has the Flame Body or Magma Armor abilities.
Putting one of them in your party will reduce the amount of steps needed to
hatch an egg by half.

In Emerald, you were given a huge strip of land to ride back and forth on,
right near the Day Care, to make hatching eggs that much easier. Biking from
the north end of Goldenrod City to the Route 34 entrance to Ilex Forest is
pretty much the best you have in HeartGold and SoulSilver.

While you're hatching that first egg, your two Pokemon will no doubt make more
eggs since you're changing locations all the time. It is suggested that you
carry two or three eggs on your person at all times, so in the event one egg
isn't what you're looking for, you can release it and not have to start from
scratch. If it does end up being what you want, you can either hatch the
remaining eggs or trade them to friends.

Lo and behold, we now have our Adamant Rock Head Rhyhorn!

o—————————o
————————-| Intermission: IV Breeding |————————-
o—————————o

When you breed a Pokemon, its IVs are generated the moment you receive the egg.
The baby receives one IV from its mother, one IV from its father, and one IV
that is randomly selected from either parent. The other 3 IVs are generated
randomly. Since 31 is the best possible IV for any stat, it is always a good
idea to try to get a baby with 3 31s minimum (this is assuming that your baby's
parents have at least 3 31s between them). Even if the remaining stats are less
than desirable, it makes for better parents in the future.

In HeartGold and SoulSilver only, you can directly influence some of the IVs
that your baby has. In the Battle Frontier, you can purchase items that are
normally used for EV training, but can be used to pass on IVs instead. Called
"Power" items due to the word "Power" being common in all the items, if you
give these items to each parent, you will pass the corresponding IV from each
parent, guaranteed:

Weight: HP
Bracer: Attack
Belt: Defense
Lens: Special Attack
Band: Special Defense
Anklet: Speed

Do note that if you utilize this method for both parents, you cannot influence
the nature, so choose wisely!

o———————-o
—————————| Part Three: Training |—————————
o———————-o

Before you even head out into the field, you need to give your Pokemon
vitamins. You should be familiar with them – you've probably picked up some
over the course of the game. They are the items that increase a Pokemon's base
stat, go by the name of Carbos, Zinc, HP Up, etc.? Yeah, you know what I mean.

These are actually used for EV training. What they do is give your Pokemon 10
EVs for the stat the item corresponds to. So if you give your Pokemon a Zinc,
that Pokemon gets 10 EVs in Special Defense. They count towards the 255 you can
put into your stat.

I'm sure you've also noticed that sometimes when you try to feed your Pokemon a
vitamin, it will say, "It won't have any effect." This is because vitamins have
a limit to how many EVs they can give, and that limit is 100. Once your Pokemon
has at least 100 EVs in any stat, vitamins for that stat will have no effect.
This is why you need to give your Pokemon all the vitamins it can take BEFORE
you go training in your stat. All it does is lighten the load for you. It's not
required, but recommended.

But what if you mess up? What if you're not paying attention and you feed your
Pokemon a vitamin and doesn't need? Or some time down the road you decide it
was a bad idea to invest 252 EVs in Defense, and you'd rather train in HP
instead? Are you screwed? Not at all. Like there are vitamins to increase EVs,
there are certain berries that will decrease EVs (and boost happiness a little)
every time they are fed to a Pokemon. The berries in particular are #21-26.
Each berry will drop EVs in the stat they correspond to by 10.

Sometimes.

If you feed a Pokemon an EV-reducing berry and that Pokemon has at least 101
EVs in that stat, that single berry will set the EVs to 100. This is true
whether you have 101 EVs, 183 EVs, even if you have 255 EVs in a stat, that one
berry will drop it to 100. Each berry fed after that will reduce it by 10 until
the stat reaches zero. It's extremely helpful, and saves you on berry
consumption too.

Most of your EV training will be done the old-fashioned way; murdering wild
Pokemon. But wait! You can't just go around defeating any Pokemon you want.
This is the difficult part, and it can take a while.

Each Pokemon, when killed, gives the Pokemon that killed it one, two, or three
points in one stat, a value you cannot see, that starts at zero when you catch
or hatch the Pokemon. Some Pokemon give one point in multiple stats. These
points are effort points, the things you're looking for. Pokemon holding the
Experience Share will gain the base EVs your leader kills. You can use that to
give EVs to Pokemon who are weak (probably the Lv.1 eggs you'll be hatching).

Here's an example.

Say you have an Empoleon, like me. Empoleon kills a Starly. Since Starly gives
1 point in Speed, Empoleon now has 1 Speed EV.

If I had that Adamant Rock Head Rhyhorn from before, he could probably take out
that Starly on his own. But let's say for the sake of example that that Starly
was genetically engineered and knows Water Gun, a move that surely would wreck
my poor Rhyhorn. So I give it the Exp. Share to keep it safe while my Empoleon
goes to town. So from that Starly, Empoleon gets 1 EV for Speed because he's
the one that killed it. Since any Pokemon holding the Exp. Share gets the base
value of EVs from whatever was killed, my Rhyhorn gets 1 EV in Speed, too.

There are some places where you can go where many of the wild Pokemon there
give specific kinds of effort points, making training a little less random.

HIT POINTS (HP)
—————

Surf in Union Cave and you will only find Wooper and Quagsire for one and two
points, respectively.

ATTACK
——

Surf on Route 42. Goldeen gives 1 point, Seaking gives two.

DEFENSE
——-

Route 45 has a plethora of Pokemon for you to train on: Geodude can be found in
both versions and gives one point. Graveler is likewise in both games and gives
two. Gligar, which is exclusive to HeartGold, gives one point. Fortune smiles
on SoulSilver, however; they can find Skarmory instead, who gives two. Phanpy
(in HG) and Teddiursa (in SS) should be run from; they do not give Defense EVs.

SPEED
—–

Surf in Violet City to find only Poliwag and Poliwhirl. Poliwag gives one
point, Poliwhirl gives two.

Alternatively, fish at Route 35 with the Old Rod. Magikarp and Poliwag both
give 1 point.

SPECIAL ATTACK
————–

Surf on Route 34 (south of Goldenrod City) and you'll only find Psyduck and
Golduck. Psyduck gives one point, and Golduck gives two.

SPECIAL DEFENSE
—————

Surf in Cherrygrove City to only find Tentacool (1 point) and Tentacruel (2
points).

But wait! There's more!

There are three, count 'em three, ways to make EV training easier. The first is
with the Macho Brace. The only way to get the Macho Brace is to trade a Drowzee
for Jose's Machop in Goldenrod City. The Machop is equipped with the item. This
hold item doubles the effort points you get, but halves the Speed of the
Pokemon holding it for as long as the Pokemon holds it.

Example time!

If my Empoleon equips the Macho Brace and kills a Starly, he gets 2 points
in Speed because Starly gives 1, and Macho Brace doubles it for 2 total points.

Remember when I mentioned the Power items? This is where they shine. They're
obtainable only in the Battle Frontier, and you can only get them as prizes in
the Exchange Service Corner for 16 BP each.

What these do is add four EV points to the stat they correspond to. This is
important to remember; it adds four points. No multiplying involved here.

So if my Empoleon equips the Power Anklet (the Power item for Speed) and kills
a Starly, he gets 5 points because Starly gives 1, and the Power Anklet ADDS
FOUR for a total of 5 points.

These items are pretty cool because you can mix and match EVs. Example:

My Empoleon has the Power Lens equipped (the Power item for Special Attack) and
kills a Starly. He gets 1 Speed point from the Starly he killed, and also 4
Special Attack EVs from having the Power Lens equipped. You can either turbo
charge EV training in a single stat, or do a little of both at once! It's easy!

Finally, there's the Pokemon virus, or Pokerus for short. Pokerus is shown as
PKRS on the Summary Screen (and only there), and you can find it next to the
Pokemon's level. This will also double effort points gained from a battle.

So if my Empoleon equips the Macho Brace and has PKRS and then kills a Starly,
he gets 4 points in Speed because Starly gives 1, PKRS doubles it to 2 and then
Macho Brace doubles it again for a total of 4 points.

But if my Empoleon instead has the Power Anklet equipped and I kill another
Starly, I get TEN POINTS in Speed; Starly gives one. The Power Anklet ADDS FOUR
to make it five. PKRS doubles that to make a whopping 10 points from killing a
single Starly! Holy easy training Batman!

Quite easy. And very effective.

o—————–o
——————————| Part Four: PKRS |——————————
o—————–o

You now know how awesome PKRS is. But how do you get it?

To put it simply, you don't get Pokerus – it quite literally gets you.

The healer lady will tell you that your Pokemon have been infected after
healing at a Pokemon Center, and it should go away shortly. YOU DO NOT WANT
THIS TO HAPPEN. Here's how to preserve it.

When initially told you've been infected, there is a chance your entire party
will be infected. At least one will be. Catch a Pokemon you don't care about
(henceforth referred to as Pichu). PKRS spreads from the center of your team;
let Pichu sit between two Pokemon that are infected (or next to one that is).
Kill off a few wild Pokemon and wait for Pichu to become infected. Then all you
do is deposit Pichu in the box (if you have more than one Pichu, mark the
infected Pichu with all six marks so you know that's the one you want) and
wait until you need to EV train someone else. As long as Pichu sits in the box,
PKRS will never go away. It's a good idea to infect multiple Pichu in the event
your PKRS mysteriously vanishes from one before you get a chance to put it
back, as a safeguard of sorts. To infect your team, put the Pichu in the center
of your team (on the right side). It will eventually spread, starting with the
middle, throughout your team.

Like I said, it's _extremely_ rare to get Pokerus. Some people are just lucky,
though, and get it almost right away.

The easiest way to get it is to just trade with someone who has it, though.

On a final note, if your Pokemon loses PKRS while you're training, don't worry.
You'll still receive the double EVs. Losing PKRS just means that Pokemon can't
pass it to other Pokemon anymore.

That should do it. Any questions, comments, anything at all, e-mail me.

============
27. Pal Park [ifrtd]
============

Pal Park is found at the northern end of Fuchsia City.

This section goes over the Catching Show, the game used to get Pokemon from
previous games. Using Pal Park, you can bring any Pokemon from Ruby, Sapphire,
Emerald, FireRed, or LeafGreen into HeartGold and SoulSilver in a process
called migrating.

Migrating has a few rules:

– You can only migrate once per cartridge per 24 hour period. If you have more
than one GBA Pokemon game, you may migrate using each of them, but only once
per day. You have to wait 24 hours before migrating with the same game again.
– You have to migrate six Pokemon. No more, no less.
– You can only migrate a Pokemon that is not in your party.
– You can not migrate any Pokemon that knows Cut, Fly, Surf, Strength, Flash,
Rock Smash, Waterfall, or Dive.
– You can not migrate an egg.

Be warned that you can never put your Pokemon back onto your GBA game, so be
absolutely sure you want them in HeartGold or SoulSilver before migrating them.

If you are playing this game using a DSi or DSi XL, you do not have a GBA Slot,
so it should go without saying that you cannot utilize Pal Park.

Once you have successfully migrated your six Pokemon into HeartGold or
SoulSilver, go to Pal Park and talk to the guy at the counter. Agree to begin
the Catching Show and he will send you into the actual Pal Park. You will be
given six Park Balls with which to recapture the migrated Pokemon. These are
not actual Poke Balls and they cannot fail when used. Your Pokemon will still
retain all of its original info; what ball it was captured in, the OT and his
or her ID number, moves, whether or not it's shiny, etc.

There are five areas in Pal Park – grass, forest, pond, mountain, and ocean.
Each Pokemon has a certain area in which they are found, and to chronicle them
all here would be absolutely ridiculous. It's also pointless because all you
get for doing well is a silly berry that does not matter.

After you're finished, you get told your score and then you receive the berry
prize. You are then asked if you want to put your Pokemon in PC Boxes. If you
say no, you will replay the Catching Show again. All the Pokemon will be in the
same spots you first found them in, so if you're really that anal about getting
a really high score, just keep playing until you're happy. Legendary Pokemon
will give you a higher score, but they're harder to find in the field. Use some
common sense when searching; you're not going to find Kyogre in the forest.

That's all!

==================
28. The Pokewalker [stgfl]
==================

The Pokewalker is, in a nutshell, a pedometer. It is a real-life peripheral
that comes with every copy of HeartGold and SoulSilver. This section describes
how to use the Pokewalker, which courses you can unlock, and the Pokemon you
can find in each course.

To use the Pokewalker, you must have at least 1 Pokemon deposited in the PC.
You can send a Pokemon to the Pokewalker the second you are able to catch your
own Pokemon.

To send a Pokemon to the Pokewalker, choose "Connect to Pokewalker" on the file
select screen and follow the on-screen instructions. Don't forget to tear out
the paper inside the Pokewalker so you can connect properly.

If for any reason your game won't let your Pokewalker connect to your game
(because the game thinks the Pokemon is in the game, not the Pokewalker, or if
you start a new game and want to re-sync the Pokewalker), press Up + Select + R
on the Pokewalker connection screen and confirm your decision.

If you happen to lose your Pokewalker while your Pokemon's in it, press Down +
X + L after the first screen and you'll get your Pokemon back, minus any
progress it had made on the course it was on.

Okay, so you've got a Pokemon in the Pokewalker. What do you do with it?

Walk around with it, of course. Before you actually get moving, press the left
button and you'll open up the menu.

There are six options here, and you can move to each of them by using the left
and right buttons. Press the center button to confirm. To exit, use the left or
right buttons to scroll yourself off the screen:

SETTINGS – Change how loud the Pokewalker beeps and how bright the display is.

POKEMON & ITEMS: Take a look at what you've caught and found on the route.

TRAINER CARD: See your name, course you're on, and the current time. If you
press the right button, you can see how many steps you've taken
on that many days before today, up to a week prior. You'll see
how many days you've been on the current route.

CONNECT: This is what you use to sync with other people's Pokewalkers, or if
you want to send a Pokemon to the Pokewalker/return it to your game.
You can also use it to send things you've obtained on the course. If
you press the center button on the main screen, you will jump to this
option.

The last two options require Watts (w), the Pokewalker's currency of sorts. For
every 20 steps the Pokewalker registers, you will receive 1w.

DOWSING: For 3w, you have two chances to find an item. Use the left and right
buttons to choose one of the six locations, then press the center
button to choose. If you don't find something, you'll see one of two
messages: "It's near!", which means the item is one spot directly to
the left or right of the spot you picked, or "It's far away…" which
means it's two or more spots from the left or right of the spot you
picked. The clues don't roll over to the other side, so if you choose
the farthest left or right spot and you find that "It's near!", you
know that it is in the spot next to the one you picked.

The rarities of different items depends on how many steps you've taken
on that course _on that day,_ and you can hold a max of 3 items. If
you find any more, you will have to junk one of them.

The last option, the Poke Radar, is most complex, so it gets its own section!

===============
28a. Poke Radar [nlaty]
===============

For 10w, you can battle against a wild Pokemon.

The Pokemon you find depends on many different factors. The first, and most
important, is how many steps you've taken on that route _on that day._ This is
very important to remember. At midnight, your step count resets to zero (but
you will retain any Watts you've accumulated).

The second factor is simply luck. Each course has six Pokemon in it; two
common, two uncommon, and two rare. Whenever you move a Pokemon to the
Pokewalker, you will have the chance to find _one_ Pokemon out of each of these
groups (three total). If you want a different Pokemon, you'll have to take your
Pokemon out of the Pokewalker and put it back in again.

The last factor is the Pokemon you put into the Pokewalker. Each course has one
of three special types that you can use to reduce the number of steps needed to
get a Pokemon out of each group by 25%.

The number of steps needed to find rare Pokemon depends on the route you're on.
It's different for every course, and if you want to look at specific
percentages, I suggest looking at Serebii's Pokewalker Courses page, it's very
helpful.

Now then, when you go into the Poke Radar, you'll see four patches of grass.
It'll say, "Find a Pokemon!" Shortly afterwards, you'll see a ! appear over one
of the patches. Use the left and right buttons to move the cursor to it, then
press the center button. If you take too long, it will escape, so be quick!

What happens after that depends on your luck. If you enter a battle
immediately, you've found, according to Serebii's page, a "Group C" Pokemon.
These are the most common. If you don't enter battle and see a ! yet again, you
will either find a Group C Pokemon or an uncommon Pokemon, "Group B," if you go
into battle.

If you still don't enter a battle, you'll see !!, which means you'll battle
against either a Group B Pokemon or one of the course's rare Pokemon, "Group
A," if you fight after you click it.

Finally, if you still don't enter a battle, you will see !!! This means you
will fight a Group A Pokemon with 100% certainty.

==============
28a1. Battling [fachg]
==============

Every Pokemon you run into has 4 HP. (So does yours.) You have three options in
battle: Attack, Catch, and Evade.

ATTACK: Press the left button. When you attack, one of three things will
happen:

– You hit for 1 damage
– You miss because they evaded and get hit for 1 damage
– You critical hit for 2 damage

Just like in the main game, critical hits can make or break a catch.
It gets pretty frustrating, especially if you're Pikachu hunting…

If you deplete the opponent's HP, it will run away.

CATCH: Press the center button to attempt to catch the Pokemon. Just like in
the main game, the lower the target's HP, the better chance you have to
catch it. If you don't catch the Pokemon, it will instantly flee.

EVADE: Press the right button. When you evade, one of three things will happen:

– You evade their attack and counter for 1 damage
– Stare down! (both you and the target evaded)
– The opponent runs away

Evading is a good way to do solid damage since evasion counters will
never critical hit. Evade at your own risk, however; Pokemon really like
running away on an evade, even on the first one! This is especially
bogus when fighting the _really_ rare Pokemon who constantly evade.

You can't see any details about the Pokemon you caught until you transfer it in
the game, but they are completely identical in terms of gender, Level, and
moves known. You can hold a maximum of 3 Pokemon; catch any more, and you'll
have to release one you've already captured. (If you don't want to do that,
just scroll off the three using the left or right buttons.)

======================
28b. Pokewalker Routes [tsfto]
======================

Each route, the special types needed for step reduction, and what Pokemon (and
in what group) can be found there. I'll also include notable items and the
steps required for each.

REFRESHING FIELD
—————-

Watts required: 0
Special types: Bug, Fire, Flying

Group A: Doduo, Kangaskhan
Group B: NidoranF, NidoranM
Group C: Pidgey, Sentret

Notable items: Revive (2000+ steps, 20%)

NOISY FOREST
————

Watts required: 0
Special types: Fire, Flying, Ice

Group A: Bellsprout, Wobbuffet
Group B: Paras, Venonat
Group C: Oddish, Spearow

Notable items: Green Shard (2000-2500 steps, 20%), Revive (2500-5000 steps,
20%)

RUGGED ROAD
———–

Watts required: 50
Special types: Fighting, Ground, Water

Group A: Onix, Magby
Group B: Machop, Ponyta
Group C: Geodude, Hoothoot

Notable items: Red Shard (3000-5000 steps, 20%)

BEAUTIFUL BEACH
—————

Watts required: 200
Special types: Dragon, Electric, Grass

Group A: Psyduck, Staryu
Group B: Poliwag, Slowpoke
Group C: Sunkern, Wooper

Notable items: Heart Scale (2000-3000 steps, 20%)

SUBURBAN AREA
————-

Watts required: 500
Special types: Fighting, Normal, Psychic

Group A: Elekid, Magnemite
Group B: Magnemite, Murkrow
Group C: Hoothoot, Rattata

Notable items: PP UP (5000+ steps, 3%)

DIM CAVE
——–

Watts required: 1000
Special types: Dark, Rock, Water

Group A: Gastly, Smoochum
Group B: Gastly, Onix
Group C: Machop, Zubat

Notable items: Ether (500-1000 steps, 20%)

BLUE LAKE
———

Watts required: 2000
Special types: Dragon, Electric, Grass

Group A: Dratini, Poliwag
Group B: Krabby, Shellder
Group C: Goldeen, Tentacool

Notable items: Lum Berry (3000+ steps, 15-10%)

TOWN OUTSKIRTS
————–

Watts required: 3000
Special types: Fighting, Ghost, Normal

Group A: Abra, Voltorb
Group B: Grimer, Koffing
Group C: Furret, Rattata

Notable items: Lum Berry (1500-2000 steps, 20%)

HOENN FIELD
———–

Watts required: 5000
Special types: Bug, Fire, Flying

Group A: Linoone, Skitty
Group B: Illumise, Volbeat
Group C: Wurmple, Zigzagoon

Notable items: Ganlon Berry (8000+ steps, 5%)

WARM BEACH
———-

Watts required: 7500
Special types: Dragon, Electric, Grass

Group A: Azurill, Wailmer
Group B: Carvanha, Horsea
Group C: Goldeen, Magikarp

Notable items: Liechi Berry (8000+ steps, 5%), Heart Scale (3000-4000 steps,
5%)

VOLCANO PATH
————

Watts required: 10000
Special types: Fighting, Rock, Water

Group A: Meditite, Slugma
Group B: Houndour, Rhyhorn
Group C: Geodude, Ponyta

Notable items: Apicot Berry (8000+ steps, 5%)

TREEHOUSE
———

Watts required: 15000
Special types: Fire, Flying, Ice

Group A: Castform, Kecleon
Group B: Girafarig, Stantler
Group C: Gloom, Weepinbell

Notable items: Salac Berry (8000+ steps, 5%)

SCARY CAVE
———-

Watts required: 20000
Special types: Dark, Ghost, Rock

Group A: Marowak, Tauros
Group B: Golbat, Natu
Group C: Gastly, Machop

Notable items: Petaya Berry (8000+ steps, 5%)

SINNOH FIELD
————

Watts required: 25000
Special types: Fire, Flying, Ice

Group A: Combee, Mime Jr.
Group B: Budew, Shinx
Group C: Bidoof, Kricketot

Notable items: Rare Candy (5000+ steps, 10%)

ICY MOUNTAIN RD.
—————-

Watts required: 30000
Special types: Fire, Ground, Ice

Group A: Snorunt, Snover
Group B: Bronzor, Sneasel
Group C: Mareep, Swinub

Notable items: Damp/Heat/Icy/Smooth Rocks (4000-4500 steps, 4/5/5/5%)

BIG FOREST
———-

Watts required: 40000
Special types: Fire, Flying, Ice

Group A: Bonsly, Tropius
Group B: Bibarel, Tangela
Group C: Exeggcute, Mareep

Notable items: Belue Berry (2500-3000 steps, 20%), Durin Berry (3500-4000
steps, 20%)

WHITE LAKE
———-

Watts required: 50000
Special types: Dragon, Electric, Grass

Group A: Chingling, Misdreavus
Group B: Buizel, Haunter
Group C: Chinchou, Remoraid

Notable items: Nearly everything (0-9999 steps)

STORMY BEACH
————

Watts required: 65000
Special types: Dragon, Electric, Grass

Group A: Finneon, Shellos (West Sea)
Group B: Magikarp, Seel
Group C: Psyduck, Shellder

Notable items: Heart Scale (800-1500 steps, 40%), everything 2500 steps and up

RESORT
——

Watts required: 80000
Special types: Fighting, Normal, Psychic

Group A: Pachirisu, Pikachu
Group B: Clefairy, Jigglypuff
Group C: Hoppip, Marill

Notable items: Green Shard (200-500 steps, 20%)

QUIET CAVE
———-

Watts required: 100000
Special types: Dark, Ghost, Psychic

Group A: Munchlax, Spiritomb
Group B: Chingling, Feebas
Group C: Golbat, Noctowl

Notable items: Everything.

*** SPECIAL ROUTES ***

BEYOND THE SEA
————–

How to obtain: Trade for a foreign Pokemon using the GTS.
Special types: Dragon, Electric, Grass

Group A: Octillery, Staryu
Group B: Corsola, Horsea
Group C: Chinchou, Remoraid

Notable items: Everything.

Action REPLAY!
NIGHT SKY'S EDGE
—————-

How to obtain: Trade any Jirachi from any event into HeartGold or SoulSilver.
Special types: Fighting, Ground, Water

Group A: Clefairy, Jigglypuff
Group B: Hoothoot, Zubat
Group C: Geodude, Onix

Notable items: All shards (3000-3500 steps, <20%)

Action Replay!
YELLOW FOREST
————-

How to obtain: Receive via Mystery Gift from April 1, 2010 to May 5, 2010
Special types: Electric, Grass, Ground

Group A: Pikachu (with Fly), Pikachu (with Surf)
Group B: Pikachu (with Flail), Pikachu (with Volt Tackle)
Group C: Pikachu (holding TinyMushroom), Pikachu (holding Oran Berry)

Notable items: Light Ball (7000+ steps, 3%)

Future events will be added as they become available in North America.

This marks the end of the guide. If you're looking for something else, go back
to the top and use the search codes to help you out.
OR ACTION REPLAY!

===================
29. Version History [wtidd]
===================
Final- It's done!
====================
30. Acknowledgements [thx2u]
====================

You For Reading this
PokeCompany Game Addict and Nintendos for creating this.

Leave a Comment » | Uncategorized | Permalink
Posted by Walkthrough Loader

Pokemon Platinum Walkthrough

August 2, 2011

Next: pokemon hgss
After: pokemon bw
After that: pokemon emerald

Pokemon Platinum Version Walkthrough
by John

o———————————————————————–o

====================
0. Table of Contents
====================

0. Table of Contents

1. Legal Info…………………………………………………..[isuyu]

2. Welcome Back to Sinnoh………………………………………..[lolhi]

3. The First Badge………………………………………………[colbj]
3a. The Path to Oreburgh…………………………………………[tptob]
3b. Boss: Roark…………………………………………………[weont]

4. The Second Badge……………………………………………..[frsbj]
4a. The Return of Galactic……………………………………….[prlgx]
4b. To Floaroma and Beyond!………………………………………[bzlyr]
4c. Boss: Mars………………………………………………….[hotty]
4d. Journey Through the Forest……………………………………[sherl]
4e. Strolling Through Eterna……………………………………..[glkha]
4f. Boss: Gardenia………………………………………………[ahoae]

5. The Third Badge………………………………………………[rlcbj]
5a. Cut Play……………………………………………………[krnar]
5b. Neo TGEB……………………………………………………[bsngh]
5c. Boss: Jupiter……………………………………………….[hoty2]
5d. Cycling Road………………………………………………..[pstap]
5e. Wayward Cave………………………………………………..[ih8it]
5f. Hearthome City………………………………………………[bgplc]
5g. Boss: Fantina……………………………………………….[wawoh]

6. The Fourth Badge……………………………………………..[cblbj]
6a. Sub-Boss: Rival at Hearthome………………………………….[pwnzr]
6b. To Solaceon…………………………………………………[dtoor]
6c. Scouring Solaceon……………………………………………[sssss]
6d. Lost Tower………………………………………………….[stped]
6e. Second Stretch………………………………………………[a2vsc]
6f. Veilstone City………………………………………………[abtym]
6g. Boss: Maylene……………………………………………….[haaai]

7. The Fifth Badge………………………………………………[fenbj]
7a. The Grand Trainer Smackdown, Part One………………………….[lolol]
7b. Pit Stop in Pastoria…………………………………………[psipc]
7c. The Great Marsh……………………………………………..[gpitg]
7d. The Grand Trainer Smackdown, Part Two………………………….[rotfl]
7e. Sub-Boss: Rival at Pastoria…………………………………..[pwnd2]
7f. Boss: Crasher Wake…………………………………………..[owooh]

8. The Sixth Badge………………………………………………[mynbj]
8a. A Chase and a Chore………………………………………….[cttgg]
8b. Sub-Boss: Cyrus……………………………………………..[lhgge]
8c. Soifin’…………………………………………………….[yay!!]
8d. To Canalave…………………………………………………[tclak]
8e. Sub-Boss: Rival at Canalave…………………………………..[pwnd3]
8f. Iron Island…………………………………………………[feiln]
8g. Boss: Byron…………………………………………………[rorsh]

9. The Seventh Badge…………………………………………….[iskbj]
9a. Boss: Saturn………………………………………………..[phagh]
9b. Boss: Mars………………………………………………….[hoty3]
9c. The Icy Trek of Lame…………………………………………[sryko]
9d. Tour de Snow………………………………………………..[didfm]
9e. Boss: Candice……………………………………………….[ehhhe]

10. The Eighth Badge…………………………………………….[bcnbj]
10a. Infiltrating the Monkey Cage…………………………………[rokit]
10b. Boss: Cyrus………………………………………………..[srus2]
10c. Boss: Saturn……………………………………………….[gaomo]
10d. Mt. Coronet………………………………………………..[mcadw]
10e. Boss: Mars and Jupiter………………………………………[2htez]
10f. The Distortion World………………………………………..[bnpip]
10g. Boss: Cyrus………………………………………………..[btiph]
10h. Boss: Giratina Origin Forme………………………………….[spfkh]
10i. Sub-Boss: Azelf, Mesprit, Uxie……………………………….[amull]
10j. Sunny Exploration Time………………………………………[tssck]
10k. Boss: Volkner………………………………………………[hwahw]

11. The Pokemon League…………………………………………..[chkra]
11a. Victory Road……………………………………………….[dcrbt]
11b. Sub-Boss: Rival at Pokemon League…………………………….[pwnd4]
11c. The Elite Four……………………………………………..[t3lt4]
11d. Boss: Cynthia………………………………………………[spldt]
11e. The Sinnoh Pokedex Elusive Pokemon List……………………….[tspdx]

12. Welcome to the Postgame!……………………………………..[tneil]
12a. Sub-Boss: Flint and Volkner………………………………….[tbvtt]
12b. National Pokedex Pokemon Update………………………………[npdpm]
12c. Legendary Pokemon…………………………………………..[lhsag]
12d. Victory Road and Route 224…………………………………..[vrart]

13. The Battle Zone……………………………………………..[btlzn]
13a. Route 225………………………………………………….[rttsx]
13b. Route 226 and Route 227……………………………………..[rnarn]
13c. Boss: Mars…………………………………………………[hoty4]
13d. Boss: Jupiter………………………………………………[hoty5]
13e. Stark Mountain……………………………………………..[stmtn]
13f. Route 228 and Route 229……………………………………..[tmrtc]
13g. Resort Area and Route 230……………………………………[raarn]

14. The Battle Frontier………………………………………….[oatef]
14a. Battle Castle………………………………………………[scphk]
14b. Battle Hall………………………………………………..[opbtb]
14c. Battle Tower……………………………………………….[gihtp]
14d. Battle Factory……………………………………………..[tiaed]
14e. Battle Arcade………………………………………………[tpisa]

15. Turnback Cave……………………………………………….[grtna]

16. The Battleground…………………………………………….[gptlu]
16a. Roark……………………………………………………..[mjftn]
16b. Gardenia…………………………………………………..[owbtl]
16c. Fantina……………………………………………………[olwkp]
16d. Crasher Wake……………………………………………….[osogf]
16e. Maylene……………………………………………………[tcaim]
16f. Byron……………………………………………………..[towra]
16g. Candice……………………………………………………[ntctt]
16h. Volkner……………………………………………………[epofa]
16i. Buck………………………………………………………[cfaaa]
16j. Cheryl…………………………………………………….[citcc]
16k. Marley…………………………………………………….[rtths]
16l. Mira………………………………………………………[qbnzp]
16m. Riley……………………………………………………..[ecgir]
16n. Rival……………………………………………………..[oyfto]

17. In-Game Happiness……………………………………………[oawht]
17a. Sinnoh Underground………………………………………….[aahbm]
17b. Pokemon Super Contests………………………………………[sepro]
17b1. Super Contest Accessories…………………………………..[lklit]
17c. Pal Park…………………………………………………..[ifrtd]
17d. Veilstone City Game Corner…………………………………..[wascm]
17e. Daily Events Checklist………………………………………[stded]
17f. Resort Area Villa…………………………………………..[ptsym]
17g. Pokemon Center Battles………………………………………[ostap]

18. Competitive Battling 101……………………………………..[widnt]
18a. Individual Values and Characteristics…………………………[nqtlt]
18b. Effort Values and EV Training………………………………..[osfdq]

19. Master Lists………………………………………………..[alitg]
19a. Poke Radar…………………………………………………[ciaci]
19b. Pokemon Swarms……………………………………………..[ofwwh]
19c. Poketch Applications………………………………………..[otdgg]
19d. Abilities………………………………………………….[zzhng]
19e. TMs and HMs………………………………………………..[olnkt]

20. Version History……………………………………………..[wtidd]

21. Acknowledgements…………………………………………….[thx2u]

=============
1. Legal Info [isuyu]
=============

Welcome! This document is copyright (c) 2009 by Matt Johnson. However, all
trademarks and copyrights found in this document are owned by their respective
copyright and trademark holders. No infringement of copyright is intended. This
document may be printed, in part or in whole, for personal use ONLY.

The following sites have my permission to post this walkthrough:

GameFAQs – http://www.gamefaqs.com
PokeBeach – http://www.pokebeach.com

Only these guys will be allowed to post this document, so please don’t ask.

Check GameFAQs for the most recent updates. Also, if you e-mail me, it’s
important that you let me know what game you need help with. Since I also have
walkthroughs for other games, please specify which game you need help with.

If you don’t want to e-mail me, you can always find me as PMJ on PokeBeach
Forums:

http://www.pokebeach.com/forums

Let’s get started.

=========================
2. Welcome Back to Sinnoh [lolhi]
=========================

Objectives
———-

* Receive a Pokedex.
* Learn how to catch a Pokemon.

Upon starting a new game, Professor Rowan introduces you to the world of
Pokemon. If this is your first time playing, you can check out the information
he has to offer. If not, just choose “no info needed.”

Choose the gender you wish to play as, then give you and your rival names.

After a few more words, the game actually starts with the conclusion of a
program on television about Professor Rowan. You can move now. Be sure to edit
the options by pressing X to open the main menu.

As soon as you take a single step, your rival bursts into your room and starts
running his mouth about Professor Rowan. When he leaves, follow him downstairs
and your mom will interrupt you stating the obvious: your rival already left.
When you try to leave, she will warn you to stay out of the tall grass, lest
you get mauled by the ferocious wildlife.

Your rival’s house is the one northwest of your own. Try to enter and he will
smash into you on his way out. He’ll say a few things and run back into his
house. Follow him inside; he’s upstairs in his room. He’ll run his mouth more
and then leave. Follow him again to Route 201.

Your rival comes up with a genius plan: run as fast as you can through the
grass, despite not having any Pokemon to defend yourself. As soon as he’s two
steps away from getting his face cleaved off, he is stopped by Professor Rowan.

Professor Rowan has a little chat with himself and asks if you love Pokemon.
With almost every other question in this game, you’re not _really_ being asked
your opinion. Say yes whether you want to or not, and after a few more words,
Rowan will offer you guys Pokemon, but he doesn’t have them with him.

As if on cue, Professor Rowan’s assistant will show up with the old man’s
briefcase. If you’re a girl, it’s a young man named Lucas; if you’re a boy, the
assistant is a girl named Dawn. I played as a male, so throughout this guide,
any references to Dawn refer to Professor Rowan’s assistant.

You get first dibs on the Pokemon in Professor Rowan’s briefcase.

Turtwig, the one on the left, is Grass in type. In his final form, he gains a
Ground type. He has good HP, Attack, and Defense stats, but poor everything
else. Choose him if you like a physical tank who can take hits and dish them
out as well.

Chimchar, the one in the center, is a Fire-type. When he evolves, he gains a
Fighting sub-type, and retains that type when he evolves again. His best stats
are Attack, Special Attack, and Speed. Choose him if speed and power is your
idea of awesome.

Piplup, the one on the right, is Water. He gets a Steel sub-type in his last
stage. His best stats are HP, Special Attack, and Special Defense. Choose him
if you like a special tank with few weaknesses.

When you choose your starter, your rival will take whatever one has a type
advantage against yours (what a loser). After a few more words, Professor Rowan
and his assistant will leave, leaving the two of you alone.

Your rival will then ask if you are “up for this.” You’re not allowed to say
no, so just say yes and get it over with.

There’s no strategy possible for this battle. Pick whatever one of your
Pokemon’s moves actually hurts the enemy and use it until the opponent dies.

A funny thing to note: you can actually lose this battle, and this is a real
battle: if you lose, you will lose 1/7 of your total money (in this case, $40).

Back at home, your mom says you oughta go thank Professor Rowan for giving you
a Pokemon. She gives you some hot new Running Shoes so you don’t have to walk
everywhere.

Run out to Route 201, where your rival has come up with another genius plan:
catch the legendary Pokemon of Lake Verity.

o—————————–o Run left to Lake Verity. Once there, you will
| LAKE VERITY POKEMON LISTING | see a man talking about time and space. He
o—————————–o mentions his name is Cyrus to the Pokemon of
| Bidoof (all day) | the lake, and then leaves. Your rival will
| Starly (all day) | hear the Pokemon’s cry and get super psyched
o—————————–o about catching it, but ooooooops! You guys
don’t have any Poke Balls! He decides to race
you to Sandgem Town and leaves you alone.

Leave Lake Verity. Take a note of the ledge here; as soon as you’re able, go up
and around back towards Twinleaf Town on the upper path. Examine the tile
exactly one up and right of the lower left corner of the ledge for a
TinyMushroom. If you’re having trouble following my directions, come back later
for it.
Follow the path east through the grass, killing
o—————————o any Pokemon dumb enough to get in your way. When
| ROUTE 201 POKEMON LISTING | you reach the larger patch, talk to the person
o—————————o by the trees for a free Potion.
| Bidoof (all day) |
| Starly (all day) | Upon arriving in Sandgem Town, Dawn will escort
| Kricketot (morning/night) | you to the lab, but your rival crashes into you
o—————————o yet again. He says a couple things and leaves.

In the lab, Professor Rowan asks you a question. You have no choice but to say
yes, so do so and receive a Pokedex. You now have a mission: complete the
Sinnoh Pokedex.

Your grand adventure begins right now!

Leave the lab and Professor Rowan will startle the both of you into stopping.
He gives you TM27, Return. Don’t bother using it right now.

Dawn will then show you the Pokemon Center and Poke Mart. She suggests you go
tell your mom that you’re leaving, and you don’t have a choice in the matter.
Before you do that, though, go south to Route 219 and pick up the Antidote.

With the exception of one, all shops in the game will carry the same items. As
you defeat Gym Leaders, more and more items will be available to you.

After that, run run run back to Twinleaf Town, laying waste to anything you
find, or take the easy path back.

Back at home, your mom gives you a Journal. This is a pretty handy thing in
case you don’t play the game for a while and forget what you need to do.

Just then, your rival’s mother bursts in unannounced and says that she has
something for him, but he took off already. Your mother offers his mother your
services, and of course, you don’t have a choice in the matter. Receive the
Parcel to take to Jubilife City.

Go back to Sandgem Town and leave north to Route 202. There, Dawn will show you
how to capture a Pokemon, despite having been able to purchase and use Poke
Balls at this point. After she’s done, you get five free ones. Score! After a
few more words, she leaves, meaning that you are _finally_ on your own.

==================
3. The First Badge [colbj]
==================

Objectives
———-

* Meet Looker.
* Deliver the Parcel.
* Have a fight against your rival.
* Earn your first Badge.

o—————————o Continue on the path to Jubilife City, smashing
| ROUTE 202 POKEMON LISTING | the faces of all Trainers in your way.
o—————————o
| Bidoof (all day) | Youngster Tristan Lass Natalie Youngster Logan
| Shinx (all day) | Starly L5 Bidoof L5 Burmy L5
| Starly (all day) | $80 $80 $80
| Kricketot (morning/night) |
o—————————o There’s a Potion to the left of Logan. North is
Jubilife City.
Upon entering, Dawn will
welcome you and offer to take you somewhere. En route, you come across a silly
guy who calls himself Looker. He’s on the trail of Team Galactic, and gives you
a sweet little item called the Vs. Recorder. This can be used to record a
battle against your friends and hold onto downloaded videos from online. Change
the background color by tapping the edges. After a few more words, he leaves
you to your own devices.

Dawn, thoroughly creeped out, points out the Trainer’s School and then leaves.
Nothing else to do for now, so you might as well enter.

You’ll spot your rival almost immediately upon entering, but hold on. You got
things to do first. The kids on the right will battle you…

School Kid Harrison School Kid Christine
Starly L6 Bidoof L6
$120 $120

…and Harrison forks over a Potion (lame!) when you beat them both.

The item ball next to your rival contains an X Attack, so pick it up. Speak to
your rival to deliver the Parcel. Inside are two Town Maps, so your rival
offers you one. He mentions Oreburgh City and takes off again. Looks like you
have a new destination!

If you try to leave north, you’re stopped by the president of the Poketch
Company. He mentions three clowns that are scattered throughout the city, and
if you answer their questions correctly, you get a Poketch Coupon, one of three
total.

All the answers to the clowns’ questions are “yes.” The first clown is above
the Pokemon Center. The second one is in front of the Poketch Company, on the
west end of the city, and the third is blocking the entrance to Jubilife TV
(you’ll probably run into him second).

Pick up the Potion hidden between some buildings below the Poketch Company.

Bring all three coupons back to the president and you will get a Poketch of
your very own, complete with a down button!!!!

You get four free applications with the Poketch:

1. Digital Clock – displays the time. Touch to make the screen glow.

2. Calculator – performs basic math functions.

4. Pedometer – Tracks steps taken. Press the button to reset.

5. Pokemon List – Shows status of team. Touch a Pokemon to hear its cry.

Above the Poke Mart is Jubilife Condominiums. On the first floor, talk to the
girl next to the two Pokemon to receive a Quick Claw, a hold item that
sometimes lets the holder attack first, even if it would normally go second.

Leave west to Route 218. In the house, talk to the guy in red and say yes to
get the Magikarp Stick, aka Old Rod.

You can now fish in any body of water to find all the Magikarp you want!

Continue on to pick up the X Accuracy.

Go back to Jubilife and leave north out of the city.

o——————————o Enter Ravaged Path and pick up the Potion,
| RAVAGED PATH POKEMON LISTING | then go back to Jubilife City. Heal your
o——————————o Pokemon, and be sure to save. As soon as you
| Psyduck (all day) | leave east to Route 203, your rival jumps you
| Zubat (all day) | and wants a battle!
o——————————o

My Team Find your starter. Friend’s team is below it.

After winning, he will mention the Gym in Oreburgh City and leave. Go back and
heal, then head back out to Route 203 and continue onward.

========================
3a. The Path to Oreburgh [tptob]
========================

Youngster Sebastian Lass Kaitlin
Machop L8 Bidoof L4, Budew L4, Starly L4, Abra L4
$128 $64

Lass Madeline To the left of Madeline is an X Defend. Go up
Psyduck L8 and left through the grass for a Repel. Continue
$128 into the cave, Oreburgh Gate.

o——————————-o Upon entering, you will receive HM6, Rock
| OREBURGH GATE POKEMON LISTING | Smash, from a friendly hiker. There are only
o——————————-o two Trainers for you to trample here for
| Geodude (all day) | now:
| Psyduck (all day) |
| Zubat (all day) | Camper Curtis Picnicker Diana
o——————————-o Starly L7, Shinx L7 Bidoof L9
$112 $144
Catch a Geodude on your way out.

Enter Oreburgh City and you will be escorted to the Gym. Your rival’s blocking
the entrance, though… forget him, though. Go back to the town entrance. In
the first building, go upstairs. The girl on the left will give you a Dusk
Ball.
In the building next door, someone offers you an
o—————————o Abra for a Machop. You can catch a Machop right
| ROUTE 207 POKEMON LISTING | now by leaving the city north to Route 207 and
o—————————o scouring the grass. There’s a Poke Ball in the
| Geodude (all day) | corner, so you might as well head out there now
| Machop (all day) | and pick that up.
| Ponyta (all day) |
| Zubat (night) | In that same building, head upstairs. A guy here
| Kricketot (morning/night) | wants to see a Geodude. Show him one and he will
o—————————o give you a Heal Ball as thanks.

Leave here now. Above the Pokemon Center is the Oreburgh Museum, but what we
want is the house southeast of there. Inside, go upstairs and speak to a boy
for a Great Ball.

Now head back to the Pokemon Center. In it is a guy who will ask you what kind
of Trainer you’d like to be. Your answer determines what sprite people will see
in the Union Room.

Go downstairs and get the Pal Pad. If you connect to Nintendo WFC here, you’ll
get your friend code.

Head south from the Pokemon Center. Go right into the work area and head all
the way to the southeasternmost corner of the city. Talk to the guy here and
he’ll give you a Super Potion.

Go to the left side of the work area and you’ll find a Yellow Shard and Dire
Hit waiting for you to pick them up.

Head south into Oreburgh Mine.

Worker Colin
Geodude L6, Machop L8
$320

Talk to the guy in the red hat – that’s Roark. He’ll demonstrate Rock Smash for
you and then leave. There’s another worker for you to beat.

Worker Mason
Geodude L9
$360

Head to the Gym now, remembering to pick up the Potion lying nearby.

===============
3b. Boss: Roark [weont]
===============

Roark only has two subordinates, and neither of them are mandatory. However,
since you can’t fight them after you defeat Roark, you may as well just thrash
them now.

Youngster Jonathon Youngster Darius
Geodude L11 Geodude L9, Onix L9
$144 $144

Make sure you heal and save before attempting to fight Roark. If you’re
underleveled, his Pokemon will destroy you.

My Team Roark’s Team

Roark’s special technique is Stealth Rock. It hits Pokemon that switch in, and
based on their susceptibility to Rock, they take more or less damage. Chimchar
should steer clear of this battle unless he’s evolved, and so should any bugs
or fliers that you have. Machop from Route 207 will really help here, if you
started with Chimchar.

The real threat here is Cranidos. As you can see, I was very underleveled for
this fight, and I almost lost. Cranidos is incredibly strong for this stage of
the game, and Headbutt is a really powerful move. To anyone who remembers
getting stomped down by a L16 Raticate in Red and Blue: Cranidos’s Headbutt is
kind of like that. Pure terror.

Roark has two Potions on him that he will use in battle. You don’t want him
using them on Cranidos if you can help it, so try to get him to use them on his
other Pokemon by sending their HP low rather than killing them outright (which
you will be very tempted to do if you are using Piplup or Turtwig).

Defeating Roark will earn you the Coal Badge, the right to use Rock Smash out
of battle, and TM76, Stealth Rock.

Leave the Gym and your rival will speak to you. He mentions Eterna City, which
happens to be our next destination as well!

===================
4. The Second Badge [frsbj]
===================

Objectives
———-

* Meet Team Galactic.
* Get two new Poketch apps.
* Get the Fashion Case.
* Meet a Team Galactic Commander and defeat her.
* Learn about wild double battles.
* Get the Explorer Kit.
* Earn your second Badge.

Now that you have a Badge, all Poke Marts will now carry Super Potions,
Awakenings, Burn Heals, Ice Heals, Escape Ropes, and Repels. Take note and
stock up!

Teach a Pokemon Rock Smash. You’ll be using this throughout the whole game, so
you will want to teach it to someone in your active party.

Eterna City is north of Oreburgh City. Only problem is, you can’t go north
because you don’t have a bike yet, so we’re stuck taking the long way around.
Heal your Pokemon, then go back into Oreburgh Gate.

*** Oreburgh Gate ***

Go north at the fork and bust the rocks to access the next section. In the next
room, continue smashing rocks and pick up TM70, Flash. Save this TM. You’ll
need it later.

You can find Golbat here, but they’re rare.

Loop around and pick up the Big Pearl lying on the ground. We’re
done here for now, so get on out of here and make your way back to Jubilife
City.

==========================
4a. The Return of Galactic [prlgx]
==========================

Looker stops you upon arriving and mentions the new Global Terminal. If you
have Wi-Fi enabled, it’s definitely worth a look.

Try to leave north out of the city and you will see a scene where Professor
Rowan lays a verbal beating on some goons with wacky hair who want the
professor’s research notes! You and Dawn step up to the plate to take care of
business.
Dawn’s Pokemon will end up being the
Galactic Grunt and Galactic Grunt one you and your rival didn’t take.
Stunky L11, Glameow L11 This is your first Double Battle, so
$880 I’ll explain a few new things. Some
moves, like Turtwig’s Razor Leaf or
Piplup’s Bubble, hit both foes. Damage is cut by 25% because of this. When you
select a move to do, all available targets will have a purple border. When you
pick an attack that hits both foes, or you and your partner, or everyone, their
names will be connected in purple. Keep this in mind when you fight.

Your best bet here is to focus on Stunky, as his Screech attack can cause
trouble. Once he dies, Glameow will fall easily.

After the whooping, the two of them leave you in peace. After a few more words,
Dawn and Rowan will leave. A fat guy will then come up to you and give you a
Fashion Case and a suggestion to check out Jubilife TV.

Feel free to do just that. On the first floor you can speak to Felicity behind
the counter to play the lotto; a random number is generated, and if any ID of
any Pokemon you own matches that number’s digits, you can earn a prize. If you
can collect a Pokemon with ID numbers whose last number is 0-9, you can win a
backdrop accessory every single time. Grand prize is a Master Ball, the
ultimate in capture technology, so do try every day for one.

On the second floor, the guy in the middle will give you a mask that matches
your starter.

On the third floor, go down and talk to the guy standing by the lady. He’ll ask
you to input some data. Tell him “EVERYONE HAPPY” and then “WI-FI CONNECTION.”
This will unlock Mystery Gift for you. Any time Nintendo has a special giveaway
that involves Wonder Cards, you can utilize Mystery Gift to get it!

Okay, we’re done here. Be sure to stop by the Poketch Company and talk to the
president to receive the #3 Memo Pad app. It’s a nifty little application, but
the stuff you write vanishes when you switch apps.

Time to continue with our quest.

===========================
4b. To Floaroma and Beyond! [bzlyr]
===========================

Go to Ravaged Path again. It’s north of Jubilife City, remember? Now that you
have Rock Smash, you can progress to the east, but before you do, bust up the
rocks to your left and pick up TM39, Rock Tomb.

Right when you leave, there’s some more Trainers for you to take money from.

Aroma Lady Taylor
Budew L9, Cherubi L11 Pick up the Awakening next to her.
$352

Bug Catcher Brandon Twins Liv & Liz
Wurmple L10, Kricketot L11 Pachirisu L11 x2
$176 $352

Head left around the fence for TM09, Bullet Seed.

*** Floaroma Town ***

If you traded the Shaymin offered by Toys’R’Us from Diamond and Pearl to
Platinum, put it in your party and speak to the girl next to the town sign to
receive the Gracidea, the Key Item needed to turn Shaymin into its Sky Forme.
It will remain in this forme until you put it in the PC, enter the Union Room,
or go on Wi-Fi, or until night falls.

In the house above the Pokemon Center, talk to the little girl and tell her yes
to receive TM88, Pluck.

Take a good look at the house with the berries by it. This is the Pick a Peck
of Colors Flower Shop, or PPCFS for short. Go inside and talk to the girl on
the left for a Sprayduck, which you will need to water any berries you plant
and grow. The girl on the right (not behind the counter) will give you a free
berry numbered 1-5 every day. The girl behind the counter sells Contest
accessories, but she requires berries, not money. If you want to buy them,
you’ll have to do a lot of planting of the berries you receive. Depending on
the berry you’re growing, it shouldn’t take more than a week to get the one you
want. Just plant the same berry in every plot of dirt you can. A lot of berries
give 5 when ripe if you water them enough, so in a patch of four, that’s 20
berries right there! The rarer berries will take probably between two to three
weeks to grow enough for the items here. They’re accessories for the patient
Coordinator.

Heal your Pokemon and leave Floaroma Town due east. Get stopped by a girl
asking for help. Continue east to Valley Windworks.

He’ll lock himself inside the windworks, so go back to Floaroma Town. In the
northwest corner is the entrance to Floaroma Meadow, where you’ll need to go
next. You’ll have to fight the two grunts here one after the other with no
break in between, but it shouldn’t be that tough.

Galactic Grunt Galactic Grunt
Stunky L13 Zubat L11 x2
$520 $440

The two of them will leave after this, leaving the Works Key behind. The guy
will let you have that, and also throws in ten Honey as thanks.

Now that you have Honey, you can make use of honey trees! There’s one just to
your right. Some Pokemon are found only through this method, but all of them
will be shown to you at least once over the course of the game, so don’t worry
about spending hours finding the rare ones. A total of seven Pokemon can be
found. Here are the Pokemon you can find. Encounter rates are from SPP:

Wurmple – 30% Burmy – 15% Heracross – 4%
Combee – 20% Cherubi – 15% Munchlax – 1%
Aipom – 15%

Here’s how the trees work. Slather some honey. Come back in like eight or nine
hours. Examine the tree and enjoy your new Pokemon. You’ll know that a
Pokemon’s on your tree when you see the branches shake.

Please note that while you can’t change what Pokemon appears on the tree, you
can change the gender (if you’re after the elusive female Combee) of the
Pokemon you find by saving before examining the tree, then reloading if it’s
the wrong one.

Once the Pokemon has consumed the honey on the tree, it’ll leave, so you have
to be prudent in going back to the tree to check on it. I don’t know how long a
Pokemon will stay on the tree, so it’s best to go back quickly once eight or
nine hours have passed.

I’m a big Contest nerd, so I grow lots of berries. I use honey trees that are
near berry patches so I can kill two birds with one stone. Since I have to
water the berries every few hours, I can easily check for a Pokemon on my honey
tree.

Go back to Valley Windworks and use the key to get inside. The grunt you beat
before will freak out and run off to alert his boss. Nothing to do now but
clean house.

Galactic Grunt Galactic Grunt
Zubat L13 Glameow L11, Stunky L11
$520 $440

Make sure you heal up and save before talking to the chick with the red hair.

==============
4c. Boss: Mars [hotty]
==============

My Team Mars’s Team

Purugly is holding an Oran Berry.

After the battle you overhear Charon, Team Galactic’s newest commander, suggest
that they leave. Mars gets annoyed by this newbie telling her what to do, but
she agrees anyway and everyone leaves.

Head outside and Looker will appear and be amazed that you took down Team
Galactic by yourself.

Team Galactic has cleared the area, so you are free to go to Route 205. It’s a
long way, so make sure you heal before you go on.

==============================
4d. Journey Through the Forest [sherl]
==============================

Aroma Lady Elizabeth Camper Zackary Hiker Nicholas
Roselia L14 Aipom L14 Onix L14
$448 $224 $448

Battle Girl Kelsey Next to Nicholas is an X Sp. Def. Next to Kelsey
Machop L15 is a Repel.
$240
Go down from the rest house
Picnicker Karina Picnicker Siena and have a fight with Siena,
Piplup L14 Bidoof L12, Pachirisu L12 making sure you pick up the
$224 $192 Super Potion nearby. Go left
under the bridge and pick up
Upon entering the forest, you will be joined a free Heal Ball. Go back to
by a young woman named Cheryl who enlists your the rest house and continue
help in passing through the forest. She and north to Eterna Forest.
her Chansey will join your party for the whole
time you are in Eterna Forest, and as an extra added bonus, she will completely
restore your entire team after every single battle.

o——————————-o Because Cheryl is in your party, any wild
| ETERNA FOREST POKEMON LISTING | Pokemon you run into will have a partner,
o——————————-o meaning 2v2 wild Pokemon battles! Be aware
| Beautifly (all day) | that you can’t catch a Pokemon until you
| Bidoof (all day) | kill its partner. The Trainers in Eterna
| Budew (all day) | Forest will likewise battle the two of you
| Buneary (all day) | in 2v2 if you walk between them. If you
| Cascoon (all day) | speak to them instead, you’ll battle against
| Dustox (all day) | them by yourself (Cheryl will still heal you
| Gastly (all day) | after the battle, however).
| Silcoon (all day) |
| Wurmple (all day) | Use this opportunity to level up. I can’t
| Hoothoot (night) | stress this enough. Being completely healed
| Kricketot (morning/night) | after every battle, even wild Pokemon
o——————————-o encounters, means you don’t have to worry
about being poisoned by Poison Sting or
killed by a lame critical hit. Cheryl’s Pokemon won’t take any of your
experience either, so you don’t have to worry about splitting the experience.
Double the wild Pokemon means twice the experience, and with Chansey’s fairly
powerful Egg Bomb attack, you can rest assured that the battles will go by
pretty quickly. By the time you leave Eterna Forest, your whole party should be
around L20 if you want to stand a chance against the Gym Leader.

All right, now that the introductions are out of the way, it’s time to tackle
this thing. Go left for an Antidote. A short distance above that is a moss-
covered rock, used to evolve Eevee into Leafeon. You’ll get your own Eevee
later, so don’t sweat it. Head right and go up to the only battle you _have_ to
play in the doubles style.

Bug Catcher Jack and Lass Briana Follow the path here,
Wurmple L11, Silcoon L13, Beautifly L15; Pachirisu L16 picking up the Parlyz
$496 Heal. Two more people
await that you can
Psychic Lindsey and Psychic Elijah fight together if you
Abra L17 x2 want.
$1088
Down in the corner is
Bug Catcher Donald and Bug Catcher Phillip a Net Ball. More 2v2
Burmy L14 x2; Wurmple L11, Cascoon L13, Dustox L15 awaits!
$464
There’s a Potion to
Psychic Kody and Psychic Rachael the right of them. At
Meditite L17; Psyduck L17 the fork, go up for
$1088 another battle.

Follow the path for a Green Shard. The exit to Eterna Forest is just ahead, so
stay away from there until you are sufficiently leveled. Cheryl will thank you
for your assistance with a Soothe Bell and take her leave. Exit the forest.

Do battle against the guys on the bridge.

Fisherman Joseph Fisherman Andrew
Goldeen L17 Magikarp L8/L10/L12 x2/L14/L16
$544 $512

Fisherman Zachary The grass here yields the same encounters as
Magikarp L14 x2, Goldeen L16 in Eterna Forest. South of him is a Guard
$448 Spec. Eterna City awaits!

============================
4e. Strolling Through Eterna [glkha]
============================

Time to get everything done so we can earn us another Badge.

As soon as you enter the city, go straight up and then to the right. You’ll be
stopped by your rival, who escorts you to see Eterna’s statue. You’ll see Cyrus
here, and after a few words, he and Cyrus will both leave.

Examine the tile directly behind the statue for a Draco Plate.

Go left and meet a woman named Cynthia who very generously offers you HM1, Cut.
This is another essential TM that you will be using all game long, so keep a
Cutter in your active party.

Go into the Pokemon Center and speak to the girl in the middle for the #6
Friendship Checker app.

In the house to the right is Underground Man, and speaking to him will get you
an Explorer Kit.

He has a few things for you to do, and it doesn’t take very long, so let’s get
it over with.

Make sure you talk to him after he finishes talking to get a new task!

For the first task, just go Underground. Resurface and talk to him to get some
traps.

Then, go Underground and dig out something, anything, from the walls. Use the
top screen to find digging locations. Resurface and you will get some spheres.

Go Underground again and plant a sphere. Resurface and you will get a Digger
Drill.

Use the Digger Drill and you will get items for your base.

Decorate your base and you will receive a doll that matches your starter.

After that’s done, link up with a friend and successfully steal their base’s
flag to get a Pretty Gem from the Underground Man. You can also store up to 12
items in your base, and remove 1 Big Boulder.

Steal 3 flags to receive a Shiny Gem for your base, the ability to place up to
15 items, and remove 5 Big Boulders.

Capture 10 flags for a Mystic Gem. You will also be able to use a radar in your
PC that can show you where all the hidden stuff is in the underground, as well
as remove 10 Big Boulders.

If you complete the boring task of stealing 50 flags, you will be rewarded with
a Glitter Gem. In addition to that, you will be able to remove all Big Boulders
from your secret base.

That’s all for that lamer. For more information regarding the Sinnoh
Underground, see section 17a.

Ignore the building above the Poke Mart for now and enter the building next to
the Poke Mart. This is Eterna Condominiums, where you can get your Pokemon’s
names changed at no cost to you!

The boy above him wants to trade. He offers his Chatot for your Buizel. On the
second floor, talk to the old lady for TM67, Recycle.

Leave Eterna City through the east exit to reach Route 211.

Bird Keeper Alexandra
Starly L17, Hoothoot L17
$544

Go down to collect TM12, Taunt. Head into Mt. Coronet after that.

==================
4f. Boss: Gardenia [ahoae]
==================

Upon approaching the Gym, Gardenia will greet you and let you know that your
rival told her all about you. The rules state that you have to fight all the
Trainers before you can take on Gardenia, and of course that is most definitely
not a problem. She heads inside to wait.

Lass Caroline Aroma Lady Jenna The path is incredibly
Cherubi L17, Roselia L17 Budew L15/L16/L17 straightforward. When you
$272 $544 beat a Trainer, the path
changes, allowing you access
Aroma Lady Angela to the next Trainer.
Roselia L19
$608

Make sure you heal and save…

My Team Gardenia’s Team

All right, to battle! Gardenia leads with Turtwig, and his moveset is pretty
wacky. The idea behind Sunny Day is to set up Cherrim’s Flower Gift ability,
boosting its Attack and Special Defense. Fortunately, it has a welcome side
effect of powering up her team’s glaring weakness to Fire, so if you’ve got
Monferno on your side, feel free to roast Gardenia’s entire team. Reflect
blocks physical attacks and makes things that much harder… Grass Knot is
Gardenia’s special technique. It’s a special-based Grass-type attack that deals
more damage if the target is heavy. Unless you’re cheating and using a bunch of
man monsters, Grass Knot’s base power will be relatively low, so don’t worry
about it.

All in all, Gardenia is not a difficult Gym Leader to beat. Any Fire- or
Flying-types on your team should be able to walk all over her with their STAB
attacks.

Keep in mind that Gardenia has two Super Potions to use, and Roserade is
holding a Sitrus Berry. Defeat her to earn the Forest Badge, the right to use
Cut out of battle, and TM86, Grass Knot.

==================
5. The Third Badge [rlcbj]
==================

Objectives
———-

* Play with Cut!
* Meet and defeat the second of Team Galactic’s Commanders.
* Traverse Route 206.
* Meet Mira and conquer Wayward Cave.
* Make it to Hearthome City and earn your third Badge.

It may not sound like a lot, but you’ve got a lot of battles ahead of you! Your
Pokemon should level up a lot (my party of five leveled up 7-9 times each) by
the time you’re done with it all, so you should be in good shape for the Gym
Leader.

============
5a. Cut Play [krnar]
============

All right. While you may want to head north to get inside that building, don’t
go charging in there just yet. There’s fun to be had now that we have two
Badges!

*** Route 205 ***

Go underneath the forest entrance to find trees you can cut through. Continue
on that path and you’ll find a girl who gives you a Big Tree accessory. South
of her is a SilverPowder to the left and TM82, Sleep Talk, to the right.

*** Eterna Forest ***

I’m sure you saw the trees blocking your path north, right at the exit.
Approach this spot for a scene with Gardenia. Cut your way onto the grounds,
pick up the Ether in the corner, and enter the house.

Old Chateau has no Trainers in it, but plenty of wild Gastly for you to beat.
They’re the only one you’re going to find, but you can find Gengar in the room
with the painting in it if you are playing with a Pokemon GBA game in the DS’s
GBA slot.

Go up the steps to your left and enter the room for an Old Gateau.

Go into the center door on the same floor and enter the far left room for a
Dread Plate. On the other side of the hallway, in the far right room, is TM90,
Substitute.

Next to the room with the Dread Plate in it is a TV. If you’ve come here at
night, you can get Rotom if you thump the TV. It is required that you encounter
him here for his Pokedex data – no Trainer uses Rotom over the course of the
game. He is at L20. You can breed more, so capture him and be on your way.

Go downstairs and enter the middle door. An item ball with a Rare Candy is on
the left side, and on the far right, a Big Pearl waits for you.

Okay, fun time is over. Make your way back to Eterna City and head to the north
side of town. Cut your way in, and make sure you pick up TM46, Thief, to the
right before you enter the building.

============
5b. Neo TGEB [bsngh]
============

The Team Galactic Eterna Building is the place where Team Galactic has taken
the townspeople’s Pokemon. The bicycle shop owner has gone in to save them, but
no one’s heard from him in a while.

Immediately upon entering, you attract the attention of a grunt who is actually
Looker in disguise. (He even reveals himself in plain view of the grunt at the
front desk, and nothing happens! What an idiot.) He will give you a tip on
which of the stairs will take you up, and which leads to a dead end. You’ll be
exploring all of these dead ends anyway, so his tip is useless.

Galactic Grunt and Galactic Grunt Start things off by fighting
Zubat L16, Glameow L18; Zubat L17, Stunky L17 the grunts by the stairs on
$1400 the left. You can fight them
singly if you want. Go up the stairs
Galactic Grunt and speak to the grunt here to start
Croagunk L19 a battle.
$760
Pick up the X Speed here and go
Galactic Grunt downstairs. Head up the other set of
Glameow L19 stairs for another battle.
$760
Go up the stairs on the far right.
Galactic Grunt Fight this guy. Pick up the X Special
Stunky L16, Croagunk L16, Glameow L16 and go up the stairs that you passed.
$640
Fight this scientist before you head
Scientist Travon up the stairs on the far right. There
Kadabra L20 is a Blue Shard and a Revive on the
$960 ground.

Go back downstairs and up the stairs you passed. You’ll come across a dude as
well as a chick in purple hair. You can pick it up later, but you may as well
sneak past her and pick up the Up-Grade on the far side of the room. Hold onto
it, because you can use it later.

There’s a fight coming, so save before you talk to ol’ purple-hair.

=================
5c. Boss: Jupiter [hoty2]
=================

My Team Jupiter’s Team

Skuntank is holding a Sitrus Berry, and that’s all the healing you’ll see from
Jupiter. It can be a tough battle, especially if you’re underleveled.

After your victory, Team Galactic will clear out of Eterna City. Go to the bike
shop to be stopped by Cynthia, who will force an egg on you. Make room if
necessary and receive the Egg. It has a Togepi inside. Enter the bike shop and
receive your free Bicycle for being such a pal earlier.

================
5d. Cycling Road [pstap]
================

Now that you have a Bicycle, you can get to Route 206, affectionately known as
Cycling Road.

In the building before the actual route, you’ll meet Dawn’s father, another of
Rowan’s aides. If you have seen at least 35 Pokemon, he’ll give you an Exp.
Share.

Cycling Road is actually pretty straightforward – it’s a singular path straight
down. Defeat anyone in your way.

Cyclist Axel Cyclist Megan Cyclist James
Pikachu L21 Staravia L21 Ponyta L21
$672 $672 $672

Cyclist Nicole Cyclist John Cyclist Ryan
Starly L17/L18/L19 Starly L18, Staravia L20 Shinx L21
$608 $640 $672

Cyclist Rachel Cyclist Kayla
Ponyta L20, Shinx L18 Pikachu L21
$576 $672

In the building at the bottom, you’ll receive a Flag accessory if you talk to
the girl.

You probably noticed that you’re on a bridge, and you can access the bottom
part of Route 206 with Cut. Before you go slicing up the trees, it’s time to
take a break.

Go to Oreburgh City and buy lots and lots of Repel. Like, 20. You’re gonna want
them in this side dungeon. Pick up an Escape Rope if you don’t have any. While
we’re here, stop back in Oreburgh Gate. You can use the bike in here to jump
the ramps in the lower level (make sure you’re in fast gear) to get TM31, Brick
Break.

Okay, got your anti-Pokemon sprays? Great. Just one last thing to do, and
that’s beat on the Trainers on Route 207.

Just to the right of the slope connecting Oreburgh City and Route 207 is a
little path you can find with some Trainers here.

Youngster Austin
Buizel L18, Luxio L18, Gligar L21
$336

Up and left…

Hiker Kevin
Geodude L17 x2/L19, Onix L19
$608

Go down the bridge, where you can dowsing for a Rare Candy. Head right and take
care of the girl.

Battle Girl Helen
Machop L21, Meditite L21
$336

And now take care of the three Trainers remaining.

Hiker Justin Picnicker Lauren and Camper Anthony
Geodude L20, Nosepass L20 Pachirisu L22; Chimchar L22
$640 $704

There’s a Super Potion lying nearby that you probably already picked up. Try to
enter Mt. Coronet and Dawn will stop you and ask you to pick a hand. It doesn’t
matter what you pick, because you get the Vs. Seeker anyway. As an extra added
bonus, you get one of the sweetest Poketch apps in the game – #7 Dowsing
Machine. This little baby will use the power of sonar to detect items hidden
underground. I suggest keeping this as your active app all the time, as there
will be numerous times I will tell you to dowsing for a hidden item, and you
will need to use it in order to find the item.

Since I don’t point out the exact location, you’ll need to know how to use it
properly.

The grid represents your current location. The very middle represents the tile
you’re standing on. Go ahead and tap the center of the screen. It should react
and you’ll see a blinking dot on the touch screen. This dot is the location of
the hidden item.

All you do now is move to the item and pick it up, using the Dowsing Machine as
a guide. Once you reach it, press A to examine and pick up the item. If you tap
the touch screen and the blinking dot is on the center square, you did it
wrong. You’re standing on the item. Get off of it, turn around, and examine the
tile you were just standing on.

Pick up the hidden Great Ball.

Stay out of the mountain for now. Go back to Route 206 and cut the trees on the
right side. Don’t go running fast just yet – hidden just above that is another
tree you can cut that is hiding a PP Up from view!

o—————————–o Now you can start running. When you see the
| ROUTE 206 POKEMON LISTING | honey tree, hang a left and pick up a Burn
o—————————–o Heal. Go back to where you came from, continue
| Geodude (all day) | north. You’ll see a Super Repel… and an
| Gligar (all day) | opponent!
| Machop (all day) |
| Ponyta (all day) | Hiker Theodore
| Kricketune (morning/night) | Onix L18/L20
| Zubat (night) | $640
o—————————–o
Go around the tree and then head left under
the bridge. Pick up the Poison Barb and then stand on the tile of grass that is
directly below the rock, right next to the bridge. Take two steps right and
head straight up.

================
5e. Wayward Cave [ih8it]
================

o——————————o Welcome to the secret section of Wayward
| WAYWARD CAVE POKEMON LISTING | Cave, and the only place where you can
o——————————o find Gible in the wild.
| Bronzor (all day) |
| Geodude (all day) | Don’t bother lighting up this room. Go left
| Onix (all day) | and down the stairs.
| Zubat (all day) |
| Gible (B1F only, all day) | Ride your bike in fast gear so you have
o——————————o enough speed to go up the slope. Continue
straight ahead, and then jump all the ramps
to land next to a Max Ether. Hop the nearby ledge and then hit the ramp again
in slow gear so you don’t fly over the rock.

Put yourself back in fast gear, jump the ramp above you, cross the log, and
then jump the ramp leading right for a Grip Claw. Jump back left, cross the log
above you, and jump just the first ramp. Pick up the Rare Candy, then go back
to where you were and jump both ramps.

Use your bike skills to make it over this last ramp. Go straight down and up
the stairs. Inside this tiny room is TM26, Earthquake.

Use an Escape Rope to get out of here. Head right and up after getting out of
the narrow bridge path to find the _real_ Wayward Cave.

*** Wayward Cave ***

To get through this place, you will need Rock Smash. To get through without
going insane, you’ll also need Flash. It’s the only place you really need it,
so teach it to a junk Pokemon if you want (or anyone in your current party –
it’s a TM and you can get infinity more later on).

This place is enormous. It’s one of the most frustrating places in the game,
and it’s really easy to get lost in here. There are lots of Trainers and hidden
items to be had, so spray on some Repel and let’s get going.

Follow my instructions carefully. I will take it nice and slow so you don’t get
lost.

Smash the rock above you and go up. When you get to another rock, smash that
too, and go up again. Smash a third rock and then follow the path left for a
battle (or two), ignoring any other rocks you see.

Lass Cassidy Youngster Wayne
Buneary L22 Staravia L17, Ponyta L20, Shellos L20
$352 $320

Smash the rock here and pick up TM32, Double Team.

Go up, right, and smash the rock. Go down and fight.

Hiker Reginald Hiker Lorenzo
Geodude L20 x2 Onix L22
$640 $704

Dowsing for a Red Shard.

Go up, up, right, up, left, and smash a rock. Go down for another battle.

Camper Diego Picnicker Tori
Aipom L22 Psyduck L22
$352 $352

Pick up the Revive.

Go up, right, and smash a rock. Go down and pick up the Escape Rope. From
there, go right, down, and smash a rock. Go right and fight!

Picnicker Ana Camper Parker
Hoothoot L22 Buizel L20, Shinx L20
$352 $320

Below them, dowsing for a Great Ball. Go left, and then left again. You’ll hit
a dead end. Dowsing for a Green Shard. At the fork, go down, smash a rock.

Go down again, and smash another rock.

Go right, up, right, and you’ll encounter the last two Trainers in here.

Collector Terry Ruin Maniac Gerald
Gible L22 Geodude L19, Bronzor L21
$1408 $1008

Dowsing for a Blue Shard.

Go up and smash a rock. Go up and left and talk to the girl. This is Mira, and
she’s lost. It’s up to you to take her to safety.

Like Cheryl, Mira will completely and fully cure your entire team after every
fight. Fights are even easier with Mira on board because her Kadabra will
slaughter all Geodude, all Zubat, and most Onix in a single hit. Bronzor gets
3HKOed by Shock Wave, but that’s what you’re here for. Fighting Bronzor can get
pretty annoying because of Hypnosis and Confuse Ray, but tough it out. The
experience here is too good to waste.

From Mira’s location, follow these steps to reach the exit:

– Right, down, left, down, left.
– Up, left, up, up, left, up.
– Left, down, right, down, down, down.

Mira won’t leave your party until you touch the exit, so once you approach it,
you can just chill in that area and level up to your heart’s content.

Mira doesn’t give you anything but her thanks for rescuing her, so you’ll have
to settle for the warm and fuzzy feeling in your heart.

Go back to Route 207 and head through Mt. Coronet. You’ll see a short scene
with Cyrus. Leave through the east exit to Route 208. You’ll have a few more
battles until you reach the next town.

Hiker Jonathan Black Belt Kyle Go down and get the Great
Onix L22 Machop L23 Ball. Bacok on the main path,
$704 $552 continue right.

Hiker Robert Aroma Lady Hannah Smash the rock by Robert to
Nosepass L22 Roselia L18, Combee L22 get an Ether.
$704 $704

o—————————o Artist William
| ROUTE 208 POKEMON LISTING | Mime Jr. L20, Bonsly L20
o—————————o $960
| Bibarel (all day) |
| Bidoof (all day) | There’s a hidden TinyMushroom in the empty patch
| Budew (all day) | of grass in the field. To the right is a guy who
| Ralts (all day) | will give you an Odd Keystone.
| Roselia (all day) |
| Zubat (night) | In the house lives the guy everyone calls the
o—————————o Berry Master, and he loves to give out Berries.
You’re deserving of one, so he gives you a
random berry. You can get one every day. Pretty sweet deal. If you talk to the
young girl and say yes, you get the #8 Berry Searcher app. This is invaluable
if you’re an avid berry farmer, as this will tell you when there are Berries
ripe for the picking.

The woman sells Mulch to assist in berry growth:

Growth Mulch – berries grow in 75% of the normal time, soil dries faster
Damp Mulch – berries grow in 125% of the normal time, soil dries slower
Stable Mulch – ripe berries stay longer before falling
Gooey Mulch – ups the no. of times new plants grow where mature plant withers

That’s all for now. It’s brand new city time!

==================
5f. Hearthome City [bgplc]
==================

Welcome to Hearthome City. The third Badge is in sight, but first… scope the
Buneary rushing towards you! Luckily, you stop the little critter before she
goes running too far, and what appears to be the Buneary’s (she’s just a baby!
Everyone on the count of three, one two three awwwwwwwwwwww) owner, a foxy lady
by the name of Keira, appears and recalls the thing before any more trouble is
caused. You are asked to come to the Contest Hall so you can get thanked
properly.

You can now explore the city in its entirety, and there are many things to do.
Start by going up and all the way right. Enter a building next to a woman and
her child. Go up to the upper floor and talk to the girl for a Shell Bell.

Leave that place and go next door. This is the Pokemon Fan Club. If you speak
to the chairman, you’ll get a Poffin Case for storing Poffin. The girl behind
him is a happiness checker. She’ll tell you how much your lead Pokemon likes
you.

Heal and save, then enter the house next to the Pokemon Center. This is Bebe,
and she runs the PC Storage System in Sinnoh. She offers you an Eevee of your
very own, which you’d be silly not to accept.

Remember that moss-covered rock in Eterna Forest? If you head back there with
Eevee in your party and level it up near that rock, it’ll evolve into Leafeon.

Amity Square has two sections, and you’ll have to enter each section to get all
the items. Start with the left side. Your starter will get you in, so put him
in your party if he’s not already.

Every 200 steps you take in Amity Square, your Pokemon will find an item.
Usually they’re accessories, but sometimes they’ll find berries as well. It’ll
help if you have the Pedometer app active and use that to track 200 steps. Talk
to your Pokemon simply by turning around and pressing A.

Cross the bridge to the right and pick up TM43, Secret Power. Go right and up
to pick up TM45, Attract.

Leave and head to the other side of Hearthome City. Enter the right side of
Amity Square here. Go all the way up and pick up an Amulet Coin. Step into the
teleporter and continue to do so until you come across a guy who will give you
a random accessory every day. He changes his location daily, so you’ll have to
do a bit of searching. Pick up the Spooky Plate when you come across it and get
outta here.

Head to the Contest Hall. Watch a scene with Keira and your mother, receiving a
Tuxedo (or Dress) and Glitter Powder (or perhaps a random accessory). If you
talk to the person above them when the scene is over, you’ll get a free Poffin.
The chick with the fruity purple hair is Fantina, so talk to her and she’ll
head back to the Gym.

Badge time.

=================
5g. Boss: Fantina [wawoh]
=================

The Gym is pitch dark and you can’t see anything! (not really) The way the Gym
works is like this. Find the blue tile on the ground. Take note of the symbol,
then enter the door at the top of the room with a tile that matches the symbol
you saw. If you screw up at any time, you go back to the beginning.

The tiles change with every entrance, so I can’t guide you through that part,
but I _can_ tell you all the Trainers in here!

Lass Molly Youngster Danny School Kid Mackenzie
Misdreavus L23 Gastly L20, Drifloon L22 Drifloon L21 x2
$184 $352 $420

Ace Trainer Katherine School Kid Chance Ace Trainer Allen
Haunter L23, Misdreavus L24 Gastly L23 Gastly L21/L22, Haunter L24
$1440 $460 $1440

Heal and save before fighting Fantina.

My Team Fantina’s Team

Before I get to the strategy, take a look at my team’s levels. They make
Fantina look like a joke. The majority of that training was done in about an
hour, inside Wayward Cave training with Mira. This is why you keep losing to
the Elite Four, people! Level up!

Now then, strategy. Duskull is very tame. The only threatening move he has is
Will-o-Wisp, so keep physical attackers out. Ideally, lead with a Fire-type to
make Duskull all but harmless.

Haunter is very much the same way. Shadow Claw is Fantina’s special technique.
It has a high critical hit ratio, but it does a whopping 0 damage to Normal-
types. Send one out for a good time. Be wary of Hypnosis. Sucker Punch would do
some good damage if Haunter had a decent Attack stat, or if he was Dark-type.
Neither is true, so the damage is nothing serious.

Like most Gym Leaders, they have one threatening Pokemon, and Fantina’s is
Mismagius. She packs a very powerful STAB Shadow Ball that will OHKO any
Pokemon it hits super effectively, and severely dent anything it hits
neutrally. You can make life easier by using a Normal-type, forcing Misdreavus
to use Psybeam or the ultra-weak Magical Leaf (don’t count on it though).
Psybeam is still pretty strong, though, so don’t bank on taking too many hits
from Misdreavus.

Misdreavus holds a Sitrus Berry, and Fantina has two Super Potions at her
disposal to heal her Pokemon. This can be one tough fight. Defeat Fantina to
earn the Relic Badge, the right to use Defog out of battle, and TM65, Shadow
Claw.

===================
6. The Fourth Badge [cblbj]
===================

Objectives
———-

* Defeat your rival!
* Solve the mystery of Solaceon Ruins.
* Head to Veilstone City and earn your fourth Badge.

Now that you have three Badges, all shops will now carry Great Balls, Revives,
and Super Repels. Awesome!

Three down, five to go. The path to Route 212 is blocked, so you have to leave
east to Route 209. Heal and save before you do, though…

================================
6a. Sub-Boss: Rival at Hearthome [pwnzr]
================================

My Team Find your starter. Rival’s team is below it.

If you’re underleveled, your rival’s starter might give you a little trouble,
but other than that, this battle shouldn’t be too difficult, especially since
you just got done stomping on Fantina’s face.

After the battle, he mentions Solaceon Town, so it’s time to head there.

===============
6b. To Solaceon [dtoor]
===============

Talk to the fisherman on the bridge and tell him yes for a Good Rod. Unlike the
Old Rod, this can actually catch something not named Magikarp! Hooray!

Break time!

Now that you have a fishing rod that can actually do something useful, you’ve
gained access to a few Pokemon. You can now find these Pokemon, in addition to
Magikarp, at these locations by fishing with the Good Rod:

Eterna City: Barboach
Oreburgh Gate: Barboach
Mt. Coronet (1F): Barboach
Ravaged Path: Barboach
Route 203: Goldeen
Route 204: Goldeen
Route 205 (n): Barboach
Route 205 (s): Finneon
Route 208: Goldeen
Route 209: Goldeen
Route 218: Finneon
Route 219: Finneon, Lumineon
Twinleaf Town: Goldeen
Valley Windworks: Finneon

Future Pokemon encounter listings will now include Pokemon able to be obtained
by fishing with the Good Rod (shown by GR in the encounters list), except
Magikarp, who can be caught everywhere with the Good Rod. If you want
any of these Pokemon, now’s a good time to backtrack to get them. Time to move
on! And remember, Joggers only fight in the morning!

Jogger Richard Twins Emma & Lil
Luxio L23 Bonsly L22; Mime Jr. L22
$736 $704

Follow the path down once you reach the Pikachu-thing and pick up a Hyper
Potion, then go back and continue your beatings.

Pokekid Danielle Jogger Raul
Pichu L22 Staravia L23
$176 $736

PKMN Breeder Jennifer
Budew L20, Cleffa L20, Eevee L20, Mime Jr. L20
$960

Examine the wreck in the corner. Place the Odd Keystone in it. Come back here
once you’ve spoken to 32 people Underground and you’ll do battle against a L25
Spiritomb. Be sure to save beforehand. Getting Spiritomb is lame; you don’t
wanna be screwed cause you accidentally killed it.

An easy way to do this (and increase other Underground stats as well) is to use
a friend’s game. Diamond and Pearl will also work here. Put your secret bases
next to each other. In your Platinum, give your friend a base accessory. This
accomplishes two things:

– flag turns on that says “I spoke to this friend” and adds 1 to count
– flag turns on that says “I gave a friend a gift” and adds 1 to count

As long as those flags are on, any time you talk to the friend, it won’t count
towards any totals. Have your friend give the accessory back. This won’t turn
the flag off, but you’ll want your item back for when it does.

In your Platinum, steal your friend’s flag. This should take two seconds
because your bases are right next to each other. If you want to have your
friend steal your flag, you can. Now you have +1 “stole friend’s flag” count.

Once you register the flag on your PC, both flags are shut off. As soon as you
exit, you can give your friend an item and it will count towards your total.

This cycle of give/receive/steal/repeat gets boring really quick, but it’s the
fastest method of logging 32 people spoken to for the purposes of Spiritomb.

Don’t worry about finding one for the Pokedex; you’ll see one a lot later.

By the honey tree, dowsing for a Revive. Go into the hole and pick up the Ether
and continue on. Examine the rock in the hole by the slope for a Stardust.

Cowgirl Shelley
Ponyta L23
$368

Go left through the grass and up the slope for a Calcium. From there, go back
to where Shelley was, then go right. Cut the tree in your way and pick up TM47,
Steel Wing. Take on the two lovebirds running around and finish up.

Young Couple Ty & Sue
Buizel L23; Buneary L23
$2944

=====================
6c. Scouring Solaceon [sssss]
=====================

When you set foot in Solaceon Town, your rival appears again. He mentions Poke
Ball seals, as well as getting an HM, Defog, in the ruins.

First things first. Talk to the guy in the hat on the main road and he’ll give
you the #10 Pokemon History app. This displays the latest Pokemon you’ve
obtained, through trades or capture. Kinda lame.

Next to the Pokemon Center is the Pokemon News Press. There’s a guy in here who
will ask you to show him a Pokemon. This Pokemon is randomly selected from any
Pokemon you’ve seen before. If it’s in your Pokedex, it’s fair game. You have
until midnight to show him what he asks. If you succeed, you get a Heart Scale
and 3 Poke Balls. The balls are worthless, but the Heart Scale is worth doing
this for. Check this guy out every day and help him if you can.

Head north and enter the house the old man is standing in front of. This is the
day care, where you’ll be going to breed your Pokemon. Put a Pokemon in the day
care, exit and re-enter the building and there will be a guy in there who will
give you the #9 Day-Care Checker app. This nifty little application will notify
you if the Pokemon in the day care have made an egg. Pretty neat if you’re a
breeder on the go.

Go east above the houses and you’ll see some ledges. Go all the way to the
right and hop down twice. You’ll have a choice of two ledges. Jump the left
ledge for an Ether. Our destination is the far right cave, Solaceon Ruins.

*** Solaceon Ruins ***

Solaceon Ruins is a maze of sorts. To get to the bottom, you have to follow a
certain path, which is actually literally spelled out for you on the mural at
the top of the room. However, there are hidden items to be had, so completely
ignore that and just follow what I say instead.

In the very first room, go down the top left stairs. Examine the rock for a
Fire Stone. Head back into the main room and go down the top right set of
stairs.

Go down the lower left set of stairs and fight this dude.

Ruin Maniac Karl
Geodude L19/L21, Bronzor L23
$1104

Go down the lower left set of stairs in this room and extract the Water Stone
from the rock. Go back into the room you were just in and go down the top right
stairs.

Go up and then down the top left stairs. In this room, go down the lower right
stairs and take the free ThunderStone hidden in the rock. Back in the room you
were just in, enter the top left stairs.

Finally, go down the lower left set of stairs.

The mural reads:

FRIENDSHIP
ALL LIVES TOUCH EACH OTHER
LIVES TO CREATE SOMETHING
ANEW AND ALIVE

Collect your cash and prizes: a Nugget; HM5, Defog; a Mind Plate; and an Odd
Incense.

Use an Escape Rope or walk out, but before you leave, go back into the ruins
and talk to the hiker you passed on the way down. Agree to lend him your Defog
HM and he’ll reward you with a Green Shard.

There’s no Gym in Solaceon Town, so we can move on, but before we do, there’s
one more thing we have to pick up. You probably spotted a house on your way to
the ruins. Inside that house is a girl who gives you a Seal Case to put seals
in. If you bring him Unown, the kid will give you 10 seals of the letter it
represents.

If you want to get all the seals, you’ll have to catch the entire alphabet of
Unown. Each of the main rooms has a different letter Unown in it; the rest of
the Unown can be found in the dead-end rooms. The final two Unown, ! and ?,
must be obtained later, so don’t worry about them for now. Just focus on
capturing the 26 regular Unown.

You won’t use Defog all that much, so it’s okay if you teach it to a junk
Pokemon if you want. You’ll need it for this next part, so leave south and go
to the tower you passed on Route 209.

==============
6d. Lost Tower [stped]
==============

o—————————-o It is imperative that you have Defog if you are
| LOST TOWER POKEMON LISTING | trying to go up this tower. Fog is the absolute
o—————————-o worst weather to fight in – everyone’s accuracy
| Gastly (all day) | is severely cut, ensuring miss after miss after
| Zubat (all day) | miss. Save yourself some trouble and use Defog.
| Duskull (night) |
o—————————-o Go up to the second floor.

Youngster Oliver There’s Honey in a rock, as well
Mothim L20, Chatot l21, Barboach L19 as a kid who’s itching to lose.
$336 Pick up the Oval Stone and head
to the third floor.
Roughneck Kirby Pokefan Leonard
Cleffa L23 Pichu L19 x2, Pikachu L22 To Kirby’s left is a Revive.
$552 $1408 Advance to the fourth floor.

Pokefan Rebekah Belle & Pa Beth and Bob Young Couple Mike & Nat
Bonsly L23 Ponyta L23 x2 Murkrow L23; Misdreavus L23
$1472 $2576 $2944

Before you go to the top floor, be sure to pick up TM27, Return.

Blow the fog away and talk to the old ladies. One will give you a Spell Tag,
and the other will give you a Cleanse Tag. You can’t warp out, so you have to
walk down… it’s lame, but at least there’s only five floors. When you get
out, heal up and head north out of Solaceon Town to Route 210.

==================
6e. Second Stretch [a2vsc]
==================

Either way, go right and down the stairs. Talk to the guy standing at the ledge
for TM51, Roost. Go back down and head north to fight the farmer and his
daughter.

Belle & Pa Ava & Matt
Rapidash L24; Ponyta L24
$2688

Go up the slope on the left.

Twins Teri & Tia PKMN Breeder Kahlil
Pikachu L23; Clefairy L23 Elekid L23, Happiny L23
$736 $1104

Gather the Super Repel and hop down.

PKMN Breeder Amber
Magby L23, Togepi L23
$1104

Head into the house here. You can by either one or twelve Moomoo Milk here,
$500 each. They heal 100 HP. It’s a great deal, so don’t hesitate to stock up.

There are a few fights in here, as well.

Waitress Kati Collector Fernando Collector Edwin
Clefairy L25 Heracross L25 Munchlax L25
$800 $1600 $1600

Leave and continue east.

If you talk to the karate dude you come across, he will give you TM66, Payback.

Dowsing after the bridge for a Revive.

Cut the tree and fight.

Black Belt Gregory
Machop L23 x3
$552

Grab the Fist Plate on the ground and return to the main path.

Black Belt Derek
Croagunk L26
$624

Head up the steps and go down for a Hyper Potion. Go back up and head right.

Black Belt Nathaniel
Croagunk L21, Meditite L24, Machop L24
$576

Go right and down a bit. Cut the tree and pick up TM34, Shock Wave.

Jogger Scott
Staravia L25
$800

Go up into the grass and pick up an HP Up. Dowsing for an Ultra Ball. Go back
down and left. Hop the ledge for a Full Heal. This next fight you can do
singles or doubles.

Ace Trainer Dennis and Ace Trainer Maya
Gligar L24, Drifblim L25, Buizel L24; Roselia L24, Ralts L24, Lickitung L25
$3000

Destination dead ahead!

==================
6f. Veilstone City [abtym]
==================

Go straight up and pick up the Star Piece. Though you may want to sell them,
hold onto them. You can make better use of them later.

In the house above the Pokemon Center is a guy who will give you a Porygon,
free of charge, if you have room in your party. Porygon needs the Up-Grade to
evolve, so feel free to give him the Up-Grade you got in the TGEB.

In the northeast corner of the town is the Galactic Veilstone Building. Ignore
the actual building and instead pay attention to the Rare Candy on the left
side of the building.

Head to the southwest corner of town and head up the stairs. If you try to
enter the Gym, you’ll see a scene with Dawn and Crasher Wake, Gym Leader of
Pastoria City. The bald guy you passed will give you TM63, Embargo, if you
speak with him. Two houses down, a clown will give you a Coin Case if you can
win at his game.

Take note of the house next to that. Once a day, the girl here will massage a
Pokemon and increase its happiness a little. You’ll also get a free accessory
out of it, so everyone wins.

If you enter the sparkly building across the street, you can get a total of 70
free Coins by talking to the people inside.

If you want more details on the Game Corner, check section 17d.

And now, it’s time for everyone’s favorite place!

==========================================================================
****** V E I L S T O N E C I T Y D E P A R T M E N T S T O R E ******
==========================================================================

When comparing Lemonade, $350 each and heals 80 HP, to Moomoo Milk, $500 each
and heals 100 HP, you will spend less money on the Lemonades than you will the
Moomoo Milks. It’ll cost you $3500 with Lemonade compared to $4000 with Moomoo
Milks to heal 800 total HP. However, since you can buy Moomoo Milks a dozen at
a time, you’ll be saving time by purchasing them in bulk. Since $500 is really
not that big a deal, I would recommend against buying Lemonade, or any of the
other ones, either.

Time to take on the Gym. Get over there!

=================
6g. Boss: Maylene [haaai]
=================

Maylene’s Gym is pretty cool. To progress through the Gym, you have to push
punching bags (just walk into them) so they knock over weights, clearing you a
path.

Start by going above the dude by the entrance. Push the punching bag to the
right, then fight the guy in the ring.

Black Belt Colby
Machoke L23/L27/L25
$648

Go around the punching bag to Colby’s right and push the next one you see
north. Fight the two guys in any order.

Black Belt Darren Black Belt Rafael
Machop L25, Meditite L25, Machoke L25 Croagunk L26, Machoke L26
$600 $624

Go around the punching bag by the ring and push the next punching bag left
twice.

On the left side of the Gym, you will see two punching bags. Push the one on
the right up, left, and then down, crushing the weights.

Go underneath the punching bag you left alone, now that you can get to it, and
push it up, and then to the right. Fight the last guy.

Black Belt Jeffery
Heracross L28
$672

Go around him and push the bag next to him down, and then right. You’ve just
cleared yourself a path to Maylene. Go straight up through the path you made
and push the final punching bag twice to the right. As usual, heal and save.

My Team Maylene’s Team

Machoke is… weird. Aside from the random critical hit from Karate Chop
(boosted by Focus Energy), you don’t have anything to worry about.

On both Machoke and Meditite, Rock Tomb is meant to hit your birds for big
damage. Keep that in mind.

Lucario is Maylene’s best Pokemon. His ability, Steadfast, boosts Lucario’s
Speed by 1 stage if you make him flinch, so avoid using moves that may make the
opponent flinch. All of Lucario’s attacks have low base power, so unless you’re
_really_ underleveled, you shouldn’t have too much trouble taking him down.
Keep in mind that Lucario is Fighting/Steel, so he’s neutral to both Psychic
and Flying. He has a Fire weakness, but be wary of Bone Rush. Force Palm is his
most devastating attack (though that isn’t saying much), and it can paralyze.

None of Maylene’s Pokemon are holding any curative berries, and in all the
times I fought her trying to get her to use something, not once did she heal
her Pokemon, even when her Lucario was literally within an inch of his life.

Perhaps she’s too proud to heal her Pokemon? Defeat Maylene to earn the Cobble
Badge, the right to use Fly out of battle, and TM60, Drain Punch.

==================
7. The Fifth Badge [fenbj]
==================

Objectives
———-

* Deal a blow to Team Galactic.
* Earn your fifth Badge.

Yeah, it really doesn’t look like a lot, but nothing too major happens here.
You will, however, be doing a lot of battling and fun-having, so no worries.

=======================================
7a. The Grand Trainer Smackdown, Part 1 [lolol]
=======================================

Areeeeeeee youuuuuuuuuuuu readyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyy????????????

In all seriousness, that’s basically what the path to the fifth Badge is; you
laying the smackdown on a bunch of Trainers. Before we get to the good stuff,
we have to make it out of Veilstone City.

As soon as you exit the Gym, Dawn approaches you and informs you that two
Galactic dudes jacked her Pokedex, and she wants your help in getting it back.
She heads for the warehouse by the city’s entrance and will wait for you there.
Heal up and head on over for a Tag Battle with Dawn.

Galactic Grunt and Galactic Grunt
Zubat L24, Croagunk L26; Zubat L24, Stunky L26
$2080

After that, you get the Pokedex back, the grunts run like cowards, and Dawn
leaves. Just then, Looker shows up and starts talking about stuff. He’ll take
you inside the warehouse and actually point out the item ball on the ground,
which contains HM2, Fly. Pick it up when he finally shuts up, and teach it to
someone post haste!

Make use of your new HM by flying to Jubilife City. Head to the Poketch Company
and speak to the president for the #13 Marking Map app. This is pretty helpful
to mark places on your map you want to remember – I use it to keep track of
honey tree locations.

Also, make a quick stop in Floaroma Town. Leave the town due south and head
east, off the path. You’ll see a tree you can cut. Follow this path to someone
who will give you TM78, Captivate. You can come get this much earlier, but
you’d have to do quite a bit of walking, and Captivate isn’t that great a move
for the main story. I saved it for when you can get around more easily to
mention it.

You still can’t go south from Hearthome yet, so the Grand Trainer Smackdown
will begin in Veilstone City. Fly back there and leave through the south exit
onto Route 214.

*** Route 214 ***

Route 214, like a lot of routes, has two paths to take. We’ll be taking the
upper path first, since it’s easier.

Psychic Abigail
Chingling L23, Drifloon L25, Kirlia L27
$864

Go into the cave and pick up TM28, Dig. In this cave you will find Geodude and
Hippopotas. If you’ve been capturing Unown and had this cave extended,
Hippopotas becomes slightly more common. If you captured all 26 Unown, you will
be able to leave out the other side to capture Unown ! and ?

Ruin Maniac Bryan
Bronzor L24, Cranidos L26
$1248

Time to head up the right side now!

Collector Douglas Psychic Mitchell
Jolteon L24, Flareon L24, Vaporeon L24 Duskull L26, Kadabra L26
$1536 $832

To the left of Mitchell is a Carbos, if you’re willing to pick it out of the
empty tile in the grass. Dowsing for it.
o———————————–o
Beauty Devon | There are 3 different Wormadam, |
Wormadam L24 x3 o—————-+ all different types. Green is |
$1344 | Bug/Grass, brown is Bug/Ground, pink is Bug/Steel. |
o—————————————————-o
Dowsing near her for a
Big Mushroom. Almost done here!

Collector Brady
Skorupi L21, Carnivine L21, Tropius L21, Croagunk L21, Yanma L21, Tangela L21
$1344

A Max Repel above him, and…

PI Carlos
Goldeen L30
$3600

Heal up if you need to, then scurry back south to Valor Lakefront.

o———————————o Welcome to the front door of Lake Valor.
| VALOR LAKEFRONT POKEMON LISTING | The path is being blocked, so you can’t
o———————————o get in. Pick up the Ultra Ball if you
| Bibarel (all day) | didn’t already and dowsing around for
| Girafarig (all day) | another Big Mushroom.
| Houndour (all day) |
| Staravia (all day) | Head south to the residential area. The
| Kricketune (morning/night) | girl you’ll see in front of the house
o———————————o lost her key. We’ll be picking it up
shortly, so just ignore her for now.
If you’re here between 8 AM and
11 PM, you can enter the Seven Stars Restaurant, where you can fight double
battles every day! The Trainers here change every day, but their teams don’t!
Here’s a list of all of them, in the order of their chairs from left to right:

Artist Ismael & Beauty Harley Rich Boy Roman & Lady Kylie
Kricketune L28; Psyduck L26 Lickitung L26; Cleffa L24, Clefairy L26
$2800 $8320

Gentleman Leonardo & Socialite Rebecca Collector Eugene & Aroma Lady Alison
Chatot L27; Purugly L27 Feebas L28; Roselia L28
$10800 $2688

School Kid Esteban & Pokefan Meredith
Quagsire L26; Pichu L26, Pachirisu L26
$2184

Veteran Emanuel & Lass Blythe
Machoke L28, Bronzor L28; Chinging L25, Buneary L25
$2640

Cameraman Darryl & Reporter Valerie PI Kendrick & Beauty Gabriella
Magnemite L26, Mr. Mime L26; Kirlia L26 Rhyhorn L31; Finneon L26
$1872 $5176

Scientist Emilio & PKMN Breeder Kaylee
Kadabra L27; Aipom L26, Marill L26, Swablu L26
$2544

Remember, you won’t see all of these Trainers in one go, but the ones you do
fight today will be willing to fight tomorrow, so be sure to stop in and train.
The money’s not bad, either, making this a great spot to use the Amulet Coin if
you’re not already spamming the daylights out of it.

Go south now, turning left at the fork. In a ditch below the pool is a PP Up.

*** Route 213 ***

Enter the house on the left that you should be passing right now. A clown
inside will give you TM92, Trick Room.

The building to the south of here is a rest house. You can get healed by
speaking to the officer behind the desk.

Outside, you’ll find a Yellow Shard. Dowsing around here (not down the stairs)
for the Suite Key. Go return it to the girl who lost it and follow her inside.
Talk to her again for a White Flute.

Back to Route 213, head down to the beach. There are two Trainers here:

Tuber Chelsea Tuber Jared o—————————————–o
Marill L28 Shellos L25/L26 | Remember, even though both Shellos look |
$112 $104 | different, they’re both straight Water. |
o—————————————–o
Dowsing on the beach for a total
of two Pearls and a Heart Scale. When you find them, move west.

Fisherman Kenneth
Remoraid L25 x2, Gyarados L28
$896

The beach has more hidden items for you to find. Again, find two more Pearls
and another Heart Scale in this area.

The house is the home of one Dr. Footstep. If your lead Pokemon is happy with
you (and actually has a footprint), he will give them a Footprint Ribbon.

========================
7b. Pit Stop in Pastoria [psipc]
========================

Welcome to the halfway point. The fifth Gym is here, and if you really wanted
to, you could go fight it right now. However, there are a lot more things to
do, and the experience is much more useful now than later.

Time for the tour. The very first house you come across has a guy in it that
will give you a scarf for use in Contests if your lead Pokemon’s condition is
maxed out in any given stat. You can get one scarf for each Contest stat, for a
total of five scarves.

A real easy way to max out your Contest stats is to buy the corresponding
Poffin from the Veilstone City Department Store. Eight of them should max you
out, for a total of $51,200 spent. The beauty of it is that each of the Poffin
you buy will max out two stats, so really you only need to spend $153,600 to
get scarves for all five stats. Considering that you have the Vs. Seeker, the
Amulet Coin, and some rich Trainers to fight (and you’ll be hitting the jackpot
once you get done with Route 212), getting 153k is going to be cake.

Back in town, talk to the girl with the parasol to receive a mask that matches
your rival’s starter.

Moving southward, you’ll find some houses and the Poke Mart. The building
northeast of the Poke Mart is the house of the Move Tutor. Bring this guy Heart
Scales, and he’ll make your Pokemon remember attacks they learn by level up.
Sweet deal.

Next door is a kid who wants to see both male and female versions of Combee at
the same time (put them both in your party). He offers a Macho Brace if you do.

Combee is only obtained through honey trees; slap some honey on a couple of
trees and come back in 8-9 hours. If it’s a Combee, catch it. When you’re
trying to find the other gender (probably female), save before you examine the
tree. If it’s a Combee, you can reset the game to make the game re-generate the
Combee’s data, which gives you the chance of changing its gender (they’re
rarely female though, so good luck).

Talk to the girl at the table in the house to the left of the Poke Mart and
she’ll give you a special berry that cuts damage from a certain type of attack.
She will do this once a day, and the berries she gives can only be obtained
from her, so make it a point to visit her every day and plant the one she gives
you to grow more.

Just before you leave the city, you’ll see a small bit of fence by some trees.
Enter the gap in the fence and dowsing in this area for a Zinc.

There’s just one more thing that you need to do before you can resume the
destruction, and that’s take a trip into the Great Marsh. There are some items
and a new Poketch app to get here, so suck it up and go there.

===================
7c. The Great Marsh [gpitg]
===================

Talk to the girl that’s _not_ behind the counter and she will offer to play a
game with you. Capture 5 Pokemon in one session for a prize!

If you go upstairs and pay 100 bucks to look in the binoculars, you can see
what the daily Pokemon is. The Great Marsh has its own set of Pokemon to find,
but you can also check here for some Pokemon that will only be appearing today.

Pay $500 to get in.

Your time in the Great Marsh is based on steps. Your game ends when you take
500 steps or run out of Safari Balls, whatever comes first.

Capturing Pokemon here is lame. First, you can’t hurt anything. Before you ask,
yes you can find shiny Pokemon here, and yes they will not hesitate to run away
if you provoke them.

You can chuck mud or bait at them if you get mad and want to throw something
that’s not a Safari Ball. Throwing bait makes them want to run away for some
reason, but if they don’t, your capture rate will increase while they eat.
Throwing mud makes them harder to catch, but also makes them less likely to
flee.

Right now, the focus is to pick up all the items lying around. You’ll
definitely run out of time, but just pay to get back in and resume where you
left off.

You will start in Area 6. Go right and talk to the dude with green hair and
he’ll give you a Shard of a random color every day. Go all the way right and
into the muck. Dowsing near the trees for a Max Repel. Remember that you have
to be standing on the surface and not buried in it if you want to find any
hidden items. On dry land, you’ll see an item ball that contains a Red Shard.

Go up around the water to the other side. Go straight up from the water and
you’ll see a Poke Ball lying on the ground. Claim it. You’re now in Area 4.
Cross the bridge left to Area 3.

Go down and left until you see some logs. Go up to find a Great Ball. Head
straight down and you should spot the Great Ball below the trees. Loop around
and snag it. South of there, dowsing for a Big Mushroom. Take the tram back to
Area 3. Go left and muck your way to the center, where you can dowsing for a
Leaf Stone. Take the tram to Area 1.

Go down and then left for a free Poke Ball. Go north now, sticking to the left
side, past the main area, up into the corner. Here, dowsing for a Rare Candy.
Go directly east and you will find a Yellow Shard. Continue east, going north
around the trams, to find another Blue Shard. You’re in Area 2 now.

If you go east yet some more, you can dowsing for a Toxic Plate, but it’s
really hard to dowsing for since you gotta hit it exactly or it won’t appear on
the radar.If you look very carefully into the muck, you’ll notice darker areas
in the marsh. These are places where you’ll get stuck. What you want is the 3×5
vertical rectangular patch with a log and a 2×2 patch of grass above it.
Examine the tile in the upper right corner of this rectangle (one tile above
the grass) for the Plate.

Go down through the marsh until you find two logs. In a little area to the
left, you can dowsing for a Hyper Potion. Nearby is a visible Green Shard.

That’s all for item snatching. If in any game you catch 5 Pokemon (they don’t
have to be different species) or more, the girl from the lobby will give you
the #23 Matchup Checker app. This very useful app will tell you how compatible
two Pokemon in your party are in the day care. Tap a Pokemon’s sprite to cycle
through your party. When you have two you’d like to match up, press the heart
in the center to make the Luvdisc move closer to each other (Luvdisc is a
Pokemon that is not in the Sinnoh Pokedex – why would there be an app that
features them?). If any of the hearts light up at the top, you’ve got a match
and they can make an egg if you put them in the day care. The more hearts that
light up, the easier it is to make an egg. If the Luvdisc turn away, the two
Pokemon you are comparing are in incompatible Egg Groups and will not make an
egg if you put them in the day care.

=========================================
7d. The Grand Trainer Smackdown, Part Two [rotfl]
=========================================

Welcome to Route 212, place of eternal rain and sludge!

Go up into the muck and dowsing for an Ultra Ball. When you go back and reach
the bridge, travel underneath it (pretty slick there) and pick up the Revive.
Back to the beginning now, go left into the main area.

These are the moves you can learn at this location, as well as the moves he
will teach you:

o————–o—o—o—o—o Inside the house is one of the few houses in
| Name | R | B | Y | G | the game where a guy will teach your Pokemon
o————–o—o—o—o—o some attacks for certain shards. There are a
| Air Cutter | 2 | 4 | 0 | 2 | total of four colored shards – red, yellow,
| Dive | 2 | 4 | 2 | 0 | blue, and green. Just talk to the man in the
| Fire Punch | 2 | 6 | 0 | 0 | hat and tell him what Pokemon you wish to
| Fury Cutter | 0 | 8 | 0 | 0 | teach moves to, and he will tell you every
| Icy Wind | 0 | 6 | 0 | 2 | move that the Pokemon can learn. Whether or
| Ice Punch | 2 | 6 | 0 | 0 | not you can afford the move is another story.
| Knock Off | 4 | 4 | 0 | 0 |
| Ominous Wind | 0 | 6 | 0 | 2 | These are the moves you can learn at this
| Sucker Punch | 0 | 6 | 2 | 0 | location, as well as the costs of each move.
| ThunderPunch | 2 | 6 | 0 | 0 |
| Trick | 0 | 4 | 4 | 0 | You can dig shards out of the Underground,
| Vacuum Wave | 2 | 4 | 0 | 2 | or trade Star Pieces for them later.
| Zen Headbutt | 0 | 4 | 4 | 0 |
o————–o—o—o—o—o You’re still holding on to them… right?

Continue east.

Fisherman Juan Fisherman Josh Fisherman Travis
Gyarados L29 Goldeen L27 x2 Barboach L24/L25; Gyarados L26
$928 $864 $800

Take the bottom path for now.

Collector Dean
Umbreon L27, Espeon L27
$1728

Go up the stairs and cross the log to the right for TM62, Silver Wind.

The last Trainer in this section is a little ways away from Dean. He’s a cop,
and cops will only fight you at night!

Policeman Danny
Hoothoot L26, Machop L26
$1120

Now go back to the fishermen and take the upper path. Cut the tree and take the
south path when you reach the fork. Cross the bridge and dowsing for a Big
Mushroom. Back on the main path, jump the ledge and head into the watery grass
where a lone dude waits for a loss.

Scientist Stefano
Kadabra L30
$1440

Pick up the Full Heal and go north now, fighting these two in 2v2 if you wish.
There’s a Blue Shard nearby, so don’t forget about that either.

PKMN Ranger Allison PKMN Ranger Jeffrey
Marill L29, Leafeon L29 Monferno L31
$1740 $1860

After these two, the rain ends, but the fights sure haven’t. There’s still a
lot more fun to be had!

Policeman Caleb Rich Boy Jason Lady Melissa
Hoothoot L23, Machop L27 Prinplup L27 Cherubi L27
$1080 $4320 $4320

There’s a Green Shard on the side of the mansion. Head inside for the most
difficult challenge you will ever face over the course of the game.

Go inside the mansion and speak to the maid on the far left if you wish to take
part in the 5-Maid Knockout Exact-Turn Attack Challenge!

Here’s the deal. You have a set amount of turns to defeat all five maids and
their Pokemon. A turn counts as both you and the opponent making a move. If you
can defeat the maids in the number of turns alloted, you get the chance to play
in a bonus battle. First, the five maids:

Maid Belinda Maid Sophie Maid Emily Maid Elena Maid Clare
Clefairy L25 Clefairy L27 Clefairy L29 Clefairy L31 Clefairy L33
$1000 $1080 $1160 $1240 $1320

Sure, it sounds easy, and actually defeating them is pretty easy. Here’s the
catch: they all know Endure. A use of Endure wastes a turn, because they will
survive any attack you launch. Endure outprioritizes every damaging attack and
never fails on the first try, and has a 50% success rate on the second
consecutive use.

This is why this is so difficult to win. If you have 5 turns to win and any of
them uses Endure at all, _you lose._

Now then, if you are actually successful in defeating all the maids and earning
the right to take part in the bonus battle, you should know a few things about
it.

The bonus Trainer uses just one Pokemon: A L35 Blissey. The moves change
depending on the Trainer, but they all have one thing in common. Each of them
are holding a Rare Candy, so you can steal it from them for a free Rare Candy.

If only it were that easy.

Each Blissey also has Fling, which chucks the user’s held item. They’ll usually
do this quickly, sometimes on the very first turn.

Unfortunately, there isn’t anything you can do about it. To ensure that you at
least get to play in the bonus battle, you’ll need a Pokemon that can kill a
Pokemon between turns. There are only three Pokemon who can do this: Abomasnow,
Hippowdon, and Tyranitar. Unless you’ve been trading from other versions, the
only one you currently have access to is Hippowdon (through his pre-evolution,
Hippopotas, found in Maniac Tunnel, who conveniently also has Sand Stream).

Also unfortunately, none of them can learn a move that switches the item of the
battlers, so you can only switch out for someone with a move like Thief or
Trick and hope they don’t use Fling. If they do, reset and try again.

In the room by the 5MKETAC, there’s a Luxury Ball. In the room next to it, you
will get another Soothe Bell. Next to that room you can find a Protein in the
trash can, as well as rest your Pokemon.

Head to the other side of the mansion, into the office of the owner of the
mansion, Backlot. Make sure you read the book on his table: you’ll receive
Pokedex data on Manaphy. It’s essential for completing the Sinnoh Pokedex, so
don’t forget about it! There’s also an item ball which contains TM87, Swagger.

Fun note: Come back to Backlot’s office between 2 AM and 5 AM and the guard by
his statue will be gone. You don’t get anything for touching it, and you won’t
get busted for it later, but if you _really_ want to touch it, do it then.

All right. Time to finish up. Leave the mansion and head up the middle path.

Gentleman Jeremy Socialite Reina Policeman Dylan
Chatot L27 Roselia L27 Hoothoot L26, Machop L24
$5400 $5400 $960

Policeman Alex Policeman Bobby
Hoothoot L25, Machop L25 Hoothoot L24, Machop L26
$1000 $1040

Just north of there is Hearthome City, bringing the Grand Trainer Smackdown to
a glorious end. Your team should be nice and strong now, more than strong
enough to smash Crasher Wake into submission. Heal, save, and fly to Pastoria
City and head to the Gym.

===============================
7e. Sub-Boss: Rival at Pastoria [pwnd2]
===============================

My Team Find your starter. Rival’s team is below it.

======================
7f. Boss: Crasher Wake [owooh]
======================

Follow the path straight up. Hit the yellow switch, and fight the kid.

Tuber Jacky
Bibarel L32
$128

Go down the stairs next to him, cross the bridges going north. Go up the two
flights of stairs and hit the green switch. Fight the guy.

Fisherman Walter
Whiscash L33
$1056

Go down the stairs and cross the bridge a little further south, ignoring the
yellow switch. Fight the guy standing by the blue switch.

Sailor Damian
Wingull L31, Pelipper L31
$992

Step on the blue switch and go south on the new path opened to you. A little
girl wishes for defeat – do not hold out on her.

Tuber Caitlin
Azurill L27, Azumarill L31, Marill L29
$124

Straight up is another guy.

Fisherman Erick
Goldeen L28, Gyarados L31, Seaking L31
$992

Step on the green switch. Go down the stairs and go all the way down to the
yellow switch (skipping the two switches next to each other). Then, go all the
way up, then left. Go up a couple stairs and fight the last guy here.

Sailor Samson
Wingull L29, Shellos L30, Golduck L31
$992

Hit the switch and cross over to increase your Badge collection by one.

My Team Crasher Wake’s Team

Quagsire is fairly standard, but it’s weird that he’s missing Brine,
considering that he would be the best user of it on Crasher Wake’s team. Yawn
will put your Pokemon to sleep if they’re still in at the end of the following
turn, so be wary of that.

Floatzel is the strongest Pokemon that Crasher Wake has. Luckily, Aqua Jet has
low power, but it has priority. Brine is weak, but it still has a really high
base power when you’re below half HP, and combined with Floatzel’s naturally
high Speed, it can net some surprise KOs.

He has a Hyper Potion to heal his Pokemon, and Floatzel is holding a Sitrus
Berry. If, like me, you’re higher in level than his Pokemon, you’re not gonna
have a lot of trouble with this fight. Defeating Crasher Wake will earn you the
Fen Badge, the right to use Surf out of battle, and TM55, Brine.

==================
8. The Sixth Badge [mynbj]
==================

Objectives
———-

* Become Cynthia’s lackey.
* Face off against the leader of Team Galactic.
* Play with Surf!
* Remind your rival who’s boss.
* Scope out Iron Island.
* Earn your sixth Badge.

Now that you have five Badges, all shops now carry Ultra Balls, Hyper Potions,
Full Heals, and Max Repels! Super cool.

Go around Crasher Wake and follow the path to the entrance. As soon as you
leave, your rival starts talking to you, going on about his new master, Crasher
Wake, but then Crasher Wake comes out and tells him he’s a dumb liar and needs
to shut his mouth. Your rival mentions a bomb at the Great Marsh, causing
Crasher Wake to freak out and head straight for the marsh.

Hold off on following him for now and fly to Jubilife City. Go to the Poketch
Company and talk to the president for the #14 Link Searcher app. By tapping it,
it scans the surrounding area and tells you how many people are connected
wirelessly. Considering that you can just look around you and see how many
people are connected, you’re only getting this just to have them all.

Go back to Pastoria City and head to the Great Marsh, where you will hear a
tremor. A Galactic grunt will run out of the marsh, diss Crasher Wake, and take
off running. Crasher Wake investigates the marsh and instructs you two to not
let anyone in while he does so. Your rival, still super eager to please Crasher
Wake, tells you that he’ll stand guard while you go chase that dude down.

=======================
8a. A Chase and a Chore [cttgg]
=======================

Head east through Route 213, speaking to the grunt as you hunt him down.
Eventually, he will tire of running and agree to fight you.

Galactic Grunt
Croagunk L31
$1240

He’ll slowly walk away after that, after which Cynthia will appear and gives
you the SecretPotion to take care of the Psyduck blocking the path to the
second half of Route 210. She also gives you an Old Charm to deliver to her
granny in Celestic Town.

The Psyduck group is north of Solaceon Town. You may have noticed them blocking
the path north when you first conquered Route 210.

Fly to Solaceon Town and pick up someone with Defog. Go to Route 210 and
examine the Psyduck. Use the SecretPotion on them and they’ll leave, leaving
you free to explore.

Ninja Boy Bruce
Stunky L33
$264

Go up and right into the short (tall) grass for a Nest Ball. Back on the main
path, go up and immediately use Defog to make your life easier.

Straight above you is a discolored spot of grass that a Trainer’s hiding in.

Ninja Boy Joel
Zubat L29, Golbat L29, Stunky L29, Skorupi L29
$232

Head left on either path.

Ace Trainer Alyssa
Aipom L32, Girafarig L32, Grotle L33
$1980

And above her is a forced 2v2 battle!

Double Team Zac & Jen
Gyarados L36; Raichu L36
$8640

Ace Trainer Ernest
Scyther L32, Probopass L31, Luxio L34
$2040

Go left across the log and head straight into the kid hidden in the dirt.

Ninja Boy Davido
Mothim L33
$264

Go down, smash the rock blocking your path to the item ball containing TM30,
Shadow Ball, and go back to the main path.

Black Belt Adam
Machoke L34
$816

Down the stairs and to the right is another hidden kid.

Ninja Boy Nathan
Stunky L31, Golbat L31
$248

Pick up the Smoke Ball and continue left.

Bird Keeper Brianna Veteran Brian
Hoothoot L31, Noctowl L33 Tangela L32, Ponyta L32, Buizel L32
$1056 $2560

Celestic Town is dead ahead.

First things first: exploration time. Start with the Pokemon Center. Heal your
Pokemon if needed. A guy in here will give you a free Great Ball every day if
your lead Pokemon is happy. It’s kinda lame, but it’s free. If you ever find
yourself in this neck of the woods again, stop in and pick one up.

Moving left, the house next to the Pokemon Center has a dude in it who will
give you the #12 Analog Watch app. It’s… an analog watch. Yep.

The building in the northwest corner serves as this town’s Poke Mart. You can
buy Repeat Balls here, which helps a lot in catching the Unown. They act like
Master Balls for them once you catch one.

In this same building, the guy behind the counter will give you three pairs of
glasses depending on the time of day you speak to him. Talk to him in the
morning for Choice Specs, during the day for BlackGlasses, and at night for
Wise Glasses. You can only do this once, unfortunately, so you can only get one
pair for each.

Go back to the south side of town and head into the pit. Go to the ledge on the
right for a Dragon Fang. Speak to the goon blocking your way into the ruins and
mess with him.

Galactic Grunt
Houndour L32, Golbat L30
$1200

After that, you will meet the elder of Celestic Town and deliver the Old Charm
as ordered. She suggests you go check out the ruins, so do that.

Examine the wall in the back and the elder will talk about it. Cyrus will show
up just then and offer you to challenge him in battle. If you say no, you will
have a chance to heal and save if you haven’t already, so tell him yes once
you’ve prepared.

===================
8b. Sub-Boss: Cyrus [lhgge]
===================

My Team Cyrus’s Team

Cyrus will leave after you shame him. Her grandmother will hand over HM3, Surf,
as thanks. Leave the ruins and Cynthia will appear briefly, mentioning Canalave
City. That’s where the next Gym is, but we just got the ability to cross the
water! There’s a whole ‘nother half of Sinnoh to explore!

===========
8c. Soifin’ [yay!!]
===========

Before we get soifin’, there’s a few things on Route 211’s west side we need to
take care of. Heal up and leave through the west exit. Get on the plateau and
go nuts.

Bird Keeper Katherine
Noctowl L34
$1088

Talk to the green-haired dude for TM77, Psych Up.

Ruin Maniac Harry
Bronzor L28/L30/L32
$1536

Ninja Boy Nick
Skorupi L32, Croagunk L30
$240

Go down and right for a Carbos and one more fight.

Black Belt Sean
Croagunk L31, Machoke L31, Meditite L31
$744

You can go into Mt. Coronet and pick up and Escape Rope, but that’s all in
there.

Okay, you’ve gained a new Pokemon-finding method, so I’ll now recap all areas
up to this point in which you can find Pokemon by surfing:

Eterna City: Golduck, Psyduck
Great Marsh: Quagsire, Wooper
Oreburgh Gate: Golbat, Golduck, Psyduck, Zubat
Mt. Coronet (1F): Golbat, Zubat
Ravaged Path: Golbat, Golduck, Psyduck, Zubat
Route 203: Golduck, Psyduck
Route 204: Golduck, Psyduck
Route 205 (s): Gastrodon, Shellos, Tentacool, Tentacruel
Route 205 (n): Golduck, Psyduck
Route 208: Golduck, Psyduck
Route 209: Golduck, Psyduck
Route 212: Golduck, Psyduck
Route 213: Gastrodon, Shellos, Tentacool, Tentacruel, Wingull
Route 214: Golduck, Psyduck
Twinleaf Town: Golduck, Psyduck
Valley Windworks: Gastrodon, Shellos, Tentacool, Tentacruel

And now, to continue on our journey. Head south from Sandgem Town and surf.

Dowsing for a Zinc and continue south.

Pick up the Carbos, staying low while you go right to one more Trainer.

SwimmerF Vanessa
Golduck L35
$560

Go back to where you picked up the Carbos and then go north.

SwimmerM Vincent
Pelipper L33, Gastrodon L33
$520

To your right, an optional 2v2 fight.

SwimmerF Claire SwimmerM Erik
Floatzel L35 Tentacruel L35
$560 $560

You’ll see a swimmer to the east, but you can go north and west through the
rocks next to him to fight a lone girl.

SwimmerF Katelyn
Buizel L32, Medicham L32, Seaking L32
$512

o—————————o Now take on the swimmer you passed up.
| ROUTE 221 POKEMON LISTING |
o—————————o SwimmerM Dillon
| Floatzel (all day) | Remoraid L33, Floatzel L33
| Girafarig (all day) | $528
| Roselia (all day) |
| Sudowoodo (all day) | Pick up the Protein on land and then continue
| Pelipper (surfing) | east.
| Tentacool (surfing) |
| Tentacruel (surfing) | Fisherman Cory
| Wingull (surfing) | Finneon L30/L32/L34
| Finneon (fishing, GR) | $1088
| Lumineon (fishing, GR) |
o—————————o To the right of him, you’ll find an Ultra Ball.
Down into the grass, dowsing for a Hyper Potion
To the north and west a bit, and a Max Revive.
you’ll find a Pure Incense.
Dowsing by the house here for a Big Mushroom. Inside, the guy here will ask you
to bring him a Pokemon of a certain level. If you can show him one, he will
give you a Black Belt. Do it again the next day and he’ll give you an Expert
Belt. Do it on a third day and you will receive a Focus Sash. You can repeat
this process as many times as you like.

Continue east, staying low, you’ll encounter a young lady.

Ace Trainer Shannon
Cherrim L34, Lopunny L35, Azumarill L34
$2100

Keep going and you will find TM81, X-Scissor, and another Trainer. Dowsing in
the grass here for a Carbos.

Ace Trainer Jake
Staraptor L35, Girafarig L36
$2160

Skip over Pal Park and go left.

Collector Ivan
Togetic L35
$2240

That’s all for this area. Moving on! Fly to Jubilife City and go north to Route
204. Go around the fence on the left and surf downward for a Sea Incense. Surf
northeast on the other bit of water and pick up an HP Up.

Go to Ravaged Path and smash the rocks blocking your way to the water. Follow
the path on the water to the end for TM03, Water Pulse. Back at the beginning,
break the rocks in your path and you will find a Luck Incense.

Fly to Floaroma Town, heal your Pokemon, and go east to Valley Windworks. Surf
around the other side of the fence for an Electirizer. Dowsing for a Max
Elixir. Surf a little more to the right for TM24, Thunderbolt.

Go to Route 205 just to the west and surf west, and then north. You’ll reach
Fuego Ironworks. Jump off going south and you’ll enter Floaroma Meadow.

There are four item balls, containing a Leaf Stone, Ultra Ball, Rare Candy, and
Miracle Seed. There are also 5 Honey, a Hyper Potion, a Max Revive, a Full
Heal, and a Revive that are hidden in the flowers. South of there is Floaroma
Town, so don’t jump the ledge. Instead, go back north and surf to the other
side, where Fuego Ironworks is at.

Go right, and then up into the enclosed area. Pick up the Calcium. Go up and
left to the area you just came from, then go down and take the bottom path
right. You will end up next to a dude to battle.

Worker Holden
Magnetmite L32 x3
$1280

Go down and pick up the Red Shard you passed over, and then go back up to where
Holden is. Step on the panel on the right and then on the next panel to go for
a little ride. Pick up the Blue Shard, then go up and right to pick up the
Green Shard that you passed on your way.

Go into the little enclosed square and then step on the panel on the right to
end up next to a drum. Go right and up and pick up the Fire Stone. Go straight
down and step on the panel pointing down. You’ll be next to three that are
pointing left. Step on the top one, and have a battle.

Worker Conrad
Magmar L35
$1400

Go back into the room with all the panels in it, being careful not to step on
any, and pick up the Rock Incense. Go back to where you fought Conrad and step
on the panel leading up.

Pick up the item ball containing TM35, Flamethrower, and speak to the fat man.
This is Mr. Fuego, and he’ll give you a Star Piece when you talk to him.

The cool thing about Mr. Fuego is that he will take any Star Pieces you have
(including the one he just gave you) and give you one of each colored Shard in
return. Considering that you will need all the Shards you can get to learn
moves, this is a sweet deal.

Step down to the exit and enjoy your new swag!

Fly to Oreburgh City and enter Mt. Coronet from Route 207. Surf across the
water for a Protein. Go back, up some stairs, then down to some more water you
can surf across for a Dawn Stone.

Fly to Hearthome City and go west to Route 208. Get on the mountain and
continue left until you can go north on a bridge. Do so, pass the karate man,
and go down to the water. Surf right for another battle.

Fisherman Cody
Barboach L33, Gyarados L33
$1056

Fly to Eterna City. On the eastern side of town, there’s some water you can
surf on. On the other side, there’s a hidden Moon Stone.

Fly to Hearthome City. Go south to Route 212. When you hit the water, surf and
pick up the Iron. Continue south until you hit more water. Cross it for a Rose
Incense.

Continue south more, through the rainy part, until you get to the first spot
you can surf. Cross the water and pick up TM84, Poison Jab. Go east. When you
hit the fishermen, surf to the two tiles underneath the trees. Dowsing for Max
Ether.

Fly to Pastoria City and leave east to Route 213. Head to the beach, get in the
water, and go east. You’ll come across two paths. Take the lower path and
you’ll come across a swimmer with a really weird swimming pattern.

SwimmerF Haley
Psyduck L31, Azumarill L35
$560

You’ll see a Sailor on dry land, but skip him for now. You should see a break
in the rocks below you, enabling you to go left. Do so.

SwimmerM Sheltin
Gyarados L32 x3
$512

On the small bit of land to his left, there’s a visible Max Revive, and a
hidden Big Pearl you can dowsing for. Go back to the sailor and take him out.

Sailor Paul
Tentacool L31, Pelipper L31, Machoke L34
$1088

Surf through the rocks going north, and fight the two people here.

SwimmerM Evan SwimmerF Mary
Golduck L32/L34 Finneon l33, Pelipper L33
$544 $528

Above them is a Water Stone. If you want, you can surf your way south around
all the rocks and then dowsing for a Big Pearl.

Fly to Hearthome City and go east to Route 209. Go to the Pikachu kid and go
around to the grass. There’s a single tile you can surf on. Follow this path
for TM19, Giga Drain.

Fly to Oreburgh City and head to Oreburgh Gate’s lower level. Surf to your left
to find an old man all by his lonesome.

Veteran Grant
Riolu L34, Graveler L34, Staraptor L34
$2720

One last thing to do. Fly to Veilstone City and leave south to Route 214.
Immediately you will see some water you can cross. A Rare Candy awaits.

Time to progress. Fly to Jubilife City.

===============
8d. To Canalave [tclak]
===============

Leave west to Route 218. It’s a small route, but we haven’t been able to
actually get anywhere until now.

Sailor Skyler Guitarist Tony
Mantyke L32, Machoke L34 Kricketune L33, Magnemite L33
$1088 $792

In the building to your left, you’ll speak to Dawn’s father again, who will
upgrade your Pokedex to enable it to compare male and female versions of
Pokemon. Mostly useless, kinda nifty, just be happy you’ve got it.

Welcome to Canalave City!

Head right into the first house you see and talk to the person on the right for
TM48, Skill Swap.

Above the Poke Mart is the Move Deleter. Come here if you want to get rid of
some HMs on your Pokemon. At this stage of the game, the only HM you don’t need
anymore is Cut (you can use it one more time right before you get the 8th
Badge), so you can get rid of it if you want. Make sure you have a spot
on your team for Surf, Strength, and Rock Smash; you will want to make sure you
also have a teammate for Waterfall and Rock Climb, two HMs you will get later.

Heal and save before crossing that bridge…

===============================
8e. Sub-Boss: Rival at Canalave [pwnd3]
===============================

My Team Find your starter. Rival’s team is below it.

Those of you facing Roserade should be careful of Toxic Spikes. Anyone you
switch in will be poisoned, so take Roserade out before that happens.

Floatzel is very fast, as you’re probably familiar with. Luckily, the worst
thing you have to worry about there is Aqua Jet.

After you thrash him, he mentions Iron Island and then leaves.

o——————————-o Go back and heal. If you have a team of 6
| CANALAVE CITY POKEMON LISTING | Pokemon, drop someone in the PC for now. It
o——————————-o doesn’t matter who, but just make sure you
| Gastrodon (surfing) | have at least one open spot in your party.
| Shellos (surfing) | We’re headed to Iron Island, and encounters
| Tentacool (surfing) | are high. Make sure you have plenty of Max
| Tentacruel (surfing) | Repels on you.
| Finneon (fishing, GR) |
o——————————-o Cross the bridge and go south to the dock.
Before speaking to the sailor, surf downward
and pick up the cleverly hidden TM89, U-turn.

Do you have an open spot on your team? If so, talk to the sailor and have him
take you to Iron Island.

===============
8f. Iron Island [feiln]
===============

Go down for an Escape Rope. Go back up and then right. When you get a chance to
go down stairs, skip it and stay on the upper path. Go down for a Max Repel.

Now go down the stairs, and then left. Dowsing in this corner for a Star Piece.
Head down and take on the girl.

Picnicker Summer
Raichu L37
$592

Go up the steps above her, then down and left for a Revive. Go back to the
stairs to Summer’s right and head to the lift. Once you’re down it, head down
the right stairs.

Worker Noel
Magnemite L34/L36
$1440

Head right for an Elixir. Go back and then follow the path down.

Worker Braden
Steelix L37
$1480

Pick up TM23, Iron Tail, and then go to the other side of the barricade and
dowsing for a Star Piece.

Head back to the beginning of this area and then go down the left set of
stairs. Riley will join you here.

As with Cheryl and Mira before him, Riley will completely restore your whole
team after every battle, even ones he doesn’t participate in, making this a
great spot to get levels. I was already past Riley’s Lucario at this point, but
if your party isn’t, make sure they at least match him before you leave here.
His Lucario just falls short of OHKOing everything in here, which is
stupendously lame, but do what you can.

Now then, head left for some doubles goodness.

Hiker Damon Hiker Maurice
Nosepass L35, Onix L33, Steelix L34 Graveler L35, Rhyhorn L35
$1088 $1120

Far to the left of them is a Dusk Ball. Go up the nearby stairs and then go
down the side for a Magnet.

Go back to the main area and head straight down.

Worker Brendon Worker Quentin
Geodude L33 x2, Machoke L36 Magnemite L34, Machop L34, Graveler L34
$1440 $1360

Go up the stairs to your left and pick up the Max Potion. Go down past the
workers and up onto a platform, where you can dowsing for a Star Piece. To the
right, you’ll find an HP Up.

Go back to the entrance to this room and go straight down.

Black Belt Kendal Battle Girl Tyler
Toxicroak L38 Medicham L38
$912 $608

Go down, up the steps to the right, and then back up for an Ultra Ball. Go back
down past the stairs and dowsing for an Iron Plate in the pit. It can be pretty
hard to trigger with the Dowsing Machine, so it may just be quicker to blindly
select tiles until you hit it.

Go down the steps and continue left. Dowsing for a Star Piece. Go up the steps
for a Red Shard, then go down into the two Trainers left.

Ace Trainer Jonah
Quagsire L35, Hippopotas L8, Staraptor L36
$2280

Ace Trainer Brenda
Lopunny L38, Medicham L35, Kirlia L36
$2100

Before you go any further, use this opportunity to train your Pokemon. Once
you’re content with their levels, go down and approach the bad guys.

Galactic Grunt and Galactic Grunt
Zubatl L34, Houndour L34, Golbat L34; Glameow L34, Croagunk L34, Stunky L34
$2720

After the battle, Riley will give you an egg if you have an open space in your
party. The egg contains Riolu, pre-evolution of Lucario. It takes a while to
hatch… you should already have Riolu registered as seen in your Pokedex if
you’ve been following this guide, so hatching it is not necessary (if you
haven’t, it’s Veteran Grant in Oreburgh Gate B1F). By all means, feel free if
you’re bent on not holding onto eggs, or if you want to raise your very own
Lucario.

If you don’t have an open spot in your team, Riley will sit here and wait for
you to come back with one, and he’ll give you the egg then. However, that means
sailing back to Iron Island and then trekking through the whole cave again.
You’re better off just getting it now.

Riley leaves your party after that. Get on the lift, pick up the Shiny Stone,
and then get on the next lift. Enter the cave that doesn’t lead outside to a
separate room with a Metal Coat. Dowsing in here for a Nugget.

The other door leads to sweet, sweet freedom! Sail back to town, heal up, and
go straight to the Gym.

===============
8g. Boss: Byron [rorsh]
===============

Byron’s Gym is pretty huge, but a lot of it is open space. You’ll be using
lifts to get through the Gym. Start by going up to the first guy.

Black Belt Ricky
Steelix L38 Step on the left lift.
$912

Worker Jackson
Magnemite L34 x3 Go back down and head right.
$1360

Worker Gary
Magnemite L37 Step on the lift on the right. Continue on.
$1480

Ace Trainer Cesar
Scizor L40 Continue to a fork. When you reach it, go up as
$2400 far as you can.

Worker Gerardo
Magnemite L35 x2 Take the lifts next to him. The rest is one way.
$1400

Black Belt David Ace Trainer Breanna
Steelix L35/L37 Bronzor L35/L36/L38
$888 $2280

When you get to Byron, be sure to save.

My Team Byron’s Team

The toughest part of this fight is at the very beginning. Magneton’s got great
Special Attack, great STAB moves on both of his types, and a solid third attack
on anything that might resist the first two. Metal Sound makes your day worse
by sharply dropping your Special Defense, which pretty much spells KO on the
next turn if you don’t switch out.

That said, Magneton has a nasty 4x weak to Ground, so basically any Ground move
will knock his lights out instantly.

Steelix may look tough, but his bark’s worse than his bite. Flash Cannon does
almost nothing to anything. The only thing you gotta worry about is Earthquake.
Ice Fang will hit your fliers hard, but really, any Water-type you have should
be able to outspeed and OHKO with a powerful STAB Surf.

Bastiodon may look weak, but he can be pretty tricky to beat if you’re not
careful. The trick is to force you into attacking with Taunt, then knock back
your attacks for double with Metal Burst. Stone Edge is Bastiodon’s only means
of direct attacking, so if you can Taunt him yourself, he’s gonna find himself
using Struggle after five turns. Bastiodon isn’t particularly powerful anyway,
so the only way Stone Edge is going to spell doom for you is if 1) you’re weak
to it and 2) he gets a critical hit. It has a high critical hit ratio, so it
may happen more often than you think.

Bastiodon is holding a Sitrus Berry, and Byron will utilize one Full Restore to
save his Pokemon. Defeat him to get the Mine Badge, the right to use Strength
out of battle, and TM91, Flash Cannon!

====================
9. The Seventh Badge [iskbj]
====================

Objectives
———-

* Gain access to and investigate Lake Valor.
* Meet and defeat another Team Galactic Commander.
* Defeat Mars again.
* BLIZZARD!!!
* Earn your seventh Badge.

Hate the blizzard. Hate the blizzard. Hate the blizzard. Hated it last game,
still hate it now. Ugh.

Your rival stops you as soon as you exit the Gym, and tells you to head to the
library. He goes and stands right in front of it, so get going. Head for the
top floor for a scene with Professor Rowan, Dawn, and your rival. Bonus points
to Professor Rowan for cutting the crap and admitting that none of you have a
choice and you all would have been forced to do his bidding anyway!

An explosion is heard, and the TV is watched. Looks like the guy who just sat
around and waited for Azelf to appear hit the jackpot, as he caught the
explosion on tape. It just so happens that the explosion happened at Lake
Valor, where Rowan is sending you.

Before we move on, go to Oreburgh Gate’s lower level. Surf to your left and
head down the stairs. Push the rock here for an Earth Plate. Just a bit above
that is a rock to crush and a boulder to push barring your path to TM01, Focus
Punch.

Now head to Lake Valor from Veilstone City.

================
9a. Boss: Saturn [phagh]
================

Upon arriving at Lake Valor, you’ll find that the whole thing has been blown
away. Magikarp are strewn everywhere, and a few grunts are still lingering.
Time to take care of business.

The path is pretty straightforward, but after this first guy, you can dowsing
for an HP Up. Be sure to grab it; after the lake fills up again, you won’t be
able to get it.

Galactic Grunt Galactic Grunt
Glameow L35, Murkrow L35 Golbat L37
$1400 $1480

Galactic Grunt
Croagunk L33, Stunky L33, Houndour L33, Glameow L33
$1320

Head into the cave and save.

My Team Saturn’s Team

Saturn’s Golbat is nothing special. Dispatch it as you would any other one.

Toxicroak you gotta watch out for, he’ll beat you silly. He has a 4x Psychic
weakness, so if you want a real easy time, send a Psychic-type out and watch
him cry as he goes second (more like doesn’t get a turn) and dies. He has a
Sitrus Berry, but that doesn’t mean much when he gets nuked in one hit.

Bronzor isn’t really anything great either. Gyro Ball has 5 PP and low base
power on… well, everything in-game, really. Yawn… man I hate Saturn.

Beat him and he leaves, but not before mentioning Lake Verity.

Fly to Twinleaf Town, heal up, and head to Lake Verity.

==============
9b. Boss: Mars [hoty3]
==============

Galactic Grunt Galactic Grunt
Stunky L35, Houndour L35 Houndour L34, Glameow L36
$1400 $1440

Save…

My Team Mars’s Team

Her Golbat is an exact copy of Saturn’s… her Bronzor is much better than
Saturn’s by a million miles, though that isn’t really saying much. Purugly is,
of course, the big threat here. Hypnosis is as annoying as ever, and Thick Fat
does you no favors, either. Slash’s high critical hit chance can cause big
problems, and as always, Faint Attack will slam on your ghosts thinking they
can be slick and block all her attacks.

Purugly is holding a Sitrus Berry.

After her defeat, Galactic clears out. Rowan wants you to check on your rival,
who went to Lake Acuity far in the north. It’s not gonna be a fun trip…

Before you leave, surf left on Lake Verity and you’ll come across a big field
with an item ball that contains TM38, Fire Blast.

To get to Lake Acuity, we have to pass through Mt. Coronet. Fly to Eterna City.

========================
9c. The Icy Trek of Lame [sryko]
========================

To get through this lamefest, you will need Rock Smash and Strength. To get all
the items, you will need Surf as well. To make life a lot easier, bring Defog.

Enter Mt. Coronet from the Eterna side. Begin by busting the rock in your path
and push the boulder up to get TM69, Rock Polish. Head right, going north at
the exit and pushing the boulder up out of your way. Smash some rocks to your
left for a Rare Candy. Head to the stairs, but before you go down them, examine
the rock for a Red Shard.

o—————————–o Use Defog here. Smash the rock blocking the
| MT. CORONET POKEMON LISTING | Ultra Ball. The rock underneath it holds a
| BASEMENT, 1F NORTH SINNOH | Green Shard.
o—————————–o
| Bronzor (all day) | Go up until you hit the second flight of
| Chingling (all day) | stairs. Go down them, bust the rock in your
| Golbat (all day) | way and push the boulder aside. Claim the Soft
| Graveler (all day) | Sand and head to the water.
| Machoke (all day) |
| Meditite (all day) | On the northern end, dowsing for a Blue Shard.
| Nosepass (all day) | Jump in the lake.
| Clefairy (morning/night) |
o—————————–o There’s a Light Clay on a small bit of land,
and a Max Elixir straight above that.
Go left and break the rock in
your way. Dowsing between the two rocks above you for a Star Piece. Go up the
steps and push the boulder aside blocking a Revive. To your right is a path
with a couple rocks to smash leading to a Full Restore.

Go back to the far left side and head up to the stairs.

In the next room, follow the path to a cave leading north. In this small room
you will find a NeverMeltIce. Dowsing for a Nugget. Leave and go west to leave
the cave.

o—————————o Welcome to the jungle… the frozen, barren
| ROUTE 216 POKEMON LISTING | jungle. This is Route 216, and it’s completely
o—————————o covered in snow.
| Graveler (all day) |
| Meditite (all day) | Because you’re going through snow, you won’t be
| Snover (all day) | able to ride your bike at all from here on out.
| Sneasel (all day) | Also, the snow is deeper in some places, so you
| Noctowl (night) | won’t be able to run in those places. If that
| Snorunt (night) | weren’t enough, sometimes the snow is so deep
o—————————o that your walking speed is halved or even
_quartered._ Thankfully those places aren’t too
common, but it doesn’t stop this place from being any more lame. And to top it
all off…

Since it’s snowing, this means that it will be hailing in all your battles.
While this does nothing to power up or hinder any types, it will damage all
types _except_ Ice-types between turns. It’s… really lame. I suggest turning
off the animations if you haven’t done it already, just to save your sanity.

Let’s get this over with.

Start by going straight left to a guy.

Ace Trainer Blake
Ambipom L39, Porygon2 L40
$2280

Go back to the entrance and go up the stairs leading down. Before you cross the
bridge, dowsing for a PP Up. Cross up and go left past the next bridge for a
Full Heal. Continue on and fight.

Ace Trainer Maria
Golduck L38, Rapidash L39, Sudowoodo L38
$2280

Continue on, pick up the Revive. Head down the stairs back to the main path and
go left.

Ace Trainer Laura Skier Edward
Tropius L42 Sneasel L39
$2520 $1248

The house is a rest house.

Ace Trainer Garrett
Mr. Mime L37, Dusclops L39, Scyther L39
$2340

Go up and left for a Blue Shard. Head straight up from here to find a young
lady.

Skier Madison
Snover L39
$1248

Dowsing above her for a Nugget.

Back at the tree, go directly east and you’ll see an item ball (it contains an
Ultra Ball), and probably get jumped by a kid hiding in the snow.

Ninja Boy Matthew
Golbat L39
$312

In this area, dowsing for a Full Heal. Take out the dude.

Skier Shawn
Snover L35/l36/L37
$1184

Go up until you find two trees. To the left, you’ll see an Iron. Dowsing above
the two trees for another Ultra Ball. Head straight up for a Rare Candy and
TM07, Hail. Go left and you’ll come across a house. The item ball behind it
contains HM8, Rock Climb. In the house, talk to the hiker and he will give you
an Icicle Plate if you have the Rock Climb HM in your inventory. Leave the
house and fight the Trainer just a little below it on the left side.

Ninja Boy Ethan
Skorupi L37, Golbat L37
$296

Go straight up and you will find a girl to battle.

Skier Lexie
Piloswine L37, Glaceon L37
$1187

If you head east from here, you’ll see a skier dude. Waste him.

Skier Bjorn
Swinub L36, Sneasel L38
$1216

Continue north. Between the tree and the house, dowsing for a Max Revive.
Inside the house is a girl who will give you a Spell Tag.

Above this house is a rock covered in ice. This is where Eevee evolves into
Glaceon, so if you want one, this is the place to get it. If you don’t have
Eevee in your party, this place isn’t a huge walk from Snowpoint City, so no
worries here.

Follow the trees left, going north when you are able.

Black Belt Luke Ace Trainer Olivia
Croagunk L37, Riolu L37, Machoke L37 Kirlia L38, Buneary L38, Seaking L39
$888 $2280

o———————————-o The snow lightens up here, but it’ll
| ACUITY LAKEFRONT POKEMON LISTING | still hail in your battles. Have you had
o———————————-o enough yet?
| Sneasel (all day) |
| Snover (all day) | Attempt to progress and you’ll see your
| Swinub (all day) | rival, up on the ledge above you. He
| Snorunt (night) | mentions that you need to get Snowpoint’s
o———————————-o Gym Badge if you want to get up to where
he is, and then runs off to chase Team
Galactic. Continue right, making sure you pick up the Ultra Ball hiding in the
corner. Go a bit further to the right and the Icy Trek of Lame officially,
finally, comes to an end.

================
9d. Tour de Snow [didfm]
================

Because the city is covered in snow, you still won’t be able to ride your bike
here. That’s okay, though, because the city isn’t that large.

You’ll notice the Gym straight ahead of you. While you could go take on the Gym
Leader right now, you may as well do everything you can before doing so.

The town branches off into seven paths, with the Gym in the center of town, so
use that if for some mystical reason… you get lost.

In the northwest house is a girl who will trade you her Haunter for your
Medicham. You can catch your own Medicham later, so don’t trade her yours if
you have one of your own. The Haunter is holding an Everstone, so it won’t
evolve when she trades it to you.

Next door is Snowpoint Temple. You can’t go in there, so ignore it for now.

o————–o—o—o—o—o There are two dudes in the northeast house.
| Name | R | B | Y | G |
o————–o—o—o—o—o One of them will tell you a trendy saying
| Helping Hand | 2 | 0 | 4 | 2 | every day. Talk to him every day to add a new
| Last Resort | 0 | 0 | 0 | 8 | word to your word bank. There are quite a few
| Magnet Rise | 0 | 2 | 4 | 2 | words, so you’ll be coming back for a couple
| Snore | 2 | 0 | 4 | 2 | weeks if you want to get them all.
| Spite | 0 | 0 | 8 | 0 |
| Swift | 0 | 2 | 2 | 4 | The other guy will teach you the moves listed
| Synthesis | 0 | 0 | 2 | 6 | to the left. A lot of them, except for Magnet
| Uproar | 0 | 6 | 0 | 2 | Rise, and Helping Hand if you’re into 2v2,
o————–o—o—o—o—o are pretty much useless.

Directly east of the Gym, you can dowsing for a Rare Candy. That’s all for this
town, so go down into the Pokemon Center, heal up (talk to Maylene for a tip on
fighting the Gym Leader) and head to the Gym.

=================
9e. Boss: Candice [ehhhe]
=================

The goal here is to bust your way through the snowballs that are blocking your
path to the Gym Leader. The trick here is that you can only go in one direction
at a time due to the slippery floors. It can get pretty confusing, but I’m
going to walk you through it literally one step at a time. When I say to move
in a direction, I mean press the D-pad one time in that direction.

Do not press another direction until you stop moving. This is imperative if you
want to not get confused by my directions.

You should see one tile of snow to the right of the entry area. Step on it.
Step up, sending you crashing through some snowballs and up to the next level.
Step up again to fight your first battle.

Ace Trainer Anton
Glalie L44
$2640

Right, down.

Ace Trainer Savannah
Snorunt L39/L40, Glalie L42
$2520

Left, left (you won’t break through), down. You should be on near two
snowballs. Press left three times and then press up.

Ace Trainer Sergio
Snover L41, Sneasel L42
$2520

Press right three times. You will crash through a snowball.

Down, left, left. Another snowball cleared.

Down, left, left. Down, left three times, up, right. Five snowballs gone.

Left, down, left three times, up. You should be back at the snow patch you were
on before.

Up, right, down, down.

Ace Trainer Brenna
Sneasel L40, Snorunt L40, Snover L41
$2460

Press right. You’ve cleared another snowball.

Ace Trainer Isaiah
Piloswine L44
$2640

Down, left four times, up. Remember this spot?

Up, right, down, right. You’ve cleared another snowball.

Left, down, down, left, left, down, right. You’re in between two snowballs now.

Walk straight up.

My Team Candice’s Team

Piloswine is mildly dangerous, with a powerful Earthquake at his disposal.
Avalanche is Candice’s special move. It’s a physical attack with negative
priority. If the user is hurt before the move is launched, it will have double
strength. I suggest using a Water-type against Mamoswine to protect you from a
superpowered Avalanche, and to hit on weakness as well.

Abomasnow, evolution of Snover, will start up an eternal hailstorm when he
comes into play. If she hasn’t used Froslass yet, it’s suggested you change the
weather if at all possible. Abomasnow is strong, and his moveset reflects this.
That said, Abomasnow has a ton of weaknesses – Bug, Flying, Rock, Fighting,
Steel, and especially Fire can all hit him super effectively. Fire hits him
hardest. One hit will take him out, so if you can hit him before he hits you,
that’s pretty much good game.

Froslass is Candice’s best Pokemon. She can be pretty tough to beat for a few
reasons. The biggest reason is a STAB Blizzard that will never miss if it’s
hailing, so you need to change the weather ASAP if you are able. The next
reason is because of Froslass’s ability, Snow Cloak. It increases evasion by
20% in hail, so any move with 100% accuracy now has 80% accuracy. To top it all
off, Froslass knows Double Team, sending your accuracy even further down the
tubes. Top it off with a powerful Shadow Ball (and for some reason, Psychic)
and you’ve got a tough and powerful monster. The good news is, like Sneasel,
Froslass is very frail and can’t take a hit. Strike hard and fast before she
can get too many Double Teams in, and you’ll have her KOed in no time.

Froslass has a Sitrus Berry attached, and Candice will use both a Hyper Potion
and a Full Restore to cure her beasts. Get through this battle for the Icicle
Badge, the ability to use Rock Climb out of battle, and TM72, Avalanche.

====================
10. The Eighth Badge [bcnbj]
====================

Objectives
———-

* Check up on your rival at Lake Acuity.
* Storm the Galactic HQ and defeat Cyrus and Saturn.
* Ascend Mt. Coronet and defeat Mars and Jupiter.
* Put an end to Cyrus’s ambitions in the Distortion World.
* Stop Giratina before the two worlds merge.
* Head to Sunyshore City and earn your eighth and final Badge.

Now that you have seven Badges, all shops will now carry Max Potions. You
probably won’t ever need to buy them, but it’s good to know that you don’t have
to go to Veilstone City Department Store just to buy them anymore.

Before you do anything, fly to Jubilife City and head to the Poketch Company.
Speak to the president and he will give you the #16 Move Tester app. Don’t know
your type matchups? This is perfect for you.

We have access to a new HM now, so it’s time to go cross the world and get all
the items you can get!

Fly to Hearthome City and go west. There’s a wall you can climb if you go north
past the hiker on the bridge and down the stairs by the karate kid.

Hiker Alexander
Graveler L38, Probopass L40
$1280

Smash the upper rock and examine the wall for a Star Piece.

Fly to Pastoria City and go east to Route 213. Climb up the wall here and
dowsing for an HP Up. Pick up the visible item ball which contains TM05, Roar.

Climb down and go east to the end of the beach. Surf north on the water and
you’ll see a wall to climb. There’s a Sun Stone in the wall. Enter the house
and talk to the guy here and he will give you the #15 Coin Toss app. Touch the
coin and it’ll flip. Very simple, yet very effective.

South of there you’ll see a wall to climb down, where you can do so for a
Protein.

Go to the left of the Seven Stars Restaurant. Go up the stairs and stand two
tiles to the right of the house. You can climb down the wall here. Follow the
path to the end for an Iron and TM85, Dream Eater.

Fly to Celestic Town. Pick up someone with Defog and leave west to Route 211.
Bust the rocks on the plateau and climb up. Face right and press A for a
Calcium. Go left and claim TM29, Psychic.

Now go through Celestic Town to the east side, blow the fog away, and go until
you find the walls to climb. You’ll find one Trainer here:

Dragon Tamer Patrick
Gible L34
$1088

There’s a Zinc on the ledge. Don’t pass it up. There are some stairs to your
left, by walls you climbed. Go down the stairs and dowsing for a Shiny Stone.

Inside the house is an old lady who will teach your Dragon-types the move Draco
Meteor if their happiness is maxed out. It isn’t very useful for in-game, but
knowing where to find this girl is very helpful. Too bad you’ll have to have
someone with Rock Climb every time you want to access her.

Now fly to Snowpoint City. Heal up if you need to and backtrack all the way to
Route 216, right near the entrance to Mt. Coronet. There’s a wall to climb.

Go right.

Black Belt Philip Skier Kaitlyn Skier Bradley
Machoke L40 Swinub L36, Snover L38 Snorunt L36, Snover L36, Swinub L36
$960 $1216 $1152

Head right a Mental Herb, then an HP Up, then a girl.

Skier Andrea
Snover L39
$1248

Continue to the end for a Max Potion and TM13, Ice Beam.

Go back to Acuity Lakefront, climb up the wall, and pick up the Reaper Cloth to
the right. Go north into the lake for a scene with your rival, who’s just been
whooped by Jupiter.

o—————————–o She suggests _not_ going to their HQ in
| LAKE ACUITY POKEMON LISTING | Veilstone, so we’re going to completely ignore
o—————————–o that. After your rival has a revelation and
| Bibarel (all day) | leaves (without running this time – Jupiter
| Golduck (all day) | really must have done a number on him), you’re
| Psyduck (all day) | free to do the same, but not before surfing
| Sneasel (all day) | across the lake to a field that contains TM14,
| Snover (all day) | Blizzard.
| Snorunt (night) |
| Golduck (surfing) | Fly to Veilstone City. To the left of the
| Psyduck (surfing) | Pokemon Center, you can finally climb up the
| Goldeen (fishing, GR) | wall here and claim the Full Incense. Go to
o—————————–o the northeast corner of town and speak to the
grunt. He’ll run off. Looker will come now and
inform you that he has the key to get inside their HQ. It’s a bad idea to just
go in there guns blazing, so the two of you will infiltrate their hideout from
the back.

Go to the warehouse, where you picked up Fly. Looker will unlock the door and
rush in, signaling the start of your mission.

=================================
10a. Infiltrating the Monkey Cage [rokit]
=================================

Start by taking the free Dusk Stone before you go down the stairs. The first
part is almost completely linear:

Galactic Grunt
Golbat L41
$1640

Go up at the fork for a Zinc. Resume killing.

Galactic Grunt
Houndour L38, Murkrow L40
$1600

Up two sets of stairs…

Galactic Grunt
Glameow L41
$1640

Time for some warp action. Step on the right panel and take TM49, Snatch. Back
in the first room, step on the left panel and then go up the steps. You can
warp here, so do so and continue on.

Scientist Fredrick
Kirlia L40, Kadabra L40
$1920

Get the Dubious Disc lying nearby, then go down the stairs. Go left and you’ll
find two item balls. One contains TM36, Sludge Bomb, and the other contains the
Galactic Key. Feel free to use it on the door here as a shortcut of sorts when
you have to go.

Go back to the room with the warp panel and the stairs. This time, go up the
stairs and go go go.

Galactic Grunt
Glameow L37, Croagunk L39, Murkrow L38
$1560

Galactic Grunt Galactic Grunt
Stunky L41 Murkrow L39, Stunky L39
$1640 $1560

Use the key on the door here and pick up TM21, Frustration.

Leave this place and go to the northeast building now.

Now that you have the Galactic Key, you can get into the main part of the
building. Despite the lobby being filled with grunts, no one says a thing when
you unlock the door with the key you’re not supposed to have. Oh well!

Go!

Galactic Grunt Galactic Grunt
Golbat L40/L38 Golbat L39, Houndour L39
$1520 $1560

At the fork, continue right. Take the top warp for a Green Shard. The bottom
warp leads to a Max Revive. Head back to the fork now, and go up.

Scientist Darrius
Porygon2 L42
$2016

Warp and watch the scene. When it’s finished, go left. Examine the bed on the
right’s lower tile for a Poke Doll. You can also rest in the bed to get your
team fully healed. I think it’s a bit weird that you would go to sleep while
deep in the enemy’s main HQ, but whatever.

Go up the stairs and fight these grunts however you wish.

Galactic Grunt Galactic Grunt
Croagunk L38, Stunky L38, Glameow L38 Stunky L38, Croagunk L40
$1520 $1600

You’ll see three teleporters. Step on the middle one to be lead to a Max
Elixir. The right one leads to a Protein (hidden behind the boxes). The left
one takes you further in. Go up the steps, use the key, and save.

This is one of the most lucrative boss battles in the game, so equip the Amulet
Coin beforehand for big bucks.

================
10b. Boss: Cyrus [srus2]
================

My Team Cyrus’s Team

Crobat is the evolved form of Golbat. It’s just as annoying as ever. Poison
Fang has a 50% chance to inflict toxic poison, so cure that ASAP.

Honchkrow’s the only new face. It evolves from Murkrow and has a really nice
Attack score. Drill Peck and Faint Attack are the best moves he has to offer.
Electric-types, Magnemite line in particular, star here for hitting on his
weakness and resisting Drill peck (Magnemite line resists FA and Astonish too).

Honchkrow holds a Sitrus Berry, and Cyrus has a Hyper Potion to use here.

After the battle, he will give you a Master Ball (_save it_) and say that he’s
off to Mt. Coronet. He’ll take off, leaving you to save Azelf, Mesprit, and
Uxie. Go right and warp. Follow the path, picking up the Full Restore on the
way, and enter the next room. Before you talk to Saturn, save.

=================
10c. Boss: Saturn [gaomo]
=================

My Team Saturn’s Team

When you beat Saturn, he steps aside and invites you to free the pixies from
their prisons, since they’re no longer needed. Do so and everyone will run away
aside from Charon, who is even more useless than Saturn is.

It’s time to confront Cyrus once and for all at Mt. Coronet!

You will have an one-time opportunity to catch a legendary Pokemon. While you
could easily catch it with the Master Ball, it’s a stationary Pokemon, so you
can just chuck Ultra Balls or Dusk Balls at it until you capture it. Make sure
you stock up before continuing. Take no fewer than 30 of each ball you buy.

When you’re ready, fly to Oreburgh City.

================
10d. Mt. Coronet [mcadw]
================

To complete this dungeon, you will need Surf, Strength, Rock Smash, and Rock
Climb.

Leave Oreburgh City to Route 207 and head east into Mt. Coronet.

o—————————–o Surf across the water and climb up to some
| MT. CORONET POKEMON LISTING | stairs. In the next room, you’ll see a Max
| 2F – 7F | Repel lying there. Examine the white rock for
o—————————–o a Red Shard. Push the rock in your way until
| Bronzong (all day) | it’s not in your way anymore. Go down for an
| Golbat (all day) | Escape Rope. Go up the steps here, then go
| Graveler (all day) | left, down, and out of the cave. Pick up the
| Machoke (all day) | Timer Ball, climb down and get the Iron, then
| Medicham (all day) | head back inside.
| Nosepass (all day) |
| Chimecho (4F+ only) | Go up now, cross the bridge, then go down at
| Chingling (1F-6F only) | the fork for TM80, Rock Slide. Go up for a Max
| Clefairy (morning/night) | Revive, then follow the path to the end for a
o—————————–o scene with Looker where he gives you a Black
Flute.
Enter the door and go up the
stairs. Go down the stairs on the right. Examine the rock inside the pit for a
Star Piece. Go back one room and head north to begin the purge, one Galactic
Grunt at a time.

Galactic Grunt
Stunky L43
$1720

Before you head downwards, dowsing for a Max Repel.

Galactic Grunt
Murkrow L43
$1720

Back outside, climb up the second wall and head right into the grass. The empty
tile at the beginning is hiding an Energy Root, and there’s a Star Piece in the
rock. Climb down just one level and go down, push the boulder out of your way,
and bust the rock when you get to it. Examine the rock for a Blue Shard. Go up
the stairs and into the cave.

Galacic Grunt
Stunky L42, Golbat L40
$1600

Go right without going down the stairs and dowsing for an Ultra Ball. Now go
down and dowsing for a Max Revive. Head right, which takes you outside again.

Dowsing for a Star Piece. You’ll have to break a rock to get it.

Go up as far as you can and examine the rock for a Moon Stone. Go down into the
pit by whatever means you want and enter the cave.

Galactic Grunt
Golbat L43
$1720

Climb down and then go right, up to the next level, and then left to the next
level. Examine the rock for a Green Shard. Now go up the right side of the
cave.

Galactic Grunt Galactic Grunt
Murkrow L39 x2, Glameow L42 Croagunk L38/L42, Stunky L40
$1560 $1680

Go all the way left and down. Break the rock, stand where it was, face left,
press A for a Green Shard. Go up to the steps, go down them, and climb down.
There’s a Stardust in the white rock those two rocks are blocking. Smash one
and claim your prize.

Go up and dowsing for a Max Potion.

Go down, break the two rocks nearest you, and examine the little white rock it
was blocking for a Heal Powder.

Break your way further south, climb back up, and get out of the cave. Climb up
left and go down the stairs leading up. Push the rock out of your way, go down
the stairs once, and dowsing for a Revival Herb. Continue left and dowsing for
a Full Restore. When you reach the stairs leading down, go on that path to the
end and examine the rock for a Stardust. Now go back up the two flights of
stairs and into the cave. You’re almost finished!

It’s just one straight path to the end now. When you hit the grunt, dowsing for
a Full Restore.

Galactic Grunt
Houndour L40, Glameow L48
$1680

Go down and dowsing for a Rare Candy. Continue.

Galactic Grunt Galactic Grunt
Glameow L41, Golbat L41 Golbat L39, Croagunk L40, Murkrow L41
$1640 $1640

Exit to Spear Pillar. The two grunts you have to fight in 2v2, so get it done.

Galactic Grunt and Galactic Grunt
Croagunk L39/43; Stunky L41, Glameow L41
$3360

Save before you go any further… equip the Amulet Coin as usual for dollars++.

===========================
10e. Boss: Mars and Jupiter [2htez]
===========================

My Team Mars’s Team

None of my Pokemon could learn Rock Climb, so I had to put away Gardevoir (the
only one with no HM moves) for someone who could… he’s not worth listing.

Okay, battle tactics. The stakes are high and both ladies are bringing their A
game this time. They each lead with Bronzor, which is tremendously confusing
because you don’t know which Bronzor is doing what move. Mars’s Bronzor is on
the right; Jupiter’s is on the left. They have Reflect and Light Screen between
them, and it will be the first move each does.

Fortunately, they’re both really slow, so you might be able to OHKO one before
it gets a chance to set up a screen. Don’t rely on Munchlax for support. He
will focus on bolstering his own defenses. Your best bet is to kill him off so
your rival will send in something worth your time, like Staraptor. Once
Staraptor comes out, stuff gets beaten down by Close Combat, and that’s good.

Remember, Mars’s Purugly has Thick Fat. Both Purugly and Skuntank have moves to
hit their resistances, so do be careful. Both hold a Sitrus Berry, but neither
lady will use any items on their Pokemon.

After the battle, your rival leaves, but not before fully curing your whole
team. Sweet job, rival!

After the battle, Cyrus will summon Dialga and Palkia to Spear Pillar to create
his new world, but someone has other plans…

The appearance of Dialga and Palkia will mark them as seen in your Pokedex.

=========================
10f. The Distortion World [bnpip]
=========================

Before Cyrus can do anything, an enormous shadowy figure appears, and after
dripping shadow all over the place, completely envelops the screen in darkness.
When you can see again, Dialga, Palkia, the shadow, and Cyrus have all gone. A
small portal is all that remains.

Cynthia comes and mentions that in the legend of time and space, there was a
third Pokemon whose name was never meant to be spoken – Giratina. The summoning
of Dialga and Palkia to Spear Pillar caused Giratina to freak out and attack.
Spear Pillar has become distorted due to the anomaly Giratina created. Cynthia
asks you to head in there and set things right before the whole world is
destroyed. When you’re prepared, tell her you’re ready, and the two of you will
enter the Distortion World.

There are no wild Pokemon in the Distortion World. There aren’t any items here,
either, visible or otherwise. The path is mostly straightforward. There are
platforms that will take you places when you step on the discolored tiles on
them. All the ones except for the ones you need to go on lead to dead ends.

To go to the next platform, just walk to it and you’ll jump to the next one
automatically. If it’s not letting you jump, then you can’t jump there.

If you find a path that looks like you can progress, you can’t. The platform
will disappear when you get closer. Approach all the dead ends you find – the
platforms you need to progress will appear when you get near them.

Make your way to Cyrus. He’ll say a few things, and then leave. This is where
things get a bit tricky. Go down, right, and then up, and then right and down.
You’ll come across an elevator that takes you down. Uxie will appear, hover
over a rock, and then leave. Activate Strength and push the rock down the hole.

Go around, down, and jump to your left. Mesprit will appear and do the same
thing Uxie did. Push the rock into the hole. Go left and up. Giratina will fly
by, and continue. Stay near the top and make your way to a platform you can get
on. Continue on and Giratina will fly by again. You’ll come across a waterfall
that you will traverse automatically if you approach it in the water. At the
bottom (top?), you’ll see Azelf do the same thing his buddies did. Push that
rock into the hole.

Go left, jump the ledge, and ride the elevator to the lower level. The three
pixies will each be standing by one of three blue pits. Push the boulders into
whatever pit the pixies are standing by and a path will open to you. Head to
Cynthia and speak with her. Get on the platform and ride it to the final area.

Cynthia and Cyrus will share a few words. When they’ve finished talking, save
your game, and then talk to Cyrus.

================
10g. Boss: Cyrus [btiph]
================

My Team Cyrus’s Team

Houndoom will be your first opponent. Right off the bat, Houndoom will come at
you with strong hits from Dark Pulse and Flamethrower, while putting the hurt
on your Water-types with Thunder Fang. Despite the weakness, Water-types are
still your best bet here. Thunder Fang can miss, and Houndoom has a poor Attack
stat, so you’ll survive the attack even if it hits.

If you have an Electric-type attack, use it on Gyarados for some free exp. It’s
really a shame that such a devastating Pokemon can be neutered so easily… if
you don’t have any Electric-type moves on your team, you’re in for a little
more trouble. His Special Defense is quite high, so special attacks won’t do
too much unless he’s weak to them. Switch whatever got Intimidated out of
battle and bring someone in who can deliver strong, physical hits to take him
on. Be careful, though. Gyarados has exceptional type coverage, and he will
have no problems with hitting your Pokemon super effectively. Water Pokemon
work best here, taking away Gyarados’s most reliable attacking option. When
Giga Impact hits, you get a free turn to do whatever you want, so watch for
that opening and take advantage of it.

Weavile can cause you a lot of problems if you don’t take it out right away by
using a Fighting attack. Ice Punch and Night Slash are the main STAB moves and
can cause lots of damage to your weaker Pokemon. Fake Out can pick off a
Pokemon in the red, so keep your HP high at all times, especially once Weavile
enters the fray. X-Scissor provides no additional coverage, but the people in
this game really like giving Dark-types Bug-type moves. He holds a Sitrus
Berry.

Honchkrow got the biggest improvements out of all Cyrus’s Pokemon. Everything
but Drill Peck was dropped in favor of something much sexier. Like Weavile,
Night Slash can cause huge amounts of damage if it hits critically. Heat Wave
is taught via a Move Tutor you haven’t even met yet, and its use is to fry
Steel-types, who would otherwise wall this set. You can tell that Cyrus is
really not screwing around anymore. Psychic gives Honchkrow the option to hit
Poison-types super effectively, but that’s really it. He won’t use it often.
Your best bet is to use a fast Electric-type (or Electric move) to outspeed and
OHKO with your Electric move of choice. A Heatproof Bronzong gets special
mention because Heatproof nullifies the extra damage from Heat Wave and shrugs
off all the other moves.

You’ve been seeing it and its forms all game, but Cyrus’s Crobat is the best
set you’ve fought yet. Fortunately, that’s not saying much – it is still easily
dispatched with one of its many weaknesses. You’ll still probably have to deal
with some annoyance first. Air Slash has a 30% flinch rate, and while the
damage isn’t too stellar given Crobat’s bad Special Attack, the possibility of
a flinch is certainly annoying. Cross Poison is a new addition – it has a high
critical hit ratio in addition to being able to poison. Toxic and Confuse Ray
you are familiar with.

After the fight, Cynthia will completely cure your Pokemon, and it’s a good
thing she does – you’ve got a tough fight coming up. Proceed north to the end
of the path, where you will encounter Giratina. After it “quietly eyes you,”
save your game. You won’t get a chance after that, and unless you chuck the
Master Ball at it, you seriously might just die.

================================
10h. Boss: Giratina Origin Forme [spfkh]
================================

It is in this author’s humble opinion that the fight against Giratina-O –
Giratina Origin Forme – is the hardest required Pokemon boss fight in any main
Pokemon game, ever.

Giratina-O is _no joke._ I usually don’t suggest using the Master Ball on
stationary legendaries, but really, this fight can go from tolerable to
downright impossible in as little as three turns. This is not an easy fight.
Before I get into the strategy, I will tell you right now that if you want to
save yourself the hassle and just use the Master Ball on Giratina right now,
feel free. There is no shame in doing so, and I would not chastise you for it.
Skip the rest of this and go to the next section.

For those brave souls who would dare to capture Giratina with a Poke Ball
without a 100% capture rate, read on…

Giratina-O is Level 47. He is Ghost/Dragon in type, isn’t holding an item, and
has the Levitate ability, which causes all damage-dealing Ground moves to miss.

Giratina has one of the lowest capture rates in the game. Starly has a capture
rate of 255. Gible, a fairly rare Pokemon, has a capture rate of 45. Giratina’s
capture rate is 3.

Yeah. Without some good luck on your side, you’re going to be here for a while.
Let’s go over each of Giratina-O’s moves.

Ominous Wind: 5 PP, 60 power, 100 accuracy, special-based Ghost-type move. Has
a 10% chance to raise all the user’s stats by 1 stage.

AncientPower: 5 PP, 60 power, 100 accuracy, special-based Rock-type move. Has a
10% chance to raise all the user’s stats by 1 stage.

Dragon Claw: 15 PP, 80 power, 100 accuracy, physical-based Dragon-type move.
Has no added effects.

Shadow Force: 5 PP, 120 power, 100 accuracy, physical-based Ghost-type move.
User vanishes on the first turn, granting immunity to all
attacks. Attacks on the second turn. Hits through Protect and
Detect 100% of the time.

If you can manage to stall Giratina-O for 30 turns, you’ve got this match won.
Of course, that’s easier said than done, considering Giratina-O has 10 chances
to raise all of his stats by 1 stage each. It’s a 10% chance, but you really do
not want him to get that boost. Giratina-O is strong enough as it is. With too
many boosts, he will literally rip through your team with Dragon Claw and
Shadow Force.

The only good thing that can come from boosted stats is less damage done to
him, making it easier to bring his HP as low as possible for capture. If you
can put him to sleep, do so to maximize your chances at capturing him.

You should know that you can’t throw a Poke Ball when Giratina-O uses Shadow
Force and vanishes. You can’t catch what you can’t see!

To progress, you need to capture or defeat Giratina-O. After you do so, you’ll
be treated to a short scene between Cynthia and Cyrus. When the scene is over,
step into the portal and you’ll be taken back to the real world.

===================================
10i. Sub-Boss: Azelf, Mesprit, Uxie [amull]
===================================

Go to any city that sells Dusk Balls and stock up on a lot, like 50. Pastoria
works fine. If you have a strong Pokemon with False Swipe, bring him too. When
you’re all set, go to Lake Acuity and surf to the middle of the lake to
challenge Uxie. Save before you attack him.

Uxie is Level 50. He is Psychic in type, isn’t holding an item, and has the
Levitate ability, which causes all damage-dealing Ground moves to miss.

This is such an easy battle – it’s a great relief from fighting Giratina-O.

Here are his moves:

Swift: 20 PP, 60 power, special-based Normal-type move. Never misses.

Yawn: 10 PP, 0 power, Normal-type status move. Makes the opponent fall
asleep at the end of the next turn.

Future Sight: 15 PP, 80 power, special-based Psychic-type move. Hits at the end
of the turn after the turn after this move was used.

Amnesia: 20 PP, 0 power, Psychic-type status move. Raises user’s Sp.Def by
2 stages.

We’re starting easy here. Uxie has nothing that’s particularly threatening to
your party, so get his HP as low as you can (not hard with Uxie’s bulk), put
him to sleep if you’re able, then start throwing and don’t stop. Dusk Balls
work best here because Uxie is in a cave. It still may take a while, though, so
keep your cool.

Now it’s time for the tougher battle. Azelf waits for you in Lake Valor.

Swift: 20 PP, 60 power, special-based Normal-type move. Never misses.

Uproar: 10 PP, 50 power, special-based Normal-type move. User repeats the
move over the next 2-5 turns. During this time, no Pokemon can
fall asleep, and any sleeping Pokemon will wake up.

Future Sight: 15 PP, 80 power, special-based Psychic-type move. Hits at the end
of the turn after the turn after this move was used.

Nasty Plot: 20 PP, 0 power, Dark-based status move. Raises user’s Sp.Atk by 2
stages.

This fight sucks!

Azelf is the complete opposite of Uxie. Azelf is very, very frail, and can die
to the slightest super effective hit in one blow. Go at him with Psychic- or
Fighting-type attacks so your attacks do half damage, then start up the False
Swipes once his HP get low.

It sounds so easy. Unfortunately, it’s anything but, for a few reasons. The
biggest problem you’ll have is Nasty Plot. Azelf is strong enough as it is, but
with repeated use, his moves become insanely powerful. If you have a Ghost-type
to block Swift and Uproar, by all means, use him. Another blow dealt is Uproar;
while Azelf is using it, you can’t put him to sleep. Like Giratina, Azelf has a
capture rate of 3, so you really need to have patience and a little luck to
catch him successfully.

For the final encounter, head back home and go to Lake Verity. Mesprit awaits.

Talk to Mesprit and he will run away (he will still be added to your Pokedex as
seen). Rowan will come into the cave and mention that perhaps this is a game
Mesprit wants to play… you can use the Marking Map (it’s #13, you should have
gotten this a long time ago, the Poketch Company president gives it to you
after your third Badge) to track Mesprit’s movements. You can find Mesprit
anywhere in any field on the world map. Mesprit will switch routes whenever you
switch locations, so find the changing point between a city and a route.
Alternate stepping between those two tiles and you will change Mesprit’s
location with every step.

To find him, it’s suggested that you utilize Max Repel to block the route’s
normal monsters. If your lead Pokemon is L50 or below, the only Pokemon you
will run into is Mesprit. Mesprit can change routes as early as one battle, so
it’s very helpful to utilize Max Repel.

The difficulty doesn’t stop here, though. Mesprit is a huge jerk and will run
away instantly when you encounter him. Mesprit is incredibly annoying to chase
down, so if you still have the Master Ball, now’s the time to use it.

Fortunately, there is a silver lining. Anything you manage to do to Mesprit
before it flees will stay on it. If you can manage to put Mesprit to sleep, he
will stay asleep forever, since he never will take a turn to try and wake up.
That said, Mesprit flees immediately, so you get one shot to catch it. For this
battle, Dusk Balls will only work if you’re trying to catch Mesprit at night.
For any other time, you’ll want Quick Balls, available in Celestic Town. These
work at best efficiency for the first five turns after the battle starts. The
battle against Mesprit only lasts one turn, Quick Balls are the best option
outside of just throwing a Master Ball.

Alternatively, you could completely ignore Mesprit since all you need is his
Pokedex data, and you have it now.

To progress, you’ll need to go to Valor Lakefront’s residential area and head
east onto the newly opened Route 222.

===========================
10j. Sunny Exploration Time [tssck]
===========================

Go down the stairs, then above the next stairs you see to an optional path
leading to some grass. Dowsing for an Ultra Ball. Head right to a tree you may
slice. Do so and go down for a Carbos. Back on the main path, you will see a
dude who will give you TM56, Fling. Move on:

Policeman Thomas Sailor Marc Tuber Conner
Noctowl L43, Machoke L43 Mantyke L45 Remoraid L44
$1720 $1440 $176

Go left now, taking out the Trainers you missed. Smash the rock and dowsing for
a Full Restore and a TinyMushroom. Pick up the Quick Ball, surf to the right,
and dowsing for a Big Mushroom.

Back on the main path, pick up the PP Up between the two houses. Enter the one
on the left and speak to the Pikachu at the top of the house in the middle.

Poke Kid Janet
Pikachu L42/L43?
$334?

Dowsing outside for a Heart Scale. Now just go left, thrashing people in the
way.

Tuber Holly Fisherman Cole After Cole, dowsing for
Remoraid L44 Gyarados L43 x2, Remoraid L40 a Heart Scale.
$176 $1376

Fisherman Brett
Magikarp L43, Feebas L42, Finneon L42
$1344

Fisherman George After George, dowsing
Magikarp L41, Gyarados L42, Remoraid L41, Finneon L41 for a Pearl.
$1344

Fisherman Alec
Magikarp L42, Gyarados L45
$1440

Now go back to the end and fight the last sailor. You probably fought him
already.

Sailor Luther
Wingull L41, Gastrodon L43, Machoke L42
$1376

To the east is Sunyshore City.

o——————————–o When you enter, you get stopped by a dude
| SUNYSHORE CITY POKEMON LISTING | who calls himself Flint. He’s a member of
o——————————–o Sinnoh’s Elite Four. He wants you to give
| Pelipper (surfing) | Volkner a really good battle, because he’s
| Tentacool (surfing) | become bored with battling. Everyone sucks
| Tentacruel (surfing) | and he keeps on winning his battles.
| Wingull (surfing) |
| Remoraid (fishing, GR) | All right, we can do that, but first…
o——————————–o
Head right to the Pokemon Center. Before
you go past this point, head to the PC and pick up three Pokemon with the
following natures: Serious, Naive, Quirky. If you have any of them with you,
get a Pokemon that knows Rock Climb and put it into your party as well.

Leave, then go north to the Poke Mart. Skip that and enter the building with
the sign next to it. This is Sunyshore Market, and you’ll want to remember this
building. The girl on the left will give your lead Pokemon a ribbon if it has
all its EV points allocated. If they don’t get the ribbon at this point, don’t
worry. You can come back later on and check. You get EV points by battling
Pokemon.

The guy in the upper left corner sells Poke Ball seals. The list changes every
day, so you might as well stock up on today’s seals. They’re cheap, too, so you
don’t really have a reason not to.

Go right and up the stairs to the second level. Continue going up and to the
right for two houses. In the right is a girl named Julia who is a lonely
housewife and wants you to regale her with tales while her husband’s away…

Tomorrow. Come back to see her tomorrow and she’ll ask you to tell her
something that has to do with the topic she’s talking about, but it doesn’t
matter what you say to her. You will still get a ribbon for your lead Pokemon.
You can do this once a day, every day, so it’s a real easy way to get ribbons.

Just make sure you talk to her today so she tells you to come back tomorrow!

Go down, right, and down again to come across a wall you can climb. Do so and
enter the house here who makes his own Poketch apps. Talk to him with a Pokemon
with a Serious nature in your party and he will give you the #17 Calendar app,
which is just a calendar for the month and day your DS is currently set to. You
can tap a date and it will darken. Tap it again and it will go back to normal.

Speak to him with a Pokemon with a Naive nature in your party for the #18 Dot
Artist app. You can draw using this app. Every time you touch a spot, the area
will darken up to three shades. It’s kinda cool.

Finally, talk to him with a Quirky-natured Pokemon for the #19 Roulette app.
Using the stylus, you can draw your own roulette wheel! Tap the top button to
start, and tap it again to stop. Tap the C button to clear the screen.

Go back to the solar panel bridge and head south. Hit the wall, then turn right
and go straight ahead until you hit the ledge. Examine the last tile for a Zap
Plate. Enter the lighthouse and you will be automatically taken to the top
floor. The guy with the yellow hair is Volkner. Speak to him and he’ll head
back to the Gym. You can reach it by going north on the solar panels up to
Julia’s house, then go left until you reach it. Talk to Flint to get him to
move out of the way, put your team back together, then go inside and claim
victory.

==================
10k. Boss: Volkner [hwahw]
==================

The plan here is to make your way to Volkner by stepping on switches that turn
the gears, and in turn will turn the path so you can get somewhere.

Step on the green switch. Go back to the entrance and another path has opened;
step on the switch on the left. Fight the girl you now have access to.

School Kid Tiera
Pachirisu L47
$940

In the next room, step on the blue switch three times. You can now get up the
stairs on your left. Follow this.

School Kid Forrest
Magneton L47
$940

Step on the blue switch right next to him once, then the green switch once. You
can now get up the stairs on your right.

Guitarist Jerry Pokekid Meghan
Magnemite L44, Luxio L44 x2 Pikachu L42 x4
$1056 $336

There’s a battle immediately after entering the third room.

Guitarist Lonnie
Raichu L47
$1128

Step on the red switch once. A new path opens to a second red switch, which you
will step on exactly once.

Ace Trainer Destiny Guitarist Preston
Electabuzz L41, Raichu L48 Luxio L45 x2
$2880 $1080

Step on the green switch twice. Follow the path to the blue switch and step on
it just once. Go up and then down the stairs to your right.

Ace Trainer Zachery
Electabuzz L47, Magneton L48
$2880

Go down to the beginning of this room and step on the red switch on the right,
just once. Go back up the stairs on your left and follow the newly opened path
to your last Badge.

My Team Volkner’s Team

The first, easiest, and probably most obvious tactic to use against him is a
Ground-type. With their Electric immunity, Volkner’s most powerful moves now do
no damage against you, leaving them super weak non-STAB moves to tickle you
with. Gastrodon and Quagsire get special mention for resisting Iron Tail, Fire
Punch, Ice Fang, and Fire Fang as well as all Electric attacks.

The second method is a little more obscure. If you lead with a Gardevoir or
Porygon2 and either of those Pokemon have Trace, you will trace Jolteon’s Volt
Absorb. Now his most powerful moves will heal you. For all intents and
purposes, you’re still immune to them, but the side effect is better.

If you’re not using either of those strategies against him, read on for some
tips against Volkner.

Jolteon is good at two things – being REALLY FAST and spamming Charge Beam.
Unless you have a significant level advantage over Jolteon, it’s probably going
to go first. Charge Beam is Volkner’s special move. It’s a weak move, but it
has a 70% chance to raise the user’s Special Attack if it hits (it has 90
accuracy). It’s easy to brush off at first, but once those boosts build up,
it’s going to sting a _lot_. Not like he needs it, but Quick Attack will pick
off any Pokemon in the red before it can act. Watch out for that. Iron Tail is
a poor move, but it’s Jolteon’s only real offense against Ground-types. You
have nothing to worry about there. Keep in mind that his Volt Absorb ability
will heal him if you use Electric moves on him, but that shouldn’t really be a
problem in the first place.

Electivire is Volkner’s toughest Pokemon. His ability, Motor Drive, increases
his Speed by 1 stage if you hit him with an Electric attack. It’ll do no
damage, either, so don’t use any Electric moves on him (not that you would
anyway). You’ve had a little experience with Giga Impact. It’s the best thing
Volkner can do against Ground-types, and if that Ground-type is also a Rock-
type, you are free to watch as all his moves tickle you.

Raichu is the only Pokemon Volkner has that can actually do some decent damage
to Ground-types. The good news is that Focus Blast has silly accuracy, so he
might just miss only to end up dead from an Earthquake.

Luxray is a strong Pokemon. He is male and has Rivalry (ATK boost if fighting a
Pokemon of the same gender), which complements his completely offensive
moveset. To counter this, either break him in two with a Ground-type (Ice Fang
will hurt if he gets a turn, though) or use a Pokemon with no gender, or better
yet, a female, to weaken Luxray’s moves.

For being the last and toughest Gym Leader in Sinnoh, this fight is an enormous
disappointment. Breeze through this yawnfest for the Beacon Badge, the right to
use Waterfall out of battle, and TM57, Charge Beam.

======================
11. The Pokemon League [chkra]
======================

Objectives
———-

* Come face to face with the hottest Gym Leader EVER.
* Pass the ultimate test – Victory Road.
* Have a final showdown with your rival.
* Defeat the Elite Four and become Champion of Sinnoh.

Now that you have eight Badges, all shops (except the Veilstone City Department
Store, for some reason) will now carry Full Restores, the epitome of healing!

You’ve gained the right to use another HM out of battle, but you don’t have it!
Let’s fix that. Go down to the ground level of town and head to the beach at
the north end. You and your rival will be humbled (not really) by the grace and
beauty of the hottest Gym Leader ever: Jasmine, Contest aficionado and Gym
Leader of Olivine City in Johto. She will bestow HM7, Waterfall, upon you.
Thank her profusely, for she single-handedly enabled you to progress (unless
you’re using Seaking, you jerk).

Time to play. Teach someone Waterfall and fly to Hearthome City!

Leave west out of the city. Do you remember that fisherman you fought a long
time ago, standing in the middle of the water? You can ascend the waterfall
near him for a Carbos. When you pick it up, get back on the main path and go
straight into Mt. Coronet. You’ll need Rock Climb, Rock Smash, and Strength, so
grab those if you don’t have them in your party already.

Go back to the summit. Climb up the wall and head right into the cave. Surf on
the water and go up the waterfall to the cave you passed over earlier. There’s
a rock in here hiding a Stone Plate – the visible item balls contain an Adamant
Orb and a Lustrous Orb. Do not get rid of these. Leave them in your bag.

Continue normally through Mt. Coronet until you reach the second summit area.
Enter the cave in the pit and climb your way down to the lowest level. When you
came here the first time, a Galactic grunt blocked the path to an extra
section, which happens to be an exit. Go into the cave he blocked and you’ll
find a short path to an item ball that contains TM02, Dragon Claw. In the rock
above that is a Nugget. Push the boulder out of your way and leave east out of
the mountain.

Fly to Celestic Town and go east. Don’t bother with Defog, you’re not gonna
need it. Go back to the surf area and ascend the very first waterfall. Get on
land, stand in the northwest corner, face up, and press A for a Meadow Plate.

Go down to ground level and surf left. Go up the next waterfall, continue left,
go down, and then left again for a Wave Incense.

Okay, that’s it. Time to move on. Fly back to Sunyshore City and head north
into the water to Route 223.

SwimmerF Paige SwimmerM Colton
Marill L41, Wingull L42, Golduck L43 Wingull L40, Octillery L44, Pelipper L44
$688 $704

SwimmerM Ricardo SwimmerF Crystal Before going up, pick off
Tentacruel L45 Wingull L42, Seaking L44 the guy to Crystal’s left.
$720 $704

SwimmerM Wesley
Floatzel L43, Tentacruel L43
$688

Land to the north and pick up the Ultra Ball before fighting the next guy.

Sailor Zachariah
Pelipper L40, Machoke L42, Gastrodon L44
$1480

Dowsing for a Heart Scale, then make your way north.

SwimmerF Gabrielle Past her is a Dive Ball.
Golduck L45
$720

SwimmerF Cassandra
Lumineon L44, Pelipper L42 On the shallows to the side, there’s a Rare Candy.
$672 Just one more guy to take care of here.

=================
11a. Victory Road [dcrbt]
=================

Above him you will find TM41, Torment. Climb back up the wall and head right.
Go down the stairs to the next person.

Bird Keeper Hana
Noctowl L45, Togetic L47
$1504

Cross the bridge next to her for a Max Repel. Go back up to the top level,
cross the bridge going north, climb down, and go left to some stairs. You’ll
see the next person shortly after going up them.

Ace Trainer Mariah
Blissey L45, Glalie L46, Magnezone L48
$2880

Go up past the stairs to the end and examine the rock for a Nugget. Then go up
the stairs you passed to the second floor.

o——————————o Go left here. Bust the rock and push the
| VICTORY ROAD POKEMON LISTING | boulder out of your way. push the second one
| SECOND FLOOR | to the right so you have room to rid. Jump
o——————————o the ramp and smash the rock above the wall.
| Steelix (all day) | Put the bike in slow gear and jump the ramp
| Gabite (all day) | leading to a Max Elixir. Jump the rock with
| Golbat (all day) | fast gear and you’ll find yourself back at
| Graveler (all day) | the entrance. Head south now. Smash a rock in
| Magneton (all day) | your path and you’ll see three rocks to push.
| Onix (all day) | Push the one on the right down, then push the
o——————————o left one out of your way. Fight the nearby
dude.
Ace Trainer Omar
Mamoswine L45, Rampardos L48, Mothim L46
$2880

Push the _left_ boulder down, then go around and smash the rock. Push the
boulder back up out of the way and continue.

Ace Trainer Sydney
Clefable L47, Torterra L48
$2880

Push the boulder to the right, opening a path north.

Veteran Clayton
Staraptor L47, Lickilicky L47
$3760

Go down the stairs, then immediately go back up them. The boulders you pushed
are now back in their original positions, meaning you can now push the boulder
south, opening the path east. Push the boulder you get to as far right as you
can, dowsing for a Full Restore, then open your path north. Jump the ramp in
fast gear to get another Full Restore. Then go east around the ramps.

Double Team Al & Kay
Staraptor L50; Ambipom L50
$12000

Jump twice in fast gear and you’ll be rewarded with TM71, Stone Edge. There’s
nothing else here, so go back down the stairs you just went down.

Climb down. Don’t jump the ledge! Follow the path to one more guy and some
stairs.

Black Belt Miles
Machamp L48 To his right, dowsing for an Ultra Ball.
$1152.

o——————————o Welcome to the basement! When you get to the
| VICTORY ROAD POKEMON LISTING | water, surf to the guy standing nearby and
| BASEMENT | waste him.
o——————————o
| Azumarill (all day) | Psychic Valencia
| Floatzel (all day) | Chimecho L44, Absol $5, Dusknoir L46
| Gabite (all day) | $1472
| Golbat (all day) |
| Graveler (all day) | Go up into the water again to the waterfall,
| Onix (all day) | but don’t go up it just yet.
| Steelix (all day) |
| Floatzel (surfing) | There’s a guy to your right who just can’t
| Golbat (surfing) | sit still. Feel free to slap him up.
o——————————o
Ace Trainer Henry
Pick up the Ultra Ball and go Rhydon L47, Carnivine L48
down to some more water. Cross $2880
it, go up the stairs, and take
out the couple. Double Team Jo & Pat
Lumineon L50; Rapidash L50
Surf left and go up the stairs $12000
for a Rare Candy sitting all by
its lonesome. Backtrack to the waterfall and this time, ascend it. Go down the
waterfall standing by this guy and claim TM59, Dragon Pulse. Go back up and go
left.

Dragon Tamer Ondrej
Altaria L45, Gabite L47
$1504

Continue on this path to some more stairs. You’re back on the first floor
again. Be absolutely sure you don’t jump any ledges or you’ll have to start
over again! Just two more Trainers to go against and you’re home free.

Veteran Edgar
Porygon-Z L46, Empoleon L46, Tangrowth L46
$3680

Go left past him and follow the path to the end for a Razor Claw. Go up the
steps by Edgar and cross the bridge. Continue right under the bridge and you’ll
see a dude blocking your way further. That’s fine. You’ll be coming back here
after you beat the game. Pick up the Zinc and then go back to where Edgar
stands. Go south between the two large structures, left, and up the wall.
Dowsing for a Max Revive, then go left into another side room. Push the top and
bottom boulders to the side, then push the last one out of your way to get
TM79, Dark Pulse.

Go back to the main area and climb up the wall on the right to your last fight.

Dragon Tamer Clinton
Gible L43, Swablu L45, Gabite L47
$1504

What a disappointment. Leave the cave. Stand to the left of the sign that says
“Pokemon League Ahead”, take five steps left, and press A for a Sky Plate.

Ascend the waterfall and prepare to become a winner.

As soon as you enter the Pokemon League, STAY AWAY from the guy in the middle.
Make sure you are fully healed and your game is saved before you even try it.

======================================
11b. Sub-Boss: Rival at Pokemon League [pwnd4]
======================================

My Team Find your starter. Rival’s team is below it.

Other than the Snorlax your rival has added to his team, this is basically the
same fight you had back in Canalave. This is the last time you’ll be forced to
fight against your rival, so he’s pulling out all the stops here. Watch out for
Staraptor’s Close Combat, it will destroy anything weak to it.

After that battle, he will leave you to do what you came here to do.

A word of caution: The Elite Four are very, very strong. Take a look at my
team. My Gardevoir was L60 at this point _before_ I even set foot in Victory
Road. I thought I’d be able to get my whole team caught up by the time I was
finished, but, well, you see how great of a job I did. To avoid extreme
massacre and over-reliance on items, your team should be hovering around the
L60 range. The highest leveled Pokemon you’ll see is 62.

When you’ve healed and stocked up on items, save your game and walk through.

===================
11c. The Elite Four [t3lt4]
===================

The Elite Four signal the end of the main story. You have to fight all four of
them, plus the Champion, in a row. The only healing you get is any items you’re
using.

Each member of the Elite Four will carry two Full Restores, and their highest
leveled Pokemon will be holding a Sitrus Berry.

Be sure to heal up between fights. Be careful on saving, though – sometimes, no
matter what you do, you won’t be able to win, and you’ll be stuck giving up
some money.

=== Round 1: Vs. Aaron ===
=== Money: $6360 ===

o—————o Each one of the Elite Four will use five Pokemon. Unless you
| Yanmega L49 | have one of your own, the majority of these Pokemon you will
| Scizor L49 | be seeing for the first time, like Vespiquen and Drapion.
| Drapion L53 |
| Heracross L51 | Below are in-depth strategies for taking out each of Aaron’s
| Vespiquen L50 | Pokemon. Remember, the opponents’ levels rise very quickly,
o—————o so if you’re having trouble here… go back and train.

o———o Moveset: Air Slash, Bug Buzz, Double Team, U-turn
| Yanmega | Type: Bug/Flying
o———o Ability: Speed Boost (+1 Speed at the end of between turns)

Right off the bat, Aaron sends out a dangerous threat in Yanmega. Speed Boost
is an incredible ability, one you absolutely cannot let go unchecked, or
Yanmega will simply tear through your team. Throw Double Team into the mix and
you’ve got a very annoying bug. Fortunately, if U-turn is used, all those
boosts go away. You’ll probably end up hitting Scizor (I’ve noticed Aaron likes
to U-turn to him), but the point is, Yanmega isn’t in play anymore.

While Yanmega is a great Pokemon, it happens to be weak to, well, just about
anything. Fire, Ice, Electric, and especially Rock will all put an enormous
hurt on him, just to name a few. Be mindful that Air Slash will become extra
annoying once he starts going first with it, and Bug Buzz is very powerful.

o——–o Moveset: Iron Head, Night Slash, Quick Attack, X-Scissor
| Scizor | Type: Bug/Steel
o——–o Ability: Swarm (Bug-type damage x 150% when HP < 1/3 max HP)

Scizor is a tough Pokemon, to be sure. Its typing allows it only one weakness –
Fire. It's a big one, too, 4x effective. Four out of Aaron's five Pokemon have
a Fire-type weakness, so feel free to utilize that for smooth sailing.

Iron Head and X-Scissor both provide powerful STAB. Night Slash hits ghosts
super effectively, and Quick Attack finishes off your weakened Pokemon. Don't
forget about Iron Head's 30% flinch rate, either.

o———o Moveset: Aerial Ace, Cross Poison, Ice Fang, X-Scissor
| Drapion | Type: Poison/Dark
o———o Ability: Battle Armor (prevents critical hits on this Pokemon)

Drapion only knows offensive attacks, so you'd better be prepared to start
taking hits. As Aaron's strongest Pokemon, it will be holding a Sitrus Berry.

Cross Poison is the only move you _really_ should worry about here. Ground
Pokemon, the one type that can hit Drapion super effectively, will be chomped
by Ice Fang. X-Scissor hits Psychic- and Dark-types hard, which is about the
only reason the move is even used.

o———–o Moveset: Close Combat, Megahorn, Night Slash, Stone Edge
| Heracross | Type: Bug/Fighting
o———–o Ability: Swarm (Bug-type damage x 150% when HP < 1/3 max HP)

Heracross is like Drapion, only on a much deadlier scale. Megahorn and Close
Combat are both very powerful STAB moves that will ruin anything weak to them,
and will still put the hurt on things taking the hits neutrally. Night Slash
beats down Psychic- and Ghost-types who resist the main STAB moves – keep in
mind that Megahorn will rip through any Psychic-types who enter the fray.

That said, Heracross is not amazingly fast, but any Psychic-type you pit
against him shouldn't have any problem outspeeding him. Just don't switch them
directly into Megahorn or Night Slash. If you can predict Close Combat coming,
that's your opening to bring your Psychic-type in. Heracross also has a lethal
double weakness to Flying, so really, anything with Fly will kill him in 1 hit.

Just make sure you go first to avoid being destroyed by Stone Edge.

o———–o Moveset: Attack Order, Defend Order, Heal Order, Power Gem
| Vespiquen | Type: Bug/Flying
o———–o Ability: Pressure (Being attacked takes 2 PP instead of 1)

Vespiquen is a neat Pokemon with three moves exclusive to her, all of which are
present here. Attack Order is the main form of offense here – it's a strong
physical-based Bug-type move with a high critical hit ratio. Defend Order
raises Defense and Special Defense by 1 stage each, and Heal Order gives
Vespiquen half her maximum HP back. You should not dawdle in killing Vespiquen,
since it's very easy for her to PP stall you with Defend/Heal Order, and you
need all the PP you can get for the fights ahead.

Her biggest weakness is Rock – if you have Stealth Rock, half her HP are gone
the second she comes into play. Like Yanmega, Vespiquen has a trillion other
weaknesses, so just hit her as hard as you can as fast as you can. _Unlike_
Yanmega, Vespiquen is embarrassingly slow, so you should find no problem going
first and delivering a swift KO.

=== Round 2: Vs. Bertha ===
=== Money: $6600 ===

o———-o Moveset: Aqua Tail, Earth Power, Sandstorm, Zen Headbutt
| Whiscash | Type: Water/Ground
o———-o Ability: Oblivious (Blocks Captivate and becoming attracted)

Powerful as Whiscash is, it will fall to a single Grass attack. Energy Ball,
Grass Knot, Leaf Storm, even Giga Drain will bring him down in one hit.

To "combat" Grass-types, which are usually part Poison, Whiscash can use Zen
Headbutt to hit them super effectively. Aqua Tail and Earth Power are physical
and special, respectively. Each of them provide STAB, although they aren't as
strong as they could be.

Really, you should just Grass it to death.

o——-o Moveset: Earthquake, Fire Punch, ThunderPunch, Sandstorm
| Golem | Type: Rock/Ground
o——-o Ability: Rock Head (Prevents recoil damage)

Surf it.

o———o Moveset: Earthquake, Fire Fang, Ice Fang, Thunder Fang
| Gliscor | Type: Ground/Flying
o———o Ability: Hyper Cutter (Prevents Attack stat reduction)

Gliscor has a 4x weakness to Ice. Abuse it.

If you can't, just know that Gliscor can hit almost every Pokemon in the game
super effectively with this set, so be fast in taking it down.

o———–o Moveset: Crunch, Earthquake, Stone Edge, Yawn
| Hippowdon | Type: Ground
o———–o Ability: Sand Stream (An eternal sandstorm begins upon entry)

Why Bertha doesn't lead with Hippowdon is beyond me, but the sand helps
Bertha's Rock-types by jacking their Special Defense stats up by 150%. Note
that, provided you're high enough in level, this won't save Golem or Rhyperior
from getting destroyed by Surf. If Gliscor had Sand Veil instead of Hyper
Cutter, that could cause problems, but it doesn't. If Rhyperior had Solid Rock
instead of Lightningrod, you might be in trouble, but it doesn't. How sad.

Speaking of Surf, Hippowdon will still get annihilated by it, despite not being
4x weak to it.

o———–o Moveset: Avalanche, Earthquake, Megahorn, Rock Wrecker
| Rhyperior | Type: Ground/Rock
o———–o Ability: Lightningrod (Draws in Electric moves in 2v2 play)

Surf it.

=== Round 3: Vs. Flint ===
=== Money: $6840 ===

o———-o Moveset: Dark Pulse, Flamethrower, Sludge Bomb, Sunny Day
| Houndoom | Type: Dark/Fire
o———-o Ability: Early Bird (sleep lasts half its normal duration)

If you've been struggling to get through the Elite Four, it's likely that
Flint's Houndoom will be the one that ends you. Dark Pulse and Flamethrower are
powerful STAB options that have good neutral coverage together. Sludge Bomb is
absolutely worthless – any Grass-types that are weak to Poison get singed by a
much stronger Flamethrower anyway.

Sunny Day is a very important part of Flint's strategy, so if you can use any
weather, especially Rain Dance, use it as soon as possible to neuter him as
much as you can. Remember that Water moves do half damage in the sun. Your best
option against him is something not weak to either of its STAB moves that can
hit him super effectively.

Despite the presence of Sunny Day, Water-types will still prove useful against
his entire team, but this is not the cakewalk you had last fight. It's all
business from here on out, so you'd better be prepared for what's to come.

o———o Moveset: Giga Impact, Overheat, Quick Attack, Will-o-Wisp
| Flareon | Type: Fire
o———o Ability: Flash Fire (When hit by a Fire move, bearer's Fire moves
do 150% more damage; immune to Fire damage)
Ah, Flareon, also known as the
greatest disappointment in the game. Flareon has never been known for its
attacking prowess, but Flint sure tries with this set. Despite Flareon's super
high Attack stat, the main form of offense is Overheat (a special-based move).
In the sun, it's absurdly powerful the first time it hits. Fortunately for you,
that first hit is all you have to worry about. Flint's too dumb to switch out,
so once that first Overheat is fired, it's smooth sailing from there.

Giga Impact, despite not being boosted by STAB, can still hurt a lot coming
from Flareon's gigantic Attack stat. It requires a turn of rest after use,
though, so use that to heal or get a kill in.

o———-o Moveset: Bounce, Flare Blitz, SolarBeam, Sunny Day
| Rapidash | Type: Fire
o———-o Ability: Run Away (100% escape rate vs. wild Pokemon)

In the sun, Rapidash is a very potent threat. Sunny weather eliminates the
charge turn needed for Solarbeam, allowing him to disintegrate your Water-,
Rock-, and Ground-types. He won't have much trouble using it first, either, due
to his high Speed rating. A sun-enhanced Flare Blitz can even plow through
things that resist it, so be careful if you take on Rapidash in the sun.

Your best option here is actually a good Fire-type with either Return or an
alternative STAB option. Fire-types resist both Fire and Grass, Rapidash's main
forms of offense.

o———–o Moveset: Earthquake, Flare Blitz, Mach Punch, ThunderPunch
| Infernape | Type: Fire/Fighting
o———–o Ability: Blaze (Fire-type damage x 150% when HP I’ll take one
Don’t need it

This is a pretty steep price to pay for anything, especially something as lame
as a ribbon, but it gets worse. The final ribbon will literally cost you
everything you have – $999,999.

Jeremy and Reina on Route 212 are still the best places to go for cash. At
their best, they will fork over $24,400 a fight if you equip the Amulet Coin.
Even if they don’t yet give you that much per fight, it’s still the fastest
(and safest) place to make money.

There’s a Nugget somewhere in the Resort Area, probably on that patch across
the water by the bridge, but I forget its exact location. My notes sucked.

o—————————–o Fishing in the Resort Area will get you
| RESORT AREA POKEMON LISTING | nothing but Magikarp, which is why no fishing
o—————————–o information is listed in the Pokemon listing.
| Golduck (surfing) | By fishing with the Super Rod, you can
| Psyduck (surfing) | encounter Magikarp of literally any level,
o—————————–o from 1 to 100, inclusively. You don’t get
anything for catching a L100 Magikarp, but
hey. It’s something to do, right?

To the right of the Pokemon Center is the main reason you’ll ever want to come
here anymore; the Villa. Tell this guy yes and it’s yours, no strings attached.

Outside the Villa, dowsing for a Nugget.

For more information on the Villa, see section 17f.

One last route remains, and you’ll need Surf to get through it. It’s west of
the Resort Area. Bring Rock Smash for fun times.

SwimmerM Glenn
Octillery L53, Poliwhirl L53
$848

Head up into the grass, bust the rock by the stairs, stand where it was, face
up, press A for a free Water Stone. Go down the stairs to your right, bust the
rock, and claim your new Rare Candy. Head to the northen end, bust the rock,
and examine the last tile for an Ultra Ball. On the left side, smash another
rock for a Blue Shard.

Get back in the water and continue left. Almost finished (really)!

SwimmerF Sophia SwimmerM Sam
Delibird L53, Mantine L53 Sealeo L53, Gastrodon L53
$848 $848

Fight Area’s just to your left. There are some berries just north of the shore,
don’t forget about those if that’s your thing.

Congratulations! You’ve gone everywhere you can go in the game!

At this point, all that remains is the Battle Frontier (covered in the next
section) and the Battleground (covered in section 16). I refer you to those
locations for any further use out of this guide.

=======================
14. The Battle Frontier [oatef]
=======================

Located in the Fight Area, the Battle Frontier is essentially one giant mini
game. There are five facilities here, each with their own Frontier Brains for
you to manhandle.

Upon entering, your Vs. Recorder will be updated. You can now check it to keep
track of your progress in the Battle Frontier.

Let’s take a minute and head to the center area. There are three
places here that you can spend your hard-earned BP. The upper left lady will
give you three scratch-off cards for 1 BP. When you choose them, use the stylus
to scratch three areas. If you match three Pokemon, or use Ditto to match them,
then you win the prize listed. In the case of berries, you’ll earn 3; if your
prize is Nugget, you will only get one, unfortunately.

The real items you’ll be spending your BP on are the ladies closer to the exit.

As mentioned before, there are five facilities you can challenge in the Battle
Frontier. They’ll be covered in a clockwise manner, starting in the lower left.

IMPORTANT NOTE: Rotom’s special formes cannot be used in the Battle Frontier.
He will revert back to his standard forme _after_ you’ve registered him, when
it’s way too late to do anything about it.

==================
14a. Battle Castle [scphk]
==================

The Battle Castle is located in the southwest corner of the Battle Frontier.

It’s unique among Battle Frontier facilities; unlike everywhere else, you are
not healed after each battle.

The way it works is this: Take your team of three in and fight a Trainer. All
Pokemon get put to L50, and you are stripped of your items. Depending on how
well you do, you will earn Castle Points – CP – that you can only spend here.

You’ll be given 10 CP to start. Before each battle, you can spend accumulated
CP in any way you wish. CP can be used to cure your Pokemon, restore their
moves, buy items for them… you can even find out information on your foe’s
team using a little CP.

Below is a list of everything you can do for your Pokemon with CP.

When you’ve spent CP to your heart’s content, exit and start the battle.

A few more helpful tips for this place:

– Don’t bother wasting 1 CP on checking the first Pokemon’s identity. You can’t
switch your Pokemon order, so save your CP.

– If you increase the opponent’s level by 5, you’ll earn more CP. This is
helpful for building up CP early on, when the enemies are easy to defeat.

– If any of your Pokemon die in battle, Darach will revive them if you win the
fight, but they will be at 1 HP! Don’t forget to heal them!

– Watch your PP carefully. They won’t be restored after a battle. One of the
first things you should buy is the second Heal rank so you can restore PP,
especially if a member of your team is using a Choice item on a move with low
PP, like Fire Blast.

After 20 consecutive wins, your 21st match will be against Castle Valet Darach.
He will use Staraptor, Houndoom, and Empoleon. Win this battle to earn a Silver
Print for your Vs. Recorder. You’ll get CP for beating Darach, too.

After your third streak of 7, you will gain the ability to skip any battle for
a whopping 50 CP per time. I wouldn’t recommend doing this much, although it
can help you in a pinch.

If you can manage to string together 48 wins, Darach will challenge you again,
this time using Entei, Gallade, and Empoleon. If you can beat him, your print
will be upgraded to a Gold Print.

================
14b. Battle Hall [opbtb]
================

The Battle Hall is found on the west end of the Battle Frontier, above the
Battle Castle.

The slogan here is “Let Each Pokemon Seek No. 1,” but really what they’re
saying is, “Let Each Pokemon Except Pokemon We Have Banned Such As Shaymin And
Giratina Seek No. 1.”

Other than your basic banned list of legendaries, you can use any Pokemon you
want, as long as that Pokemon is at least L30.

Here’s how it works. You take just one Pokemon in and fight. No levels are
changed, and you get to use whatever item you like.

When you go in, you’ll be presented with a big board that features all
seventeen types and a grayed out mystery box in the corner. Each type starts at
L1 and increases to L10. When you choose a type, you will fight a Pokemon that
is of that type. For example, if you choose Fire, your opponent could be a
Chimchar. Sub-types are also taken into consideration; you might also get
Houndour as your opponent of the Fire category since Houndour is Dark/Fire.

Keep this in mind when you choose your Pokemon. Remember that it’s a one-on-one
fight. Your Pokemon should know a wide variety of moves to handle multiple
types. When choosing your warrior, it should be a Pokemon that does not have
too many weaknesses. This means that Grass-types should not even be considered.
Pokemon with one weakness will work fantastically, like Swampert and Kingdra.
Dragons also work well; Dragon is a fairly obscure type, and it’s only weak to
itself and Ice. Kingdra gets special mention because his only weakness is
Dragon.

Your first opponent in the type you pick will be several levels underneath your
Pokemon, and will be ridiculously easy to defeat. The enemies get progressively
stronger, but you’ll not notice any real challenge until at least the 41st

A few helpful tips for this place:

– Get rid of your weaknesses first. If you’re using Garchomp, for example, it
would be wise to take out all ten levels of Dragon and Ice, since they threaten
Garchomp the most. After that, you might want to get rid of the Water-type
because Water can carry both Dragon and Ice as secondary sub-types. By that
point, you’ve defeated 30 opponents, hopefully without any trouble. Even if you
somehow lose, you’ve at least lost early on and not when you’ve got a big
streak going. That’s a lot easier to deal with.

– Make sure you have a way to deal with Shedinja. Get rid of the Bug and Ghost
types as soon as possible so you will never see him again. Toxic is the easiest
way to get rid of him, but if you’re using Abomasnow, Hippowdon, or Tyranitar,
then you’ve got the match won (providing you don’t get OHKOed by Shedinja’s
move). This is another reason that it’s important to use something with few
weaknesses; the fewer threats you have, the better.

– Know what Pokemon can learn what moves. For example, I had a streak going
with my Breloom (a Pokemon you should NEVER use here) and fought an Electric-
type Pokemon. Turns out my opponent was Manectric. I have a Choice Scarf
equipped, so I know I’m gonna go first. I slam Manectric hard with Superpower.
He hangs on with a Focus Sash and uses Flamethrower for the OHKO. Game over.
This is a shining example of why it’s important to use something without a lot
of weaknesses so things like this don’t happen to you.

– Be as high a level as you can. The higher level you are, the longer the
opposition will take before they match you in level. The longer you can keep
the advantage, the better.

Defeat ten opponents in a row to win BP. You don’t get a lot early on, but if
you can build a streak up, the BP starts to add up. If you can manage to kill
50 Pokemon in a row, you will be challenged by Hall Matron Argenta. She’s the
grayed out mystery square in the corner. She can be a bit difficult because she
can use any Pokemon allowed here, including Shedinja, so if you’re on your
fifth round, make sure your Pokemon has something to deal with Shedinja, should
you face it. You’ll get a Silver Print for defeating her.

If your Pokemon can defeat all 10 levels of all 17 types – a streak of 170 –
Argenta will challenge you again, again using a random Pokemon of a random
type. Come out on top for an updated Gold Print.

=================
14c. Battle Tower [gihtp]
=================

The Battle Tower is at the north end of the Battle Frontier, directly above the
entrance.

Debuting in Pokemon Crystal, the Battle Tower has been the source of much
frustration and many, many horror stories. It’s almost like anything goes here.
It’s the closest thing in-game to competitive play, but if you think there are
any real rules here… you’re in for some disappointment.

There are no fancy battling gimmicks here – just straight battling. Take your
team of three in and go as long as you can without losing. That’s all there is
to it. It gets pretty ridiculous later on – be prepared to lose to random Quick
Claw activations, BrightPowder misses, Fissure hits, and everyone’s favorite…
the dreaded critical hit.

A few helpful tips:

– If you wanna win here at all, your Pokemon have _got_ to be EV trained,
preferably with high IVs. See section 18 for information on IVs and EVs.

– You only have three Pokemon. The fewer weaknesses they have, the better. Make
sure you have an answer for as many Pokemon as you can, as you will probably
see your team’s biggest threat at some point up the tower.

– Make sure you have at least two Pokemon that can deal with Shedinja. You
don’t wanna lose because of that jerkface.

The boss here is Palmer, the Tower Tycoon. You met him earlier with your rival.
This time, he will challenge you if you can make it to the end of 3 streaks. As
your 21st opponent, he will use Dragonite, Rhyperior, and Milotic – not
necessarily in that order, unfortunately. If you can best him, you’ll get a
Silver Print. Not only that, but you will receive a Bronze Trophy for your
secret base. As an extra added bonus, each of your team of three will receive a
special ribbon, just for being in your party.

It’s a challenge, but if you can defeat 48 Trainers in a row, Palmer will be
your final match in your seventh streak. His three Pokemon will be Heatran,
Cresselia, and Regigigas. Keep in mind that Regigigas’s Slow Start ability
cripples him for five turns. Use this time to set yourself up for a sweep.

Winning here will get you a Gold Print, a Gold Trophy for your secret base, and
another ribbon (different from before) for your team of three.

===================
14d. Battle Factory [tiaed]
===================

The Battle Factory is located on the right side of the Battle Frontier, north
of the Battle Arcade.

You probably remember this place from Emerald. It works the same way. You
surrender your entire team in exchange for rental Pokemon. Their levels depend
on whatever battle method you choose – L50 or Open Level (L100). At first, you
will be given a choice of six Pokemon. You get to choose three out of those six
to start things off. At the end of every battle, you have the option of
exchanging one of your team’s members for a Pokemon you just defeated.

Here’s the catch: you don’t know what it can do until the next battle. It’s
very important to remember the moves used during your fight – this can help you
gauge a Pokemon’s strength.

On your first streak, you will be told the identities of all three of your
opponent’s Pokemon. This makes it very easy for you to determine what Pokemon
to take into battle.

Of course, it gets harder the farther you go. On your second run, you’ll be
told only two Pokemon – your opponent’s lead and one of their reserves. On the
third streak, you’ll only be told your opponent’s lead and that Pokemon’s most
powerful attack. For every run after that, you’ll be told something about the
types on your opponent’s team. You either get no information (they don’t care
about the types) or a certain type (skilled with the Dark-type or whatever). If
you get a certain type here, you can guarantee that at least two of the three
Pokemon the opponent has will be that type. Now, while this makes it easy for
you to build your team to counter them, keep in mind that while they don’t lie
to you, there are a lot of Pokemon out there. You might think that packing a
bunch of Electric-types to take out your opponent’s Flying-type team is good,
but too bad one of them is Gliscor and he walks all over you.

Some more helpful tips:

– Keep in mind that you can’t change who your leader is. If you exchange your
leader for a Pokemon, that new Pokemon becomes your leader.

– Make sure your reserve Pokemon can cover the weaknesses of your leader. Since
you can’t switch who you lead with, a lot of times you will have to switch your
leader out for someone more favorable.

– For each streak, there’s only one of each Pokemon. What this means is that if
you have a Feraligatr, for example, you will never see a Feraligatr in your
streak of 7. Make sure you remember what the Pokemon you _don’t_ pick can do –
you’ll be better prepared to face them should you run into them again. This
also helps if you lose; you’ll do better next time if you know what you’re up
against.

If you can get through twenty Trainers, the last opponent on your third run
will be Factory Head Thorton. Before the battle, Thorton will mention that the
device he has reveals your whole team, and he does not hesitate to demonstrate
that indeed he does know your entire team. Don’t worry, though. He doesn’t
_really_ know what your Pokemon are. He’ll be using rental Pokemon, just like
you. If you can beat this jerk, you’ll get a Silver Print.

Four streaks later, Thorton will challenge you again as your 49th opponent,
again using rentals as you are. You’ll receive a Gold Print for winning.

==================
14e. Battle Arcade [tpisa]
==================

The Battle Arcade is in the lower right corner of the Battle Frontier.

Here’s how this facility operates. You choose three Pokemon and send them in.
Your held items, if any, are temporarily surrendered. Before each match, you’ll
get to spin the wheel, so to speak, to determine various effects on your
battle. Considering you can see your opponent’s entire team, you can really
screw the opponent’s team over since _you_ always get to spin the wheel.

Keep in mind that the cursor will stop exactly when you tap the button, not a
couple spaces before or after.

Also keep in mind that you will see the same icons in both red and black. Black
affects you; red affects your opponent. Don’t be confused.

A lot of the effects are easy to tell. For example, a lightning bolt icon will
paralyze all Pokemon; a flame icon will burn them all. A few of them aren’t so
clear, though…

Some of the icons will have a miniature 3×3 board with either an up arrow, down
arrow, or question mark. What these do is speed up, slow down, or randomize the
movement speed of the cursor on the next round (nothing will happen for your
current battle). Avoid the question mark one like the plague; even with a sped
up game board, you can still get the outcome you like with some precision.
Obviously, the slow board is the favorable one.

There’s one with small lines surrounding a blank space. This is the “free
space,” if you will. Getting this means nothing will happen.

Avoid the tornado icon – it will bring fog, and no one wants to fight in a fog.

If you land on the berry icon, the player’s team will all get a random berry
from 1-10 for the duration of the battle.

Later on, you’ll see a “BP” icon. Landing on this will net you 1 BP, for free.

The Lv icons will increase or decrease a player’s team’s levels by three each.

A few more helpful tips:

– Paralyze your opponent’s team whenever possible.

– Weather brought by the roulette lasts forever. If your Pokemon can take
advantage of the weather, feel free to do so. Don’t hesitate to use the weather
to weaken the opponent (making it sunny if they have a powerful Water-type, for
example).

– Don’t dawdle in making a roulette selection. If you take too long, the game
will decide for you.

Defeat 20 foes and Arcade Star Dahlia will challenge you. As you’ll see, she’ll
use Dusknoir, Medicham, and Ludicolo. Her Dusknoir knows Trick Room, so DO NOT
paralyze her team. Her Ludicolo is also physically based, so if you can burn
them all, do that for an easy win. You’ll get a Silver Print for winning.

If you can manage to battle your way through 48 total opponents, Dahlia will
fight you again, this time using Zapdos, Blaziken, and Togekiss. Mamoswine will
work excellently here. A Gold Print is for you if you emerge victorious.

=================
15. Turnback Cave [grtna]
=================

You’ve actually been to Turnback Cave before, but you couldn’t get inside yet
because Cynthia was blocking the way in. Now that you have the National
Pokedex, she’s gone and this cave is yours for exploring. It’s at the north end
of Sendoff Spring. You’ll need Rock Climb to get in, and if you really want,
bring Defog (or Max Repels) and Rock Smash.

If you manage to hit three pillars, the next room you will enter will be the
end. In here you will find a Rare Bone and a portal to the Distortion World. In
there is a short path that you can take and find the Griseous Orb. Let Giratina
hold this and he will remain in his Origin Forme until you remove it, go on Wi-
Fi, or enter the Union Room.

After that, get back to Turnback Cave and enter any door to go to the entrance.

====================
16. The Battleground [gptlu]
====================

The Battleground is located in the Survival Area. It’s unavailable to you until
after Charon gets arrested.

Basically, this place is a place for really tough Trainers to hang out. All the
Gym Leaders of Sinnoh hang out here; you can also find Buck, Cheryl, Marley,
Mira, and Riley here as well. They will all use 5 Pokemon, levels ranging from
61 to 66, depending on who it is you’re fighting. All the Gym Leaders use
upgraded version of their teams, with new National Pokedex additions, and your
former party members also have super strong, varied teams as well. Everyone has
two Full Restores to heal their Pokemon, and the Pokemon with the highest level
will hold a Sitrus Berry. When defeated, everyone will fork over $7800.

Every day, the people in the Battleground change. Unfortunately, you can only
battle a person in there once a day. It’s a real shame, because it’s a great
place to level up if you can’t defeat the Elite Four again.

Each Gym Leader and strategies for defeating them is listed below. Gym Leaders
are listed in the order you fought them; party members are listed in
alphabetical order after Volkner. I won’t go into too much detail. After all,
while they’re all tough opponents, defeating the Gym Leaders should be just as
easy as it was before.

==========
16a. Roark [mjftn]
==========

=============
16b. Gardenia [owbtl]
=============

============
16c. Fantina [olwkp]
============

=================
16d. Crasher Wake [osogf]
=================

============
16e. Maylene [tcaim]
============

==========
16f. Byron [towra]
==========

============
16g. Candice [ntctt]
============

============
16h. Volkner [epofa]
============

=========
16i. Buck [cfaaa]
=========

===========
16j. Cheryl [citcc]
===========

All of Cheryl’s Pokemon have tons of HP, making killing them in one hit
difficult, and near impossible without using their weakness.

Blissey is the #1 threat here; if you don’t have a physical Fighting-type
attack to dispatch her, you run the risk of getting Countered for a guaranteed
OHKO, followed by Softboiled next turn, wasting your hard-earned damage.

In the case of Wobbuffet, Drifblim, and especially Blissey, Taunt is their
worst nightmare. It leaves Blissey stuck firing off weak Psychics, and
Wobbuffet will Struggle for four turns, which will kill her. Wailord and
Hariyama are just beefy hitters. Water Spout is insanely strong if Wailord’s at
full HP, so just keep hitting it and his most effective attacking option will
be neutered. Hariyama is powerful and isn’t reliant on his HP to deal damage.
However, he is very slow. Use that to your advantage.

===========
16k. Marley [rtths]
===========

Arcanine has Intimidate. His Sitrus Berry helps soften the self-damage he’ll be
inflicting from Flare Blitz, but most of the time he’ll be so busy doing that
that you can just Surf him to death or something.

=========
16l. Mira [qbnzp]
=========

==========
16m. Riley [ecgir]
==========

Fire attacks are your best bet against Metagross, and they will handle Lucario
as well; obviously, an Ice move will make short work of Salamence.

==========
16n. Rival [oyfto]
==========

Find your starter. Rival’s team is below it.

=====================
17. In-Game Happiness [oawht]
=====================

Everything below this point revolves around the things you can do on the side
when you’re not out saving the world (or, in the case that you’ve saved the
world already, things you can do when bored). The Great Marsh is covered in
detail in section 7c, so I won’t be covering it here.

Better get all the complicated stuff out of the way first and finish up easy.

=======================
17a. Sinnoh Underground [aahbm]
=======================

The Sinnoh Underground (henceforth referred to as “the Underground”) is the
huge network of tunnels found underneath the Sinnoh region. The Underground’s
tunnels are divided very unevenly, into six different areas.

You should have already done the Underground tutorial with Underground Man when
you first arrived in Eterna City. You should also be familiar with the basics
of digging, creating a secret base, and burying Traps and Spheres.

This section will explain the various parts and treasures of the Underground in
greater detail.

o————-o—————————————————————o
| Sphere Care | If you bury a sphere, it will remain in the exact spot you |
o————-o buried it. It will, very slowly, grow in size the longer it |
| remains buried. The maximum size any Sphere can be is 99; it can’t grow |
| bigger than that. |
| |
| There are five different types of Spheres – Red, Blue, Green, Pale, and |
| Prism. |
| |
| There’s also a second method for increasing the size of your Spheres, and |
| that’s to combine them. You can combine as many as you want, but only |
| Spheres of the same color. The downside to doing this is that you don’t |
| get to simply add the two Spheres together and get one big one. |
| |
| To combine your Spheres, simply bury them on the same tile. The biggest |
| size Sphere you bury will absorb all other Spheres at 1/4 their size, |
| rounded down. If 1/4 of that number would be less than 1, it rounds up |
| to 1. |
| |
| For example, say you bury three Red Spheres, sizes 2, 15, and 16. Since |
| the Red Sphere 16 is the largest Sphere you bury, it will absorb the 2 |
| and 15. A fourth of 15, rounded down, is 3; a fourth of two is less than |
| 1, so that turns to 1. When you pick up the three spheres, you’ll get a |
| Red Sphere 20. It does seem like a ripoff, but them’s the breaks. |
| |
| So, what do you do with these Spheres? The only thing you can do with |
| them is trade them to the Hikers you find for Traps and items for your |
| Secret Base. |
| |
o—————-o————————————————————o
| Sphere Trading | You can think of Spheres as currency in the Underground. |
o—————-o Spheres are the only thing the Hikers will accept. It’s |
| exact change only, however, and you won’t get change for Spheres you give |
| them. Let’s say a Hiker wants a Red Sphere 8 for his item, and you’ve got |
| a Red Sphere 7 and a Red Sphere 62. The Red Sphere 7 isn’t big enough, so |
| he won’t take it, so you’ve got two options here; either fork over the 62 |
| or find some way to make that 7 an 8. If you give him the 62, he’ll love |
| you forever, but you’re not going to get a Red Sphere 54 as change for |
| your transaction. |
| |
| Yeah. It’s a scam, I know. It’s because of this that you don’t always |
| want to combine every Sphere you find. There are some items that are |
| ridiculously expensive, but you can soften the cost by trading the stuff |
| you dig up for Spheres. |
| |
o——-o———————————————————————o
| Traps | Traps are found two ways. You can either find them in the ground, |
o——-o or you can buy them from a Trap merchant underground. You should |
| know that if you tap the Touch Screen, you’ll be able to see places you |
| can dig for treasure nearby. If you see a spot on the ground flash, and |
| you didn’t bury a Sphere there, it’s a trap. Face it and press A to pick |
| it up. |
| |
| Traps in the field aren’t much use since your friend can easily find them |
| and pick them up without activating them. You can buy different Tools |
| that serve the same purpose. Those go in your Secret Base and, unlike |
| normal Traps, can be activated multiple times. |
| |
| You can also trade traps you find for Spheres at any Trap merchant. |
| |
o————-o—————————————————————o
| Digging 101 | Digging is the main attraction in the Underground. There |
o————-o are lots and lots of treasures to be found in the walls, |
| including evolution stones, special Plates, fossils, and some items you |
| can only find in the Underground. |
| |
| To get started, look at the top screen. Flashing yellow areas are places |
| you can dig. Walk to a location and tap the Touch Screen to pinpoint a |
| digging spot. when you get there, face that spot and press A. |
| |
| Once inside, you will be informed of how many items are in that |
| particular spot, anywhere from 2 to 4. Then you’ll get a chance to |
| excavate them. The wall is never the same; it varies in thickness in some |
| areas, and you’ll need to dig more to reach the item (if there is one). |
| |
| You get two tools to dig with; a pickax, and a hammer. You get 49 strikes |
| with the pickax, and 25 with the hammer, before the wall crumbles and you |
| lose any items you haven’t completely unearthed yet. A strike with the |
| hammer counts as two with the pickax, so you can keep track of how many |
| strikes you have left with either item. |
| |
| I personally use the hammer to bust through tough sections of the wall, |
| and then use the pickax to pick off the last few spots to get the item. |
| |
| Items (not Spheres) you successfully dig up are added to your treasure |
| sack. You can see what you currently have by looking in the Treasures |
| submenu. You can either take these items and put them in your Bag (the |
| one you carry above ground), or find a Treasure merchant and trade them |
| for Spheres. This is a good way to get big Prism and Pale Spheres, as |
| they’re pretty rare. |
| |
o——————o———————————————————-o
| Secret Bases 101 | You should really already have a secret base, as the |
o——————o creation of one is part of Underground Man’s tutorial. |
| |
| But what if you want to make a different one? Are you screwed? You bet. |
| |
| Just kidding. In order to move to a different location, you’ll need a |
| Digger Drill, just like you got in the tutorial. Trap merchants will |
| sell you Digger Drills, but the Sphere they want might not be the one you |
| have. If that’s the case, try and get the one they want. |
| |
| Okay, so you’ve got your secret base. But it’s filled with rocks! |
| |
| In case you don’t remember, you earn the right to remove those Big |
| Boulders from your secret base by capturing your friends’ flags out of |
| their own secret bases. Capturing a total of 50 will let you remove them |
| all, but in case you don’t feel like doing that, capturing 10 will let |
| you remove 10 of them. |
| |
| You can obtain items for decorating your secret base a number of ways. |
| The easiest way is to buy them from Goods merchants. You can also get |
| a good number of items from Mr. Goods, who is explained in the subsection |
| below this one. You can get a couple from the Fight Area, but most of |
| them are obtained in the Underground. |
| |
o————————-o—————————————————o
| Decorating Secret Bases | Okay, so you’re ready to make your base look |
o————————-o pretty. What do you do? |
| |
| Underground Man is a good place to start. He will give you items for |
| capturing your friend’s flags. Capture 1 for a Pretty Gem, 3 for a Shiny |
| Gem, 10 for a Mystic Gem, and 50 for a Glitter Gem. He will also give you |
| some items for decoration over the course of his tutorial. |
| |
| Mr. Goods in Hearthome City will give you items for doing certain things |
| in-game. He’ll give you a Globe that looks identical to the one you find |
| in the GTC lobby if you successfully connect over Nintendo WFC, and he’ll |
| fork over a Gym Statue (like what you see at the entrance of Gyms) if you |
| defeat all eight Gyms. He’ll also give you different trophy cups for |
| winning the Master Rank in any Super Contest, as well as neat-looking |
| crystals for either talking to 100 people underground, digging up 100 |
| fossils, trapping 100 people, or giving 100 items to people. |
| |
| The rest you gotta buy from the Hikers underground. There are all sorts |
| of items to buy, and to list them all here would be very time-consuming, |
| not to mention near impossible because the lists change every single day. |
| |
o—————————————————————————–o

===========================
17b. Pokemon Super Contests [sepro]
===========================

Remember Pokemon Contests? Sure you do. Anyone who played Ruby, Sapphire, or
Emerald is familiar with them. Remember how they work?

Well, forget all of it.

Pokemon Contests, now known as Pokemon Super Contests, are run completely
differently than the Contests you’re familiar with, so in order to get a clear
view of how they work, you need to forget everything you learned about them so
far. Nothing is the same.

If you want to enter a Super Contest, you’ll need to go to the Contest Hall in
Hearthome City. It’s a few steps to the right of the Pokemon Center.

Oh wait, I’m getting ahead of myself. Let’s start with the basics, shall we?

o—————o————————————————————-o
| Contest Types | You may have noticed a couple extra screens on the |
o—————o Pokemon info screen you weren’t familiar with. You may be |
| asking yourself, “Why is my Surf a Beauty-type? I thought it was Water?” |
| |
| These are Contest types. There are five in all, and they are as follows: |
| |
| Cute – Tough – Beauty – Smart – Cool |
| |
| All attacks are classified into one of these five categories. Now then, |
| if you press Right on the Pokemon info screen after the battle moves, you |
| will see a pentagon with each of the five types I listed at each angle. |
| You’ll also see a bar at the bottom that says “Sheen.” It’s probably an |
| empty bar at this point, but you’re going to be filling it soon. |
| |
| If you press Right from the Condition screen (what I described above), |
| you come to the Contest Moves screen, where you can see the Contest types |
| of your Pokemon’s known moves. If you press A, you can see each attack’s |
| effect in a Super Contest. |
| |
| It is a general rule to keep battling Pokemon and Contest Pokemon totally |
| separate. When crafting a good Super Contest moveset, don’t think at all |
| how that Pokemon would fare in battle. It’s not important here. What may |
| seem as a ridiculous moveset in battle may actually be a very effective |
| moveset for Super Contests, and vice versa. |
| |
o—————o————————————————————-o
| Baking Poffin | In order to succeed in Pokemon Super Contests, you will |
o—————o need to raise your Super Contest stats, similar to the |
| way you raise your stats to succeed in battle. Raising your Super Contest |
| stats is a little bit different than raising your normal stats, though. |
| |
| You should have gotten the Poffin Case already. I’ll assume you have it. |
| |
| In order to increase your stats, you’re going to need berries. If you |
| look in the Bag’s Berries Pocket, you can check the tag of that berry to |
| see what kind of stat it raises. |
| |
| You’ll notice that instead of types, there are five flavors listed here. |
| Each flavor corresponds with the type of that color: |
| |
| Sweet/Cute | Sour/Tough | Dry/Beauty | Bitter/Smart | Spicy/Cool |
| |
| You’re only allowed to feed your Pokemon a certain number of Poffins, so |
| you can’t waste time using low-level berries. Those are best suited for |
| battle, anyway. |
| |
| The best Poffin berries are #31-35. They’re pretty rare though, so if you |
| don’t have them or don’t want to take the time involved to grow lots of |
| them, the second best batch are #26-30. DON’T BOTHER WITH ANYTHING LESS. |
| |
| The berries I want you to get are pretty hard to obtain. The only way to |
| get them is through Amity Square. For every 200 steps you take in there, |
| whatever Pokemon you bring with you will have found an item. Rarely, it’s |
| a berry. Very rarely, it’s one of the berries you should want. |
| |
| You can also migrate them from Ruby, Sapphire, or Emerald. It’s easier to |
| get them in those games. Migrate some over and start growing. |
| |
| If you’ve got them, you can also make Poffins out of the pinch berries |
| (#51-57). They’re actually WAY better than #31-35, but they’re so hard to |
| get, they’re not feasible for Poffin making. The Poffin that comes from |
| them is REALLY GOOD though, consider using them if you can get your hands |
| on some. |
| |
| Now for the actual baking process. If this is your first time baking |
| Poffin, you’re going to want to use a loser berry (#16-20) as practice. |
| Don’t want your super berries going to waste, do you? Head to the Poffin |
| House, next to Hearthome City’s PokeMart. Inside, talk to the lady at the |
| center table to get started. |
| |
| You may choose to bake Poffins alone or with friends using DS Wireless |
| Communications. All those involved then choose a berry to cook. You’ll |
| get a stronger Poffin if everyone chooses the same berry. |
| |
| Once the berries are dropped in, cooking starts! You will see an arrow |
| pointing in a certain direction, either left or right. Use the stylus and |
| spin the Poffin batter in that direction. If you spin too fast, the |
| batter will overflow; if you spin too slow, the batter will burn. Like I |
| said, it takes some getting used to. You’re going to want to shoot for a |
| speed that puts the batter at the outer edge or somewhere near it. Don’t |
| get frustrated if you spill some; keep practicing. |
| |
| The batter will go through several phases of cooking, and at any time |
| during this you will need to spin in the other direction. When this |
| happens, stop spinning and quickly start the other way to get the Poffin |
| batter back up to stirring speed. When the Poffin is in its final stage |
| of cooking (it appears brown and there are clearly visible colors, the |
| Poffin can no longer spill from the pot and you can spin as fast as you |
| want. Be careful, though – you still might need to change directions! |
| |
| Afterwards, everyone who participated gets a Poffin based on how well |
| you did. Look inside the Poffin Case to see its stats. To the right is |
| the Poffin’s level. The higher the level, the richer the flavor, and the |
| more the Poffin’s stat will be boosted. On the bottom you’ll see five |
| circles that represent each flavor. The circles with the circles around |
| them are reminders of what stat the Poffin boosts. The number next to it |
| is the smoothness level. This tells you how much it will boost the Sheen |
| meter when you feed it to your Pokemon. Poffin won’t affect your Pokemon |
| once its Sheen meter is full, so you want to shoot for a low smoothness |
| level so you can get the most out of your Poffin. |
| |
| Of course, if you have multiple people to bake with, your Poffins will |
| turn out better than if you had done it alone. But you must be careful; |
| the five flavors form what I call a weakening circle. Look at any of your |
| Pokemon’s Condition screen. Each type (flavor) will weaken the one next |
| to it in a counterclockwise fashion. For example, a berry that increases |
| the Cool stat will weaken a berry that increases the Tough stat. By that |
| same token, a Tough-increasing berry will weaken a Smart-increasing |
| berry. Smart decreases Cute, and Cute decreases Beauty, which in turn |
| decreases Cool. When baking with friends, it’s important that you make |
| sure that your berries work together. Like I said before, if everyone |
| picks the same berry, you won’t have to worry about this happening. |
| |
| Once you’re comfortable with baking, you can move on to the actually |
| useful berries. After you’ve obtained a good amount, you can start giving |
| them to your Pokemon. |
| |
| But wait! There’s more! New to Pokemon Platinum is the legendary Poffin |
| store, found in Lilycove City Department Store’s basement! There’s a lady |
| here who will sell you all types of Poffin for $6400 each. You can |
| actually skip baking altogether and just buy six or seven of these. The |
| ones you want to buy are anyone with the stat you’re looking for listed |
| first. For example, if you’re looking for Sour Poffin, you’ll want any |
| Poffin that says Sour-(anything). (anything)-Sour will work, but it won’t |
| be as effective. |
| |
| |
| But hold on now. You can’t just have any old Pokemon for your Contests. |
| Well, yeah you can, but there’s a trick to getting a superstar. |
| |
| o———o—————————o Take a look at the Trainer Memo |
| | Adamant | Likes Spicy, Hates Dry | on any of your Pokemon. Below |
| | Bashful | Happily eats anything. | its characteristic you’ll see |
| | Bold | Likes Sour, hates Spicy | what kind of food it likes. This |
| | Brave | Likes Spicy, Hates Sweet | is actually the flavor of Poffin |
| | Calm | Likes Bitter, Hates Spicy | your Pokemon likes, and it’s |
| | Careful | Likes Bitter, Hates Dry | affected by its nature. All |
| | Docile | Happily eats anything. | Pokemon of the same nature will |
| | Hardy | Happily eats anything. | like the same flavor of Poffin. |
| | Hasty | Likes Sweet, Hates Sour | A list of each nature, as well |
| | Gentle | Likes Bitter, Hates Sour | as its preferred Poffin flavor, |
| | Impish | Likes Sour, Hates Dry | can be seen to the left. Natures |
| | Jolly | Likes Sweet, Hates Dry | that don’t increase or decrease |
| | Lax | Likes Sour, Hates Bitter | a stat (“neutral natures”) will |
| | Lonely | Likes Spicy, Hates Sour | eat any flavor of Poffin well; |
| | Mild | Likes Dry, Hates Sour | this is shown by the phrase |
| | Modest | Likes Dry, Hates Spicy | “Happily eats anything.” on the |
| | Naive | Likes Sweet, Hates Bitter | Trainer Memo screen. However, |
| | Naughty | Likes Spicy, Hates Bitter | these Pokemon aren’t really |
| | Quiet | Likes Dry, Hates Sweet | suited for Contests since they |
| | Quirky | Happily eats anything. | can’t take advantage of the |
| | Rash | Likes Dry, Hates Bitter | flavors. You’re more than |
| | Relaxed | Likes Sour, Hates Sweet | welcome to feed a Pokemon a |
| | Sassy | Likes Bitter, Hates Sweet | flavor it hates or doesn’t love, |
| | Serious | Happily eats anything. | but you will get the best |
| | Timid | Likes Sweet, Hates Spicy | results by sticking with its |
| o———o—————————o favorite kind. |
| |
| Of course, now that you can purchase Poffin, you can actually get your |
| Pokemon’s Contest stats so high that you can win the Master Rank in all |
| Super Contests with a single Pokemon. Here’s what you do: |
| |
| 1. Buy enough Poffin to maximize two contest stats (between 6 and 8). |
| Let’s use Spicy and Dry as an example. It’s important to buy them, not |
| make them, because of the static smoothness amount. |
| 2. Buy a few Poffin that increase two _other_ stats. In this example, |
| we’ll use Sour and Sweet. Don’t buy enough to max them out. While you |
| _can_ get four maxed out stats, you’ll neglect the fifth stat. |
| 3. Buy a few more Poffin that increase one of the stats from the second |
| set and the last stat. In this example, you’ll need one that mainly |
| increases Bitter – the fifth stat – and either Sour or Sweet. |
| |
| You won’t max out the final three stats, but they will end up so high |
| that you’ll be able to win any rank in any contest; my Glaceon currently |
| has 33 ribbons. Nineteen of them are from Super Contests (because I |
| neglected the fifth stat, I cannot beat the Master Rank Smart Contest, |
| although it should say something that I was able to win the first three |
| ranks with _no Poffin investment!_ ). |
| |
o———————o——————————————————-o
| Fashion Accessories | So your Pokemon’s Super Contest stats are maxed. |
o———————o Think you’re ready for a Super Contest now? |
| |
| Not yet you aren’t. You still have more preparation to do. You got the |
| Fashion Case in the beginning of the game. Filling it with backdrops and |
| Accessories is key to being successful in Super Contests. Most of the |
| backdrops are obtained through the lottery in Jubilife TV. If you can get |
| Pokemon with ID numbers with the fifth digit each digit from 0 to 9, you |
| will win 5th prize every day (a backdrop). |
| |
| As far as the Accessories go, there are a few ways to get them: |
| – Walk with your Pokemon in Amity Square for 200 steps (Accessories are |
| the most common item they’ll find) |
| – Pick a Peck of Colors Flower Shop in Floaroma Town |
| – Veilstone City massage girl |
| – Pastoria City scarf man |
| – Guy wandering the eastern side of Amity Square |
| |
| These come in handy during the Super Contests. Preparation complete! |
| |
o—————————————————————————–o

Okay, _now_ you can go to the Contest Hall. Head straight up and talk to the
lady at the counter and she will ask you which rank you’d like to challenge.
You must beat each rank in order – first Normal, then Great, then Ultra, and
finally Master rank.

You can only fight the next rank with the Pokemon you beat the previous rank
with. So if your Pikachu beats the Normal rank, you can’t hatch a Starly egg
and take it to the Great rank – Starly would have to start at Normal rank like
everyone else.

Then you’ll need to pick the type of Super Contest you’d like to enter. Pick
whatever one you’ve got the best stat in.

Finally, you’ll have to choose your Pokemon to enter. You can pick anyone, and
not just the one with the Poffin fed to it, so make sure you know who you’re
picking.

A quick change of clothes, and you’re ready to go!

o——————–o——————————————————–o
| ROUND ONE – VISUAL | Pokemon Super Contests are divided into 3 rounds. |
o——————–o The first of these is the Visual Competition, where |
| you dress your Pokemon up nice and make the others looks like shmucks. |
| |
| After the introductions, you’re given a theme to dress to. This is where |
| all the Accessories and backdrops you’ve been getting come into play. |
| Some Accessories do better in certain themes than others. I’ll just list |
| the best Accessories to use for each theme, in alphabetical order for |
| easy reference. For a list on how to get all Accessories and backdrops, |
| see section 17b1. |
| |
| THE SHAPELY – Award Podium, Big Leaf, Big Tree, Black Pebble, Black |
| Specs, blue Flower, Cape, Carpet, Chimchar Mask, Colored |
| Parasol, Cube Stage, Flag, Flower Stage, Fluffy Bed, Glass |
| Stage, Glitter Boulder, Gold Pedestal, Googly Specs, |
| Gorgeous Specs, Heroic Headband, Jagged Boulder, Lace |
| Headdress, Mini Pebble, Mirror Ball, Old Umbrella, Orange |
| Flower, Peculiar Spoon, Photo Board, Pink Flower, Piplup |
| Mask, Professor Hat, Red Flower, Retro Pipe, Round Pebble, |
| Seashell, Shed Claw, Shed Horn, Silk Veil, Snaggy Pebble, |
| Spotlight, Spring, Standing Mike, Stump, Surfboard, Sweet |
| Candy, Thick Mushroom, Top Hat, Turtwig Mask, Wealthy Coin, |
| White Flower, Yellow Flower |
| |
| THE SHARP – Big Scale, Black Beard, Blue Feather, Cape, Colored Parasol, |
| Flag, Narrow Leaf, Narrow Scale, Old Umbrella, Professor Hat, |
| Purple Scale, Red Feather, Shed Claw, Shed Horn, Spring, |
| Standing Mike, Surfboard, Thin Mushroom, White Beard, White |
| Feather, Yellow Feather |
| |
| THE CREATED – Award Podium, Black Beard, Black Moustache, Black Specs, |
| Blue Balloon, Blue Barrette, Cape, Carpet, Chimchar Mask, |
| Colored Parasol, Confetti, Cube Stage, Flag, Flower Stage, |
| Fluffy Bed, Glass Stage, Glitter Powder, Gold Pedestal, |
| Googly Specs, Gorgeous Specs, Green Balloon, Green |
| Barrette, Heroic Headband, Humming Note, Lace Headdress, |
| Mirror Ball, Old Umbrella, Peculiar Spoon, Photo Board, |
| Pink Balloon, Pink Barrette, Piplup Mask, Professor Hat, |
| Red Balloon, Red Barrette, Retro Pipe, Shiny Powder, Silk |
| Veil, Spotlight, Spring, Standing Mike, Surfboard, Sweet |
| Candy, Top Hat, Turtwig Mask, Wealthy Coin, White Beard, |
| White Moustache, Yellow Balloon, Yellow Barrette |
| |
| THE NATURAL – Big Leaf, Big Scale, Big Tree, Black Fluff, Blue Feather, |
| Blue Flower, Blue Scale, Brown Fluff, Eerie Thing, Green |
| Scale, Jagged Boulder, Narrow Leaf, Narrow Scale, Orange |
| Flower, Orange Fluff, Pink Flower, Pink Fluff, Pink Scale, |
| Poison Extract, Pretty Dewdrop, Puffy Smoke, Purple Scale, |
| Red Feather, Red Flower, Seashell, Shed Claw, Shed Horn, |
| Shimmering Fire, Small Leaf, Snaggy Pebble, Snow Crystal, |
| Sparks, Stump, Thick Mushroom, Thin Mushroom, White |
| Feather, White Fluff, Yellow Feather, Yellow Flower |
| |
| THE COLORFUL – Cape, Carpet, Colored Parasol, Confetti, Eerie Thing, |
| Flag, Gorgeous Specs, Poison Extract, Professor Hat, Top |
| Hat, and anything with a color in the name EXCEPT FOR |
| White Flower, White Fluff, and White Moustache |
| |
| THE SOLID – Award Podium, Big Scale, Big Tree, Black Pebble, Black Specs, |
| Blue Scale, Carpet, Colored Parasol, Flag, Flower Stage, |
| Glass Stage, Glitter Boulder, Gold Pedestal, Googly Specs, |
| Green Scale, Jagged Boulder, Mini Pebble, Mirror Ball, Narrow |
| Scale, Old Umbrella, Peculiar Spoon, Photo Board, Pink Scale, |
| Professor Hat, Purple Scale, Retro Pipe, Round Pebble, |
| Seashell, Shed Claw, Shed Horn, Snaggy Pebble, Spotlight, |
| Spring, Standing Mike, Stump, Surfboard, Sweet Candy, Wealthy |
| Coin |
| |
| THE BRIGHT – Award Podium, Big Scale, Colored Parasol, Determination, |
| Glass Stage, Glitter Boulder, Gligger Powder, Gold Pedestal, |
| Lace Headdress, Mirror Ball, Mystic Fire, Seashell, Shed |
| Claw, Shed Horn, Shimmering Fire, Shiny Powder, Silk Veil, |
| Snow Crystal, Sparks, Spotlight, Thin Mushroom, White Beard, |
| White Feather, White Flower, White Fluff, White Moustache, |
| Yellow Balloon, Yellow Barrette, Yellow Feather, Yellow |
| Flower |
| |
| THE GAUDY – Award Podium, Big Scale, Black Beard, Black Moustache, Black |
| Pebble, Black Specs, Blue Balloon, Blue Barrette, Blue Scale, |
| Cape, Carpet, Chimchar Mask, Colored Parasol, Confetti, Cube |
| Stage, Determination, Flag, Flower Stage, Fluffy Bed, Glass |
| Stage, Glitter Boulder, Glitter Powder, Gold Pedestal, |
| Gorgeous Specs, Green Balloon, Green Barrette, Green Scale, |
| Heroic Headband, Humming Note, Lace Headdress, Mini Pebble, |
| Mirror Ball, Narrow Scale, Photo Board, Pink Balloon, Pink |
| Barrette, Pink Scale, Piplup Mask, Professor Hat, Purple |
| Scale, Red Balloon, Red Barrette, Red Feather, Round Pebble, |
| Shimmering Fire, Shiny Powder, Silk Veil, Spotlight, Spring, |
| Standing Mike, Surfboard, Sweet Candy, Top Hat, Turtwig Mask, |
| Wealthy Coin, White Beard, White Moustache, Yellow Balloon, |
| Yellow Barrette, Yellow Feather |
| |
| THE FLEXIBLE – Big Leaf, Black Beard, Black Fluff, Black Moustache, Blue |
| Balloon, Brown Fluff, Cape, Carpet, Confetti, |
| Determination, Eerie Thing, Flag, Fluffy Bed, Glitter |
| Powder, Green Balloon, Heroic Headband, Humming Note, |
| Mystic Fire, Narrow Leaf, Orange Fluff, Pink Balloon, Pink |
| Fluff, Poison Extract, Pretty Dewdrop, Puffy Smoke, Red |
| Balloon, Shimmering Fire, Shiny Powder, Silk Veil, Small |
| Leaf, Snow Crystal, Sparks, Spring, White Beard, White |
| Fluff, White Moustache, Yellow Balloon |
| |
| THE FESTIVE – Carpet, Colored Parasol, Flower Stage, Glass Stage, Glitter |
| Boulder, Glitter Powder, Gold Pedestal, Gorgeous Specs, |
| Humming Note, Lace Headdress, Mirror Ball, Mystic Fire, |
| Pretty Dewdrop, Shimmering Fire, Shiny Powder, Silk Veil, |
| Snow Crystal, Sparks, Spotlight, Top Hat, Wealthy Coin |
| |
| THE INTANGIBLE – Blue Balloon, Carpet, Confetti, Determination, Eerie |
| Thing, Flag, Glitter Powder, Green Balloon, Heroic |
| Headband, Humming Note, Mystic Fire, Photo Board, Pink |
| Balloon, Poison Extract, Pretty Dewdrop, Puffy Smoke, |
| Red Balloon, Shimmering Fire, Shiny Powder, Silk Veil, |
| Snow Crystal, Sparks, Spotlight, Yellow Balloon |
| |
| RELAXATION – Black Beard, Black Fluff, Black Moustache, Black Pebble, |
| Black Specs, Blue Scale, Brown Fluff, Cape, Eerie Thing, |
| Jagged Boulder, Narrow Scale, Old Umbrella, Poison Extract, |
| Top Hat |
| |
| You get 60 seconds to dress your Pokemon. Depending on the rank you’re |
| competing in, you’ll be able to use different amounts of Accessories. |
| |
| In Normal Rank, you get 5 Accessories to work with. In Great, Ultra, and |
| Master, you can use up to 10, 15, and 20 Accessories, respectively. |
| |
| If you’re content with your Pokemon’s look, you can tap Done to stop the |
| clock and start judging. You’ll then be introduced to each contestant’s |
| Pokemon, and the audience will fawn over all of them. The more hearts you |
| see, the higher that Pokemon’s rating. Once everyone’s been revealed, |
| it’s time for the second round. |
| |
o——————-o———————————————————o
| ROUND TWO – DANCE | After the Visual Competition comes the second round, |
o——————-o the Dance Competition. This is where each Pokemon |
| takes turns showing off their stuff through dance. |
| |
| NEW TO POKEMON PLATINUM: FOUR UNIQUE DANCES!!!!!!!!! |
| |
| As a Contest aficionado, I was STOKED to learn that each rank has its own |
| specific dance for round two of the Hyper and Master ranks! It’s a shame |
| that Hyper and Master have the same tune to dance to, but it’s still an |
| improvement over Diamond and Pearl! |
| |
| If you’re a backup dancer: |
| |
| Watch the bottom screen carefully. You must match exactly the color and |
| beat of where the leader danced. As you go up in rank, it’s increasingly |
| harder to follow the leader’s dance exactly. |
| |
| If you’re the leader: |
| |
| The goal in this round is to make the other Pokemon screw up so your |
| score goes up and theirs goes in the crapper. To help you do this, you’re |
| going to want to try making your dance as complex as you can. There are a |
| few tricks you can utilize to help you accomplish this. |
| |
| o———————————————————————–o |
| | Tip 1 – Step in all directions. If you tap the same thing every time, | |
| | your backup dancers will have no problem keeping up with you. | |
| | By mixing it up even just a little, you force your opponents | |
| | to think. It may seem insignificant, but it helps. | |
| | | |
| | Tip 2 – Put a break in your steps. By waiting to finish taking your | |
| | steps, you’re breaking your opponents’ concentration, more so | |
| | if your steps are off-beat. | |
| | | |
| | Tip 3 – Step off-beat. You should never dance with the music. Doing | |
| | so makes your steps incredibly easy to follow. You’ll notice | |
| | there are pale blue lines between the green ones. Step on the | |
| | blue ones – these mark the half-beat. Try mixing it with a | |
| | step or two in tune with the music to shake things up. | |
| | | |
| | Tip 4 – Step to the front last. When you step to the front, your | |
| | Pokemon will briefly hide the music score from view. Near the | |
| | beginning of your dancing, put a step that you will hide by | |
| | using your final step to step to the front. If your opponents | |
| | rely on the right side of the score to help them, temporarily | |
| | blocking their first step can really mess them up. | |
| | | |
| o———————————————————————–o |
| |
| Be especially careful dancing to the Beauty contest’s slow beat. You’ll |
| lose points not only if you don’t match the other Pokemon’s steps, but |
| if you don’t step in time with the music, you’ll get a low score as well! |
| |
| After everyone has taken a turn at being the lead dancer, it’s time for |
| everyone’s favorite part… the Acting Competition. |
| |
o———————-o——————————————————o
| ROUND THREE – ACTING | The final round is most like the second round of |
o———————-o the old Contests from past games. Each Pokemon |
| takes turns performing moves for a Judge and score points based on how |
| everyone else does. That’s the only similarity between Super Contests and |
| old Contests, so continue reading pretending you’ve never even heard of |
| those outdated Contests. |
| |
| Each Pokemon gets four turns to appeal to one of three Judges using that |
| Pokemon’s known moves. All attacks are divided into 5 Contest types; |
| Cool, Beauty, Tough, Smart, and Cute. Each attack has a base value of |
| zero to three hearts, and most attacks can let you get additional hearts |
| if certain conditions are met. |
| |
| The person with the highest score at the end of the second round gets to |
| go first in round 3. Choose a move, and then choose a Judge to appeal to. |
| After all four Pokemon have appealed, all four Pokemon will receive extra |
| hearts based on how many Pokemon appealed to that Judge. If no opponent |
| appealed to your Judge, you get +3 hearts. If 1 opponent appealed to your |
| Judge, you both get +2 hearts. If 2 opponents appealed to your Judge, the |
| three of you each get 1 extra heart, and in the unlikely case everyone |
| picks the same Judge, no one gets any extra hearts. |
| |
| And before you go asking, no, you can’t tell who your opponents will |
| appeal to. Yeah, it sucks, but them’s the breaks. Deal with it. |
| |
| Above each Judge’s head is a meter. This is called the Judge’s Voltage. |
| Each time your Pokemon appeals with a move that matches the Super Contest |
| you’re participating in (for example, the Cool-type Aerial Ace in a Cool |
| Contest), the Judge’s Voltage will go up by 1. If any Pokemon can make |
| any Judge’s Voltage meter completely fill up by making it increase for |
| the 5th time, that Pokemon gets bonus hearts. If you can max Jordan’s or |
| Keira’s Voltage, you get +5 hearts. Since Dexter is the head Judge, you |
| get +8 hearts for maxing his Voltage. |
| |
| Doing this isn’t as easy as you might think. There exist moves that stop |
| all Judges’ Voltage from rising for the rest of the turn, as well as |
| moves that lower all Judges’ Voltage by 1. You also have to remember that |
| there are 3 different Judges to perform for. Maxing out any Judge’s |
| Voltage is quite a task, to be sure. |
| |
| Also, using the wrong type of move will lower a Judge’s Voltage by 1. It |
| can be used as a strategy tactic to stop an opponent from maxing out a |
| Judge’s Voltage, but most times it’s just dumb. Not all moves that aren’t |
| of the same type as your Super Contest will lower the Voltage; just the |
| types that aren’t on either side of it on the type wheel. In case you’ve |
| got no idea what I’m talking about, here’s a list for you. |
| |
| o————–o————————–o |
| | Contest Type | Moves that lower Voltage | |
| o————–o————————–o |
| | Cool | Cute, Smart | |
| | Beauty | Smart, Tough | |
| | Cute | Tough, Cool | |
| | Smart | Cool, Beauty | |
| | Tough | Beauty, Cute | |
| o————–o————————–o |
| |
| A few tips: |
| |
| At the end of each round and all hearts are given, the Pokemon with the |
| lowest amount of hearts will appeal first unless someone does a move that |
| messes with the order. Keep that in mind. |
| |
| Use attack effects to your advantage. For example, Ice Shard makes your |
| Pokemon appeal first next turn, regardless of heart total. Ice Beam gets |
| you additional hearts if your Pokemon appeals first. Get it? |
| |
| Stay away from moves like Horn Drill that give you +15 hearts if everyone |
| chooses the same Judge. It’s not gonna happen, and if it does, it won’t |
| happen again. Just don’t use them, you will kick yourself for it. |
| |
| Don’t sell yourself short when feeding Poffin. You need to make sure your |
| Poffin is the best of the best. Master Rank is very tough; you’ll be |
| competing against very tough opponents. Jasmine and Johanna (your mother) |
| are the toughest people out there; unless you do extremely well (and by |
| that I mean you’re winning at the end of round two), you stand almost no |
| chance of winning. The good news is that Fantina sometimes participates. |
| While her Drifblim will excel in the first two rounds (the way the two |
| other ladies do), she will crash and burn in round three. You’ll still |
| need to do very well and keep up with her in the first two rounds so you |
| can pass her up on round three. |
| |
| After the final round of appeals, the total score from all three rounds |
| is shown. Whoever has the highest score is the winner! |
| |
| Every time you win a Super Contest, your Pokemon’s portrait will be hung |
| in the lower left corner of the Contest Hall. |
| |
o—————————————————————————–o

===============================
17b1. Super Contest Accessories [lklit]
===============================

If you’re going to be a winner in Super Contests, you’re going to need
Accessories to help you smoke the competition in the first round. Scope out
this list of all the Accessories, as well as where to get them.

A side note: The Pick a Peck of Colors Flower Shop, in Floaroma Town, is
abbreviated as PPCFS in this list.

=============
17c. Pal Park [ifrtd]
=============

Most of the things you can do in Pal Park is covered in section 12. This
section goes over the Catching Show, the game used to get Pokemon from previous
games. Using Pal Park, you can bring any Pokemon from Ruby, Sapphire, Emerald,
FireRed, or LeafGreen into Pokemon Platinum in a process called migrating.
Migrating has a few rules:

Be warned that you can never put your Pokemon back onto your GBA game, so be
absolutely sure you want them in Platinum before migrating them.

Once you have successfully migrated your six Pokemon into Platinum, go to Pal
Park and talk to the guy at the counter. Agree to begin the Catching Show and
he will send you into the actual Pal Park. You will be given six Park Balls
with which to recapture the migrated Pokemon. These are not actual Poke Balls,
and they cannot fail when used. Your Pokemon will still retain all of its
original info; what ball it was captured in, the OT and his or her ID number,
moves, whether or not it’s shiny, etc.

There are five areas in Pal Park – grass, forest, pond, mountain, and ocean.
Each of the first 386 Pokemon have a certain area in which they are found, and
to chronicle them all here would be absolutely ridiculous. It’s also pointless
because all you get for doing well is a silly berry that does not matter.

After you’re finished, you get told your score and then you receive the berry
prize. You are then asked if you want to put your Pokemon in PC Boxes. If you
say no, you will replay the Catching Show again. All the Pokemon will be in the
same spots you first found them in, so if you’re really that anal about getting
a really high score, just keep playing until you’re happy. Legendary Pokemon
will give you a higher score, but they’re harder to find in the field. Use some
common sense when searching; you’re not going to find Kyogre in the forest.

That’s all there is to it!

===============================
17d. Veilstone City Game Corner [wascm]
===============================

The Game Corner, in Veilstone City, is home to the slot machine that has been a
staple since Red and Blue. You can get some cool prizes, most of which you can
only find here.

That’s all for the Game Corner.

===========================
17e. Daily Events Checklist [stded]
===========================

The land of Sinnoh is chock full of cool people and places, and there are a
number of activities that you can do every single day. This section is exactly
what the title says it is: a checklist of everything you can do once a day. “A
day” according to your game is when the clock hits midnight, _not_ 24 hours.
You can do an event at 11:59 PM, leave, walk in a minute later, and do the same
event again.

Without further ado, the list:

– Pokemon Center Battles (see section 17g for “more info”)
– New swarm from Dawn’s sister in Sandgem Town
– Felicity’s Drawing in Jubilife City
– Next sequence for the old guy on Route 221
– Free berry from girl in Pick a Peck of Colors Flower Shop in Floaroma Town
– Drifloon appears at Valley Windworks (Fridays only)
– Trendy saying in Snowpoint City
– Free Great Ball from guy in Celestic Town’s Pokemon Center
– Free berry from Berry Master on Route 208
– Try your hand at the 5-Maid Knockout Exact-Turn Attack Challenge!
– New Pokemon found by Mr. Backlot in the Trophy Garden
– Newspaper reporter in Solaceon Town
– Free berry from girl in a house in Pastoria City
– Free shard from guy at entrance of Great Marsh
– New Pokemon found in binoculars in Great Marsh
– New Trainers at the Seven Stars Restaurant
– Massage in Veilstone City
– Rival battles you at Survival Area (Sundays only)
– Battleground Trainers change
– Massage in Resort Area
– A new ribbon from Julia in Sunyshore City
– New seals in Sunyshore Market

======================
17f. Resort Area Villa [ptsym]
======================

The Villa is located in the southeast corner of the Resort Area. It doesn’t
cost you anything to buy – all you gotta do is tell the guy blocking your way
there that you will take it off his hands, and it’s yours.

The Villa is completely empty when you first purchase it, but you’ll be given
an order form that you can use to purchase decorations and pimp it out. You
start with a Table, which is free. The order form is found on the table; just
examine it when you’d like to buy another item. Some of the stuff is really,
really expensive, so make sure you spend lots of time battling Jeremy and Reina
on Route 212 and taking them for all they’re worth.

Below is a list of all the items you can purchase. Some of them you will not be
able to purchase until you complete certain requirements, which will be
detailed to the right of the list. Items without anything listed to the right
are available from the beginning, and it’s entirely possible that you have
already unlocked some of these requirements by the time you get here.

Fun fact: Completing your villa will set you back $2,500,000.

Don’t worry about the Chandelier. By the time you reach the Resort Area, for
the first time, you’ll have taken roughly 200,000 steps. I actually got it
before I got the Guest Set, the Piano, and the second Pokemon Bust.

===========================
17g. Pokemon Center Battles [ostap]
===========================

On certain days, you may find certain Trainers in various Pokemon Centers
throughout the game. I didn’t bother recording them because they change every
day. What you find one day you may not find another day.

So yeah. They’re a waste of time anyway.

============================
18. Competitive Battling 101 [widnt]
============================

It’s even more in depth than my previous guides. I didn’t think it could be
done, but… there you go.

==========================================
18a. Individual Values and Characteristics [nqtlt]
==========================================

What does “when your Pokemon is created” mean? Simple. Your Pokemon is created
when one of three things happens:

1) it is given to you (think Bebe’s Eevee)
2) you encounter it in the wild (any wild Pokemon)
3) you get an egg from the Day-Care Man (_NOT_ when the egg hatches)

Pokemon received in trades have already been created by that Pokemon’s OT, so
those Pokemon’s IVs can’t be changed.

Exceptions to this are Mesprit and Cresselia; their IVs are generated when you
speak to them (which makes them flee), NOT when you first encounter them in the
wild. Keep that in mind if you’re looking to get competitive ones!

While you can’t check precise IVs without the use of a third-party program such
as an IV calculator, you can guess at some of them by utilizing two methods.

In the event your Pokemon has two or more IVs that are the highest stat and the
same number, the Characteristic will be random between them. For example, if
your IVs were 30/20/9/18/30/30, in the order HP/Atk/Def/SpAtk/SpDef/Speed, that
Pokemon’s Characteristic would either be “Loves to eat,” “Strong willed,” or
“Likes to run,” because the highest stat is 30 (ends in 0).

The second method involves a guy in the Battle Tower, conveniently located a
few steps away from the PC. He will tell you the overall range of your IV
total, what your Pokemon’s highest stat is, and how high it is. He has a
special saying if that stat is 31, just to make things a little easier for you.

I don’t have specifics on what he says at this time.

==================================
18b. Effort Values and EV Training [osfdq]
==================================

Unarguably the most important aspect of competitive battling, my wonderful
guide to effort values is the so easy to follow, it’s insane. It is even
improved from my Diamond version guide. Still… a lot of it is cut and paste.

Ahem:

To be a serious battler, one must know about the sometimes-not-so-wonderful
world of effort values, or “EVs” for short. In a nutshell, EVs are part of what
make your Pokemon unique. Each and every Pokemon that you capture starts with 0
effort points. At maximum, a Pokemon can earn 510 effort points.

You can allocate these 510 points in almost any way you choose in each stat
(HP, Attack, Defense, Speed, Special Attack, Special Defense), with the max
points for one stat being 255, meaning you can’t put more than 255 points into
any one stat. The process of putting these values into the stats you want is
called EV training.

Have you ever heard anyone tell you “You shouldn’t Rare Candy your Pokemon to
L100, they’ll be weaker?” This is only half true. When you use a Rare Candy,
your Pokemon is instantly sent to the next level. There’s a reason the game
says your Pokemon was “elevated” to the next level rather than “grew” when you
level up through experience. You gain EVs from killing Pokemon, and for every
four EVs you get in one stat point, your maximum stat total at L100 goes up by
one.

Here’s an example to illustrate this. Let’s say that you have two identical L1
Pokemon with the same IVs in the same stats. Let’s also assume that you use 99
Rare Candies to put one of them at L100, leaving the other one at L1. At L100,
let’s just say that the L100 Pokemon has an Attack stat of 300.

Now let’s EV train the second one. Remember, you can only have 255 EVs in any
one stat. Since every four EVs equals one stat point, and four does not go
equally into 255 (you end up with a remainder of 3), the 3 extra points are
worthless and best put into another stat. So, we’ll put 252 instead of the full
255, so we don’t waste EVs. At one stat for every four EVs, that’s a total of
63 points (252 divided by 4 is 63).

Once we have all our EVs allocated, using Rare Candies has no consequences. For
the sake of example, we have given the second Pokemon 252 EVs in Attack, and
then used enough Rare Candies to make the second Pokemon L100. Its Attack stat
is 363. Do you see why? Three hundred was the maximum. By pumping the Attack
stat with EVs, we’ve increased the maximum amount by a whopping 63 points!
That’s a humongous difference and could change a 2HKO to a OHKO.

Needless to say, the more EVs you put into one stat, the stronger that stat
will be. Your Pokemon will be much better if you take the time to EV train.

I’ll go into ultra ridiculous detail to make sure you understand.

o———————–o
—————————| Part One: Preparation |—————————
o———————–o

The first thing you must do is decide on a good nature for your Pokemon, but
before you can do that, you have to ask yourself a question. What is it you
want your Pokemon to do? For example, if you want your Pokemon to be a physical
sweeper – that is, beat the oppponent’s Pokemon into submission using strong
physical attacks – you’ll probably want an Adamant nature. There are four
natures that will boost your Attack stat, including Adamant, but Adamant would
be the best choice.

When choosing a nature, it’s best to choose one that puts a natural negative
stat drop into a stat you don’t need. In this case, Adamant is a fantastic
nature for us; it increases the Attack stat (which we will use for hurting the
opponent) and decreases the one stat physical attackers never care about –
Special Attack. Even though we might not be EV training in a stat we won’t use,
like Defense, we want the values to be as high as possible, so it’s best to
decrease the opposite attacking stat (because it is of no use to us).

Here’s a list of the 25 natures and their effects on your Pokemon’s stats.

Hardy: (no change) Bold: +DEF, -ATK Timid: +SPD, -ATK
Lonely: +ATK, -DEF Docile: (no change) Hasty: +SPD, -DEF
Brave: +ATK, -SPD Relaxed: +DEF, -SPD Serious: (no change)
Adamant: +ATK, -SP.ATK Impish: +DEF, -SP.ATK Jolly: +SPD, -SP.ATK
Naughty: +ATK, -SP.DEF Lax: +DEF, -SP.DEF Naive: +SPD, -SP.DEF

Modest: +SP.ATK, -ATK Calm: +SP.DEF, -ATK
Mild: +SP.ATK, -DEF Gentle: +SP.DEF, -DEF
Quiet: +SP.ATK, -SPD Sassy: +SP.DEF, -SPD
Bashful: (no change) Careful: +SP.DEF, -SP.ATK
Rash: +SP.ATK, -SP.DEF Quirky: (no change)

As long as we’re on the subject of a physical sweeper, I will continue to use
that as an example. When deciding on a role for your Pokemon, you must take its
base stats into account. Pokemon with a very low Attack stat do not make good
physical sweepers. You’ll want to take Pokemon that naturally have a very high
Attack stat and can learn a wide variety of strong physical attacks.

Rhyperior has a very high Attack stat and can learn so many physical attacks
it’s downright RIDICULOUS. Let’s use him as an example.

So… how to obtain Rhyperior? First you’ll need a Rhyhorn. Check the Pokedex
to see if you can obtain your Pokemon in the wild. If you can, good. If you
can’t, you’ll have to get one from your friend. In Rhyhorn’s case, you can get
one in the wild at Route 227 as well as Stark Mountain, so I’ll go there.

Now comes a relatively easy part – catching a Rhyhorn. Once we have one in
custody, we need to take a look and see if, first and foremost, it has the
ability we want. In this case, we’d like Solid Rock, but Rhyhorn doesn’t have
that ability. What we want is Rock Head – it will turn into Solid Rock when it
becomes Rhyperior. Release any Rhyhorn you catch that have the Lightningrod
ability – you will never get Solid Rock out of that.

So we have a Rhyhorn, and it’s got Rock Head. Good. But what’s its nature?

If it’s anything but Adamant, we gotta ditch it. That’s the only one we want.

Firstly, the Synchronize ability has a field bonus that raises the chances of
wild Pokemon you run into having the same nature as the Pokemon with
Synchronize. This Pokemon must be leading your party. If your Pokemon with
Synchronize has an Adamant nature, finding that Adamant Rhyhorn just got a
whole lot easier. Now it comes down to getting one with Rock Head, which I’m
sad to say cannot be controlled and all it takes is some good old-fashioned
luck.

The second method, and probably the easier method, is through breeding.

o——————–o
—————————-| Part Two: Breeding |—————————-
o——————–o

Diamond and Pearl’s Day Care is found in Solaceon Town, on the upper left side.
It’s northwest of the Pokemon Center, and an old man is standing outside.
Inside this house you’ll find a woman, the Day-Care Lady. She will raise two of
your Pokemon for you for a base price of 100 money each, that you pay when you
pick up the Pokemon. While in her care, any Pokemon you leave will each gain 1
experience point for each and every step you take. When you want your Pokemon
back, it will cost 100 money plus 100 more money for every level your Pokemon
gained while in her care.

However, if you put two Pokemon of the opposite gender, and those two Pokemon
are of the same Egg Group, your Pokemon will eventually make an egg in some
yet-to-be-discovered manner. The egg is always discovered by accident, because
the people have no idea how it got there. Are these people even qualified to be
caring for others’ Pokemon if they can’t even be bothered to watch them? Geez.

If you give an Everstone to the female of the pair, you get a 50% chance to
pass the female’s nature onto the baby. This is extremely helpful.

But finding two Pokemon in the same Egg Group can be a pretty tough thing to do
(you’d be surprised). Fortunately, we don’t even care about that. We’re going
to abuse, abuse, and abuse some more the powers of Ditto, king of breeding.

Ditto is genderless, but it can breed with anything capable of making an egg.

Well, almost anything. Odd as it is, Ditto can’t breed with itself.

The Everstone trick works with Ditto, but only if it’s acting as the female –
meaning give the Everstone to Ditto if the other Pokemon is male.

Let’s say we couldn’t catch us an Adamant-natured Rock Head Rhyhorn. That’s
okay, because Rhyhorn + Ditto = more Rhyhorn! All right!

To take advantage of the Everstone trick, we’ll need a male Rhyhorn. It
shouldn’t be too hard to find one of those. I will now magically have one, just
for the sake of moving things along! *holds it up for display*

Now we’ll need a Ditto. Since we’re using the Everstone trick, Ditto has to
have an Adamant nature. And now for the bad news – in Platinum, Ditto is only
found by Mr. Backlot. Fortunately, you can save before you talk to him, and if
he doesn’t say he saw Ditto, reset and try again.

There’s no way to absolutely ensure it has an Adamant nature, but you can help
it have one by using the Synchronize trick I described above.

Another (and probably easier) method is to migrate one from Emerald, where
Ditto are much more common. In Emerald only, they can be found in the Desert
Underpass after beating the Elite Four. Use the Synchronize trick or just get
plain lucky, either way get yourself an Adamant Ditto. I will now magically
have one for the sake of example. *holds it up on a plate to prevent oozing*

So we stick the two of them in the Day Care. How long do you have to wait for
an egg? Well, the Day-Care Man can help you out with that one. Talk to him
outside and he’ll tell you your two Pokemon are doing well.

What he says next is what you need to pay attention to. He’ll say a variety of
things that tell how well your two Pokemon like each other, including things
like…

“They don’t seem to like each other much.”
“They seem to get along.”
“They seem to get along very well.”

Or something to that extent. Anyway, if he says anything EXCEPT:

“The two prefer to play with other Pokemon more than with each other.”…

You will eventually make an egg. The above sentence means the two Pokemon you
left are in different Egg Groups and will never make an egg. Even if he tells
you that your Pokemon don’t like each other very much, they’ll still eventually
make an egg.

The best line to hear is “They seem to get along very well.” The way to get
this is to use two Pokemon of the same species, but different OT numbers.

Every time you change locations (as in move to a different route, town, city,
etc.), the two Pokemon you left have a chance to make an egg. The more the two
like each other, the higher this chance is. You can check if an egg has been
made by using the Day-Care Checker app which you should have already (if not,
the guy sitting inside the Day Care gives it to you). The Day-Care Man will
also be facing right instead of down when he has an egg to give.

Once you receive this egg, you’re stuck with it forever until you hatch it. No
releasing Eggs! You can trade it to a different version, but that egg will sit
forever until it is hatched. To hatch an egg, keep it with you in your party,
then take steps. Every Pokemon has a set amount of steps to be hatched.

Most are 5280 steps, or somewhere near there. Either way, it’s quite a lot. The
questions is: how do you hatch eggs quickly?

Answer: find a Pokemon that has the Flame Body or Magma Armor abilities.
Putting them on your party will shorten the number of steps you need to take to
hatch an egg. I have heard reports from everywhere that they cut the steps
needed in half but I have tested this myself and there is no way it was cut by
half. If you have any reason why this happened to me (I was hatching Magikarp
eggs, incidentally), please let me know. At any rate, those two abilities will
chop a good fraction of steps off your total, which saves time.

In Emerald you were given a huge strip of land to ride back and forth on, right
near the Day Care, to make hatching eggs that much easier. You get the same
thing in Platinum. Hop on your bike and get into fast gear. Leave the city
north to Route 210 and line yourself up with the mud slope. Go all the way up,
never changing direction. Now go down until you can’t anymore. See? It’s big.
It’s 123 steps from one end to the other.

While you’re hatching that first egg, your two Pokemon will no doubt make more
eggs since you’re changing locations all the time. It is suggested that you
carry two or three eggs on your person at all times, so in the event one egg
isn’t what you’re looking for, you can release it and not have to start from
scratch. If it does end up being what you want, you can either hatch the
remaining eggs or trade them to friends.

Lo and behold, we now have our Adamant Rock Head Rhyhorn!

You’re all set. Now comes the hard part – actually training.

o———————-o
—————————| Part Three: Training |—————————
o———————-o

Before you even head out into the field, you need to give your Pokemon
vitamins. You should be familiar with them – you’ve probably picked up some
over the course of the game. They are the items that increase a Pokemon’s base
stat, go by the name of Carbos, Zinc, HP Up, etc.? Yeah, you know what I mean.

I’m sure you’ve also noticed that sometimes when you try to feed your Pokemon a
vitamin, it will say “It won’t have any effect.” This is because vitamins have
a limit to how many EVs they can give, and that limit is 100. Once your Pokemon
has at least 100 EVs in any stat, vitamins for that stat will have no effect.
This is why you need to give your Pokemon all the vitamins it can take BEFORE
you go training in your stat. All it does is lighten the load for you. It’s not
required, but recommended.

But what if you mess up? What if you’re not paying attention and you feed your
Pokemon a vitamin and doesn’t need? Or some time down the road you decide it
was a bad idea to invest 252 EVs in Defense, and you’d rather train in HP
instead? Are you screwed? Not at all. Like there are vitamins to increase EVs,
there are certain berries that will decrease EVs (and boost happiness a little)
every time they are fed to a Pokemon. The berries in particular are #21-26.
Each berry will drop EVs in the stat they correspond to by 10.

Sometimes.

In Diamond and Pearl only, if you feed a Pokemon an EV-reducing berry and that
Pokemon has at least 101 EVs in that stat, that single berry will set the EVs
to 100. This is true whether you have 101 EVs, 183 EVs, even if you have 255
EVs in a stat, that one berry will drop it to 100. Each berry fed after that
will reduce it by 10 until the stat reaches zero. It’s extremely helpful, and
saves you on berry consumption too.

Most of your EV training will be done the old-fashioned way; murdering wild
Pokemon. But wait! You can’t just go around defeating any Pokemon you want.
This is the difficult part, and it can take a while.

Each Pokemon, when killed, gives the Pokemon that killed it one, two, or three
points in one stat, a value you cannot see, that starts at zero when you catch
or hatch the Pokemon. Some Pokemon give one point in multiple stats. These
points are effort points, the things you’re looking for. Pokemon holding the
Experience Share will gain the base EVs your leader kills. You can use that to
give EVs to Pokemon who are weak (probably the Lv.1 eggs you’ll be hatching).

Here’s an example.

Say you have an Empoleon, like me. Empoleon kills a Starly. Since Starly gives
1 point in Speed, Empoleon now has 1 Speed EV.

If I have that Adamant Rock Head Rhyhorn from before, he probably could take
out that Starly on his own. But let’s say for the sake of example that that
Starly was genetically engineered and knows Water Gun, a move that surely would
wreck my poor Rhyhorn. So I give it the Exp. Share to keep it safe while my
Empoleon goes to town. So from that Starly, Empoleon gets 1 EV for Speed
because he’s the one that killed it. Since any Pokemon holding the Exp. Share
gets the base value of EVs from whatever was killed, my Rhyhorn gets 1 EV in
Speed, too.

There are some places where you can go where many of the wild Pokemon there
give specific kinds of effort points, making training a little less random.

Unfortunately, not many places like that exist in Diamond and Pearl. You’re
going to be doing a lot of fleeing… below are spots I think are the best
spots for EV training. Feel free to e-mail me a spot of your own and if I think
it’s better than what I got, I’ll add your spot and give you credit.

HIT POINTS (HP)
—————

At Lake Verity, you can only find Bidoof and Starly. Bidoof give 1 HP. Starly
give Speed, so run away from them.

Average level: 2

ATTACK
——

Fish in Twinleaf Town with the Super Rod and you will only run into Gyarados
and Seaking. Both give 2 points each.

Average level: Varies (32-53)

DEFENSE
——-

Inside Ruin Maniac’s Cave/Tunnel, the only things you will find are Geodude and
Hippopotas. Both give 1 point each.

Average level: 23

SPEED
—–

In the room where you can Surf in Victory Road, stay on the water and you will
find mainly Floatzel with the occasional Golbat. They both give 2 points each.

Average level: 38

For a slightly easier place to reach, you can surf on Route 228. Poliwhirl give
2 points, and Poliwag give 1. They’re the only Pokemon you’ll see.

Average level: 45

Alternatively, fish anywhere with the Old Rod. Magikarp give 1 point each.

Average level: 7

SPECIAL ATTACK
————–

Old Chateau has only Gastly inside, and they give 1 point in Special Attack.
From the entrance, if you go up the stairs and into the center room, then into
the room to the right of the room in front of you (you’ll know it’s the right
room because in it is a purple picture with red eyes that vanish if you get
close), you’ll find Gengar if you have any Pokemon GBA game in the GBA slot of
your DS. They give 3 points. Gastly give 1.

Average level: 16

Alternatively, surf in the Resort Area. You will only run into Golduck (who
give 2 points) and on occasion, Psyduck (who give 1 point).

Average level: 44

SPECIAL DEFENSE
—————

Surfing on Route 223 will yield Tentacruel, Pelipper, and Mantyke. Mantyke
give 1 point, and Tentacruel give 2. Pelipper give 2 points in Defense, not
Special Defense, so just run from them.

Average level: 32

But wait! There’s more!

There are three, count ’em three, ways to make EV training easier. The first is
with the Macho Brace. This hold item doubles the effort points you get, but
halves the Speed of the Pokemon holding it for as long as the Pokemon holds it.

To get it, get both a male and female Combee in your party and talk to the boy
in the hat in the house directly above Pastoria City’s PokeMart.

Example time!

If my Empoleon equips the Macho Brace and kills a Starly, he gets 2 points
in Speed because Starly gives 1, and Macho Brace doubles it for 2 total points.

Now, you could do that forever, but we get a slew of new items to help us. I
call these the Power items because the word Power is in their names. They’re
obtainable only in the Battle Frontier, and you can only get them as prizes in
the Exchange Service Corner for 16 BP each.

What these do is add four EV points to the stat they correspond to. This is
important to remember; it adds four points. No multiplying involved here.

So if my Empoleon equips the Power Anklet (the Speed Power item) and kills a
Starly, he gets 5 points because Starly gives 1, and the Power Anklet ADDS FOUR
for a total of 5 points.

These items are pretty cool because you can mix and match EVs. Example:

My Empoleon has the Power Lens equipped (the Special Attack Power item) and
kills a Starly. He gets 1 Speed point from the Starly he killed, and also 4
Special Attack EVs from having the Power Lens equipped. You can either turbo
charge EV training in a single stat, or do a little of both at once! It’s easy!

Finally, there’s the Pokemon virus, or Pokerus for short. Pokerus is shown as
PKRS on the Summary Screen (and only there), and you can find it next to the
Pokemon’s level. This will also double effort points gained from a battle.

Quite easy. And very effective.

Oh, and before I forget. Are you forgetful? Can’t remember if you gave yourself
credit for taking out that Starly? The Counter app can help you keep track of
your numbers so you don’t sell yourself short.

o—————–o
——————————| Part Four: PKRS |——————————
o—————–o

You now know how awesome PKRS is. But how do you get it?

It’s very hard to catch Pokerus (you have better chances of seeing a Shining
Pokemon). The healer lady will tell you that your Pokemon have been infected
after healing at a Pokemon Center, and it should go away shortly. YOU DO NOT
WANT THIS TO HAPPEN. Here’s how to preserve it.

When initially told you’ve been infected, there is a chance your entire party
will be infected. At least one will be. Catch a Pokemon you don’t care about
(henceforth referred to as Pichu). PKRS spreads from the center of your team;
let Pichu sit between two Pokemon that are infected (or next to one that is).
Kill off a few wild Pokemon and wait for Pichu to become infected. Then all you
do is deposit Pichu in the box (if you have more than one Pichu, mark the
infected Pichu with all six marks so you know that’s the one you want) and
wait until you need to EV train someone else. As long as Pichu sits in the box,
PKRS will never go away. It’s a good idea to infect multiple Pichu in the event
your PKRS mysteriously vanishes from one before you get a chance to put it
back, as a safeguard of sorts. To infect your team, put the Pichu in the center
of your team (on the right side). It will eventually spread, starting with the
middle, throughout your team.

Like I said, it’s _extremely_ rare to get Pokerus. Some people are just lucky,
though, and get it almost right away. Others can have a box full of Shining
Pokemon and still not have Pokerus. Don’t find it, it’ll find you.

Or just trade with someone who will give it to you. That works too.

That should do it. Any questions, comments, anything at all, e-mail me.

================
19. Master Lists [alitg]
================

Because every good guide needs one; this is the collection of lists of
everything in the game, starting with the Pokemon, then… not Pokemon.

===============
19a. Poke Radar [ciaci]
===============

For those who want all the game’s Poke Radar Pokemon in one convenient list.

Eterna Forest: Nincada Route 211: Tyrogue
Fuego Ironworks: Aron Route 212 (n): Smeargle
Lake Valor: Wobbuffet Route 212 (s): Grimer
Lake Verity: Wobbuffet Route 213: Swellow
M.Coronet Summit: Loudred Route 214: Poochyena
Route 201: NidoranF, NidoranM Route 217: Piloswine
Route 202: Sentret Route 221: Nidorina, Nidorino
Route 204: Sunkern Route 222: Flaaffy
Route 205 (n): Slowpoke Route 225: Mankey, Primeape
Route 205 (s): Sunkern Route 226: Mankey, Primeape
Route 206: Baltoy Route 227: Torkoal
Route 207: Stantler Route 229: Venomoth, Venonat
Route 208: Smeargle Route 230: Togepi
Route 209: Kirlia S. Mtn (outside): Torkoal
Route 210 (n): Bagon Valley Windworks: Mareep
Route 210 (s): Miltank, Tauros Valor Lakefront: Nidorina, Nidorino

===================
19b. Pokemon Swarms [ofwwh]
===================

Eterna Forest: Slakoth Route 218: Voltorb
Route 201: Doduo Route 221: Farfetch’d
Route 202: Zigzagoon Route 222: Skitty
Route 203: Cubone Route 224: Natu
Route 206: Larvitar Route 225: Makuhita
Route 207: Phanpy Route 226: Krabby
Route 208: Dunsparce Route 227: Spinda
Route 209: Snubbull Route 228: Beldum
Route 214: Spoink Route 229: Pinsir
Route 215: Drowzee Route 230: Corsola
Route 217: Delibird Valley Windworks: Electrike

=========================
19c. Poketch Applications [otdgg]
=========================

Number, location, function, usage.

1. Digital Clock – available at beginning

This is a digital representation of your DS’s clock. It’s the clock the game
goes by, so if you’re ever questioning exactly how long until midnight, take a
look at this app. If you tap the Touch Screen, it lights up.

2. Calculator – available at beginning

A standard calculator for basic mathematical functions. If the answer to your
math problem is a number between 1 and 493, and you have that Pokemon in your
Pokedex, you will hear that Pokemon’s cry when you hit the equals button.

3. Memo Pad – Poketch president after you have 1 Badge

A very basic note pad for writing down notes. Anything you write vanishes when
you switch apps, so it has limited usage.

4. Pedometer – available at beginning

One of the most helpful applications the Poketch has, the Pedometer app keeps a
running count of your total steps taken. Whether you’re tracking your trek to
300,000, or counting down the steps until your new egg hatches, the Pedometer
app is definitely worth your display.

5. Pokemon List – available at beginning

Team-at-a-glance. It shows the HP of all your team members, and grays them out
if they have a status effect on them. This is a good app to have on if you want
something to look at… or if you’re _really_ forgetful about the status of
your team, I suppose.

6. Friendship Checker – a girl in Eterna City’s Pokemon Center

If you hold the stylus down on a Pokemon, you will see a relative gauge of its
happiness – you’ll either see no hearts, a single heart, or two hearts of
varying sizes (it actually cycles from small -> medium -> large). Pokemon that
evolve through happiness need two small hearts to fulfill the happiness quota.
Two large hearts signifies max happiness. Use this to keep track of your
Pokemon’s happiness, obviously.

7. Dowsing Machine – Dawn at Route 207 Mt. Coronet entrance

Finds hidden items. This is the app that I usually have active. How to use the
Dowsing Machine in detail is covered in section 5d. There are lots and lots of
goodies hidden underground, so you should probably keep this one active a lot,
too. As far as I know, the location of every hidden item in the game is covered
in the guide – if you find one I don’t have listed, let me know.

8. Berry Searcher – Berry Master at his house on Route 208

If you’re an avid berry farmer, this will be immensely helpful to you. An icon
will be displayed over any route that you have already visited that has berries
ready for picking.

9. Day-Care Checker – Day Care after you leave any Pokemon to be raised

If you have two Pokemon breeding, this app will let you know if they have made
an egg by showing a little egg between the two Pokemon. If, like me, you like
to stay near Solaceon Town to get your hands on the egg ASAP, then this app is
entirely worthless. If you’re content to leave your two Pokemon there and then
go about your business, you might just find some use for this app.

10. Pokemon History – guy in a hat in Solaceon Town

Shows the most recent Pokemon you’ve obtained. Completely worthless.

11. Counter – Veilstone City Dept. Store 2F

Tap the touch screen to increase the counter by 1. It goes up to 9999, then
rolls over to 0000. I use it to keep track of the EVs I’ve given my Pokemon. I
trust it more than I do my own memory.

12. Analog Watch – A guy in Celestic Town

It’s an analog watch. I prefer the Digital Watch for more precise timekeeping,
but at least this one can light up, too.

13. Marking Map – Poketch president after you have 3 Badges

This is another app I use frequently. In the lower right corner are six
markers. You can drag these markers around with the stylus and place them
wherever you like. Use it to remember locations of things. I use them to keep
track of honey trees that are near berry patches, so I can do both at the same
time. You also use the Marking Map to track down all the roaming Pokemon later
in the game, so it’s really one you will definitely want to get.

14. Link Searcher – Poketch president after you have 5 Badges

Displays all users of wireless connection nearby. This app is outclassed by
your own two eyes – wireless connectivity doesn’t have such large range that
you could actually find people that aren’t within like ten feet of you. Just
look around if you want to see how many people are connected wirelessly. Most
of the time, it’s gonna be NO ONE. Get this app just to get it and be done.

15. Coin Toss – Route 213 (Rock Climb required)

Flips a coin. For those life-changing, ultra-tough decisions.

16. Move Tester – Poketch president after you have 7 Badges

Displays type matchups. I use this a lot for those obscure type matchups. Does
Ground resist Bug? Does Fighting resist Poison? It’s a neat app that is very
helpful to anyone hoping to become a good battler.

17. Calendar – Sunyshore City (Rock Climb & Serious-natured Pokemon required)

The calendar reflects the date on your DS. If you tap a date, you can gray it
out. It’s used for marking special occasions.

18. Dot Artist – Sunyshore City (Rock Climb & Naive-natured Pokemon required)

Think of this as a souped-up version of the Memo Pad. You can make a picture
with this, but only if you’re awesome. Unlike the Memo Pad, however, anything
you do to the Dot Artist remains until you change it.

19. Roulette – Sunyshore City (Rock Climb & Quirky-natured Pokemon required)

One of the more fun apps to play with. Using the stylus, you can draw your own
roulette wheel, then use the buttons on the side to play with it. It’s a neat
alternative to the Coin Toss app.

20. Trainer Counter – Prof. Oak in Pal Park lobby

Displays top 3 chains of Pokemon found by the Poke Radar, and displays current
chain if you are currently using it. No other use than that.

21. Kitchen Timer – Girl in Pal Park lobby with Snorlax in your party

Set a time, then watch it count down. When it hits zero, Snorlax will beat its
belly to signify this. It’s… got limited use in Pokemon. You’re probably
better off using a _real_ kitchen timer than using your DS if you’re trying to
cook something in real life.

22. Color Changer – Girl in Pal Park lobby with Kecleon in your party (Kitchen
Timer required)
I’m really glad
they added this. It changes the color of your Poketch background. How cool is
that? No longer do you have to display that boring green! Mine’s purple now. 🙂

23. Matchup Checker – Girl in Great Marsh lobby after you catch five total
Pokemon in one game)
This neat little app
is an egg tester. Tap the Pokemon on either side to cycle through the Pokemon
in your party. Tap the heart in the middle to check them. If the Luvdisc move
enough to make at least one heart at the top light up, they’ll make an egg if
you stick them in the Day Care. The more hearts that light up, the easier it is
for them to make an egg.

==============
19d. Abilities [zzhng]
==============

NAME OF ABILITY
—————

This is where you’ll find descriptions of what the ability does.

Field bonus: If the ability has a field bonus, you’ll see it written below the
description.

Pokemon that can in a list going three to a row; it
have that ability down like this. depends on how many
will be listed It won’t always be Pokemon have that ability.

o—————————————————————————–o

ADAPTABILITY
————

This Pokemon’s STAB is increased to 2x.

Eevee Porygon-Z

o—————————————————————————–o

AFTERMATH
———

If this Pokemon is KOed by a contact move, the attacker loses 1/4 of its
maximum HP.

Drifblim Skuntank
Drifloon Stunky

o—————————————————————————–o

AIR LOCK
——–

Weather effects are cancelled. This means that SolarBeam still requires a
charge in the sun, Thunder can miss in rain, etc.

Rayquaza

o—————————————————————————–o

ANGER POINT
———–

If you survive a critical hit, Attack is set to +6, no matter what it was set
at before. If the critical hit hits a Substitute, Anger Point activates.

Mankey Tauros
Primeape

o—————————————————————————–o

ANTICIPATION
————

When this Pokemon comes into battle, you are notified if the opponent has one
of the following attacks:

– a move that hits you super effectively
– Selfdestruct or Explosion
– a OHKO move

Barboach Toxicroak Wormadam
Croagunk Whiscash

o—————————————————————————–o

ARENA TRAP
———-

Opposing Pokemon cannot flee unless they are Flying-type or have the Levitate
ability.

Field bonus: If a Pokemon with this ability leads your party, encounter rate
goes up.

Diglett Trapinch
Dugtrio

o—————————————————————————–o

BAD DREAMS
———-

Sleeping foes take 12.5% of their maximum HP in damage between turns.

Darkrai

o—————————————————————————–o

BATTLE ARMOR
————

Prevents critical hits.

Anorith Drapion Kabutops
Armaldo Kabuto Skorupi

o—————————————————————————–o

BLAZE
—–

When this Pokemon’s HP fall below 1/3, its Fire-type moves do 50% more damage.

Blazkien Charmeleon Cyndaquil Quilava
Charizard Chimchar Infernape Torchic
Charmander Combusken Monferno Typhlosion

o—————————————————————————–o

CHLOROPHYLL
———–

During harsh sunlight, this Pokemon’s Speed stat is multiplied by 150%.

Bellossom Hoppip Shiftry Tangrowth
Bellsprout Jumpluff Skiploom Tropius
Cherubi Nuzleaf Sunflora Victreebel
Exeggcute Oddish Sunkern Vileplume
Exeggutor Seedot Tangela Weepinbell
Gloom

o—————————————————————————–o

CLEAR BODY
———-

Prevents stat reduction. Does not block self-inflicted stat reduction.

Beldum Metang Regirock Tentacool
Metagross Regice Registeel Tentacruel

o—————————————————————————–o

CLOUD NINE
———-

Weather effects are cancelled. This means that SolarBeam still requires a
charge in the sun, Thunder can miss in rain, etc.

Golduck Psyduck

o—————————————————————————–o

COLOR CHANGE
————

This Pokemon’s type changes to the type of move that directly damaged it last.
If this Pokemon is hit by a multi-hit move, this Pokemon’s type changes after
the first hit.

Kecleon

o—————————————————————————–o

COMPOUNDEYES
————

Accuracy of this Pokemon’s attacks is increased by 30%.

Field bonus: If a Pokemon with this ability leads your party, chances increase
that any Pokemon that may hold an item will have one.

Butterfree Venomoth Yanma
Nincada Venonat

o—————————————————————————–o

CUTE CHARM
———-

When a contact move is done to this Pokemon, and the foe is of the opposite
gender, there is a 30% chance the foe will become attracted.

Field bonus: If a Pokemon with this ability leads your party, chances increase
that wild Pokemon will be the opposite gender of this Pokemon.

Clefable Delcatty Jigglypuff Wigglytuff
Clefairy Igglybuff Skitty
Cleffa

o—————————————————————————–o

DAMP
—-

Explosion and Selfdestruct fail when used if this Pokemon is in play.

Golduck Poliwag Poliwrath Quagsire
Politoed Poliwhirl Psyduck Wooper

o—————————————————————————–o

DOWNLOAD
——–

When this Pokemon comes into play, it will receive a boost in either Attack or
Special Attack depending on the lower defense stat of the foe. If Defense is
lower, Attack is raised; if Special Defense is lower, or if the two stats are
the same, Special Attack is raised. In a 2v2 battle, the target Pokemon is
randomly selected.

Porygon Porygon-Z
Porygon2

o—————————————————————————–o

DRIZZLE
——-

Kyogre

o—————————————————————————–o

DROUGHT
——-

Groudon

o—————————————————————————–o

DRY SKIN
——–

Croagunk Parasect
Paras Toxicroak

o—————————————————————————–o

EARLY BIRD
———-

Sleep lasts for half the duration it normally would. This includes sleep
inflicted by using Rest.

Dodrio Houndoom Ledyba Seedot
Doduo Kangaskhan Natu Shiftry
Girafarig Ledian Nuzleaf Xatu
Houndour

o—————————————————————————–o

EFFECT SPORE
————

When this Pokemon is hit by a contact move, there is a 10% chance the attacking
Pokemon will be put to sleep, poisoned, or paralyzed. The Insomnia ability
blocks the sleep effect, the Immunity ability blocks the poison effect, and the
Limber ability blocks the paralyze effect.

Breloom Parasect
Paras Shroomish

o—————————————————————————–o

FILTER
——

Super effective damage damage is cut by 1/4.

Mime Jr. Mr. Mime

o—————————————————————————–o

FLAME BODY
———-

When this Pokemon is hit by a contact move, there is a 30% chance the attacking
Pokemon will be burned. The Water Veil ability blocks this effect.

Field bonus: If a Pokemon with this ability is in your party, eggs hatch in
roughly 2/3 the time. This effect can not be stacked with other Pokemon with
the Flame Body or Magma Armor abilities.

Slugma Magcargo Magmortar
Magby Magmar

o—————————————————————————–o

FLASH FIRE
———-

Arcanine Heatran Ninetales Rapidash
Flareon Houndoom Ponyta Vulpix
Growlithe Houndour

o—————————————————————————–o

FLOWER GIFT
———–

During harsh sunlight, the Attack and Special Defense of this Pokemon and its
partner is multiplied by 150% each.

Cherrim

o—————————————————————————–o

FORECAST
——–

Castform

o—————————————————————————–o

FOREWARN
——–

Drowzee Jynx
Hypno Smoochum

o—————————————————————————–o

FRISK
—–

When this Pokemon comes into play, the opponent’s hold item is revealed. In a
2v2 play, an opponent is randomly selected; the opponent’s identity is not
revealed.

Banette Stantler
Shuppet

o—————————————————————————–o

GLUTTONY
——–

Berries that activate at 25% or less HP now activate at 50% or less HP instead.

Linoone Zigzagoon
Shuckle

o—————————————————————————–o

GUTS
—-

If this Pokemon is asleep, burned, paralyzed, or poisoned, this Pokemon’s
Attack stat is multiplied by 150%. Pokemon with this ability do not suffer an
Attack drop if they are burned.

Hariyama Machoke Raticate Taillow
Heracross Machop Rattata Tyrogue
Larvitar Makuhita Swellow Ursaring
Machamp

o—————————————————————————–o

HEATPROOF
———

This Pokemon takes 50% less damage from Fire damage and burn between turns.

Bronzong Bronzor

o—————————————————————————–o

HONEY GATHER
————

No effect in battle.

Field bonus: If this Pokemon is not holding an item, it may acquire Honey after
any battle.

Combee

o—————————————————————————–o

HUGE POWER
———-

Doubles Attack in battle. If this ability is lost, Attack returns to normal.

Azumarill Marill
Azurill

o—————————————————————————–o

HUSTLE
——

Physical damage from this Pokemon is multiplied by 150%. Any physical-based
move done by this Pokemon has 80% of its normal accuracy.

Field bonus: If a Pokemon with this ability leads your party, higher-level wild
Pokemon become more common.

Corsola Remoraid Togepi
Delibird Togekiss Togetic

o—————————————————————————–o

HYDRATION
———

During rain, any major status effects present on this Pokemon are cured between
turns.

Dewgong Phione
Manaphy Seel

o—————————————————————————–o

HYPER CUTTER
————

This Pokemon’s attack can not be directly lowered by moves like Growl. If this
Pokemon uses a move that lowers its own Attack stat, Hyper Cutter will not
block it.

Corphish Gliscor Krabby Pinsir
Crawdaunt Kingler Mawile Trapinch
Gligar

o—————————————————————————–o

ICE BODY
——–

During hail, this Pokemon restores 1/16 of its maximum HP between turns. Blocks
hail damage.

Glalie Snorunt Walrein
Sealeo Spheal

o—————————————————————————–o

ILLUMINATE
———-

No effect in battle.

Field bonus: If a Pokemon with this ability leads your party, encounter rate
goes up.

Chinchou Starmie Volbeat
Lanturn Staryu

o—————————————————————————–o

IMMUNITY
——–

Prevents poisoning.

Snorlax Zangoose

o—————————————————————————–o

INNER FOCUS
———–

Prevents flinching. This includes by Fake Out.

Abra Farfetch’d Kadabra Sneasel
Alakazam Girafarig Lucario Snorunt
Crobat Glalie Riolu Zubat
Dragonite Golbat

o—————————————————————————–o

INSOMNIA
——–

Prevents sleeping. This includes by Rest.

Ariados Honchkrow Murkrow Shuppet
Banette Hoothoot Noctowl Spinarak
Drowzee Hypno

o—————————————————————————–o

INTIMIDATE
———-

When this Pokemon comes into play, the foe’s Attack stat is reduced by 1 level.
In a 2v2 battle, both opponents will have Attack reduced. The Clear Body, Hyper
Cutter, and White Smoke abilities block this effect.

Field bonus: If a Pokemon with this ability leads your party, lower-level wild
Pokemon become scarce.

Arbok Hitmontop Mightyena Stantler
Arcanine Luxio Salamence Staraptor
Ekans Luxray Shinx Staravia
Granbull Masquerain Snubbull Tauros
Gyarados Mawile

o—————————————————————————–o

IRON FIST
———

Hitmonchan

o—————————————————————————–o

KEEN EYE
——–

Prevents accuracy reduction.

Field bonus: If a Pokemon with this ability is on your team, lower-level wild
Pokemon become scarce.

Chatot Hoothoot Pidgey Sneasel
Farfetch’d Noctowl Sableye Spearow
Fearow Pelipper Sentret Starly
Furret Pidgeot Skarmory Wingull
Hitmonchan Pidgeotto

o—————————————————————————–o

KLUTZ
—–

Hold Items have no effect on this Pokemon. However, all hold items that halve
Speed when held still reduce Speed.

Buneary Lopunny

o—————————————————————————–o

LEAF GUARD
———-

During harsh sunlight, this Pokemon can not be affected by any major status
effects. Any status effects already present on this Pokemon are not cured.

Hoppip Leafeon Tangela
Jumpluff Skiploom Tangrowth

o—————————————————————————–o

LEVITATE
——–

Damage-dealing Ground-type moves fail when used on this Pokemon.

o—————————————————————————–o

LIGHTNINGROD
————

In a 2v2 battle, all single-target Electric attacks done by a Pokemon other
than this Pokemon will target this Pokemon, regardless of whether or not it was
the original target.

Cubone Marowak Rhyhorn
Electrike Rhydon Rhyperior
Manectric

o—————————————————————————–o

LIMBER
——

Prevents paralysis.

Ditto Hitmonlee
Glameow Persian

o—————————————————————————–o

LIQUID OOZE
———–

When the foe uses a HP-draining attack (such as Mega Drain) on this Pokemon,
the foe loses HP equal to the amount that would have been gained.

Gulpin Tentacruel
Swalot Tentacool

o—————————————————————————–o

MAGIC GUARD
———–

This Pokemon will only be damaged by direct damage.

Clefairy Cleffa
Clefable

o—————————————————————————–o

MAGMA ARMOR
———–

Prevents freezing.

Field bonus: If a Pokemon with this ability is in your party, eggs hatch in
roughly 2/3 the time. This effect can not be stacked with other Pokemon with
the Flame Body or Magma Armor abilities.

Camerupt Slugma
Magcargo

o—————————————————————————–o

MAGNET PULL
———–

Prevents any Steel-type Pokemon from fleeing.

Field bonus: If a Pokemon with this ability leads your party, Steel-type wild
Pokemon appear more frequently.

Magnemite Magnezone Probopass
Magneton Nosepass

o—————————————————————————–o

MARVEL SCALE
————

If this Pokemon is affected by a major status effect, this Pokemon’s Defense is
multiplied by 150%.

Milotic

o—————————————————————————–o

MINUS
—–

If a Pokemon with the Plus ability is this Pokemon’s partner in 2v2, this
Pokemon’s Special Attack is multiplied by 150%.

Minun

o—————————————————————————–o

MOLD BREAKER
————

Moves that would be blocked by the opponent’s ability will work. For example,
Surf from this Pokemon would hurt a Pokemon with Water Absorb rather than heal
them.

Cranidos Rampardos
Pinsir

o—————————————————————————–o

MOTOR DRIVE
———–

When an Electric-type move is used on this Pokemon, Speed increases by 1 level.

Electivire

o—————————————————————————–o

MULTITYPE
———

This Pokemon’s type matches the held Plate. Also prevents forced item removal.
This ability does not change this Pokemon’s type if this Pokemon is not Arceus.

Arceus

o—————————————————————————–o

NATURAL CURE
————

Upon being recalled, all major status effects are removed.

Altaria Chansey Roselia Starmie
Blissey Corsola Roserade Staryu
Budew Happiny Shaymin Swablu
Celebi

o—————————————————————————–o

NO GUARD
——–

The attacks of this Pokemon and the Pokemon attacking this Pokemon will never
miss.

Machamp Machop
Machoke

o—————————————————————————–o

NORMALIZE
———

All attacks done by this Pokemon are Normal-type instead of their usual types.

Delcatty Skitty

o—————————————————————————–o

OBLIVIOUS
———

Prevents attraction. Captivate fails when used on this Pokemon.

Barboach Lickitung Slowbro Swinub
Illumise Mamoswine Slowking Wailmer
Jynx Numel Slowpoke Wailord
Lickilicky Piloswine Smoochum Whiscash

o—————————————————————————–o

OVERGROW
——–

When this Pokemon’s HP fall below 1/3, its Grass-type moves do 50% more damage.

Bayleef Grotle Meganium Treecko
Bulbasaur Grovyle Sceptile Turtwig
Chikorita Ivysaur Torterra Venusaur

o—————————————————————————–o

OWN TEMPO
———

Prevents confusion. This includes by Swagger.

Glameow Purugly Smeargle
Grumpig Slowbro Spinda
Lickilicky Slowking Spoink
Lickitung Slowpoke

o—————————————————————————–o

PICKUP
——

No effect in battle.

Field bonus: This Pokemon may pick up an item after the battle if it isn’t
already holding an item. The type and rarity of items found depend on this
Pokemon’s level.

Aipom Meowth Phanpy
Ambipom Munchlax Teddiursa
Linoone Pachirisu Zigzagoon

o—————————————————————————–o

PLUS
—-

If a Pokemon with the Minus ability is this Pokemon’s partner in 2v2, this
Pokemon’s Special Attack is multiplied by 150%.

Plusle

o—————————————————————————–o

POISON HEAL
———–

This Pokemon recovers 1/8 of its maximum HP between turns if it is poisoned,
rather than taking damage.

Breloom Shroomish

o—————————————————————————–o

POISON POINT
————

When this Pokemon is hit by a contact move, there is a 30% chance the attacking
Pokemon will be poisoned. The Immunity ability blocks this effect.

Budew NidoranM Roserade
Nidoking Nidorina Roselia
Nidoqueen Nidorino Seadra
NidoranF Qwilfish

o—————————————————————————–o

PRESSURE
——–

When a move is used on this Pokemon, an extra PP is used.

Field bonus: If a Pokemon with this ability leads your party, encounter rate
goes up.

Absol Dusclops Lugia Suicune
Aerodactyl Dusknoir Mewtwo Vespiquen
Articuno Entei Palkia Weavile
Deoxys Giratina Raikou Zapdos
Dialga Ho-Oh Spiritomb

o—————————————————————————–o

PURE POWER
———-

Doubles Attack in battle. If this ability is lost, Attack returns to normal.

o—————————————————————————–o

QUICK FEET
———-

If this Pokemon is affected by a major status effect, its Speed is multiplied
by 150%.

Granbull Poochyena Ursaring
Mightyena Teddiursa

o—————————————————————————–o

RAIN DISH
———

During rain, this Pokemon recovers 1/16 of its maximum HP between turns.

Lombre Ludicolo
Lotad

o—————————————————————————–o

RECKLESS
——–

Moves that cause recoil damage have their base powers increased by 20%.

Hitmonlee

o—————————————————————————–o

RIVALRY
——-

If this Pokemon is the same gender as its foe, Attack is increased by 25%. If
this Pokemon is the opposite gender of its foe, Attack is reduced by 25%. If
the foe has no gender, this ability does nothing.

Luxio Nidoqueen Nidorina
Luxray NidoranF Nidorino
Nidoking NidoranM Shinx

o—————————————————————————–o

ROCK HEAD
———

Prevents recoil damage. This doesn’t include Life Orb damage; it is not recoil.

Aerodactyl Cubone Marowak Rhyhorn
Aggron Geodude Onix Shelgon
Aron Golem Relicanth Steelix
Bagon Graveler Rhydon Sudowoodo
Bonsly Lairon

o—————————————————————————–o

ROUGH SKIN
———-

When a contact move is done to this Pokemon, the foe will be damaged by 1/16 of
its maximum HP.

Carvanha Sharpedo

o—————————————————————————–o

RUN AWAY
——–

No effect in battle…

Aipom Dunsparce Poochyena Rattata
Buneary Eevee Ponyta Sentret
Dodrio Furret Rapidash Snubbull
Doduo Pachirisu Raticate

o—————————————————————————–o

SAND STREAM
———–

Hippopotas Tyranitar
Hippowdon

o—————————————————————————–o

SAND VEIL
———

During sandstorm, this Pokemon’s evasion rises by 20%. Blocks sandstorm damage.

Field bonus: If a Pokemon with this ability leads your party, encounter rate
goes down in sandstorm.

Cacnea Dugtrio Gible Sandshrew
Cacturne Gabite Gligar Sandslash
Diglett Garchomp Gliscor

o—————————————————————————–o

SCRAPPY
——-

Ghost-type’s immunity to Fighting- and Normal-type moves is ignored.

Kangaskhan Miltank

o—————————————————————————–o

SERENE GRACE
————

Effect percentages double.

Blissey Happiny Togekiss
Chansey Jirachi Togepi
Dunsparce Shaymin-S Togetic

o—————————————————————————–o

SHADOW TAG
———-

Prevents switching and fleeing. If the foe’s Pokemon has Shadow Tag, this
ability does nothing.

Wobbuffet Wynaut

o—————————————————————————–o

SHED SKIN
———

If this Pokemon is affected by a major status effect, there is a 33% chance it
will be removed between turns.

Arbok Dragonair Kakuna Pupitar
Burmy Dratini Kricketot Seviper
Cascoon Ekans Metapod Silcoon

o—————————————————————————–o

SHELL ARMOR
———–

Prevents critical hits.
Buneary Eevee Ponyta Sentret
Clamperl Crawdaunt Lapras Omastar
Cloyster Kingler Omanyte Shellder
Corphish Krabby

o—————————————————————————–o

SHIELD DUST
———–

Prevents added effects.

Caterpie Venomoth Wurmple
Dustox Weedle

o—————————————————————————–o

SIMPLE
——

Stat changes are doubly effective.

Bibarel Numel
Bidoof

o—————————————————————————–o

SKILL LINK
———-

Moves that hit 2-5 times will always hit 5 times.

Cloyster Shellder

o—————————————————————————–o

SLOW START
———-

Attack and Speed are each halved for 5 turns after this Pokemon enters battle.

Regigigas
Buneary Eevee Ponyta Sentret
o—————————————————————————–o

SNIPER
——

Critical hits do 3x normal damage instead of 2x.

Drapion Octillery Seadra
Horsea Remoraid Skorupi
Kingdra

o—————————————————————————–o

SNOW CLOAK
———-

During hail, this Pokemon’s evasion rises by 20%. Blocks hail damage.

Glaceon Piloswine
Froslass Swinub
Mamoswine

o—————————————————————————–o

SNOW WARNING
————

Abomasnow Snover

o—————————————————————————–o

SOLAR POWER
———–

During harsh sunlight, this Pokemon gains a 50% boost in Special Attack and
loses 1/8 of its maximum HP between turns.

Sunflora Tropius
Sunkern

o—————————————————————————–o

SOLID ROCK
———-

Super effective damage is cut by 25%.

Camerupt Rhyperior

o—————————————————————————–o

SOUNDPROOF
———-

Sound moves – Bug Buzz, Chatter, Grasswhistle, Growl, Heal Bell, Hyper Voice,
Metal Sound, Perish Song, Roar, Roar of Time, Sing, Sonicboom, Supersonic,
Screech, Snore, and Uproar – have no effect on this Pokemon.

Electrode Mime Jr. Voltorb
Exploud Mr. Mime Whismur
Loudred

o—————————————————————————–o

SPEED BOOST
———–

This Pokemon’s Speed goes up by 1 level between turns.

Ninjask Yanmega
Yanma

o—————————————————————————–o

STATIC
——

When this Pokemon is hit by a contact move, there is a 30% chance the attacking
Pokemon will be paralyzed. The Limber ability blocks this effect.

Field bonus: If a Pokemon with this ability leads your party, Electric-type
wild Pokemon appear more frequently.

Ampharos Electrode Manectric Pikachu
Electabuzz Elekid Mareep Raichu
Electrike Flaaffy Pichu Voltorb

o—————————————————————————–o

STALL
—–

This Pokemon always goes last.

Sableye

o—————————————————————————–o

STEADFAST
———

When this Pokemon flinches, its Speed increases by 1 level.

Gallade Riolu
Lucario

o—————————————————————————–o

STENCH
——

No effect in battle.

Field bonus: If a Pokemon with this ability leads your party, encounter rate
goes down.

Grimer Skuntank
Muk Stunky

o—————————————————————————–o

STICKY HOLD
———–

Prevents forced item removal.

Gastrodon Gulpin Shellos
Grimer Muk Swalot

o—————————————————————————–o

STORM DRAIN
———–

In a 2v2 battle, all single-target Water attacks done by a Pokemon other than
this Pokemon will target this Pokemon, regardless of whether or not it was
the original target.

Finneon Lumineon
Gastrodon Shellos

o—————————————————————————–o

STURDY
——

Fissure, Guillotine, Horn Drill, and Sheer Cold always fail when used against
this Pokemon.

Aggron Geodude Magnezone Shieldon
Aron Golem Nosepass Shuckle
Bastiodon Graveler Onix Skarmory
Bonsly Lairon Pineco Steelix
Donphan Magnemite Probopass Sudowoodo
Forretress Magneton

o—————————————————————————–o

SUCTION CUPS
————

Roar and Whirlwind fail when used on this Pokemon.

Cradily Octillery
Lileep

o—————————————————————————–o

SUPER LUCK
———-

This Pokemon’s critical hit ratio is increased by one level.

Absol Murkrow
Honchkrow

o—————————————————————————–o

SWARM
—–

When this Pokemon’s HP fall below 1/3, its Bug-type moves do 50% more damage.

Ariados Heracross Ledyba Scyther
Beautifly Kricketune Mothim Spinarak
Beedrill Ledian Scizor Volbeat

o—————————————————————————–o

SWIFT SWIM
———-

During rain, this Pokemon’s Speed stat is multiplied by 150%.

o—————————————————————————–o

SYNCHRONIZE
———–

Field bonus: If a Pokemon with this ability leads your party, chances increase
that wild Pokemon will have the same nature as this Pokemon.

Abra Gardevoir Mew Umbreon
Alakazam Kadabra Natu Xatu
Espeon Kirlia Ralts

o—————————————————————————–o

TANGLED FEET
————

All moves done to this Pokemon have a 50% success rate while this Pokemon is
confused.

Chatot Pidgey
Pidgeot Spinda
Pidgeotto

o—————————————————————————–o

TECHNICIAN
———-

Any attack with 60 or less base power has its base power multiplied by 1.5.

Ambipom Persian Scyther
Hitmontop Scizor Smeargle
Meowth

o—————————————————————————–o

THICK FAT
———

This Pokemon takes half damage from Fire- and Ice-type moves.

Azumarill Hariyama Munchlax Snorlax
Azurill Makuhita Purugly Spheal
Dewgong Marill Sealeo Spoink
Grumpig Miltank Seel Walrein

o—————————————————————————–o

TINTED LENS
———–

Doubles damage of moves used by this Pokemon that are not very effective
against its target.

Illumise Yanmega
Venomoth Venonat

o—————————————————————————–o

TORRENT
——-

When this Pokemon’s HP fall below 1/3, its Water-type moves do 50% more damage.

Blastoise Feraligatr Piplup Swampert
Croconaw Marshtomp Prinplup Totodile
Empoleon Mudkip Squirtle Wartortle

o—————————————————————————–o

TRACE
—–

When this Pokemon enters battle, it gains the foe’s ability to use as its own.
In a 2v2 battle, an opponent is randomly selected. Trace fails if the
opponent’s ability is Multitype.

Gardevoir Porygon2
Kirlia Ralts
Porygon

o—————————————————————————–o

TRUANT
——

This Pokemon cannot use an attack if it used an attack last turn.

Slaking Slakoth

o—————————————————————————–o

UNAWARE
——-

Ignores the foe’s stat increases (except Speed).

Bibarel Bidoof

o—————————————————————————–o

UNBURDEN
——–

This Pokemon’s Speed stat doubles when its held item is used, lost, or stolen.

Drifblim Drifloon

o—————————————————————————–o

VITAL SPIRIT
————

Prevents sleeping. This includes by Rest.

Field bonus: If a Pokemon with this ability leads your party, higher-level wild
Pokemon become more common.

Delibird Primeape
Mankey Vigoroth

o—————————————————————————–o

VOLT ABSORB
———–

This Pokemon restores 25% of its maximum HP instead of losing HP when it is hit
by an Electric-type attack.

Chinchou Lanturn
Jolteon

o—————————————————————————–o

WATER ABSORB
————

This Pokemon restores 25% of its maximum HP instead of losing HP when it is hit
by a Water-type attack.

Lapras Politoed Poliwrath Vaporeon
Mantine Poliwag Quagsire Wooper
Mantyke Poliwhirl

o—————————————————————————–o

WATER VEIL
———-

Prevents burns.

Goldeen Wailmer
Seaking Wailord

o—————————————————————————–o

WHITE SMOKE
———–

Prevents stat reduction. Does not block self-inflicted stat reduction.

Field bonus: If a Pokemon with this ability leads your party, encounter rate
goes down.

Torkoal

o—————————————————————————–o

WONDER GUARD
————

This Pokemon takes no damage from moves that do not hit it super effectively.
This Pokemon can still be damaged by indirect damage, such as poison.

Shedinja

o—————————————————————————–o

================
19e. TMs and HMs [olnkt]
================

If you need details on finding specific TMs or HMs, just do a ctrl + F search
for “TMxx” or “HMx” substituting xx for the TM number and x for the HM number.

There are a few abbreviations for more common locations. They are as follows:

ESC – Exchange Service Corner (in the Battle Frontier)
GCPE – Game Corner Prize Exchange (where you cash in Coins for prizes)
VCDS – Veilstone City Department Store

TM01 – Focus Punch TM51 – Roost
Oreburgh Gate Route 210

TM02 – Dragon Claw TM52 – Focus Blast
Mt. Coronet VCDS

TM03 – Water Pulse TM53 – Energy Ball
Ravaged Path Route 226, ESC

TM04 – Calm Mind TM54 – False Swipe
ESC VCDS

TM05 – Roar TM55 – Brine
Route 213 Prize for defeating Crasher Wake

TM06 – Toxic TM56 – Fling
ESC Route 222

TM07 – Hail TM57 – Charge Beam
Route 217 Prize for defeating Volkner

TM08 – Bulk Up TM58 – Endure
ESC GCPE

TM09 – Bullet Seed TM59 – Dragon Pulse
Route 204 Victory Road, ESC

TM10 – Hidden Power TM60 – Drain Punch
GCPE Prize for defeating Maylene

TM11 – Sunny Day TM61 – Will-o-Wisp
Route 212 ESC

TM12 – Taunt TM62 – Silver Wind
Route 211 Route 212

TM13 – Ice Beam TM63 – Embargo
Route 216, GCPE Veilstone City

TM14 – Blizzard TM64 – Explosion
Lake Acuity, VCDS Veilstone City Game Corner

TM15 – Hyper Beam TM65 – Shadow Claw
VCDS Prize for defeating Fantina

TM16 – Light Screen TM66 – Payback
VCDS Route 215

TM17 – Protect TM67 – Recycle
VCDS Eterna City

TM18 – Rain Dance TM68 – Giga Impact
Route 223 GCPE

TM19 – Giga Drain TM69 – Rock Polish
Route 209 Mt. Coronet

TM20 – Safeguard TM70 – Flash
VCDS Oreburgh Gate, VCDS

TM21 – Frustration TM71 – Stone Edge
Galactic Warehouse, GCPE Victory Road, ESC

TM22 – SolarBeam TM72 – Avalanche
VCDS Prize for defeating Candice

TM23 – Iron Tail TM73 – Thunder Wave
Iron Island ESC

TM24 – Thunderbolt TM74 – Gyro Ball
Valley Windworks, GCPE GCPE

TM25 – Thunder TM75 – Swords Dance
Lake Valor, VCDS GCPE

TM26 – Earthquake TM76 – Stealth Rock
Wayward Cave, ESC Prize for defeating Roark

TM27 – Return TM77 – Psych Up
Prof. Rowan, Lost Tower, GCPE Route 211

TM28 – Dig TM78 – Captivate
Ruin Maniac’s Cave/Tunnel Route 204

TM29 – Psychic TM79 – Dark Pulse
Route 211, GCPE Victory Road

TM30 – Shadow Ball TM80 – Rock Slide
Route 210, ESC Mt. Coronet

TM31 – Brick Break TM81 – X-Scissor
Oreburgh Gate, ESC Route 221, ESC

TM32 – Double Team TM82 – Sleep Talk
Wayward Cave, GCPE Route 205

TM33 – Reflect TM83 – Natural Gift
VCDS VCDS

TM34 – Shock Wave TM84 – Poison Jab
Route 215 Route 212

TM35 – Flamethrower TM85 – Dream Eater
Fuego Ironworks, GCPE Route 213

TM36 – Sludge Bomb TM86 – Grass Knot
Galactic Warehouse, ESC Prize for defeating Gardenia

TM37 – Sandstorm TM87 – Swagger
Route 228 Pokemon Mansion

TM38 – Fire Blast TM88 – Pluck
Lake Verity, VCDS Floaroma Town

TM39 – Rock Tomb TM89 – U-turn
Ravaged Path Canalave City, GCPE

TM40 – Aerial Ace TM90 – Substitute
Route 213, ESC Old Chateau

TM41 – Torment TM91 – Flash Cannon
Victory Road Prize for defeating Byron

TM42 – Facade TM92 – Trick Room
Survival Area Route 213

TM43 – Secret Power HM1 – Cut
Amity Square Eterna City

TM44 – Rest HM2 – Fly
GCPE Galactic Warehouse

TM45 – Attract HM3 – Surf
Amity Square, ESC Celestic Town

TM46 – Thief HM4 – Strength
Eterna City Iron Island

TM47 – Steel Wing HM5 – Defog
Route 209 Solaceon Ruins

TM48 – Skill Swap HM6 – Rock Smash
Canalave City Oreburgh Gate

TM49 – Snatch HM7 – Waterfall
Galactic Warehouse Sunyshore City

TM50 – Overheat HM8 – Rock Climb
Stark Mountain Route 217

===================
20. Version History [wtidd]
===================

====================
21. Acknowledgements [thx2u]
====================

You: for r3eading this.
Pokemonbabe:

Leave a Comment » | Uncategorized | Permalink
Posted by Walkthrough Loader

Pokemon Diamond/Pearl Walkthrough

August 2, 2011

I said I liked Pokemon, so….. ARRIBA!

-+-+-+ +-+-+-+ +-+-+-+-+-+ +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+
|P|o|k|e|m|o|n| |D|i|a|m|o|n|d| |a|n|d| |P|e|a|r|l| |W|a|l|k|t|h|r|o|u|g|h|
+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+ +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+ +-+-+-+ +-+-+-+-+-+ +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+

_,-~~–.__
,-* ^^^~~-._
,^ _,–~*^^
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-__.,-^ __,-~^
Author: _,.-^ /
BJohn / /
-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-,/ __ /
, ,^ ,^ ^-..-~^ ,/
/| ,^ ,’-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-,^.’
,^/| / | Version: Final ,^ 7
/ / | / Ver. Date: 4/10/08 __ ,^ ,-^
/ / | /-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-,^ ^~–~^ ,^
/ 7 | / ,^ /
/ | / \ / _ /
/ | ( , \-. _ | ( `–^
| _,-. \ _/|/| _\ `.–^_ \ | |
|-^ \ | ,^0 ‘ || ^-.,-^ ^. /-^~–. |
\ _ \ /._ _/|`\ / ,-^~~,^ ,-^ / ,
__.._ \,–/ ^.|`.| |\ | ^,^ ,^ / / _,^ .-/
\ ,^ / ^. >|-.| `’ / / / /`-<^ ,^ ,^
\ / | \ | ' ,^' ' ,^ ^. _,^ /
\ | | \' ,^ . | __ ____ |,-^ /
\ \ | ,^ ^. | / ____`. _\/ ,^
\ \ \ _. | ^'-.\7 '/ ' /
\_.-^'. \_,-^ `-' _ _/ / /
/ \ 7^~—-~^ / ,^
/ / `. ,^ __ / ,^
/ _/ ^-._ _,^ / ^~–._,^ /-/7
,^ < 7 )__ / ,^
,^ ,-' \ ^'~-._ /
,^ _\ ,` ^-._ |
,^ / ,^ ^. _,'
/ / / `. _,^
,^ / / \/
/ | | / `-.
( | /\ | | |~. `-_—~`
`.\_ `- / | /\ |. |`._~-._ ^.
^^|/ | /| / /\ | `' ^-\ ^~-._ ^.
| /V| / ' \| ^^'
| / \ / '
|/ \ /
' V

===============================================================================
TABLE OF CONTENTS
===============================================================================

[1] Copyright and Legal Information
[2] Introduction
[3] Walkthrough
1) Starting your Adventure
a. Twinleaf Town
b. Route 201 and Verity Lakefront
c. Sandgem Town
d. Route 202
e. Jubilife City
f. Route 203
g. Oreburgh Gate
h. Oreburgh City
2) On towards the 2nd Gym
a. Route 204 and Ravaged Path
b. Floaroma Town
c. Route 205 and Valley Windworks
d. Eterna Forest
e. Eterna City
3) Going After the Third Badge
a. Routes 206-207
b. Mt. Coronet
c. Route 208
d. Hearthome City
e. Route 209
f. Solaceon Town
g. Routes 210-215
h. Veilstone City
4) To the Fourth Gym
a. Route 214 and Valor Lakefront
b. Route 213
c. Pastoria City
d. Route 212
5) Before the Fifth Gym
a. Route 213 and Valor Lakefront
b. Solaceon Town and Route 210
c. Celestic Town
6) Collecting the Sixth Badge
a. Jubilife City and Route 218
b. Canalave City
7) Preceding the Seventh Gym
a. Route 209 and the Lost Tower
b. Valor Lakefront
c. Twinleaf Town and Verity Lakefront
d. Route 211 and Mt. Coronet
e. Routes 216-217
f. Acuity Lakefront
g. Snowpoint City
8) For the Final Badge
a. Acuity Lakefront
b. Veilstone City
c. Hearthome City and Route 208
d. Mt. Coronet and Spear Pillar
e. Valor Lakefront and Route 222
f. Sunyshore City
9) Seeking the Championship
a. Route 223
b. Victory Road
c. The Pokemon League

{Optional Areas}
1) The Underground
2) Pal Park
3) Fuego Ironworks
4) Iron Island: Getting Riolu
5) The Three Lakes: Verity, Acuity, and Valor
a. Verity Lakefront: Getting Mesprit
b. Acuity Lakefront: Getting Uxie
c. Valor Lakefront: Getting Azelf
6) Fullmoon Island: Getting Cresselia
7) Route 209: Getting Spiritomb
8) Old Chateau: Getting Rotom
9) Battle Zone: Getting Heatran
a. Fight Area
b. Battle Park
c. Routes 230-229 and Resort Area
d. Route 225 and Survival Area
e. Routes 226-227 and Stark Mountain
10) Spring Path: Getting Giratina
11) Snowpoint Temple: Getting Regigigas

{Extra Stuff}
1) Poketch Applications
2) National Pokedex
3) Mystery Gift
[4] Frequently Asked Questions
[5] Contact Information
[6] Credits
[7] Revision History
[8] What to Expect in Future Updates

Note: To make navigation slightly faster, copy the whole title of any section,
including the bracketed numbering, and paste in a search to quickly go there.

===============================================================================
[1] COPYRIGHT AND LEGAL INFORMATION
===============================================================================

This may not be reproduced under any circumstances except for personal, private
use. It may not be placed on any web site or otherwise distributed publicly
without advance written permission. Use of this guide on any other web site or
as a part of any public display is strictly prohibited, and a violation of
copyright.

The following are the only websites that have permission to host this guide:
gamefaqs.com
neoseeker.com
supercheats.com
mycheats.com (/1up.com)

If you see this guide elsewhere, please bring it to my attention. I would very
appreciate it. Sometimes permission for a website to host my guides is granted
and taken away. I will always faithfully and carefully note which websites
actually do have such permission for each new version.

===============================================================================
[2] INTRODUCTION
===============================================================================

This guide was made to walk those playing either the American Pokemon Diamond
or Pearl through their adventure. While Pokemon isn't a terribly difficult kind
of game to understand, anyone can have problems playing almost any game, for
whatever reason.

When you first start your new game, you will be introduced to the game's basics
by a character named Professor Rowan. He will ask you some questions, and
within these questions you will define your character's gender, name, and your
rival's name. Thankfully you're given the option to skip many rudimentary
lectures about the game you're playing. If you're not familiar with the game's
controls, you can always pick the option to listen to the lecture concerning
them within the conversation with the Professor. After all that, your adventure
begins.

===============================================================================
[3] WALKTHROUGH
===============================================================================
1) Starting Your Adventure
——————————————————————————-

=———————————=
=- a. Twinleaf Town -=
=———————————=

As soon as your adventure begins, you will see a television show about some
group that failed to catch sight of a red Gyarados. After that, you will find
yourself in your room of your house. Like previous Pokemon games, you'll see
Nintendo's current-gen television console hooked up to your T.V. This time
around, Nintendo's Wii is their current-gen television console, and one is
appropriately hooked up to your television, which is a nice touch.

Contrary to previous Pokemon games, your PC does not contain a Potion inside of
it. In fact, no longer does any PC anywhere hold items. All items this time
around are always carried on your person. This, however, is not problematic,
because you can carry up to 999 (yes, that's three digits) of all items in the
entire game with you at all times.

Walk down the stairs, and your mother will greet you. She recommends that you
go check on your friend, who will also be your sparring partner (a.k.a. rival)
in this game. Go ahead and leave your house. Your mother will bother one more
time to remind you that you don't have any Pokemon of yourself, and because of
such you shouldn't wander into tall grass where Pokemon may roam. As soon as
you're outdoors, you'll see four houses. The only two that matter to you are
the ones with mailboxes. Of the four houses, walk to the top-left one with the
mailbox, and up to the door.

As soon as you reach the door, your rival will come bursting out of it, and
into you. After he converses with you, he'll forget something and return into
his house. Follow him into his house, and up the stairs into his bedroom. He'll
talk with you once more when you get upstairs, and will leave soon after.

For some reason, there seems to be much more dialogue and character interaction
this time around. While that's a good thing, it still takes up your playing
time! I suggest you go into your Menu (by pressing X) and select "Options". I,
myself, have the text set on "Fast". I'd do the same if I were you.

Leave your rival's house and walk north to Route 201.

=————————————-=
=- b. Route 201 and Verity Lakefront -=
=————————————-=

Your rival will stop you and talk about that television report about the red
Gyarados. After suggesting that both of you go and see if your local lake has
such a creature, he asks you to lead. With him following, head west to a place
called Verity Lakefront. Coming soon is when you get to choose your first
Pokemon! You'll see a 2×2-sized patch of dirt leading up to a gap in between
the trees. I suggest that you save as soon as reach the dirt, as you'll soon
have no control over events and will no longer have the option to save in case
you want a specific starter (such as having particular stats, or gender).

As soon as you cross the patch of dirt, your rival will begin to talk to you,
and afterwards you'll both enter the lake through the trees. When you both
enter the area, you'll see Professor Rowan, this time in person, and either the
male or female character that you didn't choose as your gender when you began
the game talking to the Professor. After a conversation between the two,
together they will leave, with the Professor leaving his briefcase behind.

Your rival will lead you into the tall grass, against your mother's wishes,
and, surprise, wild Pokemon attacks you! Both of you look into the briefcase to
see if you can use one of the Professor's Pokemon to help you get out of this
jam, and you get first pick.

Your selection is a Grass Pokemon called Turtwig, a Fire Pokemon called
Chimchar, and a Water Pokemon called Piplup. The most naive question that could
possibly be asked at this point is which one to choose. I will_not suggest to
you a particular starter Pokemon. However, very unlike previous Pokemon games,
this time there is not a singular starter that will have an easier time or a
harder time battling against the many Gyms. This time around, the game is much
more balanced in that aspect, although I'd like for you to know that Chimchar
is one of the _very_ few new Fire Pokemon in this game. With this in mind, if
you know you like Fire Pokemon, I highly suggest you get Chimchar.

After you two have chosen your Pokemon, you both will fight each Starly
separately. After you win your first fight (Notice I didn't give you any
battling tips), either Dawn (your female friend) or Lukas (your male friend),
will come and pick up the briefcase that was left behind and run away. Once the
two of you leave the lake, walk east to Route 201, where you two will meet the
Professor and your friend. After a long conversation, with both your rival and
yourself surprised at the lack of anger of the Professor, you two will split
ways. After the whole conversation, you will suddenly appear at your house.

After your mother talks to you some more, she'll give you the running shoes.
Hold the B button to run. This time around, you can run inside buildings! Run
outside and towards Route 201 in order to continue your adventure. Run east
through the brush. On Route 201 you'll find low-level Starly and Bidoof. After
you walk past the first patch of grass, for a free Potion, walk upwards and
then west on the raised land. Continue to walk far west until you come upon a
group of flowers. Press A while looking west, but 2 steps away (2 steps away,
as in if you walked two placed east from standing on top of) the western-most
flower. You'll pick up an invisible Potion.

Know that no one will battle you on Route 201, so continue east until you reach
Sandgem Town.

=———————————=
=- c. Sandgem Town -=
=———————————=

When you first arrive, your friend (again, either Dawn or Lukas) will stop you
and lead you into Professor Rowan's laboratory. There, the Professor will ask
you to keep the Pokemon you chose and for you to collect information about the
Pokemon you see on your travels with a device he'll give you. After you agree,
you'll receive something called a Pokedex from him. With this device, you can
learn detailed information about each Pokemon that you've seen and captured on
your travels. After more talking, run out of the lab.

As soon as you leave the lab, your friend will take you on a tour of the town's
featured locales. On the short tour, she briefly explains the Pokemon Center
and the Pokemart. After she leaves, you can collect an antidote at the beach
below, to the left.

Notice that you can already wirelessly trade with people nearby you in person
at the Pokemon Center. You can trade with friends as well as battle low-level
Pokemon against each other. Other than that, you can send text messages. Other
than these wireless features, at the Pokemon Center you can sign your Trainer
Card with your very own signature.

As your friend suggested while giving you the tour, you should return to your
hometown, Twinleaf. When you walk into your house, your mother will give you a
Journal after hearing about the major help you're giving the Professor. Things
you do in the game are automatically recorded in this Key Item, so if you have
forgotten what you did last, you can always check this. Not only that, but if
you haven't played your game in a long time, when you start the game the
journal will automatically appear telling you what you did last of
significance in the game.

After that, the mother of your rival will walk into your house looking for him.
Your mother will volunteer you to take a package from your rival's mother to
her son. After all this, return to Sandgem Town and head north to Route 202.

=———————————=
=- d. Route 202 -=
=———————————=

When you arrive at the first patch of grass, your friend will stop you and show
you how to capture Pokemon. After the demonstration, he or she will give you 5
Pokeballs and will leave afterwards. In this Route, you will encounter your
first Trainer battles. If you're new to Pokemon, know that you cannot capture
any of your opponent's Pokemon, and any Pokeball that you throw will be swatted
away and will be forfeited permanently.

The first Trainer you will fight will bring a level 5 Starly against you. Know
that there is no escape from a trainer battle, so be well prepared and save
before each one. This Starly will know Quick Attack, which will do much damage
to a level 5 starter Pokemon. To ensure survival, raise your starter Pokemon to
level 7 through defeating wild encounters, and capture and slightly raise a
Bidoof or Starly if you have much trouble. I, myself, had all three starter
Pokemon from trading with someone else locally and restarting my game twice.
However, I had to capture a junk Pokemon to meet the 2-Pokemon requirement to
trade.

After the first fight, there's a good chance your Pokemon are pretty beat, so
backtrack over the ledge (avoiding the high grass) towards the Pokemon Center
below you. Backtracking will be common in your adventure.

The next trainer that will fight you will send out a level 3 Bidoof first.
After your first fight, this shouldn't be a problem at all. After the girl's
first Pokemon goes down, she'll send out another level 3 Bidoof.

Not just the first two, but also the third is also a mandatory fight! He'll
begin and end the fight by sending out a level 5 Shinx, an Electric Pokemon.
Shinx will mostly use Leer, which lowers the defense of a Pokemon, and will
occassionally use Tackle.

Those were the only three Trainers you'll find on Route 202. Obviously the
developers wanted to make sure that noone got too far without fighting other
trainers. Before you leave the road, pick up a visible Potion in the grass to
the left. Up next is Jubilife City, where your rival's mother said her son
would probably be.

=———————————=
=- e. Jubilife City -=
=———————————=

As soon as you enter the city, your friend will confront you. She or he'll tell
you that your rival went by the Pokemon School within the city.

There are many places of interest in this city. However, most of them are
off-limits, especially the Global Trade Station, which only becomes accessible
after you collect your first Gym badge. The Pokemart in this city has a second
person standing behind the desk, who sells Air Mail for 50 Pokedollars and Heal
Balls for 300 Pokedollars (100 Pokedollars more than normal Pokeballs) each.
Just about every single person inside the city will first refer you to the
Pokemon School, so go there.

There are many students at the school, but you merely want to give your rival
the parcel you were bringing him from his mother. It just so happens his mother
accidentally packed two Town Maps, which is one more than your rival needs. As
a good buddy should, he gives you the other one! After your rival leaves, you
can read the blackboard to learn information about malignant status conditions
of Pokemon.

After you leave the school, walk north, only to be stopped by a man claiming to
have invented a special Pokemon watch, this "Poketch." In order to get a free
Poketch from him, you need to find three clowns in the city and answer their
questions.

1) One stands almost immediately east of the man, walking around in front of
the Pokemart. He asks you if Pokemon grow by defeating others and gaining
Experience Points. The answer is "Yes", which rewards you with a coupon, #1.

2) Another is at the very northwestern area of the town, near a two-door blue
building. He asks if the moves of a Pokemon can have a type like the Pokemon
that uses them can. The correct answer is "Yes". He gives you Coupon #2.

3) The last one stands in front of the city's television broadcasting building.
He asks you if Pokemon can hold items, and the answer is "Yes". He gives you
Coupon #3.

Hand the man his coupons, and he rewards you with a free Poketch! This device
will eventually contain 23 different applications! Right now it shows the time
(which goes by the DS's built-in clock), it functions as a calculator, it
functions as a Step Counter (which can be reset at your will), and it can show
the health of your party of Pokemon. The Poketch is always on, and you can
toggle between its functions by pressing the big red button on the right of the
touch screen.

Exit through a building to the northwest and talk to a man in a red hat inside
the small building to receive an Old Rod from him. With this item you can now
fish. Route 218 to the west is a nice fishing spot, but you cannot go any
further into the Route, as it is mostly made up of Water.

In the northern apartment building within Jubilife City, a young woman on the
first floor will give you a Pokemon-held item called the "Quick Claw". This
speeds up the attacks of your Pokemon (not the Pokemon itself) when it holds
this item in battle.

Don't head north to Route 204, as it leads to a cave that is blocked off for
now. Instead, head east to Route 203.

=———————————=
=- f. Route 203 -=
=———————————=

When you first arrive at Route 203, you are challenged to a battle by your
rival. He starts the battle by sending out a level 7 Starly. This is your
fourth Pokemon Trainer battle, and I myself am already surprised by the quickly
rising difficulty of the game. He will next send out a level 9 starter Pokemon
that has a natural advantage against the one you chose. I, myself, had a close
match against him. Because most of these earlier battles are rather simple, I
can't give you much helpful information, as brute force wins early on.

In the first area, the battles are much tougher, although you can avoid every
single one of them, as opposed to Route 202. Of the two items in this area,
there's a very-accessible Pokeball within a Pokeball soon upon exiting the
fight with your rival. There's also a Repel way north, which can be very
helpful. It'll repel most Pokemon whose level is equal to or lower than your
lead Pokemon's level–another reason to level your Pokemon a lot.

I, myself, avoided all the fights because I didn't want my Pokemon to level up
too quickly. If you have no Gym badges and your Pokemon level up too quickly,
they can become unruly, and especially so if you got them in a trade–that's
very important for those who restarted twice to have all three starter Pokemon.
East is the Oreburgh Gate, which is a cave that leads to Oreburgh City.

=———————————=
=- g. Oreburgh Gate -=
=———————————=

Upon immediatley entering the cave, a man will greet you with a gift. The
Hidden Machine given to you, number 6, contains the move "Rock Smash". This
allows you to break away certain rocks (you can tell what you can break by just
looking at them). Luckily, you don't have to teach your Pokemon this
utility-only move this early on, as the Oreburgh City Gym badge is required to
use it outside of battle–it's only good use.

Both trainers in this place can be walked around. You'll mostly find Geodudes
in this place, which are pure Rock-type Pokemon. Exit this small place, only to
immediately enter Oreburgh City itself.

=———————————=
=- h. Oreburgh City -=
=- FIRST GYM – Leader: Roark -=
=———————————=

You're almost there–you're so close to going up against your first Gym leader
of the game. Early upon walking into the city, a boy will escort you to the
location of the first Gym, with your rival standing outside its front door.

According to your rival, the Gym leader isn't there! Apparently he has gone to
work in the mines. Before you go, retreive a free Dusk Ball from a woman
walking around the second floor of the first building you saw when you entered
the city. In the very next building to the right, a girl on the first floor is
willing to trade you an Abra for your Machop (you can catch one in the grass
immediately above the city) Another feebie can be collected from a boy of the
second story of a building to the southeast of the city. From him you can get a
Great Ball.

The only path you can take is south towards the mine. If you maneuver yourself
to the northwestern-most part of the field, you can find hidden Stardust in the
left corner of the slagheap. You can also receive a free Super Potion from the
man working with his Machop in the southeastern-most part of that same area.
From this immediate area, go down into the actual mining area past the
descending slope.

In the mines, you are liable to get attacked by wild Rock-type Pokemon, such as
Onix and Geodude. After you go down the major slope, you'll come across an area
with a gigantic lump of coal in the middle. Walk around it and talk to the guy
in between two pieces of rock. That would be Roark. One you've talked with him,
he'll immediately leave, presumably for his Gym. Walk around the right side of
the coal, since the left has a ledge to it (although there is an escape rope in
a Pokeball to the left).

Roark's Pokemon Gym is open for business! He is by far one of the toughest
first Gym leaders I have ever seen. There are two very valuable Pokemon that
are available to you. If you chose Turtwig, you can raise him or her up to
level 13, at which it will learn Razor Leaf. If you didn't choose Turtwig (and
Piplup's Bubble isn't much help), you can catch a Budew at Route 204 (north of
Jubilife City), which learns Mega Drain at level 13. Either of these Pokemon
with those moves will prove to be very useful at this Gym. Since both of these
levels are somewhat high for not even having beaten the first Gym leader, it
would be advised to fight any skipped trainers.

Gym Leader Roark's Pokemon are:
(1) Geodude: Lv. 12
(2) Onix: Lv. 12
(3) Cranidos: Lv. 14

After you win, you get 1680 Pokedollars, TM76 (Stealth Rock), and the Coal
Badge (Look at your Trainer Card to see it!). With this Badge, your Pokemon
will be able to use HM06 that you received just before entering the city. You
can also rub the League Badge with your stylus or finger while looking at it on
your Trainer Card in order to make it shine. At first it's dull, but you can
rub it until you see four white lights sparkle.

Before you leave the city, head to the Pokemon Center. You'll notice that no
one blocks the escalator. As soon as you walk down it, a woman at behind a desk
will summon you, and from her you'll receive the Pal Pad Key Item. With this,
you can register the WiFi codes of your friends so you can play with them
online. Remember how you used to be blocked from the GTS station at Jubilife
City before? Now that you have your first Gym Badge, that's not the case
anymore! In addition, you can choose your online avator by speaking to the
older guy to the left. Depending on your Trainer ID, you have 8 different sets
of four choices to choose from.

Since you can go no further without a Bicycle, all you can do now is
head back, west towards Jubilife City.

——————————————————————————-
2) On towards the 2nd Gym
——————————————————————————-

As soon as you begin to leave Oreburgh City, your rival will slam into you
from behind. He points you out to a place called Eterna City as the next
available Gym. Route 207, the path north of the city I said was impassable
without a bicycle, your rival also tells you requires a bike. As you enter the
Gate, you can now smash the rocks within it, providing you used HM06 on
something. If you travel north through it, further than previously accessible,
you can collect TM70 (Flash) and some Stardust from the floor below. In order
to travel further in the basement of the Gate, you need a bicycle or a Pokemon
that can surf.

While you're here, you can collect the Memo Pad Poketch app from the owner of
the Poketch company, of which the building is located at the northwestern part
of the city. You couldn't do this before because you hadn't had one badge yet.
Come back later to receive another app after you get two more badges.

After you're done with touring the GTS at Jubilife City, travel north towards
Route 204. You will see your friend and Professor Rowan talking to a couple of
people. It turns out that you and your friend are going to double team Team
Galactic (Your first double battle)! They will send out against the two of you
a level 9 Zubat and level 9 Wurmple. This fight should be too easy. After you
win the battle, someone from Jubilife TV Company will give a Key Item called
the Fashion Case. With all this done, the Television Station building is open.
You can tour that as well if you like. If not, head towards Route 204 again!

=———————————=
=- a. Route 204 and Ravaged Path -=
=———————————=

The only new addition to the Pokemon here is Budew, which you might needed to
have used against the first Gym leader. There are three trainers before a cave
shortly ahead of you, a cave called the Ravaged Path. This cave is rather
small, and the only path you can really travel is right back out off to the
right. However, slightly to the left is TM39 (Rock Tomb).

The first trainer that will battle you when you come out of the cave is
difficult to dodge, and I wouldn't bother attempting to dodge her every time
you pass by. Take out her Budew and Cherubi with ease. The second person
willing to fight is a lot easier to dodge. You can later return and cut down
some bushes to find a woman who will give you TM78 (Captivate). Along the path
you'll come across TM09 (Bullet Seed). Route 204 is very short, as you soon
arrive at Floaroma Town.

=———————————=
=- b. Floaroma Town -=
=———————————=

I tell you what–this place is ridiculous. There are more flowers in this one
place than in any other one Pokemon game. If you haven't noticed yet, the
Pokemarts you continue to find are selling more and more items, especially
here. Out of all the new items, the Net Ball is probably of the most importance
to you, that is if you're having difficulty capturing Water and Bug-type
Pokemon.

A woman in the flower shop will give you an Aspear Berry if you talk to her.
Another woman in that same shop will give you the Sprayduck watering can, so
you can water the berries that you may plant on your adventure. Make sure that
when you come across a berry tree that was planted in a place before you ever
got there to pick it as soon as possible. All plants die off eventually, and an
accessory for your Poketch that you acquire later in the game only tracks the
plants that you have planted.

It won't take you long to find Team Galactic huddled in a corner at the top-
left part of town. Why don't you pay them a visit? At first that'll do no good
to you, so walk a little ways east through Route 205 until a girl stops you and
asks you to take care of the space-outfitted men. Return and you'll see that
they've disappeared. Go through the trees and you'll find them once again, with
their backs to you. Apparently they're trying to take "Sweet Honey" from this
man.

Fight them. This is not a double battle, but you'll be up against both, one by
one. The first Grunt will send out a level 9 Wurmple. You won't have issues
with this Pokemon. The second Pokemon the enemy will send out is a level 9
Silcoon. After the first fight, the next Grunt will only send out a level 11
Zubat. When you beat them, the man they accosted will pick up an item they
accidentally left behind and give you this "Works Key". The man will also give
you some Honey. He tells you that if you use it on a sweet-smelling tree,
Pokemon might be attracted. An example of what a "sweet-smelling tree" might
look like is off to the right. Exit when you're done, which you are.

=————————————-=
=- c. Route 205 and Valley Windworks -=
=————————————-=

On Route 205, where the girl first stopped you, notice that you cannot travel
northward to the Eterna Forest, due to some Team Galactic Grunts standing in
the way. Notice the windmills as you soon pass into Valley Windworks what I
consider the first visually impressive object in a Pokemon game ever–the
windmills. Fight the person standing in between you, and getting inside that
building. He has a level 11 Glameow.

So you know, Route 205 has a completely different set of wild Pokemon to
capture. Anyway, I personally am enjoying the occasional Internet jargon usage
in the game such as "noob" and "owned". Well, the person you apparently "owned"
just locked the door behind him when you beat him. Unlock the door and just
walk right on in, but not before healing your Pokemon!

As soon as you walk in, the guy who you recently defeated tells you that he is
going to alert his boss. I'm going to assume you're fighting the first person,
and not the second in this small building. The first guy throws his only
Pokemon, a level 11 Cascoon at you. I caught a level 9 Shellos right outside
that defeated it in two hits of Water Pulse. I personally skipped the second
guy.

Walk right up to the guy with red hair. Apparently he's one of Team Galactic's
three Commanders. Commander Mars challenges you to a fight. He first throws a
level 14 Zubat at you. The Zubat will immediately use Toxic on any Pokemon you
throw at it, which badly poisons, that is, poisons a Pokemon that damages more
HP every turn, as opposed to normal poison. The next Pokemon he sends out is a
level 16 Purugly that's holding an Oran Berry (which automatically cures 10 HP
when you whittle its health down to halfway). Don't feel bad if you had trouble
with both of these Pokemon, because I did too.

1280 Pokedollars isn't enough to pay for the crap that fool put you through.
After all that, Team Galactic leaves, and you get nothing for reuniting a
daughter and father. Anyway, on your way out, know that Drifloon will appear
right outside the Valley Windworks building every Friday. It's level is around
the 20s and it is of the Ghost/Flying-Type. Surprisingly, poison won't kill
Pokemon in the field this time around. It'll simply reduce their HP to 1 before
going away. You soon learn this after dealing with the many Pokemon of Team
Galactic.

When you've healed your Pokemon head north through Route 205. There is almost
no trainer here you can't skip. The lower path leads to nowhere right now, but
if you take it, there's an Antidote hidden on the seemingly useless platform.
Remember that running will always attract the immediate attention of anyone who
looks around for trainers. Also, just because a person walks around doesn't
mean they won't fight you. It certainly lowers the possibility, but there's one
non-stationary female picnicker here that will fight you.

Towards the end of Route 205, there is a house with a couple inside. The woman
will offer you a bed to heal your Pokemon and rest yourself. Mine were pretty
beat, so I suggest you don't risk things and take a nap. Later when you have
Cut, you can skip the Eterna Forest as you go through Route 205 and collect
SilverPowder (Ups Bug-Type Moves) and TM82 (Sleep Talk). In addition, a woman
nearby in the initially-blocked area will give you a "Big Tree" for your
Fashion Case. After you heal up, head the only way you can go, right into the
Eterna Forest.

=———————————=
=- d. Eterna Forest -=
=———————————=

Soon after you walk into the forest, a girl named Cheryl stops you to ask a
favor. She doesn't want to go through the forest by herself with Pokemon that
tend to appear in pairs and Team Galactic on the loose. Help each other out and
find the exit together, because as she said, there's "safety in numbers". This
also happens to be the very first time in Pokemon history where you, the gamer,
has the opportunity to fight wild Pokemon in Double Battles.

Cheryl uses a Chansey level 15, and isn't bad at all in the actual fights. The
only real time she'd get in your way is if you're trying to capture a certain
Pokemon. She'll cause the one you're trying the catch faint quite often, which
can get really annoying. There are many new Pokemon in this place, such as
Murkrow and Buneary, so I suggest that you spend some time in here if you're
interested in your Pokedex. However, know that you cannot capture any wild
Pokemon if there are two in the field, and it also becomes much more difficult
to escape from battle. Noramlly you'll have to make one faint.

While it is difficult to capture Pokemon now, however it is very difficult to
black out, as after each battle Cheryl, as she promised you, completely heals
your Pokemon (presumably with her Chansey). That's a very good thing,
especially since it's rather difficult to run away from fights in the forest.

There are a couple mandatory trainer battles. This first time, the enemy has
more than one Pokemon per trainer. The first two sent out are a level 9 Wurmple
and a level 14 Pachirisu. After you defeat the first two, the third, a level 13
Beautifly will come by itself, though you won't be given the option to change
your Pokemon at the switch no matter what.

After the first mandatory trainer battle, you fight a pair of psychics who only
send out one pair of level 15 Abra's. The two of them do one thing, and one
thing only–Hidden Power. At least you get more money from Double Battles than
Single Battles.

Only two Double Battles are mandatory. While they are pretty cool, they take up
a lot of time. After them, I used a repel and ran way up north through the
grass, passing by every pair of trainers. There's nothing that special in this
place to pick up. To go anywhere, you need Cut. As soon as you make it to the
exit in the northeastern area of the forest, Cheryl will leave you.

This means that you can go back and capture anything she prevented you from
capturing. However, this also means that you're on your own, and you won't be
healed after every battle from now on. However, when you return much later with
an Eevee, head to the rock in the southwestern part and level up your Eevee
around that rock if you want it to evolve into the Leaf-Type Leafeon. Do
whatever you feel like needs to be done before you leave, then head to Route
205 towards Eterna City.

Really, the second, smaller part of Route 205 doesn't deserve its own section.
Walk over the bridge, fighting the fishermen only if you want to and collecting
the berries to the north, and cross over into Eterna City.

=———————————=
=- e. Eterna City -=
=- SECOND GYM – Leader: Gardenia -=
=———————————=

There is a_lot to do in Eterna City. You may not even know where to start, and
you're probably wondering what's up with Team Galactic walking around. First of
all, I think it's pretty obvious from the header of this section that you can
go up against your second Gym. Luckily, there's no side-quest needed to
challenge the Gym leader, so you can beat that whenever you feel like. Before I
go into further detail about the Gym, there are many other places of interest
in the city that you need to know about.

First of all, east of the Pokemon Center, inside of which is a woman who gives
you the Happiness Checker app for your Poketch, is the house of the Underground
Man. Talk to the older man towards the mid-right part of the house to receive
an Explorer Kit. This is a very important device, as a lot occurs underground.
Go ahead and take up the older man's challenge and walk outside in order to go
straight underground to see how it feels like.

As soon as you go underground, you'll be greeted by Roark, the leader of the
first Gym you beat quite some time ago. No, you won't fight any Pokemon down
there. Return to the old man and he'll give you three traps for your
underground playtime. He next asks you to dig up some treasure spheres for him.
He explains that you should go to the yellow dots on your map and use your
stylus to find places to dig. Tap the screen to find places to dig. After you
dig some spheres up, talk to the old man again. He'll give you three spheres.
He next asks you to go bury some spheres–do it! Remember where you place
things, bury something, and return. He'll give you the Digger Drill in return.

It's good that you have the Digger Drill now, as the entire time you've been
working towards being able to make your Secret Base! Just like the last game,
you can make your Secret Base anywhere you like, but this time on the walls of
the underground. I'll cover the Secret Base in more depth in a later section of
this guide, but for now know that when you use the Digger Drill, like a TM, it
breaks. Don't worry, as you can always trade a sphere underground for another
one.

Anyway, you can return to the surface and collect a Plain Table, a Wooden
Chair, a Small Bookshelf, and a Buneary Doll from the old man for your Secret
Base. Use the stuff he gave you to complete his final test for a Doll of your
starter Pokemon.

Just before you leave, talk to him again to learn how to get rid of the
annoying boulders in your base.
(1) Find a friend's Secret Base
(2) Go to your PC and steal your friend's Flag.
(3) Run back to your PC with the Flag.

This is something that can only be done with a friend, so if you can't play
with someone else right now, I suggest you move on.

It's good that you got that out of the way, because there are many more things
to do. You'll notice that the Bicycle Shop's owner is gone, and apparently is
at Team Galactic's base to the north. Go there, only to be stopped by someone
named Cynthia, who will give you HM01 (Cut). We'll worry further about this
when it's time to beat the Gym.

The Herb Shop, which sells inexpensive medicine that makes your Pokemon unhappy
with you is to the right of Team Galactic's Base. The Name Rater, who rates
names and allows you to give Pokemon new nicknames is east of the Pokemart,
which now sells Nestballs, sitting on the first floor of the condominiums. Also
on that same floor is someone willing to give you a Chatot in exchange for a
Buizel, which I conveniently caught from Route 205 right before I fought
Commander Mars. His "Charap" will be at the same level as and the same level of
the Buizel you give him.

Now you can focus your attention on the Gym. By the way, there's a Super Potion
behind it. You'll have to walk through the trees from the left. Anyway, I
trained at Route 211 to the east in order to help me win.

The Gym's leader will greet you and tell you that you must defeat all other
trainers before you can get to her. Walk through the door after she leaves.
It's your job to find the competition. This Gym might as well had been a Ninja
Gym, with Fighting Pokemon, as the people are pretty hard to spot. I'll help
you about by getting you to each of the trainers.

(1) Walk north from the entrance until you reach where the Gym leader obviously
will eventually appear at. Walk left through the trees from that green platform
nearby. Immediately walk south, and press A on the person hiding in the corner.
This person's Pokemon is a level 15 Cherbi and a level 15 Roselia.
(2) The next trainer's location is told to you by the first trainer you
defeated. As stated by her, she's past the two boulders down to the left.
This person has a lvl. 14 Budew, a lvl. 13 Budew, and a lvl. 15 Budew.
(3) The previous trainer also hinted that this next one is in the middle of
three trees. While you did pass these trees on the way to the first person,
only now do they appear. As you walk back towards the entrance, you can't miss
her standing behind the middle of the three fake trees.
This girl merely wields a level 17 Turtwig…good luck.
(4) You are told that your next opponent is beside four flowers. From the
entrance, walk east and up the long path to find a blonde haired girl in the
corner. This girl is also the last. After her, the Gym leader appears.
She uses one level 17 Roselia.

Gym Leader Gardenia's Pokemon are:
(1) Cherubi: Lv. 19
(2) Turtwig: Lv. 19
(3) Roserade (w/ Sitrus Berry): Lv. 22

There are many helpful Pokemon that you can bring to this fight. There's
Chimchar, that learns Flame Wheel at level 17, or its evolved form Monferno,
which learns Flame Wheel two level later at 19. In addition, there are many
Flying-type Pokemon as well as one good bug Pokemon (Kricketune) that you can
bring to this fight, so this shouldn't be too difficult.

2640 is the amount of Pokedollars that you get, in addition to TM86 (Grass
Knot), and the Forest Badge, which allows you to use Cut outside of battle and
makes all Pokemon up to level 30 obey you without question.

——————————————————————————-
3) Going After the Third Badge
——————————————————————————-

Before you go after Team Galactic, if you have seen 35 Pokemon head south to
the gate towards Cycling Road. The man who is Professor Rowan's assistant and
your friend's father is waiting to reward you with your progress on your
Pokedex with an Exp. Share! With this, raising weaker Pokemon becomes a lot
easier!

Anyway, with Cut, you can now go a great many more places, such as Team
Galactic's base at the northern part of the city. Before you head into the
building, cut the bush to the right and collect TM46 (Thief) off to the right.

Only two of the four people here will fight you, and they're the couple
standing near the stairway. They, together, both send out a level 13 Wurmple
and a level 14 Zubat. Glameow at level 14 replaces the Zubat, whenever you kill
it, and Cascoon at level 13 replaces the Wurmple, whenever you kill that.

You can skip everyone on the second floor if you like with ease. On the third
floor, the first mandatory fight will start off with a level 12 Wurmple pitted
against you. The second Pokemon will be a level 12 Silcoon. Lastly, you will
fight a level 12 Zubat. The second fight on the third floor will have a
scientist use a level 15 Kadabra against you.

On the fourth and last floor, you'll see a man and a purple-haired woman
staring at each other. Talk to the purple-haired girl to start a fight with
Commander Jupiter and her level 18 Zubat and level 20 Skuntank holding a Sitrus
Berry. I had one Pokemon left with 9 HP when I beat her; so don't feel bad if
you struggled. Her Skuntank is ridiculous, I know. Out of her stupidity and
your dumb luck is how you'll most likely win that battle. After you win, Team
Galactic will leave, so talk to the Bicycle Shop owner. He'll thank you and
then leaves.

Before you leave, go get yourself a Bicycle from the man you just helped out.
Unlike the last game, which had you switch out bicycles every time you wanted
to do something different with your bike (either do tricks or go really fast),
this time all you have to do is press the B button to change between the third
(for tricks) and fourth (for speed) gears–way more convenient! If you try to
exit west back towards Route 205, a man will stop you and say that you can go
to Hearthome City by the way of Cycling Road. Remember that you can only mount
your bike when you're still, but you can change gears at any time. Go ahead and
register it for your Y button in the menu.

Don't bother heading east, as there's only TM12 (Taunt) way below on Route 211,
which is rather useless unless you like pulling tricks, such as Taunt + Bide
combo or you like collecting things. Head south towards Cycling Road/"Route
206" instead.

=———————————-=
=- a. Routes 206-207 -=
=———————————-=

When you first arrive at the Cycling Road, you'll notice that you cannot
dismount your bike at all. There will be a slew of trainers along the path, and
it is extremely difficult to dodge them all, even though many can be dodged, if
not by skill but by luck. Most of the cyclists here use electric Pokemon, so
bringing either a Ground or Rock-type Pokemon would prove useful.

As soon as you pass this short road, you can get a free "Flag" (for your
Fashion Case) from the blonde-haired girl in the building to the south. After
you pass the actual biking part, you'll still be on Route 206, but you can now
cut down some bushes and walk right under the bridge, capturing some new
Pokemon along the way if you want. The featured Pokemon under the bridge are
Ponyta and Stunks. There's a Poison Barb to the northwest, which boosts Poison-
Type moves when a Pokemon holds it, and Wayward Cave (which is dark inside) is
to the north.

Eventually go back to the main road when you're done. Route 207 is right below
Route 206. Almost as soon as you enter, your friend shows up and asks you to
pick a hand that's behind her back. I picked the left hand and she gave me the
Vs. Seeker (Key Item that allows you to refight trainers) and the Dowsing
Machine (Poketch app that acts as an Item Finder, except much more practical).
After you're done talking with her, she will leave. Now the road splits–you
can either take a detour and heal up at Oreburgh City down below, or you can go
right.

Since there's nothing about Oreburgh City that's new that I can tell you about,
I'll continue to walk you through the game as if you didn't break and continued
east. You'll soon run into a mandatory Double Battle. They will send out one
pair of a level 19 Ponyta and Pachirisu. This is an actually difficult battle,
as both of these Pokemon have the ability to hurt many significant weaknesses.

There are no further mandatory battles before you reach Coronet Mountain unless
you want to get a hidden Rare Candy next to a hiker near a bridge that's hard
to miss. I suggest you heal before you head into Mt. Coronet.

=———————————=
=- b. Mt. Coronet -=
=———————————=

When you walk into Mt. Coronet, you'll head south then east some. At a pair of
ramps, a blue-haired man will stop you and quote what's apparently Pokemon
mythology. After he talks for a bit, he'll leave. You really can't go far yet
in this cave. You'll have to be able to use Surf to go anywhere else but the
short exit to the right.

There's also not much to collect here for now. There's an ether hiding on a
rock up the ramp above you, and below you there's nothing but more water to
tread. You can either break rocks using Rock Smash to head east, or you can
walk over the ramp above and walk around. Either way, nothing happens here, and
there aren't even any new Pokemon to capture. Once you're done with this place,
which is probably now, exit to Route 208.

=———————————=
=- c. Route 208 -=
=———————————=

There's an X Speed on the platform down northward, so you don't have to bother
going after it, unless you're dying for 250 Pokedollars. The Hiker is a
mandatory fight, unfortunately. He'll send out two level 17 Geodudes, but
that's nothing you haven't dealt with before. "LOL" is all I have to say. This
is the third time I've seen slang used in a Pokemon game. First noob as soon as
you walked into Oreburgh City, second "owned" when you went into Valley
Windworks, and now "served" by this Hiker right before you head into a new
locale. Graphics weren't the only thing enhanced about this game.

The second hiker looks like he's a mandatory battle, but he actually does move
around from time to time. However, do you really want to dodge a guy that
difficult to dodge every time you go by here? I didn't think so, so beat up his
one level 19 Onix–no problem. You have the ability to capture a few new
Pokemon in this area, and right before you reach Hearthome City, the Berry
Master's house is to the northeast. In his house is a girl who will give you
the Berry Searcher app for your Poketch if you answer yes to her question. All
you do now is walk east into Hearthome City.

=———————————=
=- d. Hearthome City -=
=———————————=

Almost as soon as you walk in, a woman's Buneary runs into you. After thanking
you for allowing her to put her Pokemon into its ball, Keira, a Pokemon Contest
Judge, tells you to drop by the Contest Hall so that she can thank you properly
(i.e., a gift).

This is another big city, just like Eterna. Unfortunately, nothing new is sold
here, which may seem surprising at first (like, where's the Great Balls?), but
remember that you haven't even beaten the third Gym yet.

When you first enter the town, it's pretty much a dead end. You can't go
anywhere else for now, as two men block the east gate. The guy standing near
them will give you a Happiny Egg. If you want this Baby Chansey, drop off a
Pokemon at the Pokemon Center and pick it up from him. As soon as you pick it
up from him, turn to your Pedometer on your Poketch–reset it. It'll hatch in
10,240 steps, so save before it hatches so you'll get exactly what you want.

Anyway, go by the Pokemon Fan Club, which is straight ahead behind the man in
the red cap standing before you. The Chairman (man, does this place look
familiar!) gives you a Poffin Case, which boosts the various different kinds of
visual appeal to Pokemon. In the apartment building to the right of the Pokemon
Fan Club, a woman on the second floor will give you a Shell Bell, which
restores HP to a Pokemon that inflicts damage upon another.

If you want to make Poffin for your Pokemon, you can enter the house next door
to the left of the Pokemart. You use berries to make the Poffin, which increase
the visual attributes.

East of the Pokemon Center is a girl named Bebe. After you talk to her,
"Someone's PC" when you access a PC turns to "Bebe's PC" from now on, which
doesn't really do much, but happens in every Pokemon game.

Before you go after the bigger stuff like the Contest and the Gym, take a
stroll in Amity Square. You have to take a cute Pokemon with you to enter,
although that Happiny egg you just receive probably won't hatch for a long,
long-butt time. Hopefully you caught something like a Pachirisu on Route 204.

At Amity Square, you can get a lot of free items. Almost as soon as you enter,
you can get TM43 (Secret Power) to the right. TM45 (Attract) is also towards
the top of this place. A girl tells you near the east gate that you should talk
to your Pokemon often, as it will pick up things for your Fashion Case. Every
200 steps your Pokemon will pick up something. North of that girl in the left
old building is an Amulet Coin, which doubles the money earned in battle when
held by a Pokemon. There's also a Spooky Plate, for turning your Arceus into
the Ghost type. Arceus is the very last Pokemon, number 493, which can change
into many different Elemental types when you give it plates.

Back to business: Go to the Contest area and this city's Gym leader, Fantina,
with her crazy purple hair, will leave. When you enter the place, the person
you helped out earlier when you entered Hearthome City, Keira, notices you as
she was talking with mother. Apparently, your mother is the famous Johanna.
Keira gives you Glitter Powder for your Fashion Case. As Keira leaves, your
mother will give you a Tuxedo for you to wear when you enter contests. Walk up
to the man at the counter to get free Mild Poffin from him. The middle counter
is for when you compete alone, the one on the right is for practicing, and the
one on the left is for competing with friends in the Super Contests.

Let's fight your rival. Attempt to exit the place, having saved beforehand if
you think you need to. He has a level 19 Starly, a level 20 Buizel, a level 21
evolved starter that has the elemental advantage of yours, and a level 20
Roselia. Flay him. Receive 2100 Pokedollars from him. He'll leave to challenge
the Veilstone Gym. Now even though you haven't defeated the Gym (with a still-
absent leader), Route 209 is already open. By the way, have you looked at your
Trainer Card yet? Fantina ought to look rather familiar–she's definitely not
the next one you're after.

=———————————=
=- e. Route 209 -=
=———————————=

Soon after you enter, take the Good Rod off the hands of the guy fishing. A
mandatory battle with a level 19 Bonsley and level 19 Mime Jr. occurs right
before you can go any further. Don't talk to the Pikachu, as it is a trainer in
disguise. Walk east then north a bit. If you take a rather difficult bike path
to the left, you can get a Calcium. You can avoid the trainer at the top of the
immediate mud slope if you walk in the grass, but that'd be annoying to do
every time, wouldn't it? Take the hidden Awakening on the rock near the mud
slope, and take the slope and clobber that girl's 5 Bidoofs. Pass the monument
on the right, as it does you not good, and head into the next town.

=———————————=
=- f. Solaceon Town -=
=———————————=

I'm not fond of skipping Gyms, but Fantina is way out of your league for now.
The very first man you see on the road in this place will give you the Pokemon
History app for your Poketch.

The Pokemon Day Care Center is here, where an older couple raises two Pokemon
for you. Basically, while you leave your Pokemon with them, for each step you
take, that Pokemon gains 1 Experience Point under their Care. If you leave two
Pokemon of opposite gender and similar species, an egg (that will be the
female) might be given to you after such two parents are left for a while.

If you leave a Pokemon with the woman, exit the house and return, there'll be a
man sitting down who will give you the Day Care Checker app.

Off to the right, there are ledges that lead to different places. Take the
second ledge to reach the middle house, where a woman will give you a Seal
Case, which allows you to decorate your Pokeballs.

The Solaceon Unown Ruins are furthest east, after you jump the rightmost ledges
continually.

The only way this town makes up for its severe lack of things to do is the fact
that the Pokemart has one new item for being purchased, which is the Dusk Ball
–something you'll learn to love not too long from now. Pass this place and
head through Route 210.

=———————————=
=- g. Routes 210-215 -=
=———————————=

You can pass almost everyone here, either it be through the grass or by
crossing the platforms with the bike in fourth gear. Before you come across
a cafe, a woman on an earth platform to the right will give you TM51 (Roost).
There are three people you can battle in this cafe. The collector on the right
of the table has three Sudowoodos. The one on the left has three Mr. Mimes. The
woman in the center has a level 22 Clefairy. No one else fights you. The woman
sells you Moo Moo Milk for $500.

You'll notice that behind the shop Psyducks are blocking the path. At this time
there's nothing you can do about that.

Obviously, it never stops raining at Route 215–that also affects the battles.
Water and Electric moves' power is enhanced, and Fire moves' power is
decreased.

The first mandatory fight against the Ruin Maniac starts you off against his
level 21 Bronzor. This is especially difficult if you're relying on Monferno to
fight it, as Fire's power, again, is weakened against a Steel_and_Psychic, of
which allows it to exploit Monferno's secondary Fighting-Type. The next thing
sent out is a level 23 Shieldon–probably the first of this Steel-Type you've
ever seen. Water moves are especially effective this time.

The item the nearby man circles is an Ether, so if you don't feel articulate
enough to snag it, don't worry about it. Just be careful when passing him by.
The Karate guy looking the away from you will give you TM66 (Payback). When two
bridges meet on a raised platform, there's a hidden Honey on the right flower.
As you continue around that platform, you can cut down the grass at the upper-
right part of the screen to fight a karate guy in order to get a Fist Plate
(for that Arceus you won't be getting). If you passed the previous karate guy
through the brush, there was a Guard Spec. down from the southern bridge as you
came across two raised bridges.

Don't be fooled by the eventual clear path between trees–there's another
karate guy hiding behind the bottom one. Instead, pass through the grass.
Before you come across the last mandatory battle for this location, there's
TM34 (Shock Wave) behind some grass that can be cut.

All four Pokemon thrown at you are level 23 beasts. The first two are Glameow
and Monferno. Monferno when defeated is replaced by Gyarados. Glameow, when
defeated, is replaced by Kadabra. This is one tough fight. I barely got by this
fight, which is why I'm happy that I got you, and now you, go to Veilstone
City. Notice that as you passed through the building, the man said that he
couldn't go to Celestic City due to some Pokemon blocking the road. That could
mean to get to Celestic City that you need to take care of those Psyduck…

=———————————=
=- h. Veilstone City -=
=- THIRD GYM – Leader: Maylene -=
=———————————=

With your first look at the city, you might notice that a major Team Galactic's
headquarters is stationed here, guarded at all entrances by some of their
members. As you walk the only way you can, you'll notice that it's not going to
be convenient walking from place to place, as almost everything is elevated on
top of rocks.

At the first fork, take a right and heal at the Pokemon Center. The two houses
above the center won't do anything for you, but the department store left of
them sure will. This is the first time you've ever gotten a real Pokemart
upgrade, so take advantage of this opportunity to spend the money you've
collected up until now. I'll give you a rundown of the different floors.
(1) Medicine and Items
(2) Battle Items and their permanently upgrading versions
(3) Utility and Greatly-Damaging Technical Machines
(4) Dolls and other Miscellaneous Secret Base Items
(5) Vending Machines

Also, on the second floor, the one of the women behind the counter will give
you the Counter app for your Poketch.

Leave the department store when you're done. At the next fork, you'll
immediately notice craters with asteroids in them. They are there so that if
you have a Deoxys transferred from a GBA game, you can press A on each one of
them to change the form of your Deoxys at any time you please. The Normal,
Defense, Power, and Speed forms correspond to each of the four asteroids in the
ground.

North of the fork in the road is the main entrance to Team Galactic's massive
building. South is where everything else is. As you go south, you'll notice the
Casino, called the Veilstone Game Center, and the building to the right of it
where you cash in for prizes. In order to get a Coin Case to make use of these
places, continue past these places to the end of the road, and go inside the
house on the farthest right.

Inside is a clown, who asks you to guess in which of his hands, which according
to him are behind his back, is a coin. The answer is random; he changes it.
He'll reward you with some more, lol, slang ("A winner is you!"), and the Coin
Case, which you can use to gamble at the Veilstone Game Corner.

By the way, the left house has a girl inside that will massage one of your
Pokemon a day, in order to make them happier with you. Often you'll get items
for your Fashion Case from the massaging procedure.

If you continue past these two houses, you'll meet your friend, who seems to be
worried about her Pokedex. It really is a short conversation. Ahead of you is
the Fighting-Type Gym of Maylene's.

This Gym has a puzzle that isn't too terribly difficult. However, due to the
nature of the puzzle, it would be very difficult for me to explain to you
exactly how to push the sliding wooden boards in order to get to Maylene. The
idea is to push them so that entrances open to you so that you may get to the
Gym leader. Regardless, I can clue you in on which trainers that you can't not
fight.

The only mandatory fight is the man in the bottom-right cubicle. Black Belt
Rafael only has a level 28 Meditite to send out against you.

While there is only one mandatory fight, however the guy directly in front of
Maylene is tough to miss. I suggest that you don't waste time trying to dodge
him in case you might have to reenter this Gym too many times. While you are
going to want to heal right before the big fight, unfortunately all the sliding
wooden boards reset. It's a good thing the puzzle isn't difficult itself.

Black Belt Colby, the one right in front of Maylene, has three level 25
Machokes. I hope you've caught on before now that, and even the guy standing
near the door told you, that Flying and Psychic Pokemon are the way to go.

After you've healed up after those two or more fights, go ahead and fight
Maylene.

Gym Leader Maylene's Pokemon are:
(1) Meditite: Lv. 27
(2) Machoke: Lv. 27
(3) Lucario (with a Sitrus Berry) : Lv. 30

My suggestion is a Flying-Type for the Meditite, a Phychic-Type for the
Machoke, and a Fire-Type for the Lucario (as it's a Fighting/Steel-Type). If
you are having trouble with this fight, you can walk down Route 214 to train
your Pokemon. By the way, a Psychic will stop you on your way out.

When you defeat Maylene and receive 3600 Pokedollars from her, you'll receive
TM60 (Drain Punch), and the Cobble Badge, which enables you to use the hidden
move Fly outside of battle.

As soon as you leave the Gym, your friend who was standing right outside while
you fought will walk up to you and ask for some help. Apparently, the reason
she was bummed out was because Team Galactic accidentally got a hold of her
Pokedex. Help her out and meet her at the warehouse, which is immediately above
the west entrance to the city.

Meet your friend near the west entrance to the city and together whip the two
blocking your way. As your friend sends out her level 25 Clefairy, the first
two enemy Pokemon sent out will be a level 25 Beautifly and Dustox. A level 25
Stunky replaces the Beautifly when defeated. When Dustox goes down, a level 25
Croagunk replaces it. If your friend's Clefairy suffers, she'll replace it with
her own level 25 Kadabra.

After you defeat them, they tell you that whatever was in that warehouse was
moved to Pastoria City. HM02 Fly is inside the warehouse, so go get it. Next up
is the Fourth Gym (Water), which remarkably takes almost no time at all to
beat, very much unlike the first three Gyms. The next thing you do would have
been to head south from Veilstone City to Route 214, but first you ought to
collect the Marking Map app from the Poketch company owner first.

——————————————————————————-
4) To the Fourth Gym
——————————————————————————-

=————————————=
=- a. Route 214 and Valor Lakefront -=
=————————————=

Route 214 is short. In fact, almost everyone can be skipped other than the
psychic with her level 22 Ghastly, level 24 Kadabra, and level 23 Misdreavus.
However, the large man in blue is impractical to continue to skip every time
you pass by Route 214, so I suggest you beat this collector's three low-level
Roselia at 20, 22, and 24. By the way, there's TM28 (Dig) in the cave to the
very left. Also, the man inside won't do anything if you show him an Unown.

In the beginning of Valor Lakefront, there's not much other than grass. Make
sure you don't miss that painfully obvious Paralyze Heal. As you continue,
you'll come across a woman who has been locked out of her house. Pass her by
for now, and take a left, since the guy towards the right says that there's
been a major blackout at Sunyshore City. At the Seven Stars Restaurant, you can
partake in no less than five double battles at your leisure.

Honestly, I've never seen a Route with this many houses on it. In fact, Valor
Lakefront together with Route 213 probably has more houses than some towns! At
the very southwest of Valor Lakefront, which technically is Route 213, right
under a swimming pool, is a PP Up. In fact, opposite at that PP Up is the Game
Director's house! He tells you to come back when you've filled up your Pokedex.

Pass these two short areas by and into Route 213.

=———————————=
=- b. Route 213 -=
=———————————=

The split-second you cross over into Route 213, walk into the left house. Talk
to the clown in the corner and he'll give you TM92 (Trick Room). Before you
walk into Hotel Grand Lake below you, pick up the Suite Key on the left side of
the concrete, two steps away from the building. Head back to where the girl was
to receive a Lava Cookie (a nostalgic Full Heal). When you go back to and enter
the Hotel at Route 213, talk to the Police Officer so that he'll heal your
Pokemon. Remember to pick up the Red Shard to the left as soon as you exit the
building.

When you reach the beach, go ahead and fight the beach girl's level 23 Bibarel.
There's no reason to walk through a mostly peaceful Route 214 and Valor
Lakefront, only to have to dodge a single person every time you pass. Continue
west for quite a bit. The first fisherman you see won't fight you, but the
second one will, though both have their backs turned.

Don't pass the hut by, as the guy inside might give your Pokemon a Footprint
Ribbon if your Pokemon has a "top-quality footprint". What this means to you is
that if your Pokemon likes you, he'll give it a silly Ribbon. Not a bad
freebie, in my opinion. Shortly upward is Beauty Cyndy with her level 23
Glameow. I wouldn't want to avoid her either, or at least I don't want to pass
her by and be surprised. I'm sure you might feel the same way sometimes. TM40
(Aerial Ace) is behind the breakable rock somewhat guarded by the large man
north of it.

This wasn't as short as the other ones, but it wasn't long either. Travel north
until you can no longer travel in that direction and of course move west from
there. You have now finished the traveling right up until Pastoria City, home
of the Fourth Gym.

=————————————-=
=- c. Pastoria City -=
=- FOURTH GYM – Leader: Crasher Wake -=
=————————————-=

While this isn't a shrimp town, there could be bigger cities. The house
immediately below you as you enter has a green-haired boy (you had to talk to
his sister in order to tell that the person was a boy…) inside that will
award you a Ribbon if she sees the lead Pokemon excelling in a certain visual
attribute, such as Cute, Cool, Tough, etc.

From the Pokemon Center, two houses down and one to the right is the Move
Tutor's house. If you trade him Heart Scales he'll teach your Pokemon moves. If
you surf east from his house, then eventually north, you'll find a Mystic
Water, which increases Water-Type moves by 10%. in a Pokeball in an alcove.
Also, the house at the west exit has a woman inside who gives you a different
berry every day you meet her. She has 17 different berries that she'll give
you, and after 17 days, she'll restart her gift-giving cycle back to the first
berry she ever gave you.

At the Pokemart, Quick Balls are now sold–perfect for wild Abra. Not only
that, but Great Balls and Super Repels are sold at this typical Pokemart. By
the way, when you buy 10 Pokeballs, you're given a free Premier Ball. It's not
better than a Pokeball, and does nothing special. It's free and merely looks
different.

Also here is the Safari Zone! This time, you're finding Pokemon in an exotic
marsh. You pay $500 for 500 steps and a supply of 30 Safari Balls to capture
all the rare Pokemon with. On the second floor of the main building is the
observatory, where you pay $100 to take a look out at the Safari with the
Binoculars. Using them, you can search what Pokemon are available for capture
in the different areas. This doesn't guarantee an actual appearance of the
Pokemon you spotted, but it does give you an idea of what's available.

The safari swamp is at the very top of the city, and the moment you start a
$500 session at the Safari Zone, a green-haired person on the right will give
you HM05 (Defog). Because there are almost no areas in the game where you will
need this, I suggest you don't even teach this to a single Pokemon. After you
receive this Hidden Machine, I suggest you simply head to the Gym if you're not
interested in capturing Pokemon.

There are three mandatory fights in the Gym. I'll walk you through the small
puzzle first. Walk forward, then left towards the stairs. Walk south towards
those stairs and step on the Orange button, lowering the water level. Walk down
the nearby two flights of stairs and move around the other side of the wall,
through the opening in the right. From here, walk through the only other
opening, over another set of logs. Travel up two flights of stairs in front of
you and hit the green button, raising the water level. Walk completely around
towards the blue button.

Sailor Damian fights you with two level 24 Wingulls. Walk south over the raised
logs and fight Tuber Jacky's level 26 Buizel. East you'll soon fight Tuber
Caitlyn's level 24 Azurill and Marill. Travel north and hit the green button.
Walk down the button set of stairs, skipping the orange button to your left,
and hit the orange button at the very bottom of the path. Travel north over
three flights of stairs. Walk all the way around and, lol at "That's just how I
roll". Anyway, this fool sends out two level 24 Shellos's, and a level 24
Wingull. Hit the blue button and the Gym leader is yours.

Gym Leader Crasher Wake's Pokemon are:
(1) Gyarados: Lv. 27
(2) Quagsire: Lv. 27
(3) Floatzel (with a Sitrus Berry): Lv. 30

I suggest an Electric Pokemon for the Gyarados and Floatzel, and a Grass
Pokemon for the Quagsire. The reason I don't suggest a Grass Pokemon for
Floatzel is because it knows Ice Fang.

$3600 is your cash reward, as well as TM55 (Brine). The Fen Badge allows you to
use Defog outside of battle, as well as forces all Pokemon level 50 and below
to obey you, which is very cool.

After him there's not much else you can do in this town. You can talk to the
Team Galactic member standing near the swamp safari, afterwards who runs off.
Run after him and save. Talk to him again and your rival fights you. He starts
off with a level 26 Starly. He'll change the Pokemon among his team at any
time, of which includes a level 25 Roselia, a level 25 Buizel, and an evolved
level 28 starter with the advantage over yours.

You can do a couple things. You can train at Route 212, which is something I
badly needed to do, or you can continue to follow the Grunt to Route 213. I
will spend time in the next sub-section talking about things worth mentioning
in Route 212. If you feel powerful enough to take on Pokemon leveled in their
mid-thirties (what you'll face in the fifth gym, which takes almost no time to
get to), then search for "Route 213 and Valor Lakefront" and skip ahead.

=———————————=
=- d. Route 212 -=
=———————————=

As you leave Pastoria City, there's a hidden Full Heal in the puddle below.
When you reach Route 212, west of Pastoria City, know that a bicycle cannot
cross the mud up above. You'll often get stuck in the mud, although you'll also
not find any Pokemon in it. To get unstuck, spin your character around in
place. If you enter the mud from the rightmost edge as possible and walk two
steps north and one to the east, you can find a hidden Hyper Potion.

The first person you come across won't fight you. Any of the fights here occur
during constant rain, and since the only reason I'd bother coming here is to
capture Pokemon and to train, you'll need to remember that. TM06 (Toxic) comes
up soon after the first fight.

Before the first fight and before you collect TM06, you can see a log extending
off of a raised earth platform guarded by bushes. First, go under the log north
and collect the Revive. Once you do actually cross over the log itself after
having cut down a bush or two, you can collect an X Special north and fight
someone else. From this location, you can travel west, fight a Parasol Lady and
collect a Zinc shortly afterwards.

Eventually, all methods of travel, either through the mud or not, leads you to
a house with a trainer in front. In the house, you can trade the shards you
might have collected along your adventure in exchange for Technical Machines.
In fact, the plaque hanging in the back of the house tells you what TM you get
in exchange for the shards. The girl on the left also tells you that you must
get ten of these shards in order to make the trade.

As you walk left, there are many more people to fight, and just about all of
them can be avoided. However, I don't know why you're here if you're avoiding
fights. TM62 (Silver Wind) can be collected by riding over a log (the fact that
those wire-like lines are logs is confirmed by the scientist near the log
towards the TM). On the other side of that same platform (accessed by cutting
bushes north of a bridge below) allows you to cross other logs. One takes you
to a hidden TinyMushroom in the bottom-left corner of the 2×2-sized earth
platform. As you continue west, the police officer standing around won't fight
you, unless it's nighttime.

South from him are more battles and soon a visible Antidote. While you begin to
leave the area, there is a mandatory Double Battle against a couple Rangers. At
first an Aipom and Prinplup both at level 21 are sent out. Another level 21
Prinplup replaces the first one, and a level 21 Marill replaces the Aipom.

As soon as you leave the rain, there's an Elixir hidden behind the first
signpost you see. TM11 (Sunny Day) in plain view waits behind some bushes that
can be cut. All around this Pokemon Mansion are people willing to fight you.
There are also many more police officers surrounding the whole campus willing
to fight you only at night.

Once you get into the Mansion, you can head right and pick up TM87 (Swagger)
from where the master of the estate stands in a room. In the rooms to the left,
you can pick up a Burn Heal in the first room's trashcan. In the second room to
the left, a woman will give you a Soothe Bell. As you can plainly see in the
adjoining room to the left, there is a Great Ball there.

In the garden of the Mansion are a couple nice Pokemon here and there. If you
come back after you get the National Pokedex, return here and talk to the owner
of the Mansion. Say "Yes" twice in order to listen to him rant, and he'll
mention that he found a Porygon, which isn't in the Sinnoh Pokedex. The Butler
will leave the room, so follow suit. Walk back into the room to hear that the
garden now has a bunch of Pokemon that weren't there before. When you're done
training, I suggest you fly back to Pastoria City, and head to Route 213 from
there.

——————————————————————————-
5) Before the Fifth Gym
——————————————————————————-

=————————————=
=- a. Route 213 and Valor Lakefront -=
=————————————=

When you get to Route 213, go to the beach and head east. You'll see that same
Grunt again looking out to the ocean. Talk to him, and after listening to him
talk to himself, he'll take notice to you and run away again. Pass through the
entire beach and head through Hotel Grand Lake.

As you exit the hotel, you'll soon hit Valor Lakefront. Take a right at the
Seven Stars Restaurant, and you'll see the Grunt once more. Speak to him and
he'll run north. Follow him, and the next thing he'll do is fight you when you
speak to him next. Knock his one level 25 Glameow out cold.

That's the last you'll ever see of him, but regardless head north and you'll
soon see Cynthia, the one who gave you HM01 Cut at Eterna City. She'll ask you
if you have seen the group of Psyduck on Route 210, which you have. Even if you
say you haven't seen them, she'll give you this SecretPotion for them.

Using a Pokemon that can use HM02 Fly, with this method go to Solaceon Town,
which appears blue on the map.

=————————————=
=- b. Solaceon Town and Route 210 -=
=————————————=

Solaceon Town hasn't changed a bit since you first saw it, so head immediately
north to Route 210.

When you reach Route 210, simply head north to where the Psyduck are standing
behind the cafe. Press A on one of them to be given the option to use the
SecretPotion on them. As soon as the potion cures their headache, Cynthia will
come from behind and asks you to deliver an Old Charm to her grandmother in
Celestic Town.

As you head further into Route 210, you can pick up a Super Repel off to the
left. In the tall grass, there are three little kid ninjas who will pop out of
nowhere and fight you. If you walk straight north through the brush you are
sure to fight one. If you look closely at the grass, you can see their small
green hats. The Dowsing Machine app (a.k.a. Item Finder) can also locate them
for you. A Hyper Potion is in the middle of the grass.

Eventually you will run into a foggy area, which sucks. When you fight in your
battles here, everyone's Pokemon miss physical attacks much more often. Moves
that can't miss like Aerial Ace and non-physical attacks such as Psybeam are
very welcome. Walk around the right side at first. Hiding under a green hat is
a ninja, who has two Zubats, a Golbat, and a Skorupi. Walk west over the ledge,
skipping the grass. Fight the inevitable fight with the Ace Trainer and her
level 27 Ponyta and Grotle. She's not afraid to switch them out, by the way.

Pass the two people walking around the elevated ground, as you have more fights
coming up. Fight the Ace Trainer on the even higher platform if you want, but I
wanted to preserve myself. The log (looks like a wire or rope) to your left can
be ridden over with your bicycle. While you don't have to fight the hidden
ninja boy to get to TM30 (Shadow Ball) south of the next log, you do have to
fight the Karate guy, so make sure to get your Flying and Psychic-Type Pokemon
ready for his one level 29 Machoke. Right before the ground turns green, walk
blindly down the stairs.

A boy to the right down there guards a Smoke Ball (which when held by a Pokemon
enables the holder to flee from a wild battle without fail) with his level 25
Croagunk and Golbat. To the left walk into the mandatory fight with a trainer's
level 27 Hoothoot and Noctowl.

Walk north, then west over the bridge. If you're beat, you can skip the Veteran
above you, who only guards four berries. I was in bad shape at this point, so I
simply headed west towards Celestic Town. By the way, come back to this route
once you have the ability to use the Hidden move Waterfall so you can get a
visible Wave Incense and a hidden Meadow Plate for the Arceus you don't have.

=———————————=
=- c. Celestic Town -=
=———————————=

Thankfully, nothing stands in your way from immediately healing at the nearby
Pokemon Center. At the Pokemon Center, a man to the left will give you a Great
Ball if he sees that your lead Pokemon likes you.

If you travel west from the Pokemon Center, an elderly woman will stop you and
speak of an angry and threatening member of Team Galactic who stands near the
shrine down from the stairs above you. Yes, that's Cynthia's grandmother.
Before you deal with him, check out some other aspects of this small town.

In the house to the very bottom-left, a man will give you the Analog Watch app
for your Poketch. Now you can check the time with style I guess, as that's the
only reason people nowadays wear analog watches–style.

In the very top-left corner of the town is a house that acts as a Pokemart. In
fact, the house sells exactly the same stuff, with the addition of the Timer
Ball, a ball that "becomes progressively better the more turns there are in
battle". The man wearing glasses inside this building will give you
BlackGlasses, which when held by a Pokemon powers up Dark-Type moves.

After you've checked all that there is to see about the town, and that was it,
you can talk to the Team Galactic member guarding the entrance to some ruins.
He gives you the option of kicking his butt or not. His level 25 Beautifly and
level 27 Croagunk isn't anything you probably haven't dealt with before. Not
only that, this town isn't foggy like what you used to deal with not too long
ago.

After you win the fight, Cynthia's grandmother will thank you and offers for
you to check out the ruins.

Walk inside the Pokemon-free ruins. Check the painting in the back of this
small room and Cynthia's grandmother will give you HM03 (Surf), which opens an
entire new world of places for you to explore…but not now. You need the
Hearthome Gym Badge to use it. As soon as you leave the cave, the man you saw
back in Mt. Coronet right before the 3rd Gym will introduce himself to you as
Cyrus. Apparently he's the leader of Team Galactic, with a weird-butt vision of
changing the Pokemon world as you know it. Cynthia's grandmother is now in the
main building at the top of the town, but you can pay her no attention.

For now, fly to Hearthome City.

=———————————=
=- d. Hearthome City -=
=- FIFTH GYM – Leader: Fantina -=
=———————————=

There's not much you can do in this city that you couldn't do before, except
for fighting Fantina, user of the Ghost-Type Pokemon and leader of the fifth
gym you'll face.

When you walk in her Gym, take the elevator up. You'll come across a series of
puzzles.

The first puzzle says, "Question: 3 plus 5 plus 7 is? Answer: 15″
The answer is 15, I hope, so walk through the door on your right.

What happens if you get it wrong, you ask? You get to immediately fight one of
that Gym leader’s followers, I answer. Do you know what else I say? I say that
you need some training. So, like the girl in the middle door says, throw the
quiz so you can battle with her, or anyone else in this Gym you think you need
to level up from. Hopefully the 8 screw-up trainer fights will help you get to
where you need to be.

In the room on the right, take the elevator to get to your next quiz.

This next puzzle says, “Question: 12 plus 28 is? Answer: 50”
The answer to this one better be 40, so to get close to the Gym leader take the
door in the middle.

Same as last time go up the slow elevator and receive your next quiz.
The third quiz asks, “Question: 3 times 13 is? Answer: 33”.
I’m so glad Pokemon is getting children to become more familiar with their
times tables and elementary arithmetic skills. It might have evidenced the
heart that Nintendo puts into their games if it wasn’t for the fact that your
Poketch also functions as a calculator. Oh well–left door.

The final test is “Question: The first room’s answer? Answer: 15”
Now this one stumped even me. Luckily, I did the trial-and-error work for you
and figured out that it is indeed the right door.

Quack Fantina’s Pokemon are:
(1) Drifblim: Lv. 32 (Has a secondary Flying-Type)
(2) Mismagius (with a Sitrus Berry): Lv. 36 (Pure Ghost)
(3) Gengar: Lv. 34 (Has a secondary Poison-Type)

And if you need to return to a Pokemon Center, I’ll list the Doors for you:
1st Door: -> (Right)
2nd Door: ^ (Middle)
3rd Door: (Right)

Know that Normal-Type moves won’t affect any of her Pokemon. However, some
things you wouldn’t think would affect Ghost-Type Pokemon, such as Flying-Type
moves, do. Take advantage of the fact that many Ghost-Type Pokemon have low
Physical Defense, even though Flying-Type moves are powered with Physical
strength. Of course, there’s the old-fashioned Psychic-Type way, with which the
Kazza the girl in Oreburgh City might have traded for your Machop would work
nicely.

This is a very difficult battle. Almost anything you throw at Mismagius can be
easily beaten. It’s almost a pure might struggle here. Fantina will use a Hyper
Potion on any Pokemon you get into the red health zone, every time. Because of
this, you need to make sure you cause her Pokemon to faint from the yellow
zone. If you have problems matching the levels of Fantina’s Pokemon, I suggest
you go back and fight people in Route 212 or fight wild Pokemon in Route 211,
which is west of Celestic Town.

The reward is not enough for what you had to go through. The only thing worth
mentioning is that her Relic Badge allows you to use Surf outside of battle.
You also get a measly 4320 Pokedollars and TM65 (Shadow Claw) for damaging her
Pokemon.

Anyway, as soon as you leave that wretched Gym, Cynthia finds you and suggests
that you should check out the library at Canalave City. With no time to lose,
shine your Relic Badge in your Trainer Card–you don’t dare let _this_ one dull
after dealing with a Gym like that. Now that you’re done here, fly over to
Jubilife City, from where you will Surf west to Canalave City.

——————————————————————————-
6) Collecting the Sixth Badge
——————————————————————————-

=————————————=
=- a. Jubilife City and Route 218 -=
=————————————=

When you arrive at Jublife City, head to the Poketch Headquarters at the
northwestern part of the city, and receive the Link Searcher from the President
now that you have five badges. He also tells you that you will probably get
another when you get your Seventh Badge. Also, if you ever forget how to use
one of your Poketch applications, you can head to the third floor of the
Poketch Company building and check the computers to learn how to use each one.
For now, let’s just focus on the sixth gym badge and leave this place to the
west.

As soon as you get to Route 218, surf north around the trees and grab a Rare
Candy from the northeast corner. Notice the whole new set of wild Pokemon
you’ll be encountering in the water. Take the north path above the rocks if you
don’t want to fight anyone. If you take the southern path, you will eventually
have to fight a Guitarist with his level 31 Luxio, even if you skip the two
fishermen. Oh, and did anyone else catch the “fishing is for the win” from the
fisherman on the bottom? XD

Passing this route, you’ll reach Canalave City almost immediately. As soon as
you reach the building that connects the two places, your friend’s father (also
Professor Rowan’s assistant) will stop you and upgrade your Pokedex. Now your
Pokedex can display the differences between how male and female Pokemon look.
When he leaves, notice the policeman at the top of this room saying he’s
thirsty. However, none of the game’s four drinks (Bottled Water, Soda Pop,
Lemonade, or Moomoo Milk) will satisfy him, which is somewhat of a
disappointment, as such a thing uncharacteristically contrasts previous Pokemon
games.

=———————————=
=- b. Canalave City -=
=- SIXTH GYM – Leader: Byron -=
=———————————=

Don’t become distracted by the beauty of this city. Be very aware that as soon
as you cross the bridge your rival will fight you. Heal at a Pokemon Center and
save before you deal with him.

In the very first house you see when entering from the east, a girl to the
right in this building will give you TM48 (Skill Swap). Above this house is the
Pokemart, where there is a plethora of new items being sold. The Repeat Ball,
Ultra Ball, Hyper Potion, and Max Repel are now sold here. In the house right
above the Pokemart is where the Move Deleter resides.

Above the last house is the bridge, Pokemon Center, and an old hotel. The girl
on the left in the Pokemon Center tells you she got the Hidden Machine Strength
in the Lost Tower on Route 209, a tower I told you to avoid when you first
passed it. In the old hotel is where you begin a quest to capture the rare
Pokemon Darkrai, but you cannot begin that quest without the Membership Card
key item, which can only be obtained through a special promotional event of the
kind that Nintendo tends to hold in Japan only. It looks like you’re out of
luck, unless you have a friend with or you yourself have an Action Replay
device from Datel Electronics.

Time to fight your rival. From the concrete, one step onto the wooden bridge
and two more after that makes three steps before your rival stops you for a
challenge. He starts off with his level 31 Staravia. Following, he will send in
a level 35 evolved starter (or fully evolved if you chose Prinplup as your
starter) that has the elemental advantage over your starter. Afterwards he will
send in a level 30 Heracross (Bug-Type), and then a level 32 Buizel. Lastly you
will fight his level 32 Roselia. I honestly can’t imagine anyone having trouble
with him if you have recently beaten Fantina. $3500 is your reward.

As you can see, this city somewhat would have been a dead end if it wasn’t for
the dock, accessible from the southwestern part of city. As soon as you feel
like it, the sea captain is willing to take you to Iron Island. After you take
care of the Gym, I’ll cover the library and then getting the HM Strength.

Because you at least have the fourth Gym Badge, and because of that can control
all Pokemon up to level 50, there’s no reason not to fight anyone in this Gym.
Not only that, the moment you beat this gym, you’ll be able to control all
Pokemon up to level 70, which is light-years away from where you are now.

In this Gym, Steel Pokemon are used, so get used to using your Fighting,
Ground, and Fire-Types. While Water and Electric-Type moves aren’t super
effective, they’re the only other two moves that aren’t “not very effective”,
and Poison-Type moves don’t affect Steel-Type Pokemon at tall. Steel Pokemon
are pretty much what the old, old-gen Ghost and Rock/Ground Pokemon used to
be–those immune to the typical stuff, except Steel are immune to a tad more
than them.

The first obvious fight is against Black Belt Ricky’s one level 33 Steelix. If
you have a well-balanced team, his Steel-Type shouldn’t give you too many
problems. While the next fight off to the right on this very floor (the colored
platforms are super-elevators) may not be mandatory, it’s one of those that’d
be annoying to skip every time. I suggest that you fight Worker Gary’s one
level 31 Onix, not only out of convenience but also so that your Pokemon don’t
fall behind in level. Out of the four elevators, take the one on the very far
right.

When you reach the next level, take the next one down. This next mandatory
fight against Ace Trainer Cesar (who said “noob”…) starts off with you
against his level 30 Skorupi (which is a Poison/Bug-Type?). He next sends out a
level 32 Steelix. From here is pretty much a straightforward until it splits
into two paths. Of the two moving platforms, with one going up and the other
going right, take the one going up. Don’t take the next one you see, as the one
guarded by Worker Gerardo’s two level 29 Onix’s is the one you want to take.

Go ahead and walk right into a fight with Black Belt David’s level 30 Onix and
level 32 Steelix. Take the U-turn of platforms to the south, and then descend.
Ace Trainer Breanna has one level 33 Azumarill (Water-Type?). You’ll eventually
come across the red platform that takes you straight to Byron.

Gym Leader Byron’s Pokemon are:
(1) Bronzor: Lv. 36 (With secondary Psychic-Type)
(2) Bastiodon: Lv. 39 (With secondary Rock-Type)
(3) Steelix: Lv. 36

Only until after I met Byron did I learn that Roark was a boy (I also modified
this guide’s usage of pronouns when I found out). Roark is this guy’s son. Now
normally I’d start off using Fighting-Type moves if it wasn’t for the fact that
they will only do 1x the amount of damage to it. Only Fire-Type moves are super
effective against it. Because Byron also uses Hyper Potions like nobodies’
business, I used a slightly weaker Fire move to lower its HP to the point where
one more-powerful Fire move would kill it without fear of it being healed
first.

Bastiodon will use Flash Cannon, which is a Steel-Type move…which did 5 Hit
Points of damage to my level 37 Empoleon. Make sure you’re prepared against
that. His Steelix isn’t anything special that you haven’t dealt with before, so
after his Bastiodon, you won’t have to worry about a thing.

Take his 4680 Pokedollars, TM91 (Flash Cannon), and his Mine Badge. With the
Mine Badge, you can use the hidden move Strength outside of battle (when you
get it very soon) and now all Pokemon up to level 70 will “obey you without
question”, which is nice. From where he is, take the right moving platform and
hold that route until you reach the very bottom. Now you can leave without
dealing with his Gym’s silly maze.

As soon as you leave the Gym, your rival will congratulate you. He asks you to
follow him into the library, so do so. Nothing occurs on the first two floors
of the library. On the third, your rival will seat you down next to your mentor
buddy and Professor Rowan. Now I really do enjoy this. This game truly does
incorporate more story than the previous Pokemon games. Professor Rowan talks
of the Mirage Legendaries (this game’s legendary triplet) and sends your mentor
buddy to Lake Verity, your rival to Lake Acuity, and you to Lake Valor.

Suddenly an earthquake occurs. Before you leave, remember that only on this
third floor can you read any of the books, and every bookshelf has a book that
you can read. You can now leave the library. Once you get outside, a sailor
tells your group that an explosion came from Lake Valor–where you were
supposed to go, and where two mysterious men guarded the actual lake.

There are quite a few things that you can do now. You can fly to Solaceon Town,
traveling south to reach the Lost Tower on Route 209 for the Hidden Machine
Strength. You can fly to Veilstone City, where you can head straight to
Pastoria City to get to Lake Valor–you have less wild Pokemon to deal with if
you approach Lake Valor from Pastoria City, as opposed to Veilstone City.

Because you don’t want to get behind in your side-quests, let us first collect
Strength from the Lost Tower, south of Solaceon Town on Route 209.

——————————————————————————-
7) Preceding the Seventh Gym
——————————————————————————-

=————————————=
=- a. Route 209 and the Lost Tower -=
=————————————=

When you fly to Solaceon Town, immediately head south and straight into the
Lost Tower.

The first floor is fairly empty. You will come across many Ghost-Type Pokemon
of a level much lower than yours. The only reason I have only mentioned this
place now is because that without the sixth badge, Strength is useless. In
addition, you’ve probably seen only one or two times in which you could have
used it.

On the second floor, I suggest you fight Youngster Oliver’s pathetic team of a
level 16 Stunky, Shellos, and Kricketune. No–it wasn’t for the Oval Stone that
he “guards”, but for the added convenience.

On the third floor, you’re forced to fight Roughneck Kirby’s one level 19
Cleffa. Behind him is a Revive. You can walk around the next loser.

On this next floor, you’re going to have to fight someone, so I suggest the
Young Couple Mike & Nat who has one pair of level 19 Murkrow and Misdreavus.
TM27 (Return) is the Pokeball you see towards the bottom of the screen.

On the last floor, the woman on the right will give you a Cleanse Tag, which
reduces the amount of wild Pokemon encountered if held by your lead Pokemon.
The woman on the left will give you HM04 (Strength), so now that you’re done,
leave this place. Unfortunately, an Escape Rope won’t make that process any
faster.

Next, all you have to do is fly to either Pastoria or Veilstone City. My
suggestion is, again, Pastoria, as there are less wild Pokemon battles before
you reach the actual lake. Regardless of the city that you fly to, from them
head to the Valor Lakefront.

=———————————=
=- b. Valor Lakefront -=
=———————————=

When you get to Valor Lakefront, head west through the forest on a path that
used to be blocked by two men. When you get there, it’ll look like the whole
lake was blown up. The first person you see won’t fight you, but the next
person you see will fight you no matter what. She sends out a level 33 Glameow
first and Croagunk second. Only three of the six Team Galactic members will
fight you outside, but that was the only mandatory fight. South of where you
entered the lake there is a cave. Go inside.

In the cavern you will see Commander Saturn. Save before you talk to him. He
first sends out a level 35 Kadabra. Next he’ll send out a level 35 Bronzor.
Lastly he’ll throw a level 37 Toxicroak (Poison/Fighting-Type) holding a Sitrus
Berry at you. After you take his 2960 Pokedollars, he’ll leave. As you walk
back outside, you might notice that every one of the three that wouldn’t fight
you before have left along with him. When you talk to one of the two that you
didn’t have to fight before (providing that you beat him), he mentions that
Team Galactic is probably conducting its business near Twinleaf Town–your
town. Let’s see if we can do anything about that.

=—————————————–=
=- c. Twinleaf Town and Verity Lakefront -=
=—————————————–=

When you reach your hometown, immediately head northwest into the Lake area.
When you arrive, you’ll see Professor Rowan, who was talking with a Team
Galactic member. There are two double battles here, and you have to deal with
both of them.

Starting off with the first two Grunts, the first pair of Pokemon thrown at you
are a level 33 Glameow and level 32 Silcoon. A level 32 Golbat replaces the
Silcoon, and a level 32 Glameow replaces the first one.

In the second fight, the first two Pokemon sent out are a level 32 Stunky and
level 31 Beautifly. A level 33 Glameow replaces the Beautifly, and a level 32
Glameow replaces the Stunky.

Walking near your friend and Commander Mars will not automatically activate an
encounter. Instead, save beforehand you talk to Commander Mars, and you’ll
fight him again! He’ll start off the fight with a level 37 Golbat. Next up
comes his level 39 Purugly. This Purugly is fond of putting you to sleep with
Hypnosis. Lastly, he will send out his level 37 Bronzor (w/ Levitate). Take his
3120 Pokedollars.

After the fight, Commander Mars will tell you that at Team Galactic’s
headquarters is the captured Mesprit, “the Being of Emotion”, Azelf, “the Being
of Willpower”, and Uxie, “the Being of Intelligence.” When he’s done and gone,
Professor Rowan will ask you to go to Lake Acuity and find out if your rival is
okay. Before you do, surf southwest across the lake to pick up TM38 (Fire
Blast).

Head to Celestic Town and then go west across Route 211. But before you do, I
highly suggest you heal and stock_up on supplies. Now it’s time to use up some
money.

=————————————=
=- d. Route 211 and Mt. Coronet -=
=————————————=

West of Celestic Town is Route 211. There are a couple fights although not one
of them is necessary to cross. However, if you talk to the person looking out
towards the grass, you’ll be given TM77 (Psych Up). When you have Rock Climb
and Rock Smash, you can come here for TM29 (Psychic).

When you get into the actual Mountain, remember that you’re trying to head
north. Immediately move the boulder above you out of your way with a Pokemon
using Strength so that you can pass. Before you go down the slope, break the
rocks up to your left to reach a Rare Candy. When you take a left turn after
you go down the slope, you’ll reach a new, foggy place. Only now do the wild
Pokemon encounters become more powerful.

When you reach the foggy area, go ahead and pick up the Stardust behind the
breakable rock. If you want, you can completely skip this entire area and head
north on one path to reach an ascending slope to the right. However, you would
be missing many items. A Revive is behind a moveable stone towards the upper-
middle part of that foggy area. If you pass where the Revive is and break one
rock up, you’ll pick up a Full Restore–very nice. Close near the water towards
the upper-right part of the area, there is a Max Elixir. Some Light Clay is in
the middle of the body of water on a small 2×2 platform of land. Some Soft Sand
is on one ledge lower than and to the right of the main pathway.

When you come out of the foggy area from the ascending slope, you can simply
walk around until you reach outside to Route 216.

=———————————-=
=- e. Routes 216-217 -=
=———————————-=

Now this is one good-looking place to travel in. First of all, where two
bridges run across the higher section of this area, in the top-left corner is
an Ice Heal. I’m sure you’ve also noticed by now how you slow down in the
snow–there’s nothing you can do about that.

Up above, if you’ve taken one bridge north to where the Ice Heal was, take the
other bridge south to where Ace Trainer Laura will fight you with her one level
37 Lopunny. By now you should also have noticed that Hail during battles will
buffet any Pokemon that isn’t of the Ice-Type. If you didn’t take the higher
path, which I suggest because there are no random battles in the Hail, it
doesn’t matter much because both wind up in the same place. Personally, I
fought as many people as I possibly could, not because I’m an idiot and want to
take an early trip back to the Pokemon Center, but because the next Gym is in
Snowpoint City, which is immediately east of the Acuity Lakefront.

Besides, very soon is a lodge where you can heal up, as well as the fact that
you should always fight absolutely everyone not worth dodging in the future.
Walk into the lodge and fall asleep in the bed. When you’re done, fight the
Skier right outside, heal again, and save. From there, walk north into Route
217. When you return with Rock Climb, remember that there is TM13 (Ice Beam) at
the end of a path past many trainers.

When you reach Route 217, you’ll soon notice that it is hailing like mad here.
As you walk north, you’ll run into a mandatory fight with Ace Trainer Dalton,
who first throws a level 34 Raichu at you. Next up comes his level 38
Hippopotas (Ground-Type), who changes the Hail up into a Sandstorm. His final
Pokemon is a level 36 Pelipper.

Luckily there are no random battles here, because the trainers themselves are
good enough for you or me. If you see what you think might be an item Pokeball
in the middle of nowhere, sometimes it might be a Ninja. Now there is one Iron
out there, but you should really make sure before you check. Last time I fought
everyone merely because there was a lodge up ahead–now it’s perseverance.

Funny enough, TM07 (Hail) is southeast of a house that’s near the left of the
route. In that house is a man who said he dropped his Hidden Machine Rock Climb
in the snow. Do you know what that means? Pick up this HM08 (Rock Climb) that’s
_right_ outside his house, to the northeast. Go back inside and talk to him to
receive an Icicle Plate for the Arceus you don’t have. As you continue up this
route, watch out for crazy, spinning trainers. I suggest you, after receiving
the HM, go immediately across the snowfield to the right. Hug the walls and
you’ll find another house. The girl inside will give you a Spell Tag, which
intensifies Ghost-Type moves when held by a Pokemon.

You’ll notice that after the house is a rock and a dead end. If you have an
Eevee and level it up when near that rock, it will evolve into a Glaceon.
Unfortunately, you’ll have to take the time to walk all the way back over to
the left. Black Belt Luke up ahead is almost impossible to miss. He doesn’t
have anything you haven’t handled before, however. Unluckily, he wasn’t the
last of this Route. Coming up soon is Lake Acuity, but before that, you’ll have
to fight Ace Trainer Olivia’s level 37 Roselia and Seaking.

When you cross the first patch of grass after Olivia, you’ll run into Lake
Acuity, with a not-so-severe hail.

=———————————=
=- f. Acuity Lakefront -=
=———————————=

Almost as soon as you reach this place, the path decidedly splits. You can
either talk to the two Team Galactic Grunts guarding the actual Lake, or you
can head east to Snowpoint City. You’ll reach Snowpoint City soon enough, so
for now, help out your buddy like you originally intended to…or not. They
won’t fight you–they’re there to keep out Snowpoint City’s Gym leader, not
you. Unfortunately, you’ll have to hold off dealing with Team Galactic and find
the Gym leader; don’t they tend to hang around in Gyms?

Along the way as you walk east, towards the top of a grove is an Ultra Ball.
There is a lot of grass for wild Pokemon to bother you in, so continue the
annoying path east. Luckily, this is a short route.

=———————————=
=- g. Snowpoint City -=
=- SEVENTH GYM – Leader: Candice -=
=———————————=

Upon reaching this place, you’ll notice another dock–this dock takes you to
the three special areas on a massive island in the northeast part of the Sinnoh
region. You can only make use of this guy’s boat once you’ve become the
region’s Champion.

The Sailor near the Pokemon Center says that there’s nothing much to do around
here. He’s right. In fact, apart from the Gym and the Temple in the back,
there’s only one thing you can do. In the northwest house, a girl is willing to
trade you a Haunter in exchange for a Medicham (which could be caught in the
previous Routes), and that’s it. That’s the town.

What makes the Pokemart unique is its Snow Mail…yeah, let’s heal at the
Pokemon Center and get the next badge.

This next Gym just looks annoying, and it is. Basically, you have to run into
the balls of ice at high speeds in order to break them. Not all fights are
mandatory in this place, but they might as well be, seeing as you’re going to
have to run all over the place every time you reenter this place.

Go ahead and get all fights out of your way. Aimlessly go all over the place
and fight as many people as you can–I’ll walk you through the puzzle once
you’ve fought everyone, healed, and returned. Because of such a difficult task,
you will need to understand that people here will never ever run up to you and
fight. People will only fight you if the other person and you meet face to
face–another annoying slow-down to this process.

Ace Trainer Isaiah’s one level 39 Quagsire is one mandatory fight–he’s to the
right of the inner circle. One the left of the middle circle is Ace Trainer
Brenna with her one level 39 Snover (Grass/Ice-Type). To the very bottom-left
of the Gym is Ace Trainer Sergio, with his level 37 Floatzel and Sneasel. In
the top-right corner, there is a hidden snow pad right above Ace Trainer
Savannah, with her level 35 Pelipper, level 37 Steelix, and level 36 Golduck.
Walk left from Savannah to reach the near-last trainer.

In the upper-left corner, Ace Trainer Allicia sends out a level 37 Sneasel and
then a similarly leveled Tentacruel. The trainer north of Savannah and nearest
to Candice, Ace Trainer Anton, has one level 39 Snover to throw at you.

Now get out of here and heal. Up next is my D-Pad-pressing guide to reach her,
and then my commentary on Candice herself.

When you get back, just one space to the left of the wooden stairs straight in
front of you, run north while sliding into two ice balls.

Go back to the entrance and do the exact same thing on the other side of the
wooden stairs immediately in front of the entrance, breaking three more
obstacles.

From here, slide to the right and the north to the corner. There are two snow
pads to your left. Slide over to them, and then walk over to on top of the left
one.

Slide down until you reach another snow pad, then slide left into another
obstacle.

From there, continue to slide west and south alternatively until you reach a
padding of snow just southeast of Ace Trainer Sergio.

From there, slide north, then west into a wall, then north again onto another
padding of snow.

Slide to the right onto a hidden snow pad, then one more time to break the
snowball down below. Now go in a south, west, and south alternating pattern
until you’re southeast of Ace Trainer Sergio again.

From the pad of snow, go up once onto another pad, and then north again until
you hit an ice obstacle. Next, slide right. From here, return to the entrance
(by heading towards Sergio).

At the entrance, slide the very same direction you went the first time you went
anywhere. Slide west into Ace Trainer Allicia, then all around her until you
hit the ice obstacle on the very left. Slide right into another snowball.
Return to the entrance, Sergio style.

From the entrance’s big padding of snow, slide into the snowball to the very
bottom-right. Travel north, then north again until you’re on the bottom of two
pads of snow, side-by-side. Travel west to break another snowball.

In the very same direction you traveled the very first time you went anywhere,
one step left of the wooden stairs north of the entrance, travel north. Slide
west into Ace Trainer Allicia, then south, then east.

Return to the entrance Sergio-style and face the Gym leader.

Gym Leader Candice’s Pokemon are:
(1) Snover: Lv. 38 (Ice/Grass-Type)
(2) Sneasel: Lv. 38 (Dark/Ice-Type)
(3) Medicham: Lv. 40 (Fighting/Psychic-Type)
(4) Abomasnow (w/ Sitrus Berry): Lv. 42 (Ice/Grass-Type)

I hope you came well prepared for this fight, because I know that I never want
to do any of that again. Fighting and Flying-Type moves work very well against
Snover. I used Fire-Type moves against Sneasel. Personally, with a level 41
Staraptor and Infernape, the first two went down in one hit each.

The next one is an oddball. However, Flying and Ghost-Type moves are what work
really well against it. It’s immune to nothing, and only Fighting and Rock-Type
moves’ power is halved. I went back to my Staraptor with this one. With the
assistance of the hail, Medicham went out in one turn.

Abomasnow is the evolved form of Snover. I didn’t use the same thing I used for
Snover, because Candice is keen on using Full Restores on her Abomasnow, even
if it isn’t in red health. I took it out in one hit with what I used on Sneasel
(Fire-Type).

As you might tell, I would have difficulty in understanding why anyone would
have any trouble with her. If you have a scenario, which you think may make it
harder for some people, tell me the plight and I’ll be more than happy to guide
those people in a paragraph replacing this one.

Take this girl’s petty cash of 5040 Pokedollars, your TM72 (Avalanche), and her
Icicle Badge, which enables the use of Rock Climb outside of battle.

Now that you’re done here (she won’t talk to you about the Lake yet), go heal
at a Pokemon Center. Before you head west towards the Acuity Lakefront, fly to
Jubilife City (now that you have seven badges), and receive the Move Tester app
for your Poketch. Fly back and head west towards the lake.

——————————————————————————-
8) For the Final Badge
——————————————————————————-

=———————————=
=- a. Acuity Lakefront -=
=———————————=

When you reach the entrance to the Lake, you’ll notice that the two Grunts have
split up to either side of the entrance. They won’t fight you, so you can
assume that someone already has. Obviously your rival blew them out of the way,
because now he’s backed up Commander Jupiter into a corner. When everything has
been taken care of, you can pick up TM14 (Blizzard) at the very top-right part
of the lake. Notice that the grass around the Technical Machine is pretty much
the only place where you can fight that area’s Pokemon without it hailing.

This didn’t take too long unfortunately (adding story to the Pokemon games can
only be a good thing), so now the only place you have left to go is to where
Team Galactic HQ is, Veilstone City.

=———————————=
=- b. Veilstone City -=
=———————————=

If you haven’t noticed already, you can travel to new places with Rock Climb.
You can pick up a Full Incense (I’ve no idea what it does) to the left of the
Pokemon Center. Now that you got that, it’s time to head to Team Galactic’s
Headquarter, at the northeastern part of the city.

When you arrive on the premises, you might notice the Grunt that wasn’t
standing there before. Talk to him and he’ll run away, leaving behind a Storage
Key. From the looks of things around this joint, you’ll have to infiltrate the
base indirectly. While it probably wouldn’t have been a problem to simply fight
your way past every single one of those suckas, you can’t fight your way
through their steel doors.

Because you can’t waltz right in and take over their operations, head over to
where you helped your friend retrieve his or her Pokedex, near the storage
facility. With the Storage Key, walk right past the guy “guarding” the door,
picking up the obvious Dusk Stone on your way downstairs.

The scientist won’t fight you, but the Galactic member down towards the right
sure will. You don’t have to fight him, but he’s also placed inconveniently in
your way. Besides, he only has one level 37 Golbat. As you pass him, go ahead
and pick up the Zinc. This next guy you can’t dodge. Apparently, you’re the
first intruder ever in their building, but with that intruder being you, they
better hope they don’t get another. He has a level 35 Dustox and Bronzor. Prove
to him you’re bored of his too-common choice of Pokemon. From there, go ahead
and head upstairs.

The oddly placed guy in this room won’t fight you nor tell or give anything of
use to you. On the next floor, however, you will have to deal with one Grunt’s
level 37 Glameow. When you arrive at two warp panels, the right one will take
you to TM49 (Snatch), while the other will have you progress further in their
base, to the room on the left.

In that room on the left, obviously take the only other warp. From this room,
take the stairs up. In here, the warp on the left _eventually_ takes you to the
exit, while giving you the opportunity to pick up TM36 (Sludge Bomb) and this
“Galactic Key” along the way. The right path leads you to TM21 (Frustration),
but you need the Galactic Key first. No matter what you want to do, go to the
warp. On the way down, there is a scientist with two Kadabras, but you don’t
have to fight him. The Grunt past him won’t fight you, so pick up Sludge Bomb
and the Galactic Key.

If you really want TM21, you will have to fight the Galactic member in between
the two staircases with the warp you took. He has a level 32 Wurmple, a level
36 Dustox, and a level 34 Cascoon. On the floor above him, the guy looking away
won’t do anything, but the guy down the hall will fight you with his one level
37 Stunky. The next guy running up and down the halls looking almost every
which way is fun to dodge. I did it both times I passed him. Use the Galactic
Key on the door to get TM21 (Frustration) in the adjoining room.

Do you know what there’s left to do here? Nothing. With the Galactic Key,
apparently you _can_ waltz right into the main entrance of their headquarters.
Exit this place through the warp since you’ve collected everything. As you come
near the exit, use the Galactic Key to open the door.

After you heal at the Pokemon Center, go to the main entrance of their base.
Take the left or middle door and use the Galactic Key to continue to the next
floor.

What comes next is rather interesting. You have the option of taking on two
Grunts separately, or together. If you want to fight each one individually,
fight the first Grunt when he’s looking up, and then the next as she looks
left. If you want to fight them at the same time, pass the guy on the left as
he looks right, then come into the view of both of them when that guy on the
left continues to look right (he’ll face either north or east). Both of them
first send out two level 36 Golbats. The female Golbat is replaced by level 34
Silcoon, and the male Golbat is replaced with another just like it.

As you continue, know that bothering the scientist will result in a battle. Off
to the right, taking the warp at the top takes you to a purposeless room, while
the warp on the bottom eventually takes you to the Max Revive on the other
side. Obviously, only the warp near the scientist takes you anywhere.

In the room that you are taken to by that warp, you have the opportunity to
rest and heal up. By taking the stairs, you soon wind up in a double battle.
The first pair of enemy Pokemon is a level 36 Stunky and level 35 Croagunk. A
level 36 Croagunk replaces the Stunky, and a level 35 Stunky replaces the first
Croagunk. Lastly, you’ll face a level 35 Glameow.

Eventually you’ll come upon three warps. The upper-left one merely takes you to
one Elixir. The upper-right warp takes you nowhere, so that leaves the bottom-
left one as the warp you want to take. When you arrive in the room that warp
takes you, ascend the staircase.

Here is the very last room of Team Galactic’s HQ. I suggest you heal (at the
beds) and save. As soon as you walk into the room, Galactic Boss Cyrus will
start a fight with you. He’ll first throw a level 40 Murkrow (Dark/Flying-Type)
at you. Note that Cyrus will use Super Potions often. After the Murkrow will
come his level 40 Golbat (Poison/Flying-Type). Lastly, he’ll use his level 43
Sneasel (Dark/Ice-Type). When you win the fight, he’ll honor your power by
giving you a Master Ball.

Take the man’s suggestion and leave by the warp. Unfortunately, you’ll have one
more major fight up ahead. Neither of the scientists in the next room will
fight you, but talk to Commander Saturn in the room afterwards to start another
battle. He’ll first send his level 38 Kadabra. Next up is his level 38 Bronzor.
The last Pokemon you have to fight at the Team Galactic HQ is Saturn’s level 40
Toxicroak (Poison/Fighting-Type).

Take Saturn’s advice (did you have a choice?) and press the button on the
consol. Apparently, Cyrus has gone and shackled something in chains on Mt.
Coronet. As you take the yellow warp out of there, you’ll notice that the path
to the green warp has been cleared, allowing you to leave. Don’t forget to pick
up the PP Up on the left side of the building after you leave.

The Coronet Mountain is obviously the next place you need to go. However, there
are multiple entrances to it. The way you want to enter that will allow you to
progress in the game’s story is traveling west from Hearthome City.

=————————————=
=- c. Hearthome City and Route 208 -=
=————————————=

Before you head straight into the mountain, know that a very pivotal point will
occur in the game. In fact, up ahead is pretty much the ending of the game’s
plot. After this, only the Eighth Badge and the Elite Four will be in between
you and the game’s end. Because of this, head to the Pokemart and prepare
yourself (make sure you carry two Pokemon Center trips-worth of supplies) for
one long journey ahead. In addition to many healing items, buy many higher-end
Repels and many, many Dusk Balls. Dusk Balls, when used in dark places and at
nighttime, have the highest chance of capture over all other conventional
Pokeballs, at 4x (Ultra Balls are at 2x). Oh, and get an Escape Rope.

Don’t bother healing now if you haven’t taken care of everyone at Route 208. If
you think that absolutely no one will stand in between you and Mt. Coronet, go
ahead and heal and head that direction. If not, don’t bother and beat all the
trainers that might needlessly hurt your Pokemon before you take one_big_trip
into the mountain.

Once you’ve cleared every trainer that might get in your way, heal and then
head straight to Mt. Coronet, past Route 208. Use normal repels over the grass
in Route 208, and then once you get into Mt. Coronet yourself, begin to use
your Super and Max Repels. Wild Pokemon should be the last thing to waste your
time and Pokemon’s health.

=———————————–=
=- d. Mt. Coronet and Spear Pillar -=
=———————————–=

When you arrive in Mt. Coronet (the part where you start using Super and Max
Repels), either by breaking the rocks below or by running around over the
ramps, move towards the left. You can if you like, now that you can surf, pick
up the Dawn Stone at the very bottom of the cave. In this room, move all the
way around to the very top-left part, past the exit on the left. Surf right
across the small expanse of water. Pick up the obvious Protein. When you get to
the very right, carefully walk along the edge and rock climb to the next area.

Walk the only way you can in the next place, picking up the obvious Max Potion
and the not-so-obvious Ether hiding at the stone on that same elevation. When
you have the option of traveling further, instead head down to collect an
Escape Rope. TM80 (Rock Slide) is in this convoluted area in addition to a
Revive. I’m not going to give directions in this silly room, but I will tell
you that you want to leave this room by the dark opening in the upper-left, and
not the exit to the bottom-left.

When you go into the next room, walk up the obvious staircase. After you reach
the next room, head immediately to the stairs on the other side, picking up a
hidden Max Revive in this dead-end room. Of course return to the three-way
room.

In the three-way room, a Grunt that’s difficult to dodge has one level 40
Beautifly. I suggest you dodge her unless you think you can act first and end
the match in one move. Further in this room is a guy who’s actually not that
hard to dodge, believe it or not. Basically, he only looks up or down–not left
or right. Run around the first rock when he’s on the left, and then pass the
next rock also when he’s on the left. Only move to in front of the door when
he’s out of sight. Walk outside afterwards.

When you come outside, you can stop using your Super Repels and switch to the
normal Repels as you walk through the grass–your job right now is
preservation. In the first patch of grass is a hidden Full Heal. After you
climb one set of rocks (climbing the second set will only net you one hidden
Nugget), walk south-west, moving stones to avoid the massive patch of grass and
break the rock at the very bottom-left to pick up a hidden Max Potion.

In the entrance to the mountain on the very right, there is a hidden Ultra Ball
up a big ramp going up. However, continuing this way does you no good, as you
cannot climb waterfalls, not having the Hidden Machine or the Eighth Badge.
Because of this, you might as well exit and head for the other entrance to the
same place from the far left–which requires no Repels to get to.

When you re-enter from the left, use a Super Repel and run up to climb the
wall. The Grunt only looks left, even though he will battle you. The next Grunt
isn’t so easy to dodge, although it’s not that difficult. You can pick up an
obvious, though hidden Escape Rope at the rock below on your way out.

When you go outside, know that there’s no reason for you to walk into the big
expanse of linear grass unless you’re dying for a Rare Candy. Outside, the only
other thing of use to you is a hidden Big Mushroom, towards the very bottom,
which is also the very northern-most part of the downgrade. There are two more
entrances into the mountain–you want to go up, so walk all around towards the
left to continue to the insides.

In the next room there’s nothing, so continue up the stairs. South and above is
an inevitable fight with this Grunt and her level 38 Bronzor and Glameow.
Hidden on a rock directly below that fight is a Stardust. Unfortunately, you’ll
have to fight one more Grunt, with his level 37 Bronzor and Golbat. Head up the
stairs.

I tell you what–Game Freak hates you. In the biggest battle of preservation
ever, they throw _another_ mandatory Grunt fight at you in this next room. She
starts off with her level 37 Golbat. If you have an unhealthy habit of raising
your Pokemon perfectly equal like me, forget about it for now–at this point
only use what works best. You fight a level 37 Glameow followed by a level 37
Bronzor, after which the fight ends. Anyway, I must say–isn’t this room
foreboding or what? Check out the design. You don’t have to save before you
walk outside–I always tell you where to save.

You have one last annoying fight to deal with, and this time it’s a Double
Battle! First up is a level 38 Dustox (Flying, Rock, Fire, and Psychic moves’
damage–2x) and Stunky (Ground 2x). The second set is a level 38 Glameow
(Fighting 2x) and Croagunk (Psychic 4x, Flying and Ground 2x).

Up next is the end. Congratulations for surviving this far. It’s not easy to
tell when you lose control, so I’ll tell you how many steps are too many before
you save. Using a reset Step Counter (Poketch app 04), walk 12 steps from in
between the two Grunts, and then save. If you feel that it was somewhat
difficult to _perfectly_ understand my directions, you might as well save in
between the two Grunts. When you take the 13th step towards Commander Jupiter,
Commander Mars, and Boss Cryus, you cannot turn back.

Cyrus will summon either Dialga or Palkia. Can we say epic? After Cyrus rants
some more, you will gain control again. Walk in between Mars and Jupiter,
knowing that two level 41 Bronzors will come your way first, and with the help
of your rival kick their butts. A level 42 and level 41 Golbat will replace
each Bronzor. By the way, the left Pokemon on the bottom screen is the bottom
health bar, just in case the double pairs confused you. A level 46 Skuntank
replaces the level 41 Golbat, and a level 45 Purugly replaces the level 42
Golbat.

Thank the heavens that your rival heals your Pokemon before he leaves. After
some dialogue, I suggest you pause it for a while once you start to see either
Dialga or Palkia radiate–you don’t see that many cool things in Pokemon that
often. Hooray! The Pokemon you helped out not only stopped the world from
ending, but they also stopped Cyrus from ever attempting to end the world again
by breaking his chain. Cyrus, having been pwned, will take his vengeance on
you.

He’ll start the fight off with his level 45 Honchkrow (Dark/Flying-Type). Cyrus
will withdraw Honchkrow in a heartbeat with his level 45 Gyarados (Water/
Flying-Type) if you do significant damage to it. Gyarados will also be the
Pokemon that follows a fainted Honchkrow. If Gyarados ever uses Giga Impact and
your Pokemon survives, know that Gyarados must recharge after he uses it. Third
comes Cyrus’s level 48 Weavile (Dark/Ice-Type). Lastly, all you have to deal
with is Cyrus’s level 46 Crobat (Poison/Flying-Type; he was nice to his
Golbat?).

Take his 8640 Pokedollars like this sucka was a Gym leader, because he was just
as tough. When they leave, your friend and Professor Rowan come to give you
some words of encouragement. Luckily, you have the option of using your Pokemon
Center’s worth of healing supplies that I told you to buy. That, and you have
the option to save. Now I’m going to describe both Dialga and Palkia.

Dialga at level 47 is a Steel and Dragon-Type:
(+) Fighting and Ground-Type moves does twice as much damage to it.
(-) Normal, Ghost, Steel, Electric, Water, Bug, Psychic, Dark, Rock, and Flying
-Type moves do half as much damage. Grass-Type moves do one-quarter damage.
(x) Poison-Type moves do no damage to it whatsoever.

Palkia at level 47 is a Water and Dragon-Type:
(+) Dragon-Type moves do twice as much damage to it.
(-) Steel-Type moves do half as much, and Fire and Water-Type moves do only
one-quarter as much damage to it.

With this in mind, adjust your starting Pokemon accordingly. I suggest you
capture it. There is absolutely no reason for you not to. Not only that, but
don’t ever use a Master Ball on a rare Pokemon that’s stationary. Always use
things like Dusk Balls, Timer Balls, and Ultra Balls. What if you luckily came
across a non-stationary legendary that runs away when you first see it? Those
are times for Master Balls.

Anyway, make sure you save immediately after the Cyrus fight, and after you
heal your Pokemon. After I got it into its red health, with it pwning one of my
Pokemon in one move (either Pokemon has its own super move which causes it to
charge the next turn), I caught it with my _first_ Dusk Ball–see how awesome
these things are? I bet that you’d really feel stupid if you used your one
Master Ball on it. Now, of course the Dusk Ball won’t capture it in one try for
everyone–I was somewhat lucky. However, I promise you that capturing it
without a Master Ball isn’t that hard, even without dumb luck.

Your friend and Professor Rowan will take you away from where the fight with
either Dialga or Palkia was. However, don’t immediately leave. Instead, because
you really don’t want to come back up here a second time, run ALL the way back
up, past where the legendary stood, and pick up a special item. If you have the
Diamond version of the game, inside the Pokeball is an Adamant Orb, which
increases the Steel and Dragon-Type moves of Dialga. If you have the Pearl
version of the game, instead will be a Lustrous Orb, which increases the Water
and Dragon-Type moves of Palkia.

Unfortunately, after everything you can’t fly away, even if you’re on top of a
mountain. I used some of my Super Repels and rode my bike in the fourth gear
way down and out. However, the moment you go outside for the second time (where
it snows) is when you can fly away. Now where to fly? There are two places of
interest–Celestic Town and Pastoria/Veilstone City.

What is there to do at Celestic Town? If you head there and speak to Cynthia’s
grandmother in the big house at the top of the town, she’ll show you a picture
of the legendary that you didn’t have the opportunity to capture in your
version of the game. After you see that picture, that other legendary is put
into your Pokedex! That’s actually important in this game, since merely seeing
a Pokemon is enough for it to count as a significant entry in your Pokedex–
just like in the Pokemon anime.

I suggest you continue your game by going to Pastoria City, since there are
less wild encounters along the way as opposed to Veilstone, even though they
are geographically just as close to Route 222 to Sunyshore City. No matter
which way you come from, you end up at the Valor Lakefront.

=————————————=
=- e. Valor Lakefront and Route 222 -=
=————————————=

It seems that there’s so little to do now, with the entire plot of the game
completed seven and a half-ninths of the way through the game! At least you got
more dialogue in this game than in previous installations of the series.

By the way, if you took towards Valor Lakefront from Pastoria City, you could
have used Rock Climb to nab TM05 (Roar), for whatever that’s worth.

Once you actually reach the Valor Lakefront, there are many more opportunities
to make use of Rock Climb. If you use Rock Climb at the very southeast part of
this place, going down towards a cut-off house that technically lies in Route
213, a man inside will give you the Poketch app Coin Toss. In the trashcan in
that same room is a Max Revive. Further down from that house is a Protein. East
and north of that house is a Rare Candy. East and south, however, is nothing.

If you use Rock Climb behind the developer’s house and continue, going every
which way, you will eventually be able to collect TM85 (Dream Eater), on the
other side of the bushes of the house of the girl you helped out a long time
ago.

Notice that the guy blocking the road to Sunyshore City is gone. You almost
don’t have to fight a single person at Route 222, but I felt like celebrating
my imminent 8th Gym Badge retrieval early and fought everyone.

On the actual road first up is Rich Boy Trey, with his one level 43 Luxio. Way
past the grass on the left of the road, in the middle of three branches is a
hidden Full Restore. Next up on the actual road is Beauty Nicola, with her one
level 43 Lopunny. If you deviate north from the road before the dirt turns into
concrete, you will have the opportunity to cut past some bushes for a Carbos (a
Honey was to the south).

Next up is a Police Officer, who will fight only if it is at nighttime. After
him is another opportunity to have a Double Battle. I choose not because they
take too long. A level 43 Mantyke is all that Sailor Marc has. Next to him is
Tuber Conner, who only has a level 43 Remoraid. Last is the only mandatory
fight of Route 222, pitting you against Sailor Luther. He has a level 37 Feebas
first, and then sends out a level 40 Machoke. His Gastrodon (Water/Ground-Type)
at level 43 comes last.

On the beach is the Pikachu Fan Club and the house of someone who gives you
stuff for showing him certain big fish Pokemon. I only fought Tuber Holly’s
level 43 Remoraid, as she’s the only one who actually looks for a fight at the
beach. A hidden Honey is in a patch of grass past a breakable rock. Not only
that, but if you surf further from that patch of grass, you can find a hidden
Big Mushroom in some more grass.

Next up is Sunyshore City. You’ve almost collected your final badge. I’d be
excited if I were you.

=———————————=
=- f. Sunyshore City -=
=- EIGHTH GYM – Leader: Volkner -=
=———————————=

As soon as you exit the other side of the gate, Flint of the Elite Four will
run up to you and ask if you’d please fight this city’s Gym leader. Of course
you’ll help him out. Now this city is weird. I’m going to try to describe
locations instead of places, so bear with me.

If you want to leave this city going north and expect to get anywhere, as
Jasmine (Gym leader in Gold/Silver/Crystal versions) pointed out, you’ll need
all 8 badges, so don’t bother heading towards Victory Road for now.

New at the Pokemart is Steel Mail, the Luxury Ball (which captures like a
Pokeball, but acts like Gold/Silver/Crystal’s Friend Ball), and nothing else.

Northwest of the Pokemart is obviously the Seal market. It’s the only place in
the game where you can buy Seals for adding special effects to your Pokemon’s
Pokeball entrances during battles (just in case you hadn’t figured that out by
now). The man wearing glasses will sell different Seals every day, and his
selection’s rotation restarts every week.

At the very northeast part of the city, a girl named Julia might give you
Ribbons starting the day after you meet her if you tell her stories.

In the southeastern-most part of town is a Thunderstone inside a Pokeball, and
up the rocks to the right is a house inside of which is a man who gives you
different Poketch apps based on the different natures of the Pokemon you show
him.

He starts off wanting to see a Pokemon with a serious nature, and if you show
him a Pokemon with such a nature, he’ll give you the Calendar app. Next, show
him a Pokemon with a naive nature to receive the Dot Artist app. Lastly, show
him a Pokemon with a Quirky Nature to get the Roulette app.

Volkner isn’t at his Gym at the moment, so meet up with him at the lighthouse,
which is at the very southeastern-most part of the city. After he brags a
little to you, he’ll leave. Before you go, look through the binoculars for
something really cool–a view of the castle where the Elite Four and the
Champion reside!

Flint has been standing at the door of Volkner’s Gym, so talk with him now that
you’ve found Volkner and he’ll leave.

In the first neat room of his Gym, School Kid Tiera has one level 44 Pachirisu
to throw at you. In the second room, fight Guitarist Jerry’s one level 44
Luxio. In this second room, you obviously have no other choice than to hit the
blue button three times.

After you hit it for the third time, run around to the left and fight School
Kid Forrest and his one level 44 Mr. Mime. Following the match, hit the nearby
blue button, and then hit the green button. Now the path to the right has been
opened. Obviously the Pikachu is Poke Kid Meghan, wielding four level 41
Pikachus.

In the next room, you’ll probably have to beat Guitarist Lonnie. Beat his level
44 Raichu to continue. Press the red button on the right once, then immediately
walk south from it then left towards the other red button. South from the
second red button is Ace Trainer Destiny, who wields a level 44 Kadabra and
Raichu.

Walk up the ramp to the left of Destiny and fight Guitarist Preston, who starts
the battle with his level 42 Luxio. After that will come his level 42 Bibarel.
Hit the green button up there twice, and then run around (the electricity
doesn’t hurt you nor block your path) to hit the blue button. The last trainer
that stands between you and the last Gym leader is Ace Trainer Zachery, with
his level 44 Steelix and Medicham. Notice that you can run down from Zachery to
a new exit out of here. It took me two trips to beat all of the trainers here,
so I definitely needed to heal after the second trip. You heal and return too.

When you return to the third room, complete the same button-pressing sequence
in addition to playing around with the red button down to the right (typically
the first one you ever press), in order to get to the Gym leader.

Gym Leader Volkner’s Pokemon are:
(1) Raichu: Lv. 46
(2) Octillery: Lv. 47 (Water-Type)
(3) Luxray (w/ Sitrus Berry): Lv. 49
(4) Ambipom: Lv. 47 (Normal-Type)

Man, I don’t know what to tell you. I took all four down in one hit, and I only
used my level 44 Infernape (Using Close Combat against Ambipom), and my level
45 Torterra (Using Earthquake against Raichu and Luxray, and Razor Leaf against
Octillery). I noted the types of the Pokemon that weren’t obviously the
Electric-Type to help out anyone who had trouble figuring out what to send in
next. In fact, I had to be told by someone else that Volkner’s Luxray was
holding a Sitrus Berry. You should know your type weaknesses by now.

Take this guy’s 5880 Pokedollars. Also take his TM57 (Charge Beam) and Beacon
Badge, which allows you to use the Hidden Move Waterfall outside of battle, in
addition to allowing you to control any Pokemon at any level at all times.
Notice while you leave that your rival isn’t a certified trainer. Regardless,
you kept your promise to Flint, and you’re almost at the end. Up next is Route
223, which is also known as Victory Road.

Before you leave, know that you have only completed the first of the three
endurance tests in this game. The first endurance test was you up against Team
Galactic at Mt. Coronet. The second is Victory Road. Some may consider Victory
Road to be tougher than Mt. Coronet. No matter how you feel, you should take
Victory Road with the same amount of seriousness as Team Galactic, which is
impossible, so take it instead with the same amount of seriousness as Mt.
Coronet as a whole.

Having stocked up on supplies and having healed, talk to Jasmine on the beach
to receive HM07 (Waterfall), which replaced my Empoleon’s Aqua Jet perfectly
(Same PP, double damage, and there’s the added HM usage).

All there is left to do is to head to Route 223.

——————————————————————————-
9) Seeking the Championship
——————————————————————————-

=———————————=
=- a. Route 223 -=
=———————————=

As you surf past Jasmine, dodge the first two trainers as best you can.
Remember that your main priority is self-preservation. The first trainer that
you have to fight is Swimmer Oscar, who has a level 38 Mantyke, a level 40
Remoraid, and a level 42 Mantine. Don’t feel bad if the wild Pokemon and
Trainer’s Pokemon are at your level, because the path to the Elite Four is
shorter this time around, and you can always use Repels, if they even work.
After Oscar is a double battle; first pair is a level 37 Wingull and level 39
Marill. The second pair is a level 42 Quagsire and level 40 Wingull, followed
by a level 41 Pelipper and Golduck.

After you defeat Colton and Paige, swim left around the rock on the left to
avoid the girl swimming wildly, but not too far as to run into the male swimmer
even farther left and north. When you reach shallow waters, pick up the Pearl
at the top and swim around the shallow waters to avoid the sailor. Swim and
walk around the left, and carefully dodge the woman.

Reach the shallow water above as a safe haven. In order to dodge as much wild
Pokemon as possible, head towards the shallow water that is off to the right.
From there, surf north avoiding the swimmer. After that, all you do is surf up
the waterfall.

=——————————————=
=- b. Victory Road -=
=——————————————=

Of course take the opportunity to heal up at the Pokemon Center. If you look at
your map, it’ll look like you’ve gone a lot farther than it seems you have.
Note that you can also fly here. Victory Road will be one of the many places
that you’ll be using to train, in addition to Route 223. It only took one Max
Repel to reach Victory Road, and it’ll probably take another two to pass it.
You can now head into the cave.

Take the opportunity to train inside Victory Road. None of my Repels would even
work when I first came here, as almost all Pokemon were of a higher level than
me. Don’t be in a hurry to pass this place by until your Pokemon are all at
least level 50, or 55 if you want to immediately head to the Elite Four. I’m
serious too. Almost everyone who reaches the Elite Four in this game
immediately returns here to train once they’ve learned that they cannot defeat
the Elite Four. At the very least you should train until your Repels work…

Going down the rocks after the first bridge will only get you TM41 (Torrent)
and a fight with Psychic Bryce, and her level 43 Haunter, level 46 Gengar, and
level 46 Alakazam. After you pass the second bridge, if you head down the slope
and fight Bird Keeper Hana with level 46 Noctowl level 48 Staraptor, you can
get a Full Heal.

After you pass the third bridge, obviously head down the rocks and head left
until you reach a slope going north. You’ll run into an inevitable fight with
Ace Trainer Mariah, with her level 46 Golduck and level 48 Blissey, which might
be the first time you’ve seen this Pokemon. A hidden Max Elixir is hidden at
the end of that particular elevation of earth. Take the two slopes into the
room on the left.

In this place, alternate your bike’s two gears to clear the different ramps.
Immediately head left, and then work around towards a Max Ether. When you break
the rocks below the entrance and head south, don’t push the first boulder down.
Instead, fight the Ace Trainer Omar, who has a level 45 Rapidash, Carnivine
(probably the first time you’ve seen it), and level 48 Rampardos. Push the
second boulder down, break the rocks below it, and push the boulder back up. A
mandatory fight comes up with you against Ace Trainer Sydney’s level 46
Clefable (most likely the first time you’ve seen it) and level 48 Torterra.

Lastly in this place, know that the boulders won’t do anything different unless
you return from above, after which you will run into more puzzles and a chance
to fight a Double Battle (of a level 47 Staraptor and Whiscash) and collect
TM71 (Stone Edge) as well as a Full Restore. There’s an optional fight with
Veteran Clayton. He has a level 47 Staraptor and Hippowdon, the latter of which
I’m sure you haven’t seen before. Head down the slope above Veteran Clayton.

In the next room, make sure that you don’t accidentally jump off a ledge after
you rock climb down. You’ll have a fight with Black Belt Miles and his one
level 49 Machamp, which you might not have seen yet. See all the wonderful
opportunities to fill up your Pokedex? Obviously, you will need to head down
the next slope.

In the next room, pay attention to the gap in the rock while you swim, and at
the same time notice the inevitable fight with Psychic Valencia. She has a
level 44 Chingling and level 48 Chimecho, which you probably haven’t seen by
now. There’s an optional fight with Ace Trainer Henry running up and down with
his one level 49 Honchkrow in this room if you’re interested. Not only that,
but there’s one other optional fight with two Ace Trainers below Henry, but not
before you pass a hidden Pearl on the left. They have a level 47 Gyarados and
Medicham. Eventually past those two in that direction is a Rare Candy.

Head up the waterfall, picking up TM59 (Dragon Pulse) on the way up before
fighting Dragon Tamer Ondrej (Green hair), who has one level 49 Gabite (Dragon/
Ground-Type) on the way up towards the left. On your way out, there’s a hidden
Big Mushroom on one of the rocks.

In the next room, you can pass Veteran Edgar for now in order to get a Razor
Claw to the left, or get a Zinc past the big man guarding an opening in the
wall (who leaves after you get the National Pokedex) to the right. Once you
get both of these things, fight Edgar, and he’ll throw a level 45 Tentacruel,
Golem, and level 48 Empoleon at you. After that fight with Edger, rock climbing
to the left will eventually net you TM79 (Dark Pulse)in a small room. Rock
climb to the right to fight Dragon Tamer Clinton, who first has a level 46
Gible to fight you with. He sends out the same thing next, followed by a level
49 Gyarados. After Clinton comes the exit, and you’ll know the way after that.

=———————————=
=- c. The Pokemon League -=
=———————————=

When you get inside, heal first. Buy four Pokemon Center’s worth of supplies at
the shop, because you’ll be battling five people–the Elite Four and the
Champion, like in every single other conventional Pokemon game.

By the way, I had 144 Pokemon seen in my Pokedex before I went up against the
League. By the time I was done, I had seen 150, enabling me to pick up my
National Pokedex just as the main portion of my game ended. You too can
simultaneously finish the main game and immediately collect your National
Pokedex, which allows you to do all the fun stuff after the Elite Four.

Before you do fight Elite Four, you’ll have to battle your rival as soon as you
try to talk to the lady in front of the entrance.

Your rival first has a level 48 Staraptor. Secondly will come the fully evolved
starter that has the advantage over yours, at level 53. Third will be his level
50 Heracross (Bug-Type). Fourth will come his level 49 Floatzel. Fifth will
come his level 51 Snorlax (Normal-Type), which I bet you’ve probably never seen
by now. Lastly will be his level 49 Roserade. After you receive his chump
change and pouting, the Elite Four and Champion are all yours.

Just in case you’d like to know how I did it, I’ll list what I brought with me:

Pokemon Team: Items:
Alakazam w/ TwistedSpoon Lvl. 57 Potion x 11 Burn Heal x 20
Torterra w/ Shell Bell Lvl. 56 Super Potion x 20 Ice Heal x 20
Empoleon w/ Mystic Water Lvl. 57 Hyper Potion x 24 Full Heal x 30
Infernape w/ Charcoal Lvl. 57 Max Potion x 2 Full Restore x 3
Staraptor w/ Sharp Beak Lvl. 56 Awakening x 30 Max Elixir x 2
Dialga w/ Adamant Orb Lvl. 47 Antidote x 30 Revive x 20
Parlyz Heal x 30 Max Revive x 2

Now it can be argued that I came over-prepared as far as items go, however I
don’t think that fighting the Elite Four and the Champion with a team that’s
mostly below level 55 is wise no matter who you are. I also suggest that no
matter what you bring, you bring along just as many Hyper Potions and Revives.

I didn’t use Dialga at all, and I barely used the supplies I brought with me,
but there’s no way I want to risk losing money over saving anywhere within the
league itself. Also, my Torterra had about five other items that I gave it. I
gave it a Big Root if I wanted to focus on its Giga Drain attack in the
upcoming fight, or I gave it BlackGlasses if I wanted to focus using its Crunch
attack. In addition, Miracle Seed boosted its Grass-Type moves and Soft Sand
boosted its Ground-Type move Earthquake.

When you’re prepared yourself, talk to the lady who will check your badges.
When she moves to the side, save the game. Walk through the doorway.

As you walk up the elevator and past the door that locks behind you, notice
that you can’t surf through that locked door, unlike the earlier Japanese
versions. This is proof that the Elite Four door glitch cannot be exploited in
the NTSC (American English) versions period.

The Dustox and Beautifly go down like any other Dustox and Beautifly that
you’ve fought hundreds of times before. Only Ground-Type moves are super
effective against Drapion, which has many anti-grass moves. Heracross also
isn’t anything special.

Take his 6840 Pokedollars and compliments and head to the next person.

Don’t be fooled by her claims that she’s the Ground-Type Pokemon master, thus
causing you to put some Water-Type out in front. Grass-Type moves are the only
moves that are super effective against Quagsire. Whiscash, like Quagsire, is
only vulnerable to Grass-Type moves; however, Whiscash is also much quicker
than Quagsire, and much more powerful–it will give Bertha the chance to use a
Full Restore.

For a lover of the Ground-Type, Bertha sure is lacking in her own department.
You can send in anything typical for the Rock-Type Sudowoodo. Hippowdon is her
first Ground-Type, so Water, Grass, and Ice-Type moves each do twice as much
damage to it. Be warned that Hippowdon will automatically summon a Sandstorm.
If you have any Grass and Water-Type Pokemon, keep them for Golem, as it is
four times as susceptible to those Pokemons’ types of moves.

Take her 7080 Pokedollars and compliments and head to the next fight.

For a Fire-Type master, Flint also doesn’t do well in his own field, like
Bertha. Like the typical Fire-Type Pokemon, Water, Rock, and Ground-Type moves
do double damage to Rapidash. Because you probably have used your Water-Type of
your team to death, have a Flying or Psychic-Type to deal with Infernape.

While Steelix can still be fought with Fighting and Ground-Type moves, it has a
lot less Special Defense than Defense. Because of this, I suggest you use
either Fire or Water-Type moves against it. Because I was wearing down my
Empoleon, I brought out my Infernape.

Only Fighting-Type moves are twice as effective against Normal-Type Pokemon, so
Lopunny was one Pokemon I used Close Combat on. Drifblim was the only Pokemon
out of them all that intimidated me. Rock, Ghost, Electric, Ice, and Dark-Type
moves are super effective against it, and forget Poison, Grass, Normal,
Fighting, and Ground-Type moves. It’s Aftermath ability is deadly, and it can
waste Dark-Type moves when you really need them for later.

Take his 7320 Pokedollars, useless compliments, and leave.

Take advantage of the fact that Mr. Mime has low Physical Defense, so I did and
switched my Torterra’s Shell Bell with BlackGlasses, to make sure I didn’t use
up too much PP. However, it has high Speed, so allowing it to survive more than
one turn was out of the question.

What a pleasant surprise–Medicham. I really can’t say I know of a Pokemon that
I hate more than this one, and maybe Meditite before it. Only Flying and Ghost-
Type moves are good against it, unfortunately. At least only Fighting and Rock-
Type moves are the only ones that aren’t very effective, because you might need
all that you can muster to take this thing down fast. Be warned that Medicham
has an Ice Punch waiting for your Flying-Type.

Treat Alakazam exactly as you did Mr. Mime. The difference is that he’s faster
and more powerful, so you’ll really need some good luck to survive it. Note
that Alakazam has the move Focus Blast, which is a high-powered Fighting-Type
special (as in, not-physical) move. Focus Blast is something you might want for
your own Psychic-Type to deal with those Dark-Type Pokemon.

Unfortunately, only Bug and Dark-Type moves are super effective against
Girafarig, which is a bummer because this Pokemon actually has decent defense.
It’s actually a rather weak Pokemon, so the fact that not much is super
effective against it really isn’t all that bad.

Lastly, Bronzong is only twice as susceptible to Fire-Type moves–nothing else.
While Bronzong comes in two varieties, this particular one isn’t the one that
absorbs Fire. You shouldn’t have problems with this.

Take his 7560 Pokedollars and good tidings. You are about to face supposedly
the strongest trainer in your game. The Champion is the only one now in between
you and the end.

Make sure you arrange your team before you enter the Champion’s room!

Spiritomb has no weaknesses, but Poison-Type moves are ineffective, and it
can’t even be touched by Normal, Fighting, and Psychic-Type moves. If you have
an Empoleon, you should use it because all of Spiritomb’s attacks are weak
against Empoleon’s Water/Steel-Type.

Milotic has a weakness to Grass and Electric-Type moves. The only thing that
Gastrodon is weak against is Grass-Type moves. So far, nothing seems to be much
of a problem.

Garchomp may be the first Pokemon ever to give you a very, very serious
problem, unless you have Ice-Type moves. Ice-Type moves are 4x, and Dragon-Type
moves are 2x as effective. Poison, Rock, Fire, and Electric-Type moves are no
good to use. Don’t send out anything that is of the Steel-Type, as it can use
the move Earthquake. Take advantage of the delay of Garchomp’s Giga Impact, and
using a Flying-Pokemon so its Earthquake and Brick Break won’t be as effective
is a good strategy too.

After Garchomp, Roserade and Lucario is pretty much the fight. Neither of the
last two are that powerful, and you probably know their weaknesses.

The 13200 Poke is nothing compared to the fact that you are now the champion.

Your team will be entered into the Hall of Fame after that, and Professor Rowan
will join you and Cynthia. Who could have asked for a more awesome Hall of Fame
debut and Credits? Congratulations!

After the credits, the game will end and next time you start up your game, you
will be in the bedroom of your house. Check your Trainer Card to see a new star
added to it!

When you walk down the stairs, your mother will relay a message to you from
your rival, who says that the ship at the dock of Snowpoint City is now
available to you, and that’s true. Only Champions are allowed to that big
island that you’ve been gawking at, wondering what’s there. You can go there at
any time you want now, but I’ll be talking about those locations later.

Thank you for using my guide. I hope I was able to help you in whatever it was
that you might have had trouble with. I plan to continue to update this guide
with all the stuff you can do after you beat the League at later times, but
for now, enjoy your victory.

===============================================================================
{OPTIONAL AREAS}
——————————————————————————-
1) The Underground
——————————————————————————-

The underground is actually a surprisngly fun thing to do with your friends. If
you haven’t learned the basics of the basics, you need to find the Underground
Man at Eterna City first. If you don’t know what to do with him, you can search
for “e. Eterna City”, and look for him in that section.

You can make a secret base anywhere you like, and visit your friend’s secret
bases as well. I’m going to run your through the possibly confusing parts of
the basics. The main activity is digging up spheres, which is the game’s name
for the minerals that you dig from walls. These spheres is the main currency
used underground. They come in different sizes, and there are 20 merchants
scattered underground who will barter with you. Spheres are acquired by digging
in walls that are near the moving yellow sparkles on the map. Tap the screen to
find them. Press A on the wall to begin a mining minigame, or on the ground to
disarm a trap.

In the mining minigame, your objective is to uncover the many different items
beneath different layers of rock. You have a Hammer and Pick-Axe at your
disposal and a certain number of swings before the whole wall comes tumbling
down, ending your game. You can get normal items in addition to spheres.

When you press X underground, a whole different menu comes up. You can set
traps to annoy your buddies when they’re trying to capture your flag. Eight of
the twenty merchants down there will give you spheres in exchange for spheres,
and you can give them spheres in exchange for traps. Eight of the twenty
merchants will trade spheres and Secret Base Goods with you. The last four of
the twenty simply will buy treasures from you for spheres.

If you don’t have the right-sized Sphere, but have multiple-smaller spheres of
the same type, you can bury them in the same place and get one combined sphere
of increased size. However, the sizes don’t stack exactly. For example, a Red
Sphere 07 and Red Sphere 16 will yield only a Red Sphere 18. Because of this,
it is advised that you only stack when you have to, and stack the smallest
things as possible onto the bigger things. You’ll find that you’ll eventually
run out of room, so stacking will eventually be inevitable.

You’ll occassionally dig up some Treasure, which basically is an item that has
a use outside of the Underground. Either you can sell them to those four
particular merchants, or you can select them in the menu and send them straight
into your Item bag. If you dig up a Fossil, you can take it to the scientist
behind the counter at the Oreburgh Mining Museum and have him turn it into a
level 20 Pokemon for you (walk right back in after you leave and he’ll already
be done with the procedure).

Capturing other people’s flags of their bases is what actually does some good
for you, in a way. When you capture your first flag, yours is upgraded to a
Bronze Flag, which gives you the ability to place a dozen items underground, as
well as the opportunity to remove one boulder.

After you have registered three flags, your flag becomes a Silver Flag. With
this, you can now put away up to five big boulders (four more than you use to
be able to), and decorate your room with 15 decorations.

After you have collected ten flags, your flag becomes a Gold Flag. After you
get this, you can put away ten big boulders (five more possible than before).
While you can’t put any more items in your room, you can now use a Radar
function on your PC, which can help you search for your own spheres, traps, and
treasure.

50 is the magic number. With a Platinum Base flag, you can remove the remaining
six boulders in your base, in addition to your Trainer’s Card being upgraded
with a star–the only practical Trainer upgrade before beating the Elite Four,
unless you’re an avid Super Contestant kind of person.

If you feel that it takes too much time to get the spheres to get goods for
your base, you can always buy some up above like at the fourth floor of the
Veilstone Department Store.

That’s the Underground covered for you. To speed up the tedious process of
running to your friend’s base and then back to yours 50 times, I suggest you
two put your bases close together.

——————————————————————————-
2) Pal Park
——————————————————————————-

The National Pokedex opens up a world of things to do after you’ve beaten the
Elite Four. One of those things is Pal Park.

Pal Park is located at the very end of Routes 219-221, which are south of
Sandgem Town. Along the routes you will encounter Pokemon in their mid-30s, as
well as minor trainers who are willing to block your path. If you hug the east
and northern walls towards Pal Park, you will only have to battle one
collector. By the way, TM81 (X-Scissor) is just below the entrance to it.

While Pal Park can be reached before you acquire the National Pokedex, it’s
worthless to you until then. I’ll continue the explanation as if you have that
Pokedex upgrade.

When you first arrive at Pal Pak, Professor Oak will stop you, though he’ll
only be there if he gave you the National Pokedex earlier. He gives you the
Trainer Counter Poketch app. When he leaves, he says that he will stay at
Eterna City.

In this place there are two people of interest. There’s a girl to the left who
will give you the Kitchen Timer Poketch application (#21) if you show her a
Snorlax. After you show her the Snorlax, she’ll give you the Color Changer
application (#22) if you show her a Kecleon.

The man standing in between the counters will ask you to participate in the
hunts if you have the National Pokedex. After this, a new option will appear in
the Startup screen if you have a conventional Pokemon game in the GBA slot when
you turn on your game.

A “Migrate from (Insert Game Name Here)” option will appear when you start up
your game. You will always have to transfer 6 Pokemon that are inside boxes
every time you transfer, though you can only do the process once a day from any
GBA Pokemon game. The transfer is always permanent, so it only goes GBA -> DS;
not the other way around. The transferred Pokemon retain absolutely every_
single_detail that they had in the previous game. In addition, all HM moves
must be deleted from the Pokemon that are transferred, even if it’s an HM that
Diamond or Pearl retained. I suggest you find that game’s Move Deleter in order
to make the transfer work.

Once you’ve transferred Pokemon, you may hunt them in the Pal Park to find them
again. You’re equipped with just enough Park Balls (which act like Master
Balls) to recapture all your Pokemon. Remember what I said about every_single_
detail being retained from the previous games? I didn’t lie. Not only will you
find the same Pokemon in the Park, but the Original Trainer Name and
Identification Number, as well as what ball caught them (even though you’re
“recapturing” them with Park Balls) is kept intact.

The Pokemon you transferred will be in an area in the small Park that they’re
normally found in. Your fish Pokemon will be in the lake to the southeast, for
example. After you find all your Pokemon again, the round (which has no time
limit) will end.

In order to collect all 493 Pokemon in the world, you need to transfer from the
GBA games (especially the previous starter and legendary Pokemon). The Pal Park
will help you do that. Also note that you do not have to have the National
Pokedex in the GBA game to make the transfer–you’re not trading; instead,
you’re extracting Pokemon from those games.

——————————————————————————-
3) Fuego Ironworks
——————————————————————————-

This place is well hidden, and can be accessed as soon as you can surf. To
begin to find this place, head to Floaroma Town and head east to Route 205. As
soon as you get to the first bridge over water, surf west completely downstream
(you can tell it’s downstream by the current, not the direction) until you can
go no further; if you surf to the east from the bridge as far as you can go,
you can pick up TM24 (Thunderbolt).

When you reach the Fuego Ironworks, you can travel south into the northern part
of Floaroma Town for a Miracle Seed; make sure you don’t accidentally drop down
over the ledge, causing you to go all the way back.

Around the right side of the building is a hidden Max Potion. There is an
interesting and retro (as far as Pokemon games are concerned) “puzzle” inside
the building. However, it’s more fun to figure out how to do it all yourself
than for me to explain it to you–besides, you don’t need to beat this place to
go further in your game.

There are only three battles and three free items on the ground. Burn Heal,
Fire Stone, and Rock Incense can all be found. However, if you want to reach
the man in the middle of the room (don’t be tricked by trying to enter from
above; enter from below), you’ll be forced to fight Worker Conrad’s one level
33 Rapidash.

The big prize of this place is not what Mr. Fuego gives you, another Fire
Stone, but what’s next to his furnace–TM35 (Flamethrower)! This is the perfect
move to teach your Infernape, over its Flame Wheel.

After you get the free TM35 (you can always buy more for 10,000 Coins at the
Veilstone Game Corner), there’s nothing else to do here. You might as well
leave this place.

——————————————————————————-
4) Iron Island: Getting Riolu
——————————————————————————-

Another optional area that serves little purpose, Iron Island, can be accessed
from Canalave City. Before you go to Iron Island, drop off one of your Pokemon
at the Pokemon Center, making sure you have no more than five in your Party.
Yes, the most important reason to come here is for the Riolu Egg, which will
eventually turn into Lucario!

So head to Canalave City, and ask the sailor on the left side of the water to
take you to Iron Island.

When you arrive, pick up a hidden Max Ether on a small rock above the stairs.
No one is at the house for now, so head straight into the opening in the rock.

In the room that the slope on the left takes you is an Iron Ball inside a
Pokeball and one trainer.

South, soon into the room from the right slope of the entrance, is an Escape
Rope. A Super Repel is all the way around towards the right. A trainer,
Picnicker Summer, has a level 31 Staravia and Cherrim, and is difficult to
dodge on your way down.

In the room down from the slope on the right, there are two trainers walking
around, a Max Ether, TM23 (Iron Tail), and a hidden Iron. The room down from
the slope to the left after the elevator is where you need to go.

Down there, a trainer named Riley will accompany you, because the wild Pokemon
are apparently “restless”. Dodge the first two hikers, as Double Battles take
too long. On the other side of them is an Ultra Ball. An Iron Plate, for the
Arceus you don’t have, is hidden on the very bottom-right part of the room. The
first mandatory Double Battle down here is with the two Ace Trainers (they have
Green Hair). First up is a level 31 Ponyta and level 33 Pelipper; a level 34
Floatzel and level 33 Sudowoodo come next. Lastly is one level 31 Haunter.

Like the Eterna Forest, your team will be healed after each battle. The second,
and only other mandatory battle down here is with leftover Team Galactic
Grunts. The first pair of enemy Pokemon is a level 31 Zubat and level 32
Glameow; a level 32 Stunky replaces the Glameow, and another similar Zubat
replaces the Zubat. A level 32 Croagunk replaces the Stunky, and a level 34
Golbat follows the second Zubat.

After that fight you get the Riolu Egg! It takes 6,400 steps to hatch it, so
make sure you reset your Step Counter (#4) and save at 6,000 steps before it
hatches so you get exactly what you want. Riolu doesn’t evolve into Lucario at
a specific level. Rather, it evolves when it levels up during the daytime,
providing that it is happy with you.

Leave by the elevator below, which will eventually take you outside, but not
before you go by a Shiny Stone inside a Pokeball.

That leaves not much else to do here. In the empty house will be Byron if you
beat the Elite Four. He’ll talk to you about his sons, and then give you a
Metal Coat, which can be used to evolve Onix into Steelix or Scyther into
Scizor. He’ll leave after that.

——————————————————————————-
5) The Three Lakes: Verity, Acuity, and Valor
——————————————————————————-

=—————————————-=
=- a. Verity Lakefront: Getting Mesprit -=
=—————————————-=

Like the three legendary birds of the Red, Blue, and Yellow versions, the three
legendary dogs of the Gold, Silver, and Crystal versions, and the three
legendary (rocks?) of the Ruby, Sapphire, and Emerald versions, this game has
its legendary trio.

I’m not sure what to call this Pokemon, as it doesn’t look like it’s based off
of any real life animal, but it’s up for the grabs. This Pokemon takes almost
no time to capture, and can be captured after your game’s exclusive legendary
has been captured.

For this particular Pokemon, fly to Twinleaf Town and head west to Verity Lake.
Surf into the middle of the lake and press the A button on this Pokemon. It
will teleport away, as that’s the reason I didn’t tell you to save.

After it leaves, Professor Rowan will ask you to use the Marking Map (#13)
application of your Poketch to search for it. If you move about aimlessly by
foot or by bicycle, Mesprit will show up on that map (you can’t use your
Pokedex, unlike how you might have done so for the legendary dogs), so go to
where it is.

Now this Pokemon will move away from you a lot of the time. Whatever you do, do
not fly at all. What you should do is try to plant yourself in between the edge
of any location and right next to an area with wild Pokemon in it.

Walk back and forth in between those two areas and this legendary Pokemon will
run to a new area each time you cross boundaries. Continue to change location
by walking back and forth until it appears near you in an area of wild Pokemon.
This Pokemon will most likely be the one you will see first when you go into
the grass. If you don’t see it that often, then use a Repel to keep the weaker
Pokemon at bay.

When you do find it in the wild, it’ll be at level 50, and it’s a Psychic-Type.
I suggest you use a Pokemon with an ability that keeps it from fleeing, or use
a move that does the same. However, I used a Master Ball because it is one of
two legendaries that moves about in this game, with Cresselia (I’ll talk about
her in the next section) being the only other.

Mesprit, if you don’t have a way of keeping it still, will retain all damage
and status conditions afflicted upon it from all previous encounters. Unless
you defeat it, removing it from your game, you can continue to find it again
and again. However, you won’t have a chance of capturing it unless you use a
move like “Mean Look”. You cannot count on putting it to sleep to keep it from
fleeing, but putting it to sleep does increase the likelihood of capture.

There are two others like Mesprit, except they don’t run all over the place.

=————————————-=
=- b. Acuity Lakefront: Getting Uxie -=
=————————————-=

Uxie is not as difficult to obtain as Mesprit, as it stays put and doesn’t run
away when you encounter it. Fly to Snowpoint City and travel west towards
Acuity Lake.

When you arrive at the lake, and remember that this one also doesn’t show
without your game’s exclusive legendary being already taken care of, surf
towards the middle island.

Once you reach the island, you can go ahead and walk in. Save before you press
A on this creature, as it’s at level 50, of the Psychic-Type, and there’s only
one of these. You should know that Fighting and Psychic-Type moves are the only
moves that are not very effective against it, as you want to make sure that you
don’t kill it.

Because it is inside a Cave, use the Dusk Ball, even if it isn’t at nighttime.
This Pokemon is rather difficult to capture, so don’t lose hope because your
first twenty Dusk Balls failed. Remember that there’s an option to use “Item
used last”, to speed things up.

Don’t you dare waste more than 20 Dusk Balls on it. That’s 20,000 Pokedollars
down the drain. Remember that there’s always the possibility of a first-throw
capture. If it’s not caught within the first 20 Dusk Balls, turn off your game
even if it’s caught by number 21–the Pokemon itself is not worth more than the
money you spend on the Pokeballs to capture it with.

If you think you’re special, and no one spent more time on it than you, think
again. I, myself, had to restart after having to use 20 Dark Balls the first
time, and the second time it took 8 Dusk Balls. And I’m sure that there are
even worse stories out there, of even worse luck, so don’t complain to me or
anyone on any message board about it.

=————————————-=
=- c. Valor Lakefront: Getting Azelf -=
=————————————-=

A lot has happened at Valor Lake since you took care of business at Mt.
Coronet. Now this lake has filled back up and is healthy again. In addition to
giving you the opportunity to capture another rare Pokemon, TM25 (Thunder) can
be found in some grass to the southeast part of the lake area.

In the same way you caught the other two, this legendary also resides in the
very center cave in the middle of the lake. Also like last time, make sure you
save before you capture this level 50 Psychic-Type.

Like its brethren, Azelf is also annoying to capture. Again, don’t use more
than 20 Dusk Balls trying to catch it.

With the capture of Azelf makes the last of the trio for you to deal with.
Unless you are dying for a Psychic-Type Pokemon, none of these Pokemon are that
special or useful. However, it is nice to put your name (as in Original Trainer
ID) on a legendary, to call your own.

——————————————————————————-
6) Fullmoon Island: Getting Cresselia
——————————————————————————-

After you get the National Pokedex, a side quest becomes available to you. The
sailor’s son in Canalave City is sick. Go to the house that is the closest to
the sailor and his boat. Inside will be that sailor’s son in bed with his
mother beside him.

When you press A when near the boy, his mother will comment on his health, in
addition saying that the boy has been muttering “Dar… Dark…is
watching…me…” Obviously Darkrai, the Nightmare Pokemon, is giving this boy
a hard time. Exit the house and talk to the sailor.

He tells you that he needs a Lunar Wing from Fullmoon Island in order to awaken
him. If you accept his request, he’ll take you to that place.

Fullmoon Island isn’t that special. Not only that, it’s small and the only
purpose it serves has to do with this side quest and filling up your Pokedex
with one legendary. Walk the only way you can go, into the woods, when you get
there.

Don’t be afraid to immediately press A when near Cresselia. It’ll merely leave,
just like Mesprit, leaving behind a Lunar Wing in the Pokeball. When you return
to the sailor, he’ll take you back to Canalave City soon after.

Walk inside his house and approach the kid in bed. The kid will awaken and the
father will come and leave. You get no reward…except that now Cresselia is
off somewhere in the wild. Like Mesprit, go after it, using your Marking Map
Poketch application (#13) in order to check its location.

Use the same, extremely effective strategy I gave you when you went after
Mesprit:

Do not fly at all. What you should do is try to plant yourself in between the
edge of any location and right next to an area with wild Pokemon in it.

Cresselia, like the legendary trio, is at level 50 and is of the Psychic-Type.
You’ll also want to be able to keep it from escaping somehow, as, like Mesprit,
it’ll flee the first chance it gets.

Remember that Cresselia, if you don’t have a way of keeping it still, will
retain all damage and status conditions afflicted upon it from all previous
encounters. Unless you defeat it, removing it from your game, you can continue
to find it again, put it to sleep to prevent it from fleeing, and continue to
use Dusk Balls or other non-Master Balls on it until it is captured.

However, you should use your Master Ball on either Cresselia or Mesprit, so one
of them shouldn’t be a problem to you.

——————————————————————————-
7) Route 209: Getting Spiritomb
——————————————————————————-

This sidequest gives you the opportunity to capture yourself a Spiritomb. If
you look at Route 209, you’ll notice that it arcs once. At the absolute very
bottom-right part of the bend, there is a broken tower, which looks like a
hollow rock structure.

At first you can’t do anything with it–not without an “Odd Keystone”. To get
one, you will have to either go to Hearthome City and head west into Route 208,
or head to Twinleaf Town.

As soon as you enter Route 208, below the Berry Master’s house will be a Karate
Guy hiding down near some trees to the right of some tall grass. He will give
you an Odd Keystone. At Twinleaf Town there is another one, hidden near the
middle of the left side of the pond as you surf on it.

Go back to Route 209 and place that Odd Keystone on the broken tower, which you
find out is called the “Hallowed Tower”, by what is written on it.

Now here comes the tedious part. You have to go underground, and when you do
so, you need to have “met” thirty-two people.

Look at your Trainer Card while Underground. You’ll notice many different
statistics. One of those statistics is “No. of people met”. That number needs
to be 32.

However, it’s difficult to understand what this means. Basically, you have to
go into someone else’s base while they’re in it and while their base is open.
You have to talk with this person, though you don’t have to select any of the
options given to you such as “Give Gift”, “Greet”, or “Question”.

However, you don’t have to meet 32 _different_ people. In fact, you can run in
and out of your same buddy’s base 32 times and speak to him or her 32 times in
a row. If you get your buddy to stand one space away from his or her base’s
entrance, it can actually be a fast process.

After you have met 32 people, return to the Hallowed Tower.

Save your game before you press A on the Tower, for a level 25 Spiritomb will
now attack you. Every time you capture another Spiritomb, it also will be at
level 25. Spiritomb is of the Ghost/Dark-Type, which means that it has no
weaknesses. It also has a 50% chance of being male or female, and Spiritomb
eggs will hatch in 7,680 steps. I caught it with one Quick Ball at the
beginning of the fight.

After your first fight, the Tower will “crumble” again, even though it has
never changed how it looked once. In order to have the opportunity to capture
another Spiritomb, you need to find another Odd Keystone. Additional Odd
Keystones can be dug up in the Underground. However, you unfortunately _will_
be forced to see an additional 32 people, but not 32 additional people since
you put in the odd keystone , in case you had seen more than 32 since you got
your first Spiritomb. In other words, no matter what, 64 is all you need for
the second Spiritomb to appear, and no matter what, 96 is what you need for the
third, etc.

——————————————————————————-
8) Old Chateau: Getting Rotom
——————————————————————————-

In Eterna Forest, there is an old building towards the back, accessible only by
cutting down some bushes. Gardenia may be standing near its entrance, and will
briefly talk about it before leaving.

The only wild Pokemon inside the building are low-level Gastly. In the room
straight ahead on the first floor is an Antidote in a trashcan to the back-
left. On the second floor, the first room on the left has an Old Gateau (which
acts like a Full Heal).

Also on the second floor, past the door at the very north is a hallway. In the
room accessed from the very left door of the hallway is a Dread Plate for the
Arceus you don’t have. TM90 (Substitute) is in the room on the opposite side of
that hallway, to the very right.

There is a room, second door from the very left in the hallway, with a
television in it. If you press A on the television at night and select the
option to “Thump” it, the legendary Pokemon Rotom will attack you at level 15.
This makes it the lowest-level legendary Pokemon ever. You need the National
Pokedex, however, for this to happen.

Rotom is of the Electric/Ghost-Type, so Ghost and Dark-Type moves are twice as
effective against it. Also, know that Flying, Poison, Bug, Steel, and Electric-
Type moves’ power is halved when used against Rotom. Normal, Fighting, and
Ground-Type moves are completely ineffective against it.

Be very careful with it, since it’s at a low level. I caught it with full
health, merely paralyzed, with my third Dusk Ball. After you catch it, you
might as well leave.

——————————————————————————-
9) Battle Zone: Getting Heatran
——————————————————————————-

=———————————=
=- a. Fight Area -=
=———————————=

After you beat the Elite Four, an entire new region opens up to you, called
Battle Zone. To access Battle Zone, head over to Snowpoint City, where at the
far south of the place is a sailor who will take you there.

As soon as you arrive, your rival will give you his updated plans of improving
himself. Someone named Buck will show up while your rival is talking. He’ll
challenge your rival’s claims of becoming the best, and also bets that he’ll
reach the treasure at the Volcano (Stark Mountain) towards the north of the
Battle Zone before anyone else. Your rival obviously doesn’t give a flip,
because he says that right now he’ll be heading to the Battle Tower.

Buck will then actually introduce himself as Buck as your rival leaves. Buck
himself will then leave, and that leaves you to do whatever you want for now.

At the Battle Zone, there’s quite a bit of new places to explore. For now, I’ll
be explaining about all there is to see in the general area.

In this town, called Fight Area, are people who might block your path almost as
soon as you have reached the place if you don’t have the National Pokedex. You
won’t be able to go any further for now if you don’t have at least that. For
details on the National Pokedex, use Ctrl + F to search for “2) National
Pokedex” in order to quickly go to that section of this guide.

Anyway, at the very northwestern part of the Fight Area is a fisherman who will
give you the Super Rod. In the Pokemart in the Fight Area is an older woman who
will give you the Scope Lens, which boosts the holder’s critical-hit ratio.

In front of the entrance within the Fight Area to the Battle Park will be your
rival on weekends, every Saturday and Sunday, ready to fight you with his
strengthened team. He’ll have level 60s, so be prepared.

=———————————=
=- b. Battle Park -=
=———————————=

You access the Battle Park by an entrance from the Fight Area. Once you go
inside the building that leads towards Battle Park, five receptionists will
stop you and give you a Point Card. Everything that you might need to know
about the Battle Park and everything within it can be explained by the first
three receptionists.

Once inside the Battle Park, there’s a Razor Fang at the bottom-left corner of
the Park. As soon as you walk in between the two entrances of the Exchange
Service Corner on either side of the road, “Tower Tycoon” Palmer, who looks
like your rival’s older brother, will run into you just like him. After he
greets you, your rival will run into you just like Palmer. Both leave without
saying much.

Inside the Exchange Service Corner, the left counter will give you items for
your Battle Points and the right counter will give you TMs for your Points.

There are many prizes to be won at the Battle Tower, but if you manage to beat
100 matches in a row, you’ll earn a star for your Trainer Card. Every so often,
like the 21st and 49th consecutive battles, you will face Tower Tycoon Palmer,
who has, by far, the strongest Pokemon you’ll face inside the tower.

Lastly, for the Multi-Battles, you may use any person you have teamed up with
in the game before as a partner. That includes Cheryl from Eterna Forest, Mira
from Wayward Cave, Riley from Iron Island, Marley from Victory Road, and Buck
from Stark Mountain. All of these five people will use _much_ stronger Pokemon
to help you out in your Multi-Battles than what they originally used. That
about covers what you need to know about the Battle Park and Battle Tower.

=————————————-=
=- c. Routes 230-229 and Resort Area -=
=————————————-=

While you can immediately head north to Route 225 towards the Survival Area and
towards Stark Mountain, know that Heatran is level 70, so let’s procrastinate
as long as possible before you head _way_ up into Stark Mountain. From the
Fight Area, head east to Route 230. Remember that if your path is blocked, it’s
because you don’t have the National Pokedex.

Before you head into the water, know that there are some Kelpsy and Grepa
Berries north from the water. Go ahead and fight everyone you can, as you will
need as much power as possible to handle Heatran. However, I still used repels.
The first couple of trainers can turn into a Double Battle if you want it to be
one. Because such battles take too long in my opinion, I didn’t make it so. You
can just talk to them separately if you want to fight them that way.

Swimmer Sophia will start off with a level 50 Mantyke, then finish with a level
52 Mantine. Swimmer Sam has a level 51 Chinchou (Water/Electric-Type), and its
evolved form, a level 51 Lanturn. Remember that Electric attacks won’t harm
either of Sam’s Pokemon–I forgot…

The trainer who swims in circles, Swimmer Glenn, has a level 51 Seel (Water-
Type) and Starmie (Water/Psychic-Type). In the small island north of Glenn is a
hidden Carbos to the north, behind a breakable rock and a visible Rare Candy in
a Pokeball to the east. Also in the small island are quite a number of new
Pokemon to the Sinnoh region.

Past the small island are quite a number of trainers. To the top of the water
route is Swimmer Mallory, who has a level 50 Seel (Water-Type) and level 54
Dewgong (Water/Ice-Type). Only Fighting, Grass, Electric, and Rock-Type moves
are super effective against the Dewgong. Towards the middle of the water route
is Swimmer Joanna, wielding a level 50 Luvdisc (Water-Type) and level 54 Lapras
(Water/Ice-Type). Past Joanna is Swimmer Kurt, who only has one level 53
Crawdaunt (Water/Dark-Type).

While you do technically cross over into Route 229, you don’t have to do a
thing there because the path to the Resort Area to the south completely
bypasses it. However, at Route 229 are battles to be fought, items to be
collected (Protein/Big Mushroom/Nugget/Full Restore/Reaper Cloth), and new
Pokemon to be found. Spend as much time there as you wish before and after you
visit the Resort Area. Route 228 is to the northwest from Route 229 by land.

Once you get to the Resort Area, you can do a couple of things. To the very
southeast part of town is a visible Nugget inside a Pokeball. Other than that,
there are berries to pick and then there’s the Ribbon Syndicate.

When you enter the Ribbon Syndicate, you’ll need at least one Pokemon on your
team that has 10 Ribbons or more if you plan not to be kicked out. Once you
show them a Pokemon that has at least 10 Ribbons, making you a full-fledged
member, you can deposit that Pokemon and bring anything you like from now on.

At the front counter are three Ribbons up for sale. You first have the option
of paying for a Gorgeous Ribbon for 10,000 Pokedollars. The Royal Ribbon will
then be sold for 100,000 Pokedollars. Lastly, a Gorgeous Royal Ribbon will be
sold for a stupid 999,999–the maximum amount of dough that you can hold. If
you ever purchase the last one, the Ribbons sold will recycle back to the
Gorgeous Ribbon. The biggest perk of being a member is a free daily spa
treatment, on the second floor, for one of your Pokemon. The amount of
happiness that your Pokemon grows by from a spa treatment is far greater than
if it was given a massage by the girl at Veilstone City.

That’s about all there is to do around here. Now that you’ve become more
familiar with the Battle Zone and now that you’ve procrastinated a little
longer, you might as well fly back to the Fight Area and head north to Route
225.

=———————————-=
=- d. Route 225 and Survival Area -=
=———————————-=

Now I could listen to this song almost all day. If you rock climb immediately
to the left, you’ll find a visible HP Up in a Pokeball. Immediately north is a
weird trainer set-up. So you don’t have to get yourself in a needless Double
Battle, press A separately to the trainer on the bottom-left and upper-right.
Bird Keeper Audrey to the bottom-left has a level 52 Farfetch’d and level 54
Swellow. Psychic Daisy to the upper-right has a level 51 Slowpoke (Water/
Psychic-Type) and level 55 Slobro. PkMn Trainer Ashlee to the upper-left has a
level 50 Zigzagoon and level 56 Skarmory. To the right of this immediate area
is a Rare Candy behind shrubbery.

Now this area is over-the-top. It’d be difficult for me to explain exactly how
you need to pass this place, because the trail is all over the place. Luckily
for you, it’s a short route distance-wise, and there’s only one direction to
go. Just know to run away from Raticate (Normal-Type), as their Super Fang move
halves your Pokemon’s HP, or just use repels. The basic direction is to climb
high and cross bridges to curve south towards the left, where you’ll eventually
reach a house, but not before a couple of optional trainer fights and a Revive.

Inside the house is a construction worker who will give you some Fresh Water.
To the left of the house behind some shrubbery is something called Lax Incense.
If you give that item to a female Snorlax when you breed, instead of a baby
Snorlax hatching from the egg, a baby Munchlax will. After the house the route
will become more direct, so that will allow me to walk you through the rest of
the route.

Up the slope next to the house is a pond. If you surf across the pond to the
left, you will reach a visible Dubious Disc inside a Pokeball. That item will
evolve your Porygon2 into a Porygon-Z. If you walk down the grass path on the
right side, you won’t have to fight Ace Trainer Quinn’s level 53 Pinsir and
Mightyena. Past him the path is pretty straightforward until you reach ground
level, as in, you’re no longer on a rocky elevation. To the left of the slope
that took you to ground level is Ace Trainer Deanna with her level 53 Flaaffy
and Tropius (Grass/Flying-Type). To the left are some berries, most notably the
Tamato berry, behind some shrubbery.

Heading to the right, opposite of Ace Trainer Deanna, will do you no good, as
you might have soon figured out if you had traveled north a bit, above the
visible dead-end. Rock climbing the wall on your way out nets you a battle with
Dragon Tamer Geoffrey. He has a level 53 Dratini and level 55 Dragonair–both
pure Dragon-Type. Your reward is the Dawn Stone behind him. After all this is
the Survival Area.

At the Survival Area, a karate man in the house at the very bottom of the town
will give you TM42 (Facade). Why was there only that one thing to do here? You
need to know that the only reason there’s a town called Survival Area is so
that you have a resting place before you go into the biggest wild area of the
entire game. Stark Mountain is up ahead, so bring many healing supplies as you
head east to Route 226.

=—————————————-=
=- e. Routes 226-227 and Stark Mountain -=
=—————————————-=

For such a big area, I’m thankful that the song for Route 225 carried over. If
you take a look at your map, you’ll see Route 228 at the far right. You don’t
need to go there, and because of that I won’t walk you through it. You can if
you want to, however, access that place from Routes 226 or 229, but it’s
optional anyway. Obviously there are battles, TM37 (Sandstorm) and other items,
and Pokemon like any other place. Know, however, that there is a constant
Sandstorm in that area. The Move Tutor is also there, who teaches all four
generations of fully-evolved starter Pokemon 150 Att/90 Acc, 5 PP moves.

Back to route 226, if you rock climb to the immediate north, you can travel
west back into the Survival Area to a house. Left of the house is a hidden Max
Revive. Inside the house is a hiker with nothing to give. By the way, use Max
Repels. You only have one healing stop at Route 227. If you rock climb back
down, then to the south rock climb back up, you can fight Ace Trainer Graham’s
one level 56 Skarmory. Below him two platforms is a visible Carbos. Above him
are some berries.

Continue through the ups and downs until you shortly get to an optional, though
dividable Double Battle, but not before you collect a visible Lagging Tail
inside a Pokeball along the way. Bird Keeper Geneva has a level 53 Golbat and
level 57 Xatu. Dragon Tamer Stanley has a level 56 Seadra and Gyarados.
Fighting them only nets you TM53 (Energy Ball). Down from them is the ocean to
the right. Inside the grass that you can only access by rock climbing, right
before you reach the ocean, is a hidden TinyMushroom.

Once you hit the ocean, you have the option of fighting Swimmer Lydia’s three
Pokemon. She has a level 52 Bibarel, Azumarill, and Sealeo. Immediately south
of Lydia is a water path that takes you to a hidden Big Pearl on some beach. As
you soon reach land with a house on it, don’t miss the Pokedex upgrade from the
hiker inside the house. After your Pokedex gains the capability of reading
Pokedex entries of different languages (basically, now a certain 14 foreign
Pokemon’s Pokedex entries can be read in other languages), the hiker will
afterwards give you the option to trade him a Finneon for a German Magikarp.

The list of the Pokemon that are affected by this:
Ekans/Pikachu/Psyduck/Ponyta/Staryu/Magikarp/Wobbuffet/Heracross/Sneasel/
Teddiursa/Houndour/Wingull/Slakoth/Roselia

Surfing the water path south of the rocky barrier to the right only takes you
to one fight with Swimmer Wade. He has two level 51 Carvanhas, and one level 54
Sharpedo. Surfing north from the house will have you come across a small inlet
of land with a hidden PP Up. Now surf the water path above the rocky barrier to
the right to reach land again. Soon you will have the option of heading right
to the completely optional Route 228, or to head north to Route 227 and
eventually to Stark Mountain.

Once you hit Route 227, you’ll immediately notice that volcanic pumice and rock
are falling–while that won’t ever stop from here on, it won’t affect your
battles. The first ramp requires the top gear, fourth, of your bike to cross
over. Because you’ll be healing soon, I didn’t pass Ace Trainer Saul’s one
level 55 Tauros. PkMn Ranger Felicia’s level 57 Lickitung and Vigoroth are also
optional opponents. Jump down one, but not two ledges, and then move towards
the left to eventually come upon your rival and Gym Leader Crasher Wake of
Pastoria City talking. After they talk with you and leave, make sure you heal
inside the house before you continue up the ramp.

After you heal up and walk up the ramp, ride your bike like a madman across the
barely 1 foot-wide log. As soon as you get to the other side, Buck will talk
with you some more. If you want, you can hop down the ledge to your left and
collect a Zinc after you ride your bike back across the other log. After this
you have to fight Ace Trainer Mikayla, who wields a level 56 Meowth, Persian,
and Hypno. If you rock climb to the land down below, you can pick up a visible
Charcoal to the right. After the detour, heal again and head back to where Buck
was.

From where Buck stood, cross the grass to the only place you can go, and jump
down two ledges. Fight Black Belt Griffin, who has a level 57 Cacturne (Grass/
Dark-Type) and Machamp. As you head up into the actual Stark Mountain, rock
climbing to the left nets you a visible Life Orb, a hidden Protein which makes
you backtrack, and a possible fight with Dragon Tamer Darien’s one level 60
Gyarados.

There is a visible Ether inside of a Pokeball in the upper-right corner of the
grass field you pass while heading left to inside the mountain.

Once inside, push the boulder first to the right, then _down_ the slope until
it can go no further. To the left from down there is an Escape Rope, while
towards the right is an old puzzle. Push two of the boulders on either side of
the one in the middle right once, then push the middle boulder either up or
down from the other side to get by. When you get to the split, take the
southern one first for an invaluable PP Up. Then travel back the other way up a
ramp to the next elevation.

Push the boulder left to pass, then move around towards the left to pick up a
Burn Heal. Break the next rock to reach the next level, but only push the next
boulder far enough for you to get to the next slope, so you don’t close off the
Full Restore on the other side of the second slope back down on the same level.
On your way through the dark opening, your rival will complain about having
gotten owned by Buck. Walk through the dark opening.

In the next room, Buck will talk about literally “owning” your rival, and will
then team up with you. There are three points of interest inside this gigantic
cave that I’ll explain how to get to.

If you’re interested in a Flame Plate for the Arceus you don’t have, walk left
from the fork in the path, then down the slope above, then up the slope to the
left. Then walk forward to reach a slope going down to the left to find the
hidden item at the wall. Down from and to the north of the plate is a Technical
Machine, as you should see a visible Pokeball.

If you’re interested in TM50 (Overheat), walk left from the fork in the path at
the beginning, the down the slope above. From there, walk north completely,
then move left, pushing a boulder out of your way, to get to a fight with Ace
Trainers Stefan and Jasmin, who wield a level 57 Larvitar, level 59 Drapion
(Poison/Dark-Type), and level 57 Magcargo. Past them is the TM.

In order to pass all unnecessary crap and just get past the great room, first
start off going right from the fork. Travel north immediately (but not going
down the slope) by simply breaking the rock on the higher elevation, then
continue going up until you reach a slope going down to the left. From there,
travel north for a short distance, then immediately travel west, breaking a
rock along the way. Afterwards, travel up the slope going south to run into the
only mandatory fight in the whole cave, pitting you against Dragon Tamer Drake
and Black Belt Jarrett.

First up is a level 57 Vibrava (Ground/Dragon-Type) and level 59 Machamp. A
level 57 Seadra replaces the Vibrava, and a level 57 Dragonair replaces the
Seadra. From that fight, move around left, then north, then east, then down the
slope. At the bottom of the slope, push the boulder across to the right and out
of your way so you can go up the second slope. Once you go up the slope, Buck
will leave you. Walk into the dark opening and Buck will leave after you talk
to him.

From wherever you are, use an Escape Rope. Once you are outside of the cave,
fly to the Survival Area. Walk into the house to the left of the Pokemon Center
to find Buck again. Buck was apparently given a lecture by the older man, as he
says that he’ll put the Magma Stone back where he found it. Now in order to get
the opportunity to fight Heatran, you will have to run all the way back up the
mountain the same way as last time. The next time you reach that room where
Buck originally got the Magma Stone, Heatran will instead be there, waiting
for you.

Heatran won’t attack first, so get up to his face and save. Note that you’re
inside a cave, so no matter what time of the day it is, you’ll always get the
4x capture rate out of your Dusk Balls.

Heatran, when you fight it, will be at level 70. It is of the Fire and Steel-
Type, and it has a 50% chance of being either male or female. However, even if
you manage to get a male and female Heatran, they will not mate inside the Day
Care Center in order to perhaps produce another one.

Ground-Type moves are 4x as effective against it and Fighting and Water-Type
moves are twice as effective against it. Normal, Flying, Ghost, Psychic,
Dragon, and Dark-Type moves are half as effective against it, and Bug, Steel,
Grass, and Ice-Type moves only do one-quarter as much damage to it. Heatran is
immune to Poison-Type moves.

It has the moves Lava Plume (80 Spec. Att/100 Acc, a Fire-Type move that may
induce Burn), Scary Face (which harshly lowers your Speed), Fire Spin (15 Spec.
Att/70 Acc, a Fire-Type move that traps your Pokemon for 2-5 turns), and Iron
Head (80 Phy. Att/100 Acc, a Steel-Type move that may cause your Pokemon to
flinch).

Know that it took me three restarts, using 30 Dusk Balls the first two times,
and then catching Heatran with my 19th, or should I say 79th, Dusk Ball. After
that, use another Escape Rope and leave forever if you’d like–you’re done.
Congratulations on capturing Heatran!

——————————————————————————-
10) Spring Path: Getting Giratina
——————————————————————————-

If you have beaten the Elite Four and gotten the National Pokedex, another rare
Pokemon becomes available for your taking, called Giratina. Once you have met
the two requirements, you’ll notice on your map a new area, called the Spring
Path. The Guide Map calls it “The fourth lake of Sinnoh that was kept secret.”
However, you won’t see a lake within the spot on your map. Obviously you’ll
need to access it from Route 214, so go there.

When you arrive at Route 214, preferably from Veilstone City, travel halfway
through it until you see a new opening in the forest to your right. Travel
through the path, continuing into the new area, called “Sendoff Spring”.

I suggest you use repels for the grassy field. Obviously climb the rocky wall.
Move around the other side of this donut of a structure and climb down into the
center of it. Walk into the Turnback Cave. I strongly suggest you get a Pokemon
that knows Defog–not because you’re worried about seeing well, but because you
don’t want to miss your attacks when you fight Giratina.

As you enter, you’ll notice a pillar in front of you that says, “…Past three
pillars…to the sleeping…before 30 is surpassed…” What that means is that
you have 30 tries to get this puzzle right before the puzzle resets. Don’t
worry–with a little help, you can easily do it in one try.

On the upper level of the room you’ll find four doorways. What you’re going to
find frustrating is that where it takes you is not always the same place. When
you enter a door, you’ll wind up in one of three places–a room with a lot of
rocks all around inside of it, the entrance from the other side, or a room with
a pillar in the center. Walk into the doorways until you find a room with
breakable rocks all around.

What you’re looking for is irregularities in the rock formations. Usually, in
the symmetrical rock formations, is a rock out of place near one of the doors.
The door you need to talk into is the one _opposite_ the odd one out–that
means you need to find the asymmetrical formation, then choose the correct
formation on the other side to advance. There are a couple of formations that
don’t follow this pattern, like this:
\ or ^ or / or or \ \ or / /
\ v /

I honestly have no clue how these work. I do know that I successfully advanced
by walking up for the third formation. I also went down for the second
formation, which turned out to be successful. If you’re having problems, like
the rest of the world and myself, here’s a good rule of thumb: When in doubt,
don’t go back the way you came from.

Anyway, as you continue this process, you’ll eventually come upon a pillar.
When you read the inscription on one of these pillars, there’ll be two numbers.
The top number shows how many different pillars that you’ve come across (you’re
gunning for three, like the hint at the entrance said), and the bottom number
shows how many times you’ve failed. Remember that you want less than 30. Any
higher than 30, and the top number will reset along with the bottom one,
forcing you to find three different pillars all over again.

When you come across a pillar and the top number says “3”, it won’t matter what
doorway you take, as you will walk straight into Giratina’s chamber. My bottom
number was 12, just in case you were curious. Walk up to Giratina’s face and
save. Press A to begin your fight with this monster.

Giratina is at level 70 and is of the Ghost/Dragon-Type. The four moves of it
are Slash (70 Phy. Att/100 Acc, Normal-Type move with a high critical-hit
ratio), Earth Power (90 Spec. Att/100 Acc, Ground-Type move that may lower
Spec. Def), Heal Block [100 Acc, preventing you from healing for 5 turns (you
can still use healing items, however)], and finally, Shadow Force (120 Phy.
Att/100 Acc, Ghost-Type move where Giratina disappears the first turn and
attacks the next).

From this, you may or may not have figured out that a Normal/Flying-Type
Pokemon like Staraptor is immune to three out of Giratina’s four attacks.
Unfortunately, you won’t be able to use a Dusk Ball (which I hope is the only
thing you’re using) on this legendary while it has disappeared.

It took me 18 Dusk Balls to catch this beast. Congratulations on capturing it!
When you’re done, the inscription behind the thing reads, “This is…That where
life sparkles…That where life has faded…A place where two worlds
overlap…” You don’t have to use an Escape Rope, because any doorway will take
you to the entrance of Turnback Cave. Notice that the inscription on the wall
in the entrance has changed. Now it reads “…Past three pillars…offer up
…to the…before 30 is surpassed…”

Interesting…whatever. Leave this place forever–I know you want to.

——————————————————————————-
11) Snowpoint Temple: Getting Regigigas
——————————————————————————-

There is one last rare Pokemon you can get without the need of a special
Nintendo event-acquirable item (it’s something else this time), and that is
obviously Regigigas. This Pokemon is at Snowpoint City, in the temple there, so
go there.

Now you’re going to be stopped by a woman at the entrance. If you’ve beaten the
game and gotten the National Pokedex, instead of being turned away, you’ll be
asked to leave…but not before Candice of that city’s Gym will walk up and
give you permission. Apparently Cynthia thinks you’re good enough–you are, so
don’t worry about it. However, Regigigas, when you do find it, won’t fight you
unless you have its subjects, the three Regis, from Pokemon Ruby/Sapphire/
Emerald–that’s the something else–you need them.

Doesn’t that suck? Well…I don’t know what to tell you other than don’t bother
continuing unless you have those three with you.

…have ’em? Good. Obviously in the first room go down one floor. In the next
floor down you can go ahead and pick up the Calcium on the way down to the next
floor below. In the next room, you can break the rocks if you don’t want to
waste steps for your repels.

In the room where it actually takes skill to pass, start at the very left side.
Slide down into the steel rock on the left side of the ice, in the middle of
it. From there, slide right. After that, slide up into the rock on the right
side of the staircase, and then slide left back into another steel rock.
Following, slide down onto the only space without ice, then slide right into a
steel rock, south into the back wall, west into the left side, north into the
steel rock from the bottom side, right all the way to the other side of the
room, then north to where you need to go.

In the next room, you’ll need to push the boulder from below then right over
the icy pad in order to make a stopping point. This gives you access to the
NeverMeltIce inside the visible Pokeball.

Up next is the last room, which is obvious from the immediately visible
Regigigas. There is a steel rock surrounded by icy tiles close to the entrance.
As you stand on the normal ground above the iciness, position yourself one
space to the west of that steel rock. From there, run south, sliding past that
steel rock on the right into a non-icy space in the puzzle below. Slide south
into the rock, then east into a steel rock, then north onto another non-icy
space, then west into a steel rock, south into yet another steel rock, and then
finally east right into a steel rock right in front of the monster.

Don’t worry about it automatically attacking you, so walk right up to it and
save directly in front of it. This massive Pokemon is at level 70 and is of the
Normal-type.

It’s moves are Confuse Ray (guess what it does), Superpower (120 Phy. Att/100
Acc, Fighting-Type move), Stomp (65 Phy. Att/100 Acc, Normal-Type move that may
cause flinching), and Zen Headbutt (80 Phy. att/90 Acc, Psychic-Type move that
may cause flinching). It’s ability “Slow Start” halves its Attack and Speed for
the first 5 turns of battle.

While I didn’t have the easiest time whittling down its HP, I caught it with my
first Dusk Ball (that’s using only one, ever) while it was in critical health
and paralyzed. Congratulations for capturing this Pokemon when you do. Use an
Escape Rope to get out of there when you want to.

===============================================================================
{EXTRA STUFF}
——————————————————————————-
1) Poketch Applications
——————————————————————————-

The Poketch is an extremely useful device. It can do many, many things to help
you on your adventure. In this section, I will list each application of the
Poketch and how to obtain it.

On your Poketch, if you rapidly press the red button, the applications will
stop immediately appearing and a number will appear in the upper-right hand
corner of the device, showing you which number that app is assigned. I am going
by that number when I list the applications numerically.

Poketch Application Where to Obtain and How

#1 Digital Clock This application comes with the device when you
first receive it from the Poketch Co. President.

#2 Calculator This application comes with the device when you
first receive it from the Poketch Co. President.

#3 Memo Pad You receive this application from the Poketch Co.
President after you’ve obtained 1 Gym Badge.

#4 Step Counter This application comes with the device when you
first receive it from the Poketch Co. President.

#5 Your Party This application comes with the device when you
first receive it from the Poketch Co. President.

#6 Happiness Checker A woman in the Eterna City Pokemon Center will
give this application to you.

#7 Dowsing Machine Your friend will give this application to you as
soon as you enter Route 207.

#8 Berry Searcher A girl in the Berry Master’s house on Route 208
will give this application to you if you answer
yes to her question.

#9 Day Care Checker If you leave a Pokemon at the Day Care Center in
Solaceon Town, a man inside the center will give
you this application.

#10 Pokemon History The first man you see when entering Solaceon Town
from the south will give this to you.

#11 Counter A woman on the second floor of the Veilstone
Department Store will give you this application.

#12 Analog Watch You’ll be given this by a man in the bottom-left
house of Celestic Town.

#13 Marking Map You receive this application from the Poketch Co.
President after you’ve obtained 3 Gym Badges.

#14 Link Searcher You receive this application from the Poketch Co.
President after you’ve obtained 5 Gym Badges.

#15 Coin Toss If you reach a house accessible only by rock
climbing from the Valor Lakefront into Route
213, a man inside the house will give you this.

#16 Move Tester You receive this application from the Poketch Co.
President after you’ve obtained 7 Gym Badges.

#17 Calendar Show the scientist in Sunyshore City a Pokemon
with a Serious Nature to be given this.

#18 Dot Artist Show the scientist in Sunyshore City a Pokemon
with a Naive Nature to be given this.

#19 Roulette Show the scientist in Sunyshore City a Pokemon
with a Quirky Nature to be given this.

#20 Trainer Counter Professor Oak will give you this at the Pal Park
after you’ve obtained the National Pokedex.

#21 Kitchen Timer Show a certain girl at Pal Park a Snorlax for it.

#22 Color Changer Show a certain girl at Pal Park a Kecleon for it.

#23 Matchup Checker You may only obtain this application as a part of
a Nintendo promotional event.

#24 Stopwatch You may only obtain this application as a part of
a Nintendo promotional event.

#25 Alarm Clock You may only obtain this application as a part of
a Nintendo promotional event.

It is unfortunate that three of the applications cannot be obtained by any
other way than by cheating or waiting for some Nintendo promotional event, but
until then you have 22 useful applications to help you in your adventure.

If you have any trouble understanding how to work any of these applications, go
to the third floor of the Poketch Company building in Jubilife City. When
there, look at the four different laptops in the room to check explanations for
the different applications.

——————————————————————————-
2) National Pokedex
——————————————————————————-

In your game, there are initially 150 Pokemon that can be seen. In all Pokemon
games, the local professor would ask you, the new trainer, to help him collect
data on all the Pokemon of that region. In this game Professor Rowan asks the
same thing, except in this game you only have to see the 150 Pokemon–not
capture them.

All Pokemon can be seen and many can be caught before the game is beaten at the
League. However, after the game has been beaten, there isn’t a whole lot more
that can be done until you have gotten the National Pokedex.

As you may know it, there are 493 Pokemon in total. However, your Sinnoh
Pokedex only shows data on 150 of them, even if you have a Pokemon that isn’t
of that 150. The National Pokedex, which is an upgrade that shows all Pokemon
entries, can be acquired by seeing the 150 in the Sinnoh Pokedex.

After all that has been done, you can go to Professor Rowan’s lab. When you
show Professor Rowan your Pokedex, he’ll congratulate you just as Professor Oak
from Kanto suddenly walks in. Oak will then proceed to upgrade your Pokedex.

Now, so much becomes available with the National Pokedex. For example, Pal Park
and Fullmoon Island.

After Professor Oak leaves, Rowan will give you the Poke Radar, which is used
to detect new kinds of Pokemon in normal places.

After you get the National Pokedex, your friend will be standing outside of
Professor Rowan’s lab and will give you many helpful suggestions, such as
pointing you out to Bebe, the person who manages the Pokemon boxes (who will
give you an Eevee now that you have the National Pokedex!). Bebe is in the
house east of the Pokemon Center at Hearthome City, by the way.

——————————————————————————-
3) Mystery Gift
——————————————————————————-

You might have known the Mystery Gift option in previous Pokemon games as
Mystery Event. Mystery Gift has been somewhat of a widely known secret for a
while now. Basically, when the Mystery Gift option is acquired in a Pokemon
game, you are enabled to acquire free gifts from a certain source, such as a
console Pokemon game.

In all games, the method acquiring the option of “Mystery Gift” has stayed the
same. There is always a certain person somewhere in the game who, after you do
something else in the game (like beat a Gym), will ask you to give him some
input about whatever. The same method works for this game.

In order to get the Mystery Gift option, you must first go to Jubilife City and
walk into the TV Station. Walk up two flights of stairs to the third floor. On
the lower half of the room is a man speaking to a woman.

When you talk to him, he’ll ask for some input about a couple things. For the
first pair of words, using ABC mode to quicken things up, put “EVERYONE HAPPY”.
Answer “WI-FI CONNECTION” for his second question.

After you’ve done this, save your game. When you start up your game, Mystery
Gift will be a permanent addition. If you have a GBA Pokemon game inserted and
you can Migrate Pokemon, the main menu will scroll to show the Migrate option
in between Mystery Gift and Nintendo WFC Settings.

Like the previous Pokemon games, Mystery Gift is only useful if Nintendo takes
initiative and creates a use for it, such as receiving goodies for your Pokemon
Gold/Silver/Crystal from Pokemon Stadium 2, or having the ability to scan E-
Reader cards and receive goodies from Pokemon Colosseum for your Pokemon Ruby/
Sapphire/Emerald games.

===============================================================================
[4] FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS
===============================================================================

Have a question not addressed in the guide?

Here, I have provided answers to the some of the better questions that I’ve
been asked, as well as to many others that I’ve been most frequently
questioned.

QUESTION: I’m going after the 8th Badge and I came upon a painting in Mt.
Coronet instead of the dark opening you said would be there.
ANSWER: This happens when you haven’t previously beaten Team Galactic’s
Headquarters at Veilstone City. Use Ctrl + F and paste “b. Veilstone City” in
a search to quickly go to that section of my guide.

QUESTION: I can’t complete my Sinnoh Pokedex because I can’t see Dialga/Palkia.
ANSWER: In order to see the other version’s exclusive legendary for your Sinnoh
Pokedex, you’ll need to visit Cynthia’s grandmother in Celestic Town. She is
in the biggest building at the top of the Town and she’ll show you a picture
of what you need to see after you’ve dealt with your version’s exclusive
legendary in the game.

QUESTION: People are blocking my path at the Battle Zone. When will they leave?
ANSWER: The people who block you from advancing almost as soon as you reach the
Battle Zone only leave once you’ve gotten the National Pokedex. For further
details, use Ctrl + F and paste “2) National Pokedex” in a search to quickly
go to that section of my guide.

QUESTION: How did you obtain all three starter Pokemon like that?
ANSWER: It’s very simple. I chose one starter, went to Sandgem and traded it to
another person’s game, and then restarted my own game. I repeated this process
one time, and after having started a third game, received the first two
starters that I traded away. While this seemingly makes the game easier, it’s
actually just as hard (at least for the first half of the game) because you
have to deal with two major Pokemon on your team that won’t listen to you most
of the time for a long while.

===============================================================================
[5] CONTACT INFORMATION
===============================================================================

At this point you probably don’t want to contact me asking questions about
this game, because since my Nintendo DS Lite has been mysteriously smashed, I
no longer can play the game myself. This means that I can no longer stay
familiar with the game, and thus, be able to answer any questions you might
have. Sorry about this. The best thing you can do if you’re still confused over
something is go to the Pokemon Diamond or Pearl General Message Boards at
GameFAQs to ask your question(s) there, or consult other guides at GameFAQs.

If you still want to contact me knowing that, you can do so by e-mail.
However, please make sure that you’ve read the section of my guide that your
question(s) is(/are) concerned with. Furthermore, please read the Frequently
Asked Questions section of the guide to see if your question(s) has(/have) been
asked before as well.

You can contact me, L255J, by e-mail. If you would like to e-mail me, I’m
samuelshaw5@bellsouth.net

===============================================================================
[6] CREDITS
===============================================================================

You: For reading this.
Joe Maomma: for editing some typos.

===============================================================================
[7] REVISION HISTORY
===============================================================================

Current Version: Final
Current Version Date: 8/2/11

===============================================================================
[8] WHAT TO EXPECT IN FUTURE UPDATES
===============================================================================
I AM NOT SURE.

Leave a Comment » | Uncategorized | Permalink
Posted by Walkthrough Loader

Pokemon

August 1, 2011

I’m starting to like Pokemon. I will add some walkthroughs later (I did one on Ruby and Sapphire.) Hope this is useful to you guys.

Leave a Comment » | Uncategorized | Permalink
Posted by Walkthrough Loader

Luigi’s Mansion Map

August 1, 2011

Thanks for Teentjs for providing/using permission to post this up.

Leave a Comment » | Uncategorized | Permalink
Posted by Walkthrough Loader

Luigi’s Mansion Walkthrough

August 1, 2011

Luigi’s Mansion: FAQ/Walkthrough by me frog
Version 1.0, Last Updated 2005-01-02 View/Download Original File
Hosted by GameFAQs
Return to Luigi’s Mansion (GC) FAQs & Guides

Liked this FAQ? Click here to recommend this item to other users.

_____ ___ __ ___
/ / / \ / \ / |
| | | \ | \ / /
| / _____ ____ \___/ ______ \___/ | / _____
/ | / / | | _____ / \____ ____ |__| __/ \
| | | | | | / / / / | | / \
| | | | / / | | | ___ | / | | ___ |
| / _ | | | | | \ | | \ | / | | /__/___/
| |______/ | | | | \ \ \ \ \ | | | / | \
| | | /_/ \ \ | \ \_/ | | / \____ \
\ _| | | | / \ \ | | ___/ |
\__________/ \_______/____| /____/ \_____/ | |____| / _/
/\_____/ / |_______/
__ __ /_ /
| | / \ \_______/ ___
/ | | | ___ __ / \
| | / | _______ \ \/ \ _______ \__/ _____ ____ ____
| \ | | _/ / | \ / __ \ \ | / ___ \ \ / \
/ \ / /| | / ___ \ | /\ || \__\__\ | | / / \ \ \ __ |
| |\ || | | /__/ | \ | \ \ \_____ \ | | | \___/ | | / \ |
| | \ / | | \ | | | | | ___\ | | | \ / | | | |
|__| \_/ |__| \___/|__/ /__/ /__/ |_____/ /__/ \_____/ |__| |__|

===================——————–====================——————-
| ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ |
| |%%%%% Table of Contents %%%%%| |
| ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ |
——————-====================——————–===================

+——————————————————————————+
|Ch.#| Name of Chapter/Sub-Section|Search | Description |%%%|
+——————————————————————————+
|(01)| VERSION HISTORY | VER. | I’ll describe the updates here |100|
+——————————————————————————+
|(02)| INTRODUCTION | INTR | My introduction to LM |100|
+——————————————————————————+
|(03)| CONTROLS |CONTROL| The basic controls for LM |100|
+——————————————————————————+
|(04)| WALKTHROUGH |WALKTHR| The full walkthrough for LM |100|
| 4a | Area One | Area1 | Area One guide |100|
| 4b | Area Two | Area2 | Area Two guide |100|
| 4c | Area Three | Area3 | Area Three guide |100|
| 4d | Area Four | Area4 | Area Four guide |100|
+——————————————————————————+
|(05)| THE HIDDEN MANSION |HIDEMAN| Differences in the Hidden Man. |100|
+——————————————————————————+
|(06)| BOSSES | BOSS | The four bosses of the game |100|
| 6a | Chauncey |Chaunc.| The guide for beating Chauncey |100|
| 6b | Bogmire |Bogmir.| The guide for beating Bogmire |100|
| 6c | Boolossus |Boolos.| The guide for beating Boolossus|100|
| 6d | King Boo |KingBoo| The guide for beating King Boo |100|
+——————————————————————————+
|(07)| EVERYTHING MONEY RELEATED | MONEY | The guide towards Spirits, etc.|100|
| 7a | Speedy Spirits | Speedy| The Speedy Spirits of the game |100|
| 7b | Golden Mice | Golden| The Golden Mice of the game |100|
| 7c | Plants | Plants| The Plants of the game |100|
| 7d | Rankings |Ranking| The Rankings of the game |100|
+——————————————————————————+
|(08)| ENEMIES | Enemy | The many enemies of LM |100|
+——————————————————————————+
|(09)| GALLERY GHOSTS |Gallery| The gallery ghosts of LM |100|
+——————————————————————————+
|(10)| BREAKDOWN OF THE ROOMS |Breakdo| The maps and breakdown of rooms|100|
| 10a| Basement |Basemen| The basmenet areas |100|
| 10b| Floor One | 1FMAP| The first floor areas |100|
| 10c| Floor Two | 2FMAP| The second floor areas |100|
| 10d| Floor Three | 3FMAP| The third floor areas |100|
| 10e| Rooftop |ROOFMAP| The Roof areas |100|
+——————————————————————————+
|(11)| BOOS | Boos | A summary of the Boos in LM |100|
| 11a| Area One | Area1B| The Boos of Area One |100|
| 11b| Area Two | Area2B| The Boos of Area Two |100|
| 11c| Area Three | Area3B| The Boos of Area Three |100|
| 11d| Area Four | Area4B| The Boos of Area Four |100|
+——————————————————————————+
|(12)| LEGAL INFORMATION | LEGAL | My legal information |100|
+——————————————————————————+
|(13)| CONTACT |CONTAC | Contact rules/how to contact me|100|
+——————————————————————————+
|(14)| CREDITS/CLOSING | CRCO | The wrap up to this FAQ |
+——————————————————————————+

===================——————–====================——————-
| ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ |
| |%%%%% Introduction %%%%%| INTR |
| ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ |
——————-====================——————–===================

Introductions. My god, I HATE introductions. Not because they’re boring to write,
but I’m not really any good at them. I haven’t been good at introductions for any
type of writing… essays, playwrights, books, and FAQ work is no exception.

For a while, I was a very, very active FAQ writer on GameFAQs. I slowly climbed up
the ranks since August 2003, and in August of 2004 I sorta calmed down for a bit.
Why? School, money, personal issues, social life.

I’ve decided to get back into FAQing, after three and a half months of not doing
FAQs. Like I expected, FAQ writing is still fun for me, although I won’t be as
active as I was before. Maybe a FAQ once every month or so. Before, every day was a
FAQ work day, and it got a little insane and sad to tell you the truth. I had no
time for more important things.

Anyway, I’m quite proud of this FAQ and how it turned out. I don’t think I’ll be
making any changes for a while, maybe never, since I think it’s fine the way it is.

===================——————–====================——————-
| ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ |
| |%%%%% Version History %%%%%| CH02 |
| ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ |
——————-====================——————–===================

+———–+—————+————————————————–
|Version .1 | Dec. 4, 2004 | After a three and a half month break from FAQing,
+———–+—————| my motivation has been refilled so I’ve decided to
| start on guides agian. Instead of starting with
| some gigantic project, I’ve decided to do a small,
| realitively easy game (also the game that my first
| crappy FAQ got posted). And if you haven’t figured
| out the game I’ve decided to do, it’s Luigi’s
| Mansion. At the moment, I’ve gotten Areas One and
| Two done, nothing else.
+————————————————–

===================——————–====================——————-
| ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ |
| |%%%%% Controls %%%%%| CONTROL |
| ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ |
——————-====================——————–===================

~Control Stick: Use this to move Luigi around. Since this is a 3-D game, he can
move in a three-hundred and sixty degree circle.

~C-Stick: Use this to move the vacuum around. Luigi must use both the control stick
and C-Stick in cooperation with each other in order to capture ghosts.

~A button: Not that big of an importance in this game. Luigi can use the A button
open doors. Also, when you’re not in front of a door, you can shake an
object to check for treasure/Boos or call out for Mario. There are many
different calls for Mario, and the call depends on how much health Luigi
has.

~B button: The B button is Luigi’s flashlight. Hold B to turn it off. You can turn
off your flashlight to get close to ghosts without them disappearing.

~L button: The L button triggers your element. If you have an element sucked into
your vacuum, hold L and you’ll spit it out. Push L in all the way to
shoot a fire/water/ice ball out.

~R button: The R button is your vacuum. Hold it and Luigi will start sucking in.
Along with the control/C-stick, this is the most used button in the
game.

~X button: The X button is your “search” option. Press it and you’ll go into a
first-person view looking through your Game Boy Horror. If you search
gallery ghosts, you can find weaknesses and you can also reveal Golden
Mice and hidden areas.

~Y button: Bring up the map by pressing the Y button. Rooms you haven’t been to are
in grey, while rooms you have been to are in white. If you have a key, a
key icon will hover above the door that the key goes in. The map will
always come up automatically after you get a key.

~Z button: The Z button shows all your items. This will show you your treasure,
elements, lost items, and gallery ghosts. If you select a gallery ghost,
you can find out a little information about each one.

-Standard Control-

This is the more realistic control, but I never use it since it’s frustrating. The
Standard control will make Luigi turn in the direction that the control stick is
pointing. This is irritating if you want to stay focused on one point, but just
move left or right. I do NOT recommend this option if you’re a beginner. You can
choose the control you’d like at the beginning of the game, or at the pause screen.

-Sidestep Control-

This is the easier, more helpful control. Sidestep does just what its name
suggests: Luigi will sidestep left or right if you move left or right while keeping
his flashlight fixed in a certain direction. If you want to move Luigi around, use
the C-Stick.

===================——————–====================——————-
| ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ |
| |%%%%% Walkthrough %%%%%| WALKTHR |
| ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ |
——————-====================——————–===================

+====——————————————————————–====+
| Area One Area1 |
+====——————————————————————–====+

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-Foyer-
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

After the introduction, Luigi will find himself in the Foyer. There’s nothing
downstairs and if you try to open the door you’ll be blasted back and lose five hit
points. Go up either set of stairs to find two more doors, one on your left and one
in front of you. The one on your left is locked, as is the one in front of you. But
if you try to open the one in front, you’ll hear a strange noise downstairs. Head
back down to see a spirit hovering with a key. It’ll drop the key and disappear up
into the Parlor, which is the door you just tried to open. Pick up the KEY
(PARLOR). It just so happens to be the key to the door we just tried to go through,
so head back upstairs and try to open the door again.

This time, you’ll be able to go through.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-Parlor-
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

The moment you enter, you’ll see a cinema scene of Luigi sneaking around the house.
All of a sudden, the ghost that appeared before will show up. Just as it’s about to
grab Luigi, something will try to grab it. You’ll see a little old man trying to
suck it up with a vacuum. After the ghost and the man run around, the connection
between the man and the ghost will break and the ghost will disappear. The man will
introduce himself as Professor E. Gadd (E. Gadd. Cute) and will talk for a little
before three more ghosts appear. Luigi and E. Gadd will run back to the Ghost
Research Laboratory.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-Ghost Research Laboratory-
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

This is the only room outside the mansion, and it’s where Gadd does his ghost
studies. Luigi will explain that he and his mother won the mansion in a contest
they didn’t enter and Gadd will say that the mansion didn’t appear until a few days
ago. Gadd will explain that Luigi can’t rescue his brother without any help so Gadd
will teach Luigi how to deal with ghosts. You now can choose between Standard or
Sidestep control. Choose which one that fits you best (I STRONGLY recommend
Sidestep but it’s your choice).

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-Training Room-
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

Gadd will quickly explain how to control your flashlight and Poltergust 3000 but
that’s not enough; the control scheme is pretty damn complicated and you’ll have to
use the B button, R button, control stick, and C-stick all as a team in order to
capture a ghost. Once you get it down, it’s incredibly easy but you might need to
go to the Training Room a few times before you think you’re ready. A total of ten
ghosts will pop out. You can’t stun them with the flashlight from far away because
the beam isn’t strong enough. After you get the hang of things, you’ll want to
check out Gadd’s gallery.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-The Gallery-
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

The Gallery, simply put, is total crap at the moment because every single painting
is empty. Why? Because all the ghosts escaped, that’s why! Aside from rescuing your
brother, a very very very very large sub-plot is trying to gather all the gallery
ghosts in the mansion. Once you’ve checked everything out (which isn’t much) you
can return to the lab and from there, proceed to the mansion.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-Foyer-
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

The game will begin for real now. There are no ghosts in the Foyer, only a crying
Toad. Talk to Toad and you’ll learn that he’s upset because Mario is missing (my
god, what a horrible game that was). Cheer him up and he’ll turn on the lights and
offer to save your game. Once the lights have been turned on in a room, they’ll
never go off (except for one point in Area Four but I’ll get to that later). When
the lights are on, it’s time to scour the room for treasure and there just so
happens to be a large amount in the Foyer. First, do not stay in the center of the
room for long or the chandelier will fall down on you, causing damage.

Stay back from it and focus your vacuum’s power on the chandelier. If nothing
happens, head upstairs and blow on it. A bunch of bills and coins will escape, so
vacuum all of it up. Also, the little lamp in front of the shielded door on the
first floor has a few coins, so make sure to blow on the lamp as well. One last
thing: there is a sheet covering a mirror on the first floor. Suck the sheet up
and you’ll find the mirror behind it. In any part of the mansion that has a mirror
(with the exception of the very large mirror in the Mirror Room) you can look
through it with your Game Boy Horror and press A to be warped back to the Foyer.

Remember this if you find yourself in a tight spot and need to get back to a safe
place quickly. Now head upstairs and collect the coins if you haven’t already, then
head into the Parlor.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-Parlor-
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

+—————————–+
|BOO: Bamboo*** |
|”I am BamBoo, if you please” |
|HP: 30 |
+—————————–+

Collect the coins around you and shine your flashlight on the chandelier. Shake the
chandelier and a gold bar will pop out. After you collect that, you should notice
six purple candles. Blow them all out and the painting will get a little too
pissed. After all the paintings threaten you, your first few ghosts will pop out.
This battle is for real so remember what you learned in the Training Room and take
out the three ghosts (they only appear one at a time so it should be no problem).
The lights will come on and a chest will appear. You’ll get a reward after every
battle, usually a key but sometimes the reward will be treasure.

Check the cabinets and drawers for treasure, and you should get a few bills and
coins. Now open the chest to get a KEY (WAITING ROOM) to the door that happens to
be in the northern section of the room.

*** – Once you free the Boo’s halfway through Area Two, you can search the rooms
for Boos. Almost every room in the mansion will have one, and you’ll want to
capture one as soon as you light a room. When you first travel through the Parlor,
you won’t be able to capture Boos so ignore the Boo info for now.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-Waiting Room-
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

+————————-+
|BOO: Bootha |
|”Looking for me? Bootha!”|
|HP: 50 |
+————————-+

This is one of the rare rooms that doesn’t give you anything after you clear the
ghosts out. Nothing triggers the ghost’s appearance this time, they’ll just appear
randomly. The orange ghosts are back but a new kind of ghost, the pink ghost, will
appear. The only thing different about it is that it has twenty HP instead of ten
and should also prove to be no problem for you. Make sure to search the drawers and
chandeliers to find cash and coins, then head into the Closet.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-Closet-
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

+—————————–+
|BOO: GameBoo Advance |
|”Wanna play GameBoo Advance?”|
|HP: 30 |
+—————————–+

This is the first room that should provide a challenge for Luigi. There is a new,
tougher ghost in here which you’ll find out about in a second. First, do NOT open
the wardrobe doors until I tell you to. Take out the orange ghosts that appear and
then a huge, green Garbage Can Ghost. These guys have forty HP and throw slippery
bananas around. You’ll need to be skillful in order to capture these guys without
breaking connection or slipping on their bananas. Once you’re sure all the ghosts
in the room are gone (the lights will still be shut off but wait until ghosts stop
appearing) then open the right wardrobe and a Speedy Spirit will appear.

These guys look like regular blue ghosts but they are incredibly fast and will
produce a ****load of cash if you catch them. If you fail to capture them the first
time, then you won’t get a second chance so you might want to save before
attempting to catch these guys (there’s a Toad on the balcony on the left, lucky
you). Also, once the lights are on, the guys disappear forever which is why you
always have to get them before you capture all the ghosts. Immediately stun it with
your flashlight and start to vacuum it up. Luckily, Speedy Spirit’s only have ten
HP so the battle should be brief. Vacuum up all the cash and then open the other
two wardrobe doors one at a time.

The middle one will produce treasure and the left one will produce a Gold Ghost
(orange ghosts). Once that ghost is gone, the lights will come on. No chest will
appear but you’ll find the key on a hanger. Vacuum the KEY (STUDY) down from its
resting place and head through the door on your left.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-Second Floor Balcony-
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

There is crying Toad here. Talk to him and he’ll turn on the lights as well as save
your game. Later, when you have the Water Element Medal, you’ll be able to come
back here and water the plants for a blue diamond and a gold bar. From here, you’ll
want to return to the Closet and look through the mirror with your GBH to return to
the Foyer. Head upstairs and through the door on your left to enter a second floor
hallway. This is where the second half of Area Two takes place.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-West Wing-
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

No, not the president’s office, just a small hallway in the western part of the
mansion. Let me tell you right off hand, ghosts won’t stop appearing in hallways
until you clear the area in which they take place. However, they aren’t big ghosts,
only mice, bats, and incredibly weak bombers. Follow the line of coins to a door
but do NOT enter it. The door is a fake, meaning when you try to open it you’ll
simply be slammed into the wall, losing hearts and coins. Don’t go through a door
that I don’t mention and you should be fine. If you’re unsure whether a door is
fake or not, blow on it with your vacuum. If the door shakes, it’s real but if it
doesn’t then it’s fake.

Head into the first room on Luigi’s right as he enters the hallway.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-Study-
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

+—————————+
|BOO: Taboo |
|”Speak not my name: TaBoo!”|
|HP: 50 |
+—————————+

There’s a Gold Mouse AND Speedy Spirit in here, which means LOTS of treasure.
First, make sure you’ve saved because you don’t want to miss out on either of these
guys. The Speedy Spirit should be hiding in the desk, so shake that. If it doesn’t
appear, then search other places (including the rocking chair Neville’s in) for it.
Once you spot it, suck it up and collect the treasure. Now go behind the desk and
look through your Game Boy Horror. You should spot a piece of cheese. Examine it
and a Gold Mouse will pop out. Quickly go back to your regular view and suck up the
mouse for a lot of treasure and a few diamonds.

You should now have over 150 coins, over 100 bills, and a couple of diamonds.
That’s enough treasure hunting for now though. You notice I have said nothing so
far of the ghost that rests in the rocking chair. That’s Neville, your first
gallery ghost. Neville needs to be put away into a painting but the gallery ghosts
can’t be caught like normal ghosts can. Each gallery ghost has a different weak
spot, but Neville’s is very noticeable. Face away from the rocking chair with your
flashing off (hold B). When Neville starts to yawn, turn around and release B to
stun him. Quickly turn your vacuum onto Neville. Every gallery ghost (with the
exception of the final boss) has 100 HP and slowly get harder to catch.

If you read my introduction, I explained how to catch gallery ghosts but here’s a
quickly summary: the ghosts will move all over the room trying to escape so you
have to always try to face them with the C-stick while rapidly tilting the control
stick in the opposite direction. Pearls will drop from the ghosts as you drain
their hit points: a small pearl for ten points in a single pull, a medium pearl for
fifty points in a single pull, and a large pearl for ninety points in a single
pull. If you get only small pearls, you’ll get a bronze-framed picture in the
gallery. Medium pearls will get you a silver-framed picture while a big pearl will
net you a gold-framed picture.

Each picture is different, with the gold ones always being the coolest. A poison
mushroom will drop from the ghost overtime so make sure to avoid that because it
will cause you to lose the connection with your ghost. Once Neville has been
capture, the lights will turn on. Collect the pearls and search the desk and
chandelier for money. The books hold some information on gallery ghosts and mice so
read them if you want. Then open the chest to get a KEY (MASTER BEDROOM).

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-Master Bedroom-
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

+—————————-+
|BOO: Boolicious |
|”I am the yummy Boolicious!”|
|HP: 30 |
+—————————-+

This room doesn’t hold anything super special, but it DOES hold Lydia, the second
gallery ghost. Once again, this ghost has a specific weakness and it’s harder to
point out than Neville’s. No matter, me frog is here to save you! Anyway, you’ll
find that Lydia likes to stare at the mirror and comb her hair. That’s it. Nothing
else. If you’ve seen “Ring” then you’ll get a creepy resemblance. Anyway, Lydia
doesn’t like wind. I have no idea why, she’s a ghost, but she doesn’t like it. Go
over to the curtain’s and pull the one closest to Lydia all the way back. When she
looks over and notices the draft, shine your light and suck her up.

She should be another easy one, so you should be able to get the big pearl. When
she’s gone, the lights will come up and a chest will appear with a KEY (NURSERY).
Scour the room for treasure, as usual, and then head off to the final portion of
Area One.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-Nursery-
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

+—————————-+
|BOO: Turboo |
|”I am Turboo, and off I go!”|
|HP: 50 |
+—————————-+

This room holds the boos, a big heart, and (later) a Speedy Spirit. The Speedy
Spirit will appear in the crib during the blackout of Area Four (I’ll remind you to
go back here in case you forget). If you’re low on health, you can open the drawer
on your right to find a heart that will restore fifty hit points (very convenient
when you’re in a tight spot). Now go over to the rocking horse and collect the
coins. Then make the rocking horse move by blowing on it and the baby, Chauncey,
will wake up. He’ll ask if you want to play with him. You have no choice, so
quickly turn around and vacuum up the ball. It’ll stick to your vacuum so turn
around and face Chauncey, then release the ball at him.

This will knock Chauncey back. That’s it. You beat the boss. Actually, that was a
really crappy warm-up. The real boss is about to come. Chauncey will make you grow
small. Really small. Then he’ll transport you to his crib. Then… well, what do
you think happens?

Boss section. Duh.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-Nursery-
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

The lights will come on and a giant chest will appear. You can search the room for
treasure, although you’ll only find a few coins. Then open the chest to get a KEY
(FIRST FLOOR HALL). Suddenly, Gadd will call from the GBH. You’ll automatically
return to the lab after every boss battle to empty your Poltergust 3000 of gallery
ghosts.

-Ghost Research Laboratory-

Back here, Gadd will show you his Ghost Portificationizer (long word) which turns
ghosts into visible forms, and then into paintings (he also says it works in
reverse as well… who cares?). Once they’re all paintings again, you can see what
frame color you got and you can also add up how much cash you got. You should have
over eight million right now if you got the Speedy Spirits and the Gold Mouse but
if you don’t have it, don’t fret. You get a lot more in Areas Two, Three, and Four.
You can now go to the Gallery to view your portraits or return to the mansion to
start Area Two.

+====——————————————————————–====+
| Area Two Area2 |
+====——————————————————————–====+

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-Foyer-
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

Now that you have Chauncey’s Pink Key, you can enter the Main Hall, which is where
you’ll access basically every part of the mansion. This is where the real game
begins; the areas are longer, the ghosts are tougher, the money is high, and
there’s a bunch of new upgrades you can get. Oh, and you get to fight the Boos as
well.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-Main Hall-
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

The main hall connects you to the basement area and the second floor, as well as an
extra eleven areas which lead to new areas which lead to new areas which lead to…
yeah. So this area has a lot of mice and bats, including a single gold mouse that
will appear one out of every four or so times you visit the hallway. A noise will
sound when it appears, so make sure to grab it for the cash because, believe me,
you want that mouse. Anyway, some ghosts will drop down, but they have zero HP so
simply stunning an activating your vacuum will have them sucked up. They keep re-
spawning, however, until you beat the area boss which is Bogmire.

So I suggest you just ignore the ghosts as you head through the hall. Your first
destination is the bathroom. Go right, up, left, and up until you reach the back of
the hallway. Enter the room on your left, which is unlocked.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-Bathroom-
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

There is no treasure in here, no gallery ghosts, no Boo… nothing. Just a key
which you need to get. There’s nothing behind the shower curtain so don’t bother.
Just wait for the two ghosts to pop up. These new Grabbing Ghosts will sneak up on
you and grab you, rapidly depleting HP. Shake the control stick left and right to
get the ghosts off your back. Suck them up the same way as you do all ghosts and
the lights will come up and a key will be revealed on the upper shelf. Knock it
down and grab the KEY (BALLROOM). Now return to the Main Hall and head to the
Ballroom.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-Ballroom-
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

+————————+
|BOO: Boo La La |
|”Hello! I am Boo La La!”|
|HP: 60 |
+————————+

This is a big room containing a new ghost and a gallery ghost, as well as some
treasure. There are no Speedy Spirits or Gold Mice. There are Shy Guy ghosts. There
are three per dance floor but they appear in pairs of twos. You’ll want to suck off
the masks first, so get close to the Shy Guys and activate your vacuum. Without the
masks, the Shy Guys will try to hide their faces. Shine your light and vacuum these
guys up (20 HP each). When all six Shy Guys are gone, the Whirlwinds will appear on
the left ballroom floor. Stand on the floor and face away from them. If you face
them, they’ll disappear (flashlight on or off) and if you step off the floor
they’ll disappear.

Wait until the Whirlwinds spin and bow, then shine your light on them. You’ll be
capturing both at the same time, but they stupidly never let go making it all too
easy for you. This ghost might be a bit tougher than the Area One ghosts but it
should still be pretty simple (the spinning floors make it a little more
difficult). Once they’re gone, the lights will come on, a chest will appear, and
the floors will stop spinning. Search the chandeliers for treasure and a gold bar,
then open the chest to find a key to the Storage Room.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-Storage Room-
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

+———————–+
|BOO: GameBoo |
|”Just call me GameBoo!”|
|HP: 50 |
+———————–+

First off, a Speedy Spirit rests in the chair on your right. Shake the chair and
the ghost will appear. Capture it for a bunch of treasure and cash, and then defeat
the Purple Punchers and the Grabbing Ghosts. There should be four or five of them.
The lights will then come on and you’ll see that this room really doesn’t have
anything special in it and that it seems to be a dead end. YEAH BUT GUESS WHAT?
YOU’RE WRONG CUZ YOU SUCK! Look in the mirror to see a button reflected in it. The
wall opposite the mirror has a button. If you can’t find it, look at the wall with
your GBH so you can view it for yourself. Press this button and the wall will roll
back, revealing another part of the room.

Here, you’ll find a trapdoor and a poster with “DANGER” on it. Pull the poster
(vacuum it off the wall for those of you who don’t understand) to reveal another
switch. Seeing as how this switch was covered by a poster marked “DANGER” then we
really shouldn’t press this but… do it anyway. Wow, if you did that then you’re
an idiot. Fifty Boos plus King Boo (the one with the jewel on his head if you
couldn’t tell) will appear. Just before they attack Luigi, King Boo will notice the
Poltergust 3000 on Luigi’s back and will all scatter in different directions.
You’ll then get a call from Gadd on your GBH. He’ll invite you back to his lab,
which Luigi does.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-Ghost Research Laboratory-
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

Gadd will explain that it was the Boos that took Mario, but he has no idea what
they’ve done to him. Seeing as how Mario had been able to take on Boos before, I
don’t know why he can’t do it now but oh well. Gadd will then show you the Boo
Radar (you know how I remember the spelling of radar? It’s a palindrome! COOL
HUH?), a GBH feature that tells you when Boos are nearby. Blue means no Boo is in
the room, flashing yellow means there is a Boo in the room (it flashes faster as
you get closer) and red means that you’re right next to the Boo. Boos, however, can
trick you by throwing out bombs or balls and then you’ll have to find them again.
I’ll explain more about Boos in a second, but now it’s time to return to the
mansion.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-Foyer-
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

There are no Boos in the Foyer (or any other small room) but you need to backtrack
your Area One steps starting from the Foyer, then head into all the Area Two rooms
you’ve been in so far. Boos only show up in a lit room, so you won’t get a flashing
radar in a room until it has been lit up. At the moment, you can capture eight
Boos. Since Boos always appear in the light, you’ll be able to deplete their HP
about twice as fast as normal. However, you can’t lock on to them so you have to
manually follow them with the C-Stick. Sometimes, the Boos will go through the wall
to the next room. If they escape into a dark room, it will be very hard to capture
them since their HP depletes about half as fast as normal ghost’s HP does.

Try to lure them back into a lit room if that happens. Sometimes, the Boos will
escape entirely. When that happens, you have to wait ten or fifteen minutes for the
Boo to return to its original room. It might be a good idea to keep a checklist
handy so you know what Boos you have or haven’t captured.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-Washroom-
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

Once you’ve gone through the previous rooms and collected all the Boos, it’s time
to go to the Washroom. Gadd will tell you to go there after five Boos have been
captured (if you try to enter before you have five Boos a nervous Toad will tell
you that the room is occupied). After you have your Boos, enter the room that is
below the Bathroom. There is a crying Toad here. Talk to him and he’ll say that he
dropped something really important in the toilet. Tell him not to worry and he’ll
turn the lights on. After saving your game, shake the light for a few coins and
then shake the toilet to have a KEY (FORTUNE-TELLER’S ROOM) pop out.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-Fortune-Teller’s Room-
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

The lights are off, but no ghosts are going to appear in here. There’s a Boo in
here, but the lights are gonna go on late in Area Three, which is quite some time
from now. There is a gallery ghost in here, Madame Clairvoya. You can talk to her
if you focus your light on her crystal ball but she has nothing for you now. BTW,
Madame Clairvoya is the only nice gallery ghost that actually tries to help you
(when you try to capture her, even though she lets you, it’s still quite a
struggle). Anyway, there is ONE thing that you can do here. Go behind Clairvoya’s
little tent and look through your Game Boy Horror to find a piece of cheese.
Examine it and a Golden Mouse will pop it. Vacuum it up for a bunch of treasure.
Yay. Now head through the door on the right.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-Mirror Room-
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

+—————————–+
|BOO: Kung Boo |
|”Feel the wrath of Kung Boo!”|
|HP: 40 |
+—————————–+

The mirror in here is the only mirror in the game that doesn’t allow you to warp to
the Foyer, probably because it is totally different from the other mirrors (it’s
about 10 times bigger). Anyway, this is where you’ll get the Fire Element Medal but
you have to watch out for the Grabbing Ghosts. This time, they’re invisible until
you shine your light on them. However, if you look in the mirror you can see their
reflection and you can also see their shadow (though in a dark room, their shadow
isn’t much help). Make sure to shake the control stick left and right if you are
grabbed. Once the ghosts have been wiped up, a huge chest will appear, the lights
will come on, and the door… will remain locked.

Open the chest to grab the FIRE ELEMENT MEDAL. Gadd will contact you and say how
this medal allows you to shoot flames from your Poltergust 3000 by holding L.
However, you must have vacuumed in a fire element first and those can be found in
fire (mainly candles that never go out). In the lower-right corner, there is on
such candle. Shake it and a fire element will pop out. Suck it in and a meter will
appear showing you how much fire energy you have. Light all six candles in this
room to unlock the door. Quickly scour the area for any treasure and return to the
Fortune-Teller’s Room.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-Fortune-Teller’s Room-
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

Once again, you can’t light the room. You can, however, light the twelve candles in
the four corners of the room now that you have your Fire Element Medal. Once all
twelve are lit, a key will appear on a pillar. Knock it down and grab the key to
the Laundry Room, which is where we’re going next.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-Laundry Room-
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

+—————————-+
|BOO: Boogie |
|”Yow! Get down! I’m Boogie!”|
|HP: 40 |
+—————————-+

This room holds a couple of Grabbing Ghosts and a few Purple Punchers. Nothing new
here, take them out to turn on the lights. Since this is a small room, the Boo
Radar will start beeping like mad so take out the Boo before you do anything else.
Also, the door at the northern part of the room is fake. Now that you have the
power of fire, you can burn fake doors so do that with this one so you don’t get
confused. Open the chest to reveal lots and lots of treasure. Yep, this room
doesn’t have a key, it just has lots of treasure. Now shake the washing machine and
MARIO’S CAP will pop out. You can bring this to Madame Clairvoya later (you can do
it now in fact but wait until you get Mario’s other four items).

Now head back out into the Main Hall.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-Main Hall-
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

You might’ve noticed the candelabra floating around the Main Hall. Yes, that serves
a purpose. Light all three candles and Shivers, the mansion’s butler, will appear.
The fire will freak him out and he’ll run (which is a very slow drag) to the
Butler’s Room. You can follow him into the Laundry Room and then the Butler’s Room
if you want, but it’s easier to just rush there now to get some things done.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-Butler’s Room-
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

+————————-+
|BOO: PeekaBoo |
|”You found me, PeekaBoo!”|
|HP: 40 |
+————————-+

If you arrived quickly, well before Shivers, then you can defeat some mice and grab
a blue gem. After you wipe out the mice, head to the bucket in the lower left-hand
corner and shake it. A blue gem will pop out. Now simply wait for Shivers to come
in. He’ll head over to the chair and sit on the fire, trying to extinguish it. Now
shine your light at Shivers before he disappears and he’ll be stunned. Grab him and
try to vacuum him up without coming into contact with any spare mice. This room is
pretty damn cramped so try not to get hit by the poisonous mushroom as you are
sucking up Shivers. Once he’s gone, the lights will come up.

Grab the KEY (CONSERVATORY). We can go over to the Conservatory or we can get a
****load of treasure by going into an extra room, the Hidden Room. After you search
the Butler’s Room for treasure, go over to the right side, above the toilet paper.
Look through your GBH to find a mouse hole. Examine it and a vortex will appear.
Exit your GBH and you’ll be sucked in through the vortex and into the Hidden Room.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-Hidden Room-
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

+—————————+
|BOO: GumBoo |
|”It’s my own self, GumBoo!”|
|HP: 40 |
+—————————+

Ooooh… Hidden Room… yum… Anyway, this thing contains a new type of ghost, a
****load of treasure, five gold bars, and one blue, red, and green diamond. Also,
during the blackout in Area Four, there will be a Speedy Spirit. I’ll tell you to
come back here when the blackout occurs just in case you forget. First, you’ll want
to collect the gold bars in the vases on each side of the room. Then you’ll want to
open the far left chest (make SURE you have a Fire Element though) and a Flash will
pop out. This icy guy must be blasted with fire before you can harm it. So give it
a blast to make it lose five hit points, then stun it with the light and suck up
the fifteen remaining points.

The upper-left chest also has a Flash, as well as the middle chest and the far
right chest. Once all of the Flash ghosts are gone, the room will light up. Capture
the Boo and shake the chandelier for a bunch of cash. Open the remaining chests for
some cash, then open the green one for a _LOT_ of money. Now head to the left wall
and look through the mouse hole again to be warped back to the Butler’s Room. From
here, head to the Conservatory.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-Conservatory-
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

+————————+
|BOO: Boomeo |
|”Wherefore am I Boomeo?”|
|HP: 40 |
+————————+

I love this room, partially because you can play the old Mario Bros. theme song in
it and it sounds so good. You’ll find a bunch of instruments here: a saxophone, a
harp, a cello, a bells set, three drums, and a piano. Activate all except the piano
to hear the Mario Bros. tune. Walk over to the piano and Melody Pianissima will
appear. She’ll compliment you on your music and then play a song. The song will
either be the famous Mario Bros. “Underwater” tune or the Super Mario Bros. 3 tune.
Answer the question correctly and she’ll get angry and throw her sheet music around
(if you get it wrong, she’ll disappear and you’ll have to leave and re-enter, then
re-activate the instruments).

Vacuum up her sheet music and Melody will moan in frustration. Shine your light on
her, then suck her up. Once the lights are on, capture the Boo and then search for
money. Open the chest to get a KEY (DINING ROOM). By the way, there’s a Speedy
Spirit in here when the blackout occurs. I’ll remind you to visit this area in case
you forget.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-Dining Room-
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

+—————————-+
|BOO: Boodacious |
|”Name’s Boodacoius! Got it?”|
|HP: 80 |
+—————————-+

This room holds a lot of treasure, and a gallery ghost. There are no regular ghosts
here, but there is a Speedy Spirit, and we’re gonna get that first. Head over to
the left side of the room and open the cabinet to have the ghost pop out. Quickly
stun and vacuum it, then collect all the treasure that it leaves behind. Now head
over to the left cabinet and open it for some treasure. Collect a Fire Element if
you haven’t already and light all the candles on the table. Mr. Luggs will appear,
eating his food. Vacuum up his food and it’ll slowly disappear. He’ll call for the
waiters to come. If they arrive before the food is gone, stun and vacuum them up so
they aren’t a bother.

Once all of Mr. Luggs’s food is gone, he’ll go psychotic and start spitting
fireballs at you. A lot of fireballs. A LOT of fireballs. Simply move back and
forth to avoid them (sorta like how you avoided Chauncey’s rocking horses). When
Mr. Luggs collapses from exhaustion, stun him and suck him up. Personally, since
he’s so large and since this room is huge, I think he’s one of the easier ghosts to
catch, though some people may disagree. When he’s gone, capture the Boo and open
the chest to get quite a bit of treasure. Just a quick treasure check. If you’ve
been following the guide, you should have close to or over 350 coins, over 300
bills, at least 10 gold bars, at least 25 small pearls, 20 medium ones, and
hopefully at least 3 big ones.

You should have three blue gems, three green gems, two red gems, and one silver
gem. You’re about to get a lot more money though, so don’t worry if you’re a little
short.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-Kitchen-
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

+————————–+
|BOO: Booligan |
|”Boy howdy, I’m Booligan!”|
|HP: 80 |
+————————–+

There’s a Golden Mouse here that shows up randomly, as well as a Speedy Spirit, and
the Water Element Medal. First, go over to the oven on the left and open it up to
reveal the Speedy Spirit. Stun and vacuum it up for quite a bit of cash. Now open
the other oven up and light the pot on fire to reveal a red diamond. Grab that and
exit the room. A Golden Mouse appears randomly in this room, so exit and re-enter
the room until you hear the sound that means the mouse is out. Quickly vacuum it up
for some more cash. You need all the mice and Speedy Spirits you can get for the S
ranking so keep at it until you have the mouse. Now open the cabinet at the front
and check to see if there’s any cash.

Now open the refrigerator from afar (otherwise you’ll get hurt) and a Flash will
pop out. Stun it with fire and then vacuum it up to turn the lights on. A chest
will appear containing the WATER ELEMENT MEDAL. Gadd will explain that it has
purifying effects (duh, it’s water). Search the sink for a Water Element and vacuum
it up to replace your fire element with water. Now, before you go any further,
you’ll want to backtrack to previous rooms (to be specific, Second Floor Balcony
and the Master Bedroom) and water the plants there to get some gems. Also, make
sure you have the Golden Mouse from the Main Hall. Enter from the Foyer and exit
and re-enter until you hear the sound confirming the appearance of the mouse.

Chase it down the hall and… you know the drill. Once you’ve done all that, return
to the Kitchen and extinguish the flames blocking the door.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-Boneyard-
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

Here, you can collect a gallery ghost and, later, a very very valuable diamond
worth 20,000,000 G. First, head over to Spooky’s (that’s the dog) water bowl and
fill it. Spooky will wake up, but then chase Luigi around the yard. After a while,
Mr. Bones will wake up and try to shut Spooky up. Capture him and he’ll drop a
bone, which Spooky will run over to. While Spooky is distracted by the bone, stun
him and suck him up. Spooky is one of the harder ghosts to catch, so don’t kill
yourself if you don’t get a big diamond your first try. Once he’s gone, the lights
will go on. Now head over to the plant seed in the garden. Water it until it grows
a little.

If you water this plant after Bogmire’s battle and after the battle with Boolossus,
then you’ll get the diamond (I’ll remind you, don’t worry). Head over to the
doghouse and look through with your GBH. Examine the hole and a vortex will appear.
Exit the GBH to be sucked into the vortex.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-Graveyard-
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

This is where the boss, Bogmire, lies. First, go to the right and shake the pipe to
make a red diamond pop out. Now go over to the graves and shake all of them to make
some Mr. Bones pop out. Vacuum up all of the Mr. Bones and a glow will appear
around the head gravestone. One of the gravestones has a big heart that restores
fifty HP so grab that if you need to and then head up to the big gravestone to be
warped to the boss arena. Obviously, see the bosses.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-Graveyard-
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

Back here, a chest will appear with the Green Key, which unlocks the path to the
garden and the main area of the second floor. Once you have it, Gadd will contact
you and ask that you come back to his lab, which is what you’re gonna do of course.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-Ghost Research Laboratory-
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

Once again, the Ghost Portrificationizer will be used to turn the ghosts into
paintings. You should’ve caught five gallery ghosts this time (Mr. Luggs was an
optional one but I really hope you got him anyway). Also, you should have over
30,000,000 G. If you do, you’re in good shape for the best ranking at the end of
the game. Now you should head to the gallery, especially if you got a lot of gold
portraits. The gold’s for Spooky and Bogmire look pretty damn cool so I hope you
got those. Once you’re ready, return to the mansion to begin Area Three.

+====——————————————————————–====+
| Area Three Area3 |
+====——————————————————————–====+

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-Boneyard-
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

From the Foyer, immediately head to the Boneyard and water that plant again. If you
watered it before you faced Bogmire, then it should be a small flower. Once watered
after you fight Bogmire, it’ll grow into a bigger flower. You need to water it once
more, but you can only do that during Area Four (I’ll remind you at the beginning
again). Now head to the Main Hall and go through the shielded door with your Green
Key to open a path to the Courtyard.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-Courtyard-
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

Lots o’ crap to do here. We have some ghosts to capture some treasure to earn, a
letter to find, a Toad to cheer, and a chest that needs revealing. First things
first, wipe out all the little floating Flying Fish all over the place. Then walk
around the area and a couple of Ceiling Surprises and Purple Bombers will drop
down. Vacuum all these 0 HP ghosts up and the lights will come on (it’s not much
brighter, but it helps). A chest will appear, so open it and a bunch of money will
pop out. Vacuum up all of this and then listen. You can hear screaming… hmmm…
We’re not going to locate the voice just yet. Go over to the fountain and grab a
Water Element (by means of the fountain) if you don’t have one.

Water all the plants you see and treasure and a green stone will pop out. After you
have all that, use the ladder to climb down into the well.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-Bottom of the Well-
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

There’s nothing much to this area. Go right, up to the little hole, and a cut-scene
will occur of Luigi looking through the hole to find Mario… trapped in a
painting! HOLY POOP ON A STICK! Seeing as how Nintendo isn’t stupid, they didn’t
make it so Luigi could climb through the hole, making us have to go through two
more areas. Oh well. After the cut-scene, turn around and head back. A Ceiling
Surprise will pop out. Oh, the horror. Vacuum it up and it’ll drop a KEY (REC
ROOM). Now climb back up to the Courtyard.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-Courtyard-
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

You’ll want to go right, over to the birdhouse, and shake it. Out will pop MARIO’S
LETTER, the second of the five dropped items. Head over to the shack and use your
vacuum from a distance to open it (if you try to open it normally, you’ll take
damage). Inside is a crying Toad. Cheer him up and he’ll save your game. Now you’ve
done everything you can do, so head into the Rec Room by means of the door right
next to you.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-Rec Room-
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

+————————–+
|BOO: Booregard |
|”It is I, fair Booregard!”|
|HP: 100 |
+————————–+

This mansion has everything, doesn’t it? Except an elevator, which would’ve been
handy but oh well. Anyway, this room has nothing but treasure, an optional gallery
ghost, and an optional key that allows you to create a shortcut. First, we have to
get the Speedy Spirit. Go down and look to your right to find a bicycle machine
thingymbob. Check the lower one and the Speedy Spirit will pop out. Stun it and
vacuum it up for your usual treasure reward. Now head over to the punching bags in
the center. Biff Atlas is lifting weights (with no one to spot him I might add…
he probably died by being crushed). What you want to do is hit one of the punching
bags (press A) so that it whacks Biff Atlas (how this actually hurts him, I have no
idea).

He’ll get mad and come after you. Run away and hit him once more with a punching
bag. He’ll get super-angry and start waving his fists around, but one more whack
will knock him out. While he’s down, stun him and then vacuum him up. The obstacles
in the middle of the room should stop him from going anywhere, so this should be an
easy capture for you. Once he’s gone, a treasure chest will appear containing a lot
of valuable things, including a few gold bars and a crystal diamond. Once you have
everything in the chest, search the area for money (I know the left chandelier
should have a gold bar) and then walk over to the treadmill. Get on and start
running.

Run for a while and a key will pop out. This KEY (1ST FLOOR) will allow you to
access a shortcut that keeps you from having to always go through the Courtyard
when you want to get to this side of the mansion. Exit through the door south of
you.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-Main Hall-
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

Since we haven’t been in this area yet, it’s still dark. Using the 1st Floor key
you just got, open the door on your left. This will save you at least thirty
seconds or so, probably more, each time you want to transfer from the first floor
to the second. Right now, we’re going down to the basement to get a Speedy Spirit
(that will become unavailable when we actually have to go into the room). Head
south and turn right, then go through the door. Climb down the steps into the
Basement.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-Basement-
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

We’re only in here briefly, since there’s really no place you can go except for one
unlocked room. Go up to enter the Breaker Room.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-Breaker Room-
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

This room will save your ass later in the game, but for now it just contains an
endless supply of blue mice. Check the table to your left and the Speedy Spirit
will pop out. Vacuum it up and collect the treasure it leaves behind. There’s
nothing else you can do here so exit and return to the Main Hall, then go back to
the part that is still dark. From here, head to the Main Hall on the second floor.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-Main Hall 2F-
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

Right up here, you’ll notice a room that has a fire blocking it. You can access
this room now, but we don’t need to just yet so wait. Go through the door into the
actual Main Hall 2F. There’s a Golden Mouse in here that appears randomly so if you
want, enter and exit the room until a chime tells you that the mouse is out. The
mouse appears rarely, so it may take a while. Anyway, head left all the way and go
through the far left door.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-Washroom-
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

Open the toilet and a Temper Terror will pop out. These guys need to be sprayed
with water before they can be defeated, so give it a blast of water and then vacuum
up the remaining five hit points. The lights will come on and a chest full of money
will appear. Collect the money, then exit the room and return to the door covered
with fire. Extinguish the fire and enter to reach the Tea Room.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-Tea Room-
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

+———————————+
|BOO: Mr. Boolangles |
|”Jingle, jangle, Mr. Boojangles!”|
|HP: 50 |
+———————————+

First, go right and open the drawers to find a red gem. Yay. There’s a Golden Mouse
in here, and we’re not gonna pass up an opportunity to grab a creature as beautiful
as that, are we? Nope. There’s only two ghosts so wipe out one of them (ONLY ONE)
and then go behind the table on the left. Here, you’ll find a piece of cheese so
look through your GBH and examine it. The mouse will pop out. Give chase and suck
it up to grab the treasure in all its beauty. Vacuum up the remaining ghost and the
lights will come on and a large chest will appear on the table. TOO BAD YOU CAN’T
REACH THE TABLE! No matter though. After catching the Boo and collecting any spare
treasure, walk over to the lower right-hand corner and step on the red and blue
circle to reverse the gravity.

Walk over to the table and step on the circle on the ceiling to drop down onto the
table. Open the chest for the ICE ELEMENT MEDAL, the last of the medals. You can
shoot out blasts of ice by hold L all the way in, freeze water, and freeze ghosts.
It’s the best of the elements, in my opinion. Now you must head to the Bathroom,
which is the door above the one to the Washroom.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-Bathroom-
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

With the power of ice, you can capture Miss Petunia, the gallery ghost in the
bathroom. Pull back the curtain to reveal a very fat, naked ghost. Actually it’s
just a very fat ghost. The idea of WHY Luigi will pull back the curtain when the
shadow of the ghost fits a “Shallow Hal” description is unknown to me. Freeze her
with ice and then stun her with your light, then suck her up. Since the room is
small, she won’t have anywhere to go but that also means that the poison mushroom
has a better chance of getting you, so watch out for that. Once she’s gone, collect
the pearls and open the chest for a KEY (BILLARDS ROOM) that is located in the Main
Hall of the first floor.

So we have to head back down there now. However, before you do that, take a trip to
Nana’s Room, which is the door opposite the Bathroom door.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-Nana’s Room-
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

+—————————-+
|BOO: LimBooger |
|”Stinky, stinky, LimBooger!”|
|HP: 100 |
+—————————-+

This is a rare part of the game where you can visit a few rooms in any order so I’m
just going here next because it’s directly across from where we just came from.
First, a Speedy Spirit is located somewhere in the right side of the room. Head
over there and check the armchair (not the couch) to make the Spirit appear. After
grabbing the money it leaves behind, it’s time to capture Nana. Walk over to the
bowl of yarn and press A to knock the yarn over. Nana will get pissed at you and
start moving around in her rocking chair firing… laser beams at you. Odd…
anyway, vacuum up a yarn ball, aim it at Nana, and release it. If you hit her,
she’ll get angry and speed up.

You have to hit her with all three yarn balls to make her vulnerable. If you miss
with just one, or if you take too long, Nana will disappear and you’ll have to exit
and re-enter the room, then start the process over again. Once Nana is vulnerable,
stun her and suck her up. When she’s gone, open the chest to get a KEY (TWIN’S
ROOM). After you get the Boo and any spare treasure, head back down to the first
floor and into the Billards Room (use the map on your GBH if you get confused).

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-Billards Room-
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

+————————–+
|BOO: Boohoo |
|”Snifff… I’m… Boohoo!”|
|HP: 50 |
+————————–+

This room is optional as well, but it contains another Gallery Ghost and a Speedy
Spirit. It’s just you and Slim Bankshot here, so you don’t need to worry about any
other ghosts attacking while you try to capture the Speedy Spirit. Walk over to the
table in the lower right corner and shake it to make the ghost pop out. After
capturing it, head over to watch Slim Bankshot play pool. After he hits the three
balls, vacuum one of them up. Aim the ball at the cue stick (since Slim turns
invisible when you face him, you have to rely on his cue stick) and release to
damage him. He’ll hit another three balls and you must use a ball again to damage
him.

Do this three times and he’ll bend over in what looks like pain (don’t ask). Now’s
your chance to grab him! After he’s gone, the room will light up and a chest will
appear. This chest contains another crystal diamond, making it your third one, and
a few gold bars as well as coins and cash. Let’s do a quick treasure count here,
just to make sure you’re caught up. You should have, if you’ve been following this
guide, over 675 coins, 550+ bills, 25+ gold bars, 55+ small pearls, 30+ medium
pearls, and 5+ large pearls. You should have seven blue diamonds, six green, seven
red, and three crystal. If you’re a little behind, don’t worry because sometimes
cash appears randomly.

Once you’ve searched this area for treasure, it’s time to head right, into the
Projection Room.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-Projection Room-
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

+————————-+
|BOO: ShamBoo |
|”Fresh, clan… ShamBoo!”|
|HP: 50 |
+————————-+

I’ve always wanted a projection room… those things are cool. Anyway, it seems
that there are no ghosts, but you have to activate the projector and start the
empty film reel, and then they’ll show up. The Grabbing Ghosts are invisible, but
you can see their shadows on the screen and the puffs of smoke in which they
appear. The Grabbing Ghosts will appear one by one, but eventually two at a time
will appear and, at one point, three at a time. Once they’ve all gone a treasure
chest containing MARIO’S GLOVE will appear. By the way, the Boo in this room should
be your twentieth Boo if you’ve been capturing the Boos in every room you’ve
visited so far.

After searching the area for treasure, we have to go back to an early part of the
game, the West Wing. There, you can use your key you got from Nana to open the only
remaining locked door. By the way, a fun little thing you can do in this room is
pull on the projection screen with your vacuum. Go back as far as you can and then
let go. A huge poster of a Boo will appear with the message “Get out of here!”
Nothing happens, but it’s a cool easter egg.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-Twins’ Room-
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

+——————————–+
|BOO: Booris |
|”Call me Booris! Und be avraid!”|
|HP: 100 |
+——————————–+

There’s a Speedy Spirit in here… we seem to have a lot of those show up now,
don’t we? Go over to the bunk and vacuum the top bunk. The Speedy Spirit will
appear up there so stun it and vacuum it, then collect the treasure as usual. Now
shine your light up onto the mobile. Vacuum it and start circling with the C-stick
to make it spin, waking the Twins up. They’ll ask Luigi what’s he’s doing by
himself, then offer to play a game of hide-and-seek. Exit the room and they’ll tell
you that it’s safe to come in. There are five boxes in the room, two of them
contain the Twins. The Twins are in boxes that shake when you vacuum them.

After you find both Twins, they’ll hop on their toys and star moving around the
room. You have to capture them one at a time while the other one is trying to
attack you so this can be a bit difficult. Once both Twins are gone, the lights
will come on and a chest will appear. Open it to get MARIO’S SHOE. After searching
for treasure and grabbing the Boo, return to the Main Hall 2F and head through the
only unlocked door you haven’t gone through yet. Make sure, however, to bring fire
with you.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-Astral Hall-
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

+————————–+
|BOO: Boonswoggle |
|”I’m Boonswoggle! Plooah!”|
|HP: 100 |
+————————–+

The Astral Hall is a small, cramped room with nothing but access to the next room,
the Observatory. Using the Fire Element you should’ve brought, light the fifteen
candles and Golden Ghosts, Shy Guys, and Grabbing Ghosts will appear. Wipe out all
of them and the lights will come on. Shake the chandelier for money and grab the
Boo, then head through the door on your right to reach the Observatory.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-Observatory-
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

What a messed up room this is. It’s very small and there are no ghosts, but it’s
very important that you visit this place. Search the room for treasure (the drawers
and the chandelier are the most likely places) and then head over to the telescope
and press A. Luigi will look through and you’ll see an amazing view of the stars.
Luigi will zoom in on the moon, and you’ll exit the telescope view. Then, the right
wall will disappear (don’t ask) and you’ll be able to go out into what looks like
space. Strange because you’re only on the second floor of the mansion and the
outside hardly looks like this but I’m not supposed to mention that.

Capture one of the 100000000 shooting stars falling with your vacuum and aim it at
the moon. It’s hard to get accurate aim, so this may take you a couple of tries to
do before you actually hit the moon with the star. The moon will then explode…
(>__< Head out of the room and
it'll start to shake. When the shaking stops, head back into the Guest Room to find
that it's right-side up.

After grabbing Boonita, open the chest for a crystal diamond, some gold bars, and a
lot of treasure. Water the plant in the corner and head out of here. So that's it,
that was the side quest. Now you need to go to the third floor and enter the Armory
to continue your main quest.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-Courtyard-
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

+——————————-+
|BOO: UnderBoo |
|"UnderBoo's makin' a comeback!"|
|HP: 150 |
+——————————-+

The Armory has six ghosts that hide in suits of armor and in the chests. If you
check the suits of armor, they'll fall on you if they're holding a spiked ball
thingy. Check from behind or the side. Ghosts should pop out. Vacuum up the ghosts
as you see them and watch out for the falling spikes. Some of the suits of armor
can be hard to spot so search in corners and things. Once they're all gone, search
the remaining chests for treasure and then grab UnderBoo, as well as the KEY (PIPE
ROOM) then head into the Ceramics Studio.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-Ceramics Studio-
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

+————————-+
|BOO: TamBoorine |
|"Who shaking Tamboorine?"|
|HP: 200 |
+————————-+

This room is optional, but there's a lot of treasure and a gallery ghost to be
found, as well as the usual Boo. Here, there are nine jars you can interact with,
not including a tenth icy jar that contains an Ice Element (surprise, surprise).
You need this Ice Element to capture Jarvis (the gallery ghost). Shake the pots a
little and eventually Jarvis will pop out of one of them. He'll offer to play a
game with you. Say yes and Jarvis will disappear into one of the pots. When he pops
out, quickly run over to him and give him an icy blast. He'll retreat and pop out
into another jar. Do the same thing. Do this seven times (he stays in one place for
a shorter and shorter period of time as you go along) and he'll be ready for
capture.

The problem here is that there are pots that are flying around. You might want to
vacuum up those pots first so they don't interfere with your capture. Jarvis is a
pretty tough gallery ghost to get, so don't worry if you don't get a gold frame the
first time. Once he's gone, a chest with a lot of treasure will appear. After
grabbing the treasure, head down to the basement and go into the Pipe Room.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-Pipe Room-
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

+———————————+
|BOO: Booffant |
|"I'm booffant: nice hair, green."|
|HP: 300 |
+———————————+

The Pipe Room is a small room with a small purpose, though I like it. First, you
need to capture the three Grabbers (two red, one white). Stay in the corner and try
to capture all three at once, though it's not really necessary to do so (it's just
cool if you can). Once the three are gone, the lights will come on… but where's
the reward? Ignore your Boo Radar for now and grab an Ice Element from the barrel
if you don't have one yet. Careful near that sewage water; it's poisonous, so turn
your ice onto it until the river freezes. Walk across and turn the valve to shut
the water off. You can now walk across the board and grab the KEY (COLD STORAGE).
Now grab the Boo (remember, they don't like ice and this is a place with an easy
Ice Element) and then head into the Cold Storage.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-Cold Storage-
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

+————————+
|BOO: Boolderdash |
|"Catch me? Boolderdash!"|
|HP: 150 |
+————————+

You're very near your goal. The Cold Storage holds the twentieth gallery ghost, Sir
Winston, and also contains the key to the final "real" room of the mansion (the
quotes mean the final room where anything actually happens) before you go off to
fight the final boss. Careful in this room; it's incredibly slippery but someone
has decided to make a fire here. Why the ice hasn't melted yet, I have no idea but
grab the fire element and head over to the two unlit fires. Light them both to
reveal a giant block of ice. Sir Winston is frozen here, and we're going to be a
very nice person and thaw him out. What a good person Luigi is, aside from the fact
that he brutally "re-killed" a baby. Wait… apparently, Sir Winston really wants
to kill you for saving his life, so he sends waves of icicles at you.

Avoid them and spray fire at the ice block to melt it completely, then Sir Winston
will be ready for capture. This is a very hard ghost to get a gold on because there
are icicles falling everywhere, the whole floor is slippery, and Sir Winston is
very, very fast. You should be able to easily get a silver but aside from that, I
don't know. I just have to wish you luck on this one. Once Sir Winston is gone, the
icicles will stop falling. Capture your forty-ninth (I hope it's your forty-ninth)
Boo and grab the KEY (ARTIST'S STUDIO) that leads you to the final and toughest
gallery ghost.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-Artist's Studio-
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

+———————–+
|BOO: Bootique |
|"Bootique, c'est chic!"|
|HP: 300 |
+———————–+

This is the studio of Vincent Van Gore, the mastermind behind every single friggin'
ghost that you've seen (aside from the Boos… yes, the gallery ghosts are his work
as well). He's a little pissed that you've destroyed all of his artwork (hey, I
would be too) so he's set up a little challenge for you. Twenty-one ghosts, all at
the same time. No, just kidding, not all at the same time (that'd be so much fun
though). He spits out seven different types of ghosts, in threes. First, it'll be
three Golden Ghosts. Then three Purple Punchers, three Blue Twirlers, three
Grabbing Ghosts, three Shy Guys, three Garbage Can Ghosts, and finally three Purple
Bombers (what a sorry way to finish the battle). Once all twenty-one are gone,
he'll be ready for capture.

Even though there's no distractions going on around you, Vincent Van Gore is one
tough gallery ghost. He'll twist and turn and try to rush away as fast as possible,
which is pretty damn fast. Hopefully, you're experience with the vacuum should
allow you to use the C-stick and the control stick in a way where Vincent Van Gore
shouldn't be able to escape from. Once he's gone, the final KEY (SECRET ALTAR) to
the final, final area in the game will appear. Also, this is where the fiftieth Boo
is. After you have all fifty Boos, you'll get a GOLD DIAMOND worth 20,000,000 G.
Now THAT is a nice reward. If you're missing some Boos, make sure to check back
with other areas to see if you left some behind. The ones in the basement and the
ones in the West Wing 3F are the hardest to catch.

At one point in the West Wing 3F, I was chasing three separate Boos at a time
through the Armory, Telephone Room, Clockwork Room, and Ceramics Studio. It was a
mess, I tell you. Heal up to the max, save your game at the Foyer, then head down
to the Basement.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-Basement-
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

Go to the very back of the hall. If you have less than forty Boos (which is pretty
sad, seeing as how you ALWAYS have at least thirty-five before entering Area Four),
King Boo will appear and send you back to the Foyer. You SHOULD have all fifty
though, so there should be nothing to worry about. Head down the final, twisted
hallway and open the door to reach the Secret Altar.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-Secret Altar-
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

If you stupidly didn't heal yourself and save, then there's a mirror to the left of
you when you enter. Also, we can get some last minute cash! The torch on the right
has a bunch of coins and bills, and the torch behind that has a gold bar. The
chandelier closest to you holds a blue jewel. Once you have that, head forward and
a cinema scene with King Boo will occur. After talking a bit, he'll turn around and
then disappear inside a painting of Bowser. Bowser's mouth will open and Luigi will
be sucked into the painting as well.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-Roof-
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

You're on top of the roof, except the whole background is fiery (I'm glad they
didn't have a stupid battle with rain and lightning like every single other game
has). Also, there's no escape down the chimney this time. It seems like you're
along, but then suddenly… Bowser will drop down from behind you. But IS it
Bowser? Hey, remember when we captured Madame Clairvoya? I said Bowser had nothing
to do with this game and I wasn't lying…

Oh yeah, the boss section will have all you need for this boss, as usual.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-Ghost Research Laboratory-
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

This is where Luigi will put the portrait of Mario into the Portificationizer as it
works in reverse to get Mario back to normal. That's the ending. Crappy, huh?
Anyway, your total treasure count should be over 115,000,000G if you followed this
guide all the way, giving you the "A" ranking. Also, you'll unlock the Hidden
Mansion (next chapter). So congratulations on clearing Luigi's Mansion! Short game,
huh? Pity, pity…

===================——————–====================——————-
| ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ |
| |%%%%% The Hidden Mansion %%%%%| HIDDEN |
| ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ |
——————-====================——————–===================

The Hidden Mansion isn't actually a different mansion, it's just the same thing as
the Mansion with some tweaks. In the PAL version of the game, I believe there's a
lot more stuff but for the stupid, crappy American version, we just get two
additional things. The first thing is that the vacuum has 1.5 times the suction
power. That doesn't seem like much, but it can be very, very useful for gallery
ghost battles in which you failed to get a gold frame on in the first frame. The
second thing is that you take twice as much damage. Yeah, it sucks, but it provides
for a bigger challenge. Other, smaller things are:

-the portraits of the gallery ghosts are carried over to the Hidden Mansion
-if you get a bronze portrait of a ghost in the Hidden Mansion, but got a silver or
gold in the regular Mansion, then you get to keep the higher frame
-likewise, if you get a higher frame in the Hidden Mansion, then that replaces the
old frame

That's basically it. Nothing worth adding into a separate chapter, but I didn't
know where else to put this.

===================——————–====================——————-
| ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ |
| |%%%%% Bosses %%%%%| WALKTHR |
| ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ |
——————-====================——————–===================

After coming out of a four month break, I've decided that it would be better if I
put the bosses in a separate section. I doubt any of you are going to use this
guide all the way through, and many of you just need help on a boss. So… without
further ado… here's the bosses.

+====——————————————————————–====+
| Chauncey (Dif. 3/10) Chaunc. |
+====——————————————————————–====+

Chauncey is the third gallery ghost. Boss gallery ghosts are a little different.
What portrait frame you get depends on how much HP you lose. I'm not totally sure
of the exact numbers but I think if you lose ten or less you'll get a gold, fifty
or less nets you a silver, and fifty-one plus nets you a bronze. Do not take my
word for that, I'm not totally sure.

Anyway, let me say this right now: you deserve to be beaten down and destroyed by
this guy because you attacked him with a giant ball and all he wanted to do was
play with you. I should just stop the guide right now and let Chauncey finish you
off but since I'm such a nice guy, I'll tell you how to beat him up even more.
Chauncey has three attacks and they all repeat in the same blatantly obvious
pattern.

The first attack involves hurling wooden horses at you. It's only fair that you get
trampled by a wooden horse because, after all, you attacked a baby. Stand in the
middle of the arena and wait for the horse to approach you. When you hear the sound
of it turning, quickly head left or right and you'll dodge it. It is very very very
very very simple to avoid this horse.

The second attack in Chauncey's bag o' tricks is throwing a bunch of balls (like
the one you used to nearly kill… shut up…. him with) into the crib and letting
them bounce around. It's only fair that you get knocked out by a giant bouncing
ball because, after all, you attacked a baby. There's no actual pattern to avoiding
this attack, you just need to watch the shadows of the balls and run away from
them.

The third attack will be used after you attack Chauncey. Chauncey will bounce
around the arena himself, trying to body slam you. It's only fair that you get
squashed by Chauncey because, after all, you attacked a baby. Chauncey seems to
only know one way around his crib because he'll bounce around the perimeter. Stand
in the center and wait and nothing will happen to you.

So that's it. Those are Chauncey's attacks. They do practically no damage to you so
it should be very simple to get a gold frame on this even on your first try. But
wait, I haven't told you how to attack him yet, have I? After all of the balls

disappear, you'll find that one is remaining. Since Nintendo is so original, you're
going to have to suck up the ball again, aim it at Chauncey, and release. Once
again, Chauncey will get hurt. Now's your chance to turn your vacuum on him (you
don't have to stun him with your flashlight). Boss ghosts are pretty damn hard to
keep a connection with. It's practically inevitable that you'll break the
connection at least once during a battle.

You have to always be facing exactly where Chauncey is facing and tapping the
control stick back as fast as possible. If you're a beginner, you should be able to
get twenty or thirty hit points out of him in one go. Advanced players will be able
to get fifty or sixty out at once.

Once you break the connection with Chauncey, the attack pattern will start all over
again with the horses and balls. However, after you get Chauncey below fifty hit
points, he'll throw in a trick to his horse tossing. Sometimes, two horses will
come at you from either directions. Stand and wait in the middle (don't try to run
left or right) and the horses will simply pass by you. Continue whacking Chauncey
and vacuuming him until you have his hit points down to zero. Great job, you've
done some pretty bad damage to a baby. Aren't you proud of yourself now?

+====——————————————————————–====+
| Bogmire (Dif. 4/10) Bogmir. |
+====——————————————————————–====+

At first, I had difficulty with Bogmire. But after a few battles, I can beat him
without losing a single hit point. I'm just gonna get right down to business here
since there's nothing much to say other than the actual strategy needed to defeat
this boss.
Bogmire himself doesn't have any attacks. He just stands around and looks pretty
(which is pretty hard for him… HAHAHAHAHAHAH WASN'T THAT FUNNY? I'M A FUNNY GUY!
LOLOLOLOLOL… sorry). A bunch of other spirits will rise. Usually, I just ignore
all the spirits when I attack Bogmire but now I've realized a much easier thing to
do: wipe out all but one spirit. Usually, you'll want to wipe out all but the big
spirit. With a clear field, suck up the remaining spirit and it'll stick to your
vacuum. Aim it at Bogmire (the purple/pinkish ghost that casts the shadow) and
release. Hmmm… does that strategy seem familiar? Anyway, this will trap Bogmire
in a blob.

Now's your chance to use your Poltergust 3000 to try and clean Bogmire up. If you
used a big spirit on him, then it should be harder to break the connection.
Otherwise, you'll have to be a near perfectionist to wipe out fifty or sixty hit
points in one go. If the other spirits were around, then this would be a LOT harder
since hitting them would break the connection and damage you. But since we made a
clear field, then there's nothing to this guy. Eventually, the connection WILL
break, there's no avoiding it. About six or seven lightning strikes will hit the
field, spawning new spirits (more spirits, I might add).

Again, wipe out all but the biggest one and then use it on Bogmire. Once more, try
to vacuum him up. The connection will probably break earlier this time, but if
you're lucky you should grab Bogmire on the third or fourth try. If you stay aware
of your surroundings and purposely break connection whenever you're about to hit a
spirit, then you should have no problem getting the gold-framed Bogmire portrait,
which looks really cool.

+====——————————————————————–====+
| Boolossus (Dif. 7/10) Boolos. |
+====——————————————————————–====+

I hate this boss. It's not hard really, it's just frustrating. I suppose at first
it can be fun, but near the end it just gets really tedious and you can get upset
at the game pretty fast. Boolossus is basically fifteen Boos combined into one.
Obviously, you have to defeat these fifteen individual Boos in order to defeat the
boss, but they do a good deal of damage to you, which makes it hard to get a gold
frame for this boss (in the Hidden Mansion, your vacuum's suction doesn't really
matter so it's twice as hard to get a gold frame in the Hidden Mansion). One
awesome thing about this boss is that it gives you an additional fifteen Boos to
your collection once its gone but still, I almost prefer capturing them
individually. Besides, it would make the game longer since there would be fifteen
more rooms.

Anyway, Boolossus doesn't have any actual attacks other than bouncing around the
arena trying to squash Luigi. At first, Boolossus is huge but as more and more Boos
disappear, Boolossus will grow smaller, stronger, and faster. Oh joy. First things
first, rush over to one of the two unicorn statues and grab an Ice Element. With
that in hand, you're ready to fight Boolossus. Using your vacuum, try to trap
Boolossus (which is pretty tough considering how large he is) in your vacuum's
suction. Once you've done that, guide your vacuum toward a unicorn horn to pop
Boolossus.

This will cause fifteen Boos to scatter in all directions. They'll underestimate
you here and charge at you mindlessly so you can run around spraying ice
everywhere. If ice touches a Boo, it'll freeze and you can vacuum it without a
problem. At first, you should be able to get about three to five Boos in, hopefully
more. The Boos, however, will soon form into Boolossus again.

It should be smaller and easier to capture in your suction this time, so steer it
once more toward the horn to pop it. The Boos should be a little more intelligent
now, and when they see you spray ice they'll run away. If you stop spraying ice,
they'll get close and that's when you can freeze them. You should be able to
hopefully get another three to five in, knocking the count down to, at least, two-
thirds its original size.

As more and more Boos disappear, Boolossus will get smaller and smaller and the
Boos will grow more intelligent. Eventually, when there's only two or three left,
they'll steer clear of you if you have ice and won't get anywhere near you. If you
stop spraying ice, they'll charge. That's when you have to get them, when they're
charging. If you mess up, they'll ram into you and you'll lose hearts which is
something you CANNOT afford to lose during this battle since you need ninety for a
gold frame. You might try hold L all the way to send out ice blasts, which are
incredibly inaccurate, but long range. If you get good with shooting those, you'll
be able to hit the Boos from a distance.

When there's just one Boo left, it'll bounce around wildly and hover high up over
Luigi to try and trick him. At this point you either have to have GREAT timing when
the Boo comes charging toward you or you need to be able to hit the Boo with your
blast of ice. The latter is definitely recommended if you're going for the gold
frame.

Once the last Boo has been picked up, Boolossus will disappear for good. That
should make your Boo count jump to thirty-nine. Only eleven more to go!

+====——————————————————————–====+
| King Boo (Dif. 9/10) KingBoo |
+====——————————————————————–====+

NOTE: When I refer to "King Boo" or "Bowser" I'm referring to the same thing. King
Boo is in a Bowser costume, which is why I sometimes switch references. You're only
fighting one thing here, and that's King Boo. Just wanted to clear that up.

I really like this battle. I find it so fun. But I also find it incredibly hard to
get a gold frame on because you basically have not get hit ONCE. King Boo's attacks
are incredibly powerful so you have to be very, very careful. Anyway, down to the
basic battle plan. First, King Boo's attacks…

No Bowser is complete without a fire breathing attack, and that's just what King
Boo's most preferred attack is. The fire can go a long way, but it stops at the
orange line that appears as Bowser spreads his head left and right, extending the
fire. You won't want to run too far away, or King Boo will do the stupid leap, but
you won't want to get anywhere near the fire. This attack will take away ten HP if
you're hit. You can afford to get hit by fire only once and nothing else to net the
gold frame.

King Boo's second attack is the one that gives you the opportunity to damage him,
but I'll get to that later. King Boo will make three mines appear. He'll roll them
down the path as if they were bowling balls. If you get hit by one of these mines,
it's five hit points off your heart count (this is the only attack that takes away
less than ten) and if a mine explodes it's ten hit points off.

If you try to get around behind King Boo, but are too close, Bowser will whip his
tail and cause twenty damage to Luigi. You can NOT get hit by this if you want the
gold frame, since you need at least ninety HP to grab a gold frame. But you should
never have to run behind Bowser anyway, so this shouldn't be a problem for you.

Bowser's most devastating attack isn't all that difficult to avoid. However, if
you're caught, it wipes out your chances for a gold frame and makes it pretty damn
tough to get a silver frame as well. King Boo will breath in a huge breath of air.
If you're caught in this, try to run the other way, against the force. However, if
Luigi is overcome, he'll be sucked into Bowser's mouth, where King Boo will beat
him up a little inside. He'll then be spit out. Luigi will be stunned at this point
so King Boo will use that opportunity to throw a little fire toward him. This fire
can't be avoided. In total, the attack does twenty-five damage (that's fifty on the
Hidden Mansion, which is half your HP!).

After King Boo throws mines at you, he'll always charge toward Luigi and stop just
in front of him to breath some fire. If you're caught during this charge, you'll
take twenty damage. It shouldn't be a problem, as long as you back away when
Bowser's charging.

If you're far away from King Boo, he'll leap high into the air. Quickly run and
keep running, but don't stay in the same place. Bowser will eventually land very
close to you (HOW do these guys always change direction in midair… it's so
freaky). If you're hit, you'll lose twenty hit points.

When King Boo is under 200 HP, the Bowser head will go on backwards. King Boo will
be unable to see, so Bowser will be wandering around the roof running into pillars.
If he tramples Luigi during this, twenty hit points will be taken away. This
shouldn't be TOO hard to avoid. Eventually, King Boo will put the Bowser head back
on facing the front.

The final attack happens when King Boo is out of the Bowser costume and you're
damaging him. The Bowser head will be floating around the area, shooting bolts of
ice at you. Stay in one place and when ice is spit, step to the left or right and
it'll miss you. Depending on how much the ice hits, you'll suffer ten to twenty
damage.

Now for a strategy on beating him. King Boo will always open up the battle by
breathing fire, which isn't unusual for all bosses (to open with their main
attack).

After this, King Boo will throw the three giant mines toward Luigi. Avoid them and
then when they've landed, pick up the one closest to you with your vacuum. King Boo
will charge toward you. Aim the vacuum at Bowser and back away as he's charging.
Just as Bowser breathes in to start the fire blast, release the R button and the
mine will fly into the head, blowing it off.

King Boo will fly out, totally vulnerable, with a whopping 500 HP. Don't worry
though, you can usually knock off 100 to 150 HP in one go. Since it is so
freakishly bright in the area, King Boo's HP will deplete VERY quickly, and he
doesn't move around much either. Simply stand under him and vacuum, stepping out of
the way when an ice bolt comes toward you. Try not to get stuck in a corner, or
it'll be hard to avoid the ice.

Eventually King Boo will fly back into the Bowser head. The strategy will repeat
itself. Do the same thing until King Boo's HP is at 200.

Once the HP hits 200, the Bowser head will go on backwards (like I said before) and
King Boo will run around not knowing where he's going. Sometimes, he'll hit
pillars. When hearts show up, GRAB THEM. You definitely want the gold frame here,
so hearts are wonderful. Sometimes, poisonous mushrooms will appear out of the
pillars so avoid those. Eventually, Bowser's head will come back on facing the
front.

From here, the battle just repeats itself until you have gotten King Boo's 500 HP
into your vacuum. Afterwards, you'll get a red jewel (from his crown) and Mario's
portrait!

===================——————–====================——————-
| ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ |
| |%%%%% Everything Money Related %%%%%| Money |
| ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ |
——————-====================——————–===================

What a crappy chapter title. This guide basically tells you the location of the
Speedy Spirits, the Golden Mice, the plants that give you money, the how much each
piece of money is worth, and the rankings you get at the end of the game. I didn't
think splitting each of these things up into a separate chapter was worth it, since
they would all be super small, so I just decided to merge them into one big
chapter. Anyway, I'll give you the locations of the Speedy Spirits and Golden Mice
first, so… onto the locations of the Speedy Spirits and Golden Mice.

+====——————————————————————–====+
| Speedy Spirits Speedy |
+====——————————————————————–====+

-Speedy Spirit #1-
Location: Closet (2F, off the )
Notes: The Speedy Spirit is in the far left wardrobe. I suggest taking out all the
ghosts in the area except for the one in the right wardrobe before tackling
the Spirit.

-Speedy Spirit #2-
Location: Study (2F, off the West Wing)
Notes: The Speedy Spirit can be found inside the table. I like to get this one
during the blackout, mainly because Neville won't interfere with you
catching it.

-Speedy Spirit #3-
Location: Nursery (2F, off the West Wing)
Notes: This Speedy Spirit can only be gotten during the blackout. During the
blackout, you can find the ghost inside the crib.

-Speedy Spirit #4-
Location: Storage Room (1F, off the Main Hall)
Notes: You can find this Spirit inside the chair on your right. Try to take out
all but one ghost before you tackle this guy.

-Speedy Spirit #5-
Location: Butler's Room (1F, off the Main Hall)
Notes: Speedy Spirit number five can be found in one of the stools in the Butler's
Room. I suggest getting this before you make Shivers enter the room; it'll
be easier since no ghosts will be bothering you.

-Speedy Spirit #6-
Location: Hidden Room (1F, off the Main Hall)
Notes: In this treasure-filled room, you can find a Speedy Spirit inside the right
(not the far right) chest during the blackout. If you open it before then,
it'll be empty. Try to take out every ghosts before tackling this guy, so
you don't suffer any interference.

-Speedy Spirit #7-
Location: Conservatory (1F, off the Main Hall)
Notes: During the blackout, you can find a Speedy Spirit inside the piano bench on
the far right. Be ready to point your nozzle up at the Spirit as it appears
above you.

-Speedy Spirit #8-
Location: Dining Room (1F, off the Main Hall)
Notes: In the far left cabinet, you can find this Spirit. This is a fairly easy
Spirit to get because there is NOTHING that will interfere with you
capturing it.

-Speedy Spirit #9-
Location: Kitchen (1F, off the Main Hall)
Notes: The Spirit hides in the left oven. Nothing special here.

-Speedy Spirit #10-
Location: Rec Room (1F, off the Courtyard)
Notes: The Spirit lies in one of the little bags on the right. It's the lower bag,
and there's nothing else you need to know. Just make sure to do it before
you anger Biff Atlas, otherwise it might be a bit tough to catch.

-Speedy Spirit #11-
Location: Nana's Room (2F, off the Main Hall)
Notes: This Speedy Spirit is a fairly simple one to get. Simply go to the far right
side of the room and shake the armchair. The Spirit should pop out.

-Speedy Spirit #12-
Location: Twin's Room (2F, off the West Wing)
Notes: A fun Spirit to get. Before you wake up the twins, climb up to the top bunk
and start vacuuming the bed. The Spirit should pop up right above you. If
you vacuum it up there, none of the treasure should leave the bed and you
should get all of it at once.

-Speedy Spirit #13-
Location: Cellar (Basement)
Notes: Right when you enter the cellar, shake the table on your left and the spirit
will pop out. Shine your light up at it since it'll appear above you.

-Speedy Spirit #14-
Location: Sealed Room (2F, off the Roof)
Notes: Inside this treasure-filled room, open the lower right chest to find the
Spirit. Make sure to get this after getting any spare ghosts (but NOT the
ghosts in the chests).

+====——————————————————————–====+
| Golden Mice Golden |
+====——————————————————————–====+

There are two types of Golden Mice. First, there are the random ones, which appear
in specific rooms and the two Main Halls. Then there are cheese mice, which always
appear when you trigger a certain event in five specific rooms. Mice will only
appear in dark rooms, but they can escape to a lit room if you're too slow catching
them. I'll list the random mice first, then the cheese mice.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-Random Mice-
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

Every so often, when you're walking in one of five areas, a golden mouse will
simply appear out of nowhere. You'll hear a sound that triggers this, so you'll
always no to hurry and catch the mouse before it gets away. These are where the
five mice appear:

-Main Hall 1F
-Main Hall 2F
-Kitchen
-Tea Room
-Sealed Room

The Sealed Room mouse is very tedious to get because you always have to constantly
go all the way up to the roof, fall down the chimney, and if it doesn't work you
have to warp back to the Foyer, make your way to the roof, and repeat. I just
ignore this mouse entirely, unless I happen to get it on my first visit inside the
room. And once the room is lit up, you can't get the mouse anyway, so if you want
the mouse then you have to get it before you get anything else in the room.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-Cheese Mice-
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

-Study (behind the desk)
-Fortune-Teller's Room (behind Madame Clairvoya's table)
-Dining Room (behind the dining table)
-Tea Room (behind the left table)
-Safari Room (on the far right side)

+====——————————————————————–====+
| Money Plants Plants |
+====——————————————————————–====+

Once you get the Water Element Medal, you'll be able to water certain plants to get
jewels and gold bars, as well as some money. This portion of the chapter will state
the location of every plant that gives you a jewel or a gold bar. They're found all
over the mansion… remember, every little bit of treasure helps!

-Money Plant #1-
Location: 2nd Floor Balcony (2F, off the Foyer)
Treasure: Blue Jewel
Where: The middle plant on the right

-Money Plant #2-
Location: 2nd Floor Balcony (2F, off the Foyer)
Treasure: Gold Bar
Where: Not a plant, but the lamp next to do the door

-Money Plant #3-
Location: Master Bedroom (2F, off the West Wing)
Treasure: Green Jewel, Gold Bar
Where: In the upper right hand corner, spray the potted plant

-Money Plant #4-
Location: Boneyard (1F, off the Main Hall)
Treasure: Gold Diamond
Where: This one's a bit tricky. When you first enter the Boneyard, before you clear
Area Two, water the plant in the garden once and it'll grow. After you beat
Bogmire, return to the plant and water it again. Once you defeat Boolossus,
water the plant a third time and it'll open and produce tons of cash and
coins, along with the 20,000,000G diamond!

-Money Plant #5-
Location: Courtyard (1F, off the Main Hall)
Treasure: Gold Bar
Where: The lower left plant near the fountain

-Money Plant #6-
Location: Courtyard (1F, off the Main Hall)
Treasure: Green Jewel
Where: The upper right plant near the fountain

-Money Plant #7-
Location: Balcony (3F)
Treasure: Green Jewel
Where: The lower right plant, in the corner

-Money Plant #8-
Location: Balcony (3F)
Treasure: Gold Bar
Where: The far right, middle plant

-Money Plant #9-
Location: Balcony (3F)
Treasure: Red Jewel
Where: The upper right plant, in the corner

-Money Plant #10-
Location: Balcony (3F)
Treasure: Green Jewel
Where: On the right side of the west bench, up at the top

-Money Plant #11-
Location: Balcony (3F)
Treasure: Gold Bar
Where: The lower left plant, in the corner

-Money Plant #12-
Location: Sitting Room (2F, off the Main Hall)
Treasure: Gold Bar
Where: The potted plant in the upper left corner

-Money Plant #13-
Location: Guest Room
Treasure: Blue Jewel
Where: The potted plant in the upper right corner

-MONEY VALUE-

There are twelve different types of treasure, and they are all worth a different
amount of money. You need different amounts of money to get the different rankings
(which I'll list next).

-Gold Coin-
Value: 5,000G

-Red Diamond-
Value: 5,000G

-Bill-
Value: 20,000G

-Small Pearl-
Value: 50,000G

-Gold Bar-
Value: 100,000G

-Medium Pearl-
Value: 100,000G

-Blue Jewel-
Value: 500,000G

-Green Jewel-
Value: 800,000G

-Red Jewel-
Value: 1,000,000G

-Big Pearl-
Value: 1,000,000G

-Silver Diamond-
Value: 2,000,000G

-Gold Diamond-
Value: 20,000,000G

+====——————————————————————–====+
| House Rankings Ranking |
+====——————————————————————–====+

At the end of a game, the total amount of money you earned throughout the areas
will total up. Depending on how much you have, Luigi will buy a better house. The
rankings go from H (a tent) to A (a huge mansion).

-Rank H-
A tent: Less than 5,000,000G

-Rank G-
A one-room house: Less than 20,000,000G

-Rank F-
A one-room, two-window house: Less than 40,000,000G

-Rank E-
A three-room house: Less than 50,000,000G

-Rank D-
A four-room, two-story house: Less than 60,000,000G

-Rank C-
A seven-room, two-story house: Less than 70,000,000G

-Rank B-
A twelve-room, two story house: Less than 100,000,000G

-Rank A-
A nineteen-room, three-story house: Over 100,000,000G

There is also an S-Ranking, but currently I don't know how to get it or what the
mansion looks like. If anyone does, please let me know!

===================——————–====================——————-
| ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ |
| |%%%%% Enemies %%%%%| ENEMY |
| ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ |
——————-====================——————–===================

Not counting the gallery ghosts, and the bosses, there are a total of twenty
different enemies in the game. They can range from walking skeletons to Shy Guys,
and some of them are a lot harder than others. I'll list the name of the ghost, the
HP, and how to beat the ghost.

-Bat-
HP: 0
Notes: The Bat has no HP and doesn't need to be stunned by the light. Simply focus
your nozzle on the beast and you'll automatically suck it up.

-Blue Blaze-
HP: 20
Notes: The Blue Blaze is one of three Elemental Ghosts that require you to use
one of the three elements (Fire, Water, or Ice) to defeat it. The Blue
Blaze requires an ice element. Spray the ghost with an icy blast and it'll
be stunned and lose five hit points. It's at this time where you can vacuum
the spirit up.

-Blue Mouse-
HP: 0
Notes: Like the Bat, the Blue Mouse doesn't need to be stunned. Simply start
sucking up the air and the mouse will come with it.

-Blue Twirler-
HP: 30
Notes: The Blue Twirler is an uncommon ghost. They won't become common until Area
Four, where you'll run into a lot of them. The Blue Twirler is sort of an
upgraded version of the Gold Ghost and Purple Puncher. While it can ram into
Luigi, it can also cause shockwaves. If you're hit by a shockwave while
trying to vacuum a ghost up, the connection will be broken. The Blue Twirler
can't release shockwaves while it's struggling to break free of the
Poltergust 3000 so try to vacuum up all Blue Twirlers in the room before any
of the other ghosts.

-Bowling Ghost-
HP: 0
Notes: In the Basement and the 3F West Wing, Bowling Ghosts will appear. They look
like your average Golden Ghost except you'll know they're different once
they start rolling bowling balls down the corridors. You simply need to stun
them and you'll be able to suck them up instantly.

-Ceiling Surprise-
HP: 0
Notes: The Ceiling Surprise is only found in the two Main Halls, the Basement, and
the 3F West Wing. The Ceiling Surprise will drop down from behind or in
front of you, and you'll lose HP if you run into it. Stun it with your light
and activate your vacuum, and the ghost will automatically be sucked in.

-Flash-
HP: 10
Notes: The Flash is one of the three Elemental Ghosts that require you to use one
of the three elements (Fire, Water, or Ice) to defeat it. The Flash requires
a fire element. Spray the ghost with a fiery blast and it'll be stunned and
lose five hit points. It's at this time where you can vacuum the ghost up.

-Flying Fish-
HP: 0
Notes: Once again, this is an enemy that doesn't require to be stunned by the
light. The Flying Fish will float around and will try to attack you, but
just aiming your nozzle at it will defeat it.

-Garbage Can Ghost-
HP: 40
Notes: The third type of ghost you meet is the ghost with the most HP, aside from
the gallery ghosts and the bosses. The Garbage Can Ghosts, luckily, are rare
in the game but you'll run into at least fifteen of them throughout the
game. The Garbage Can Ghosts like to run around and throw banana peels onto
the floor. If Luigi steps on these, he'll slip, lose coins, and take damage.
Also, if you were to be vacuuming a ghost up, you'll break the connection if
you slip on a banana peel. While you're vacuuming the ghost up, it'll throw
the peels all over the place so make sure to avoid those while you're trying
to capture the ghost.

-Gold Ghost-
HP: 10
Notes: This is the most common ghost you'll find in the game. They are the only
types of ghosts that appear at first, and there is nothing special about
them. Gold Ghosts simply try to punch you, but they have to "charge"
their punch before they actually release it, which should give you plenty of
time to capture the ghost.

-Gold Mouse-
HP: 0
Notes: There are only ten Golden Mice in the game. Five of them are found in
specific rooms and random times and the other five are found inside
cheese (see the chapter Speedy Spirits, Golden Mice, and Everything Money
Related). They don't need to be stunned, but you might have to move toward
them as you suck them up because they're pretty fast. Once you suck them
up, they'll release a bunch of cash.

-Grabbing Ghost-
HP: 20
Notes: The Grabbing Ghosts can come in different colors. The first types you'll
meet are white, but you can also run into red and blue. There are no
differences between the ghosts except the color. Grabbing Ghosts like to
sneak up on Luigi from behind and grab him. While they're strangling Luigi,
his health will deplete rapidly. To get a ghost off, push the control stick
to the left and right rapidly. In the Hidden Mansion, Luigi's HP will
deplete twice as fast so it's essential that you get the ghost off you.

-Mr. Bones-
HP: 30
Notes: If I can remember correctly, there are only six Mr. Bones in the game, four
of them appearing within five minutes of each other. Mr. Bones is simply a
skeleton that will try to harass you by throwing bones at you. Simply stun
it while avoiding the bones and vacuum him up.

-Purple Bomber-
HP: 0
Notes: Like the Ceiling Surprise, the Purple Bomber can only be found in areas that
lead to single rooms. The Purple Bomber will drop down long corridors and
drop bombs. Once again, stun them with your light and turn your vacuum on
them to defeat the ghost.

-Purple Puncher-
HP: 20
Notes: This is the second type of ghost you'll meet, the Purple Puncher. Basically,
these purple ghosts are just like the Gold Ghosts except that they're larger
and have twenty HP. The Purple Punchers also deal ten damage to Luigi,
instead of the Gold Ghost's five HP.

-Shy Guy-
HP: 20
Notes: It's a Mario game, so at least ONE of the classic enemies has to have made
it in here, right? It just so happens that the Shy Guy is the only one
(SHUT UP THE BOOS DON'T COUNT!) to have made it. You can't stun or lock on
to the Shy Guy at first. When you see one, try to vacuum its mask off. It'll
cover its face for a few seconds. You can now stun it and vacuum it up.
Watch out for the spear that it carries. If you get too close, the Shy Guys
will stab you with it.

-Spark-
HP: 0
Notes: This is the only enemy in the game that you can't actually suck up. If you
get too close to the Spark, it'll start to flash and eventually explode.
If you try to suck it up, nothing will happen except that they will explode.
Try to avoid them as best you can throughout the game.

-Speedy Spirit-
HP: 10
Notes: Fourteen of these special ghosts reside in Luigi's mansion. When you find
them, quickly stun them and suck them up. They'll release tons of cash.

-Temper Terror-
HP: 30
Notes: The Temper Terror is one of three Elemental Ghosts that require you to use
one of the three elements (Fire, Water, or Ice) to defeat it. The Temper
Terror requires a water element. Spray the ghost with an watery blast and
it'll be stunned and lose five hit points. It's at this time where you can
vacuum the spirit up.

-Waiter-
HP: 10
Notes: There are only two Waiters in the entire game and once they're gone, they're
gone. Without a doubt, the Waiter is easily the most pathetic ghost that
involves using a flashlight. When you're trying to capture Mr. Luggs, he'll
call on the Waiters to bring him more food. To make your capture easier,
simply stun the Waiters to make them vulnerable, then suck 'em up. They
don't try to attack you at all, and barely struggle, so it should be easy.

===================——————–====================——————-
| ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ |
| |%%%%% Gallery Ghosts %%%%%| GALLERY |
| ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ |
——————-====================——————–===================

If you're stuck on a specific gallery ghost, I've put together this little guide to
help you get through. The descriptions have barely any depth, since that's in the
guide and I can't really say more than what I've said there. Here, I'll simply give
you the bare bone strategy of how to defeat the gallery ghost. It should be enough
for regular gallery ghosts, but you might want to head to the bosses section if
you're stuck on a boss. Also, I'll be putting the in game description of the
gallery ghost in here, for anyone that's interested.

~~~~~~~
Neville
~~~~~~~
Bio: 42 years
The Bookish Father
Neville
-Neville spends his afterlife reading all the books he missed while living.
Found: Study (2F, off the West Wing)
How to beat: You first portrait ghost is definitely the easiest one. Turn your
back to Neville and when he yawns, turn around and stun him with
your light to make him vulnerable.

~~~~~
Lydia
~~~~~
Bio: 34 years
The Mirror-Gazing Mother
Lydia
-She's stashed her secret savings away to prepare for her long afterlife.
Found: Master Bedroom (2F, off the West Wing)
How to beat: The second portrait ghost is no more difficult than the first. Lydia
doesn't like the cold, so pull back the curtains close to her. When
she looks over at the open window, stun her.

~~~~~~~~
Chauncey
~~~~~~~~
Bio: 1 year
The Spoiled Baby
Chauncey
-He cries loudly and never sleeps through the night, but since he was born a ghost,
this seems natural.
Found: Nursery (2F, off the West Wing)
How to beat: Your first boss isn't that tough. When Chauncey throws balls at you,
one will be left behind. Pick it up and hurl it at Chauncey to make
him vulnerable.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
The Floating Whirlwinds
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Bio: ??? years
The Dancing Couple
The Floating Whirlwinds
-Once the local waltz champions, they can no longer compete since their feet don't
touch the floor.
Found: Ballroom (1F, off the Main Hall)
How to beat: Stand near the Whirlwinds, facing away from them. Wait until they spin
and bow, then turn around and stun them with your light.

~~~~~~~
Shivers
~~~~~~~
Bio: 72 years
The Wandering Butler
Shivers
-He wanders the house, endlessly searching for his master's will. He hopes he's
included in it!
Found: Butler's Room (1F, off the Main Hall)
How to beat: In the hallway, light the candelabra and wait until he heads into the
Butler's Room. There, he'll sit and scream as he tries to put out the
fire by sitting on it. That's your chance to stun him.

~~~~~~
Melody
~~~~~~
Bio: 26 years
The Beautiful Pianist
Melody
-Despite playing moving melodies, she has a surly disposition. Oddly enough, she
loves playing video games.
Found: Conservatory (1F, off the Main hall)
How to beat: After striking up all the instruments in the room, talk to Melody.
Answer her incredibly easy question correctly and she'll throw her
sheet music at you. After vacuuming them up, you can stun Melody.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Madame Clairvoya
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Bio: ??? years
The Freaky Fortune-Teller
Madame Clairvoya
-Her close connection to the spirit world lets her see nearly 49 days into the
future.
Found: Fortune-Teller's Room (1F, off the Main Hall)
How to beat: When you bring Mario's five lost items to her, she'll let you capture
her. Nothing to it.

~~~~~~~~~
Mr. Luggs
~~~~~~~~~
Bio: 30 years
The Glutton
Mr. Luggs
-He prefers all-you-can-eat buffets to three meals a day. He ate himself to death
but still wasn't satisfied.
Found: Dining Room (1F, off the Main Hall)
How to beat: Light all the candles to make Mr. Luggs appear. Slowly vacuum up all
his food and he'll become angry and start spitting fireballs at you.
Avoid the fireballs and Mr. Luggs will eventually collapse, allowing
you to stun him.

~~~~~~
Spooky
~~~~~~
Bio: 4 years
The Hungry Guard Dog
Spooky
-This creepy canine will sink its chops into any seemingly edible thing in sight.
Found: Boneyard (1F, off the Main Hall)
How to beat: Pour water in Spooky's bowl and he'll chase after you. Eventually a
Mr. Bones will rise from the garden, annoyed. Defeat it and it'll
drop a bone, distracting Spooky, which will allow you to stun him.

~~~~~~~
Bogmire
~~~~~~~
Bio: ??? years
The Cemetery Shadow
Bogmire
-A product of the mansion's fear and despair, he's not sure who to fear or what
to despair of these days.
Found: Graveyard (1F, off the Main Hall)
How to beat: Suck up the shadows into your vacuum and aim them at Bogmire. When you
hit him, he'll become trapped in a sticky ball. This is your chance to
start vacuuming.

~~~~~~~~~~
Biff Atlas
~~~~~~~~~~
Bio: 26 years
The Bodybuilder
Biff Atlas
-This kind body builder loves muscles and lilies. Why lilies? They symbolize
purity.
Found: Training Room (1F, off the Courtyard)
How to beat: While Biff Atlas is lifting, punch a punching bag and hit him. He'll
start chasing you around the room but hit him with two more punching
bags and he'll collapse, allowing you to stun him.

~~~~~~~~~~~~
Miss Petunia
~~~~~~~~~~~~
Bio: ??? years
The Bathing Beauty
Miss Petunia
-The Miss Ghost runner-up from six years ago, she hasn't had much modeling work
lately.
Found: Bathroom (2F, off the Main Hall)
How to beat: Pull away the shower curtain to expose Petunia. Give her a blast of
ice and she'll become vulnerable.

~~~~
Nana
~~~~
Bio: 76 years
The Scarf-Knitting Granny
Nana
-She's still knitting the scar she never finished in life. It now stretches to 871
feet.
Found: Nana's Room (2F, off the Main Hall)
How to beat: When you knock over her yarn balls, vacuum them up one by one and hit
her with each of them. This will make her vulnerable to your
flashlight.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Slim Bankshot
~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Bio: 29 years
The Lonely Poolshark
Slim Bankshot
-Slim's a legend in the world of competitive pool. Too bad he's never played a
living soul.
Found: Billards Room (1F, off the Main Hall)
How to beat: When Slim hits the pool balls everywhere, vacuum one of them up and
aim it at the cue stick. Release to hit Slim. Do this two more times
and Luigi will be able to stun him.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Henry and Orville
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Bio: 5 years
The Twin Brothers
Henry and Orville
-The twins like to play hide and seek, but since they both hide, the game never
seems to end.
Found: The Twins' Room (2F, off the West Wing)
How to beat: After spinning the mobile, the Twins will request that you play
hide-and-seek. Locate them in their boxes and they'll jump on
toys and ride around. Pull them off their toys and vacuum them one by
one.

~~~~~~~~~
Boolossus
~~~~~~~~~
Bio: ??? years
Jumbo Ghost
Boolossus
-When the shy, timid Boos get together, their body and their altitude get BIG!
Found: Balcony (3F)
How to beat: Vacuum in Boolossus and pop it on a unicorn horn. Using an
Ice Element, freeze each Boo individually and vacuum them up one by
one.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Uncle Grimmly
~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Bio: 45 years
Hermit of Darkness
Uncle Grimmly
-Adrift in the darkness, he tends to keep to himself, which suits the rest of the
family just fine.
Found: Closet (2F, off the Foyer)
How to beat: During the blackout, visit the Closet and turn around with your back
to the mirror. Uncle Grimmly will appear. When he raises his arms to
scare you, quickly turn to face him and start vacuuming.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Clockwork Soldiers
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Bio: ??? years
The Toy Platoon
Clockwork Soldiers
-They once belonged to a tightly-wound toy collector but now they march on their
own without any winding.
Found: Clockwork Room (3F)
How to beat: After activating the three clocks, the soldiers will walk around.
Avoid them and vacuum up the corks on their backs to make them
vulnerable. You have to capture all three individually.

~~~~~~~
Sue Pea
~~~~~~~
Bio: 7 years
The Dozing Girl
Sue Pea
-What was meant to be a short nap seems to have turned into eternal rest for Sue
Pea.
Found: Guest Room (2F, off the Main Hall)
How to beat: Sue Pea doesn't like water. Spray her with a Water Element three times
and she'll become vulnerable to light.

~~~~~~
Jarvis
~~~~~~
Bio: ??? years
The Jar Collector
Jarvis
-He loves his antique jars so much that he now lives in one. He can hardly contain
himself!
Found: Ceramics Studio (3F)
How to beat: Search the jars and Jarvis will show up. He'll ask to play a game,
where he'll pop out of a random jar and you have to try and stun him
with ice. Do this seven times and Jarvis will now be vulnerable to
your flashlight.

~~~~~~~~~~
Sir Weston
~~~~~~~~~~
Bio: 30 years
The Chilly Climber
Sir Weston
-This strange fellow's ice abode may be the reason he hasn't warmed up to being a
ghost.
Found: Cold Storage (Basement)
How to beat: Using a Fire Element, light the fires in the corner. Sir Weston will
appear in a block of ice and start causing icicles to stick up from
the ground near Luigi. Avoid them while using your vacuum to burn the
ice block holding Sir Weston. Once he's been thawed, you can capture
him. Note that this is the hardest non-boss gallery ghost to catch
because of the slippery floor and icicles, so it may take you a few
tries.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Vincent Van Gore
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Bio: 59 years
The Starving Artist
Vincent Van Gore
-Despite failing to sell a single painting in 30 years, this stubborn man refuses
to let his art die.
Found: Artist's studio (3F)
How to beat: As you enter the room, Van Gore will make the ghosts from his
paintings jump out and attack you three at time. You must defeat a
total of twenty-one ghosts before you can stun Van Gore and capture
him.

~~~~~~~~
King Boo
~~~~~~~~
Bio: None
Found: Roof
How to beat: King Boo will appear in the form of a Bowser disguise. When he
throws bombs at you, vacuum one of them up. Throw it into his mouth
when he takes a breath to breathe fire and you'll blow the Bowser head
off, releasing King Boo. Now you can vacuum him up.

===================——————–====================——————-
| ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ |
| |%%%%% Breakdown of Mansion Rooms %%%%%| BREAKDO |
| ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ |
——————-====================——————–===================

There are a total of sixty-one rooms in Luigi's mansion, and that's a lot of rooms.
It's a pretty freakishly huge mansion so I've decided to give a breakdown of all
the rooms in the house, starting with the Basement and finishing on the Roof.
Included are maps, so it's time to bust out my SOOPER-DOOPER MAPMAKING
SKILLZ!!!111!

~~~~~~~~~~~
-Basement- SEARCH: Basemen
~~~~~~~~~~~

________
| |
| |
| |
_ | 9 |
.` `._______| |
( 1 _______| |
`._.` |________|

/ /
/ /
\8\
\ \
/ /
_____________ /_/ __________
| | | | |
| 6 | | | 3 |
|_____________| | |__________|
| 5| _|_|______
_____________| | |_____2____|
| | |___|_|______
| 7 | | 4 |
|_____________|__|____________|

~Room 1: Under the Well~
Gallery Ghost: N/A
Speedy Spirits: 0
Golden Mice: 0
Key: Rec Room
Elements: None
First visit: Area Three
Notes: This is just a small room with only a single Ceiling Surprise

~Room 2: Basement Access~
Gallery Ghost: N/A
Speedy Spirits: 0
Golden Mice: 0
Key: N/A
Elements: None
First visit: Area Two
Notes: Simply the stairs that get you from the Main Hall 1F to the Basement. A few
bats rest here.

~Room 3: Breaker Room~
Gallery Ghost: N/A
Speedy Spirits: 1
Golden Mice: 0
Key: Cellar
Elements: None
First visit: Area Two
Notes: In Area Two you'll come here for a Speedy Spirit, but you'll collect the key
in Area Four.

~Room 4: Cellar~
Gallery Ghost: N/A
Speedy Spirits: 1
Golden Mice: 0
Key: Clockwork Room
Elements: None
First Visit: Area Four
Notes: All of the piles of dirt in the room must be sucked up before you can
proceed. When you want to get to the beginning of the room from the back,
there's a gravity switch you can throw.

~Room 5: Basement~
Gallery Ghost: N/A
Speedy Spirits: 0
Golden Mice: 0
Key: N/A
Elements: None
First Visit: Area Four
Notes: This hall will connect you to the Cold Storage, Pipe Room, and Secret Altar.

~Room 6: Pipe Room~
Gallery Ghost: N/A
Speedy Spirits:
Golden Mice: 0
Key: Cold Storage
Elements: Ice
First Visit: Area Four
Notes: The poison water in this room must be frozen by ice before you can proceed.

~Room 7: Cold Storage
Gallery Ghost: Sir Weston
Speedy Spirits:
Golden Mice: 0
Key: Artist's Studio
Elements: Fire
First Visit: Area Four
Notes: Sir Weston, the hardest non-boss gallery ghost, rests here. Watch out for
the icicles.

~Room 8: Secret Altar Hall~
Gallery Ghost: N/A
Speedy Spirits: 0
Golden Mice: 0
Key: N/A
Elements: None
First Visit: Area Four
Notes: Nothing special, but if you try to open the door before you have forty Boos,
King Boo will send you back to the Foyer.

~Room 9: Secret Altar~
Gallery Ghost: King Boo
Speedy Spirits: 0
Golden Mice: 0
Key: N/A
Elements: None
First Visit: Area Four
Notes: Technically, you get King Boo on the rooftop but you start the battle in
here. King Boo is the final boss and gallery ghost.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-First Floor- SEARCH: 1FMAP
~~~~~~~~~~~~~

________ ___________________________________________________________________
| | | |
| | | 17 |
| | |___________________________________________________________________|
| | ________| | _____________________ | |
| 16 | | | | | | | |
| | | 3 | | | | | 18 |
| | |________| | | 12 | | |
| | ________| | | | | |
| | | 6 | |_|_____________________|_|__________________________|
|________| |________| | 19 |
________ ________|_______ ___________ _____ |__________________________|
| | | | | | | 5 |
| 15 | | 21 | 22 | | |__________________________|
| | |________________|___________| | | |
|________|________ ___________________________| | |
| | | 2 | 4 |
| 14 | 13 | | |
| | | | |
|_________________|___________________________| |__________________________|
| | | 20 |
| 9 | | |
|_____________|_____________________________________________________|__________|
| | ___________ | | | | |
| | | | | | | | |
| 10 | | 11 | | 1 | | 7 | 8 |
| | | | | | | | |
|_____________| |___________| |________________| |__________________|__________|

~Room 1: Foyer~
Gallery Ghost: N/A
Speedy Spirits: 0
Golden Mice: 0
Key: Parlor
Elements: None
First Visit: Area One
Notes: This is where you'll always start your adventure when you die, turn your
game off, return to E. Gadd's lab, etc. No ghosts ever appear in here, even
during the blackout.

~Room 2: Main Hall 1F~
Gallery Ghost: N/A
Speedy Spirits: 0
Golden Mice: 1 (random)
Key: N/A
Elements: Fire
First Visit: Area Two
Notes: Without a doubt, the Main Hall 1F is the area you'll visit most during the
game. It connects to eleven different rooms, which connect to more rooms,
and you always must pass through here in order to reach 2F, 3F, or the
Basement. Ceiling Surprises, Purple Bombers, and a few Bats rest here.

~Room 3: Bathroom~
Gallery Ghost: N/A
Speedy Spirits: 0
Golden Mice: 0
Key: Ballroom
Elements: Water
First Visit: Area Two
Notes: A small room with a few Grabbing Ghosts; there's really only one purpose to
this room and that's to get the key. There's not even a Boo.

~Room 4: Ballroom~
Gallery Ghost: Floating Whirlwinds
Speedy Spirits: 0
Golden Mice: 0
Key: Storage Room
Elements: None
First Visit: Area Two
Notes: The first time you visit this place it'll be filled with Shy Guys and then
the Whirlwinds. After the room has been up, the ballroom floors will stop
spinning, making things easier for you.

~Room 5: Storage Room~
Gallery Ghost: N/A
Speedy Spirits: 1
Golden Mice: 0
Key: N/A
Elements: None
First Visit: Area Two
Notes: This is the room where you'll release all the Boos. After that, it serves no
other purpose.

~Room 6: Washroom~
Gallery Ghost: N/A
Speedy Spirits: 0
Golden Mice: 0
Key: Fortune-Teller's Room
Elements: None
First Visit: Area Two
Notes: Like the Bathroom, the only purpose here is to get the key; no ghosts rest
here, only a Toad.

~Room 7: Fortune-Teller's Room~
Gallery Ghost: Madame Clairvoya
Speedy Spirits: 0
Golden Mice: 1 (cheese)
Key: Laundry Room, Safari Room
Elements: None
First Visit: Area Two
Notes: You'll visit this room a LOT. When you first enter, in Area Two, you can do
nothing but head to the Mirror Room and get the Golden Mouse. Later, in Area
Three, you'll be able to capture Clairvoya, light the room up, and collect
the second key.

~Room 8: Mirror Room~
Gallery Ghost: N/A
Speedy Spirits: 0
Golden Mice: 0
Key: N/A
Elements: Fire (Fire Element Medal earned)
First Visit: Area Two
Notes: You'll collect the Fire Element Medal in here. Without it, you cannot
progress any further into the mansion.

~Room 9: Laundry Room~
Gallery Ghost: N/A
Speedy Spirits: 0
Golden Mice: 0
Key: N/A
Elements: None
First Visit: Area Two
Notes: You don't need to light up this room at all if you don't want to, since
the chest revealed contains only treasure. You can find Mario's Cap in here,
as well as a fake door.

~Room 10: Butler's Room~
Gallery Ghost: Shivers
Speedy Spirits: 1
Golden Mice: 0
Key: Conservatory
Elements: Fire
First Visit: Area Two
Notes: This area links you to the Hidden Room, the room full of treasure. Aside
from that, and Shivers, it serves no purpose.

~Room 11: Hidden Room~
Gallery Ghost: N/A
Speedy Spirits: 1
Golden Mice: 0
Key: N/A
Elements: None
First Visit: Area Two
Notes: This room is totally optional, but it is full of treasure, and ghosts. A
bunch of treasure chests are in the area with jewels and gold bars. The
Speedy Spirit can only be caught during the blackout.

~Room 12: Conservatory~
Gallery Ghost: Melody
Speedy Spirits: 1
Golden Mice: 0
Key: Dining Room
Elements: None
First Visit: Area Two
Notes: The Speedy Spirit here can be caught only during the blackout. Also,
whenever you feel like going back in time, return to this room and strike up
the instruments for the classic Mario Bros. theme song.

~Room 13: Dining Room~
Gallery Ghost: Mr. Luggs
Speedy Spirits: 1
Golden Mice: 1 (cheese)
Key: N/A
Elements: Fire
First Visit: Area Two
Notes: This room is totally optional, but it's rich with treasure and an extra
gallery ghost. It's also the only room to hold a gallery ghost, a Speedy
Spirit, and a Golden Mouse. The reward for capturing Mr. Luggs is a treasure
chest full of money.

~Room 14: Kitchen~
Gallery Ghost: N/A
Speedy Spirits: 1
Golden Mice: 1 (random)
Key: N/A
Elements: Water, Ice
First Visit: Area Two
Notes: The Water Element Medal can be found in here, and you need it to continue to
the Boneyard.

~Room 15: Boneyard~
Gallery Ghost: Spooky
Speedy Spirits: 0
Golden Mice: 0
Key: N/A
Elements: Water
First Visit: Area Two
Notes: One of the game's two Gold Diamonds can be found here. For more information
on how to get it see the Treasure chapter or the Area Two walkthrough.

~Room 16: Graveyard~
Gallery Ghost: Bogmire
Speedy Spirits: 0
Golden Mice: 0
Key: Courtyard
Elements: Fire
First Visit: Area Two
Notes: This is where you fight the Area Two boss, Bogmire. You'll likely only visit
this area once, to capture Bogmire.

~Room 17: Courtyard~
Gallery Ghost: N/A
Speedy Spirits: 0
Golden Mice: 0
Key: N/A
Elements: Water
First Visit: Area Three
Notes: This area gives you access to the Bottom of the Well area, and also holds a
Toad as well as Mario's Letter.

~Room 18: Rec Room~
Gallery Ghost: Biff Atlas
Speedy Spirits: 1
Golden Mice: 0
Key: Main Hall
Elements: None
First Visit: Area Three
Notes: The gallery ghost and key are both optional; the key creates a shortcut
so you don't have to go through the Courtyard every time you want to head up
to 2F so I suggest grabbing it.

~Room 19: 2F Access~
Gallery Ghost: N/A
Speedy Spirits: 0
Golden Mice: 0
Key: N/A
Elements: None
First Visit: Area Three
Notes: Nothing except the staircase to the Main Hall 2F.

~Room 20: Basement Access~
Gallery Ghost: N/A
Speedy Spirits: 0
Golden Mice: 0
Key: N/A
Elements: None
First Visit: Area Two
Notes: Nothing except the staircase to the Basement.

~Room 21: Billards Room~
Gallery Ghost: Slim Bankshot
Speedy Spirits: 0
Golden Mice: 0
Key: N/A
Elements: None
First Visit: Area Three
Notes: Another optional room and gallery ghost, the Billards Room holds a chest
full of treasure and provides access to the Projection Room.

~Room 22: Projection Room~
Gallery Ghost: N/A
Speedy Spirits: 0
Golden Mice: 0
Key: N/A
Elements: None
First Visit: Area Three
Notes: This room holds Mario's Glove; that's the only reason you need to visit this
place.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-Second Floor- SEARCH: 2FMAP
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

_______ ____ _____________________________ _______________________
| | | | |
| 14 | | 15 | 11 |
|_______| |_____________________________|______ ________________|
_______| | |
| 13 | | 10 |
|_______|_____________________________ ______|________________|
___ ________________ __________________ | |_______________ _______
| | | | | | | |
| | | | | | 17 | 18 |
| 5 | 4 | 3 | | | | |
| | | | | |_______________|_______|
|___|________________| | | 12 | ___________________
______________ ______________ |__________________| | | | |
| | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | 19 |
| 8 | 7 | | 2 | | | | |
| | | | | | | |___________________|
| | | | | | |_______________________
|______________|______________|_|__________________| | |
| | | | |
| 6 | | |______________ _____________|
|_____________________________| | | | |
| | | 1 | | | |
| 9 | | | | 20 | 21 |
| | 16 | | | | |
|______________|______________|____________________| |______________|_____________|

NOTE: Please note that rooms 1-9 and 18 are a totally separate section than rooms
10-21

~Room 2: Parlor~
Gallery Ghost: N/A
Speedy Spirits: 0
Golden Mice: 0
Key: Waiting Room
Elements: None
First Visit: Area One
Notes: The first "real" room that you'll visit has only a few gold ghosts, so it
should be easy.

~Room 3: Waiting Room~
Gallery Ghost: N/A
Speedy Spirits: 0
Golden Mice: 0
Key: N/A
Elements: None
First Visit: Area One
Notes: This room has nothing; if you clear out all the ghosts, no chest will appear
so if you want to totally ignore this area, it won't come back to haunt you.

~Room 4: Closet~
Gallery Ghost: Mr. Grimmly
Speedy Spirits: 1
Golden Mice: 0
Key: West Wing
Elements: None
First Visit: Area One
Notes: When you first enter here during Area One, Mr. Grimmly won't be available.
He only comes during the blackout of Area Four.

~Room 5: 2nd Floor Balcony~
Gallery Ghost: N/A
Speedy Spirits: 0
Golden Mice: 0
Key: 0
Elements: None
First Visit: Area One
Notes: The only thing here are a few plants that yield treasure when watered and a
Toad.

~Room 6: West Wing~
Gallery Ghost: N/A
Speedy Spirits: 0
Golden Mice: 0
Key: N/A
Elements: None
First Visit: Area One
Notes: The first hallway that you visit connects to only a few rooms, but is where
you finish off Area One. Also, every room that this hallway links to
contains one gallery ghost.

~Room 7: Study~
Gallery Ghost: Neville
Speedy Spirits: 1
Golden Mice: 1 (cheese)
Key: Master Bedroom
Elements: Fire
First Visit: Area One
Notes: This is where you capture your first gallery ghost and is where you find
your first Golden Mouse.

~Room 8: Master Bedroom~
Gallery Ghost: Lydia
Speedy Spirits: 0
Golden Mice: 0
Key: Nursery
Elements: None
First Visit: Area One
Notes: The wife of Neville, Lydia, rests here. This room also contains the key to
the final room of Area One.

~Room 9: Nursery~
Gallery Ghost: Chauncey
Speedy Spirits: 1
Golden Mice: 0
Key: Main Hall 1F
Elements: None
First Visit: Area One
Notes: Your first boss, Chauncey, is found in this room. Once you beat him you get
a key to the first floor.

~Room 10: 2F Access~
Gallery Ghost: N/A
Speedy Spirits: 0
Golden Mice: 0
Key: N/A
Elements: None
First Visit: Area Three
Notes: This room has a few Bats, and links to the Tea Room, but other than that it
just links you to the Main Hall 2F.

~Room 11: Tea Room~
Gallery Ghost: N/A
Speedy Spirits: 0
Golden Mice: 2 (cheese, random)
Key: N/A
Elements: Ice (Ice Element Medal earned)
First Visit: Area Three
Notes: This room holds two Golden Mice, as well as the final element, Ice. The
room's door is also guarded by flames that must be extinguished.

~Room 12: Main Hall 2F~
Gallery Ghost: N/A
Speedy Spirits: 0
Golden Mice: 1 (random)
Key: N/A
Elements: Fire
First Visit: Area Three
Notes: The Main Hall 2F links to six different rooms, which in turn lead to another
three rooms.

~Room 13: Washroom~
Gallery Ghost: N/A
Speedy Spirits: 0
Golden Mice: 0
Key: N/A
Elements: Water
First Visit: Area Three
Notes: Aside from holding a Water Element, the Washroom's treasure chest contains a
bunch of coins, bills, and gold bars.

~Room 14: Bathroom~
Gallery Ghost: Miss Petunia
Speedy Spirits: 0
Golden Mice: 0
Key: Billards Room
Elements: None
First Visit: Area Three
Notes: One of the smallest rooms of the mansion holds both a gallery ghost and a
key. The Bathroom is unlocked when you enter the floor.

~Room 15: Nana's Room~
Gallery Ghost: Nana
Speedy Spirits: 1
Golden Mice: 0
Key: Twins' Room
Elements: None
First Visit: Area Three
Notes: This room can be visited before visiting any other area in 2F if you wish
since the door is unlocked.

~Room 16: Twins' Room~
Gallery Ghost: Henry and Orville
Speedy Spirits: 1
Golden Mice: 0
Key: N/A
Elements: None
First Visit: Area Three
Notes: Although this room can be found in the West Wing, it will be long before you
are able to enter it.

~Room 17: Astral Hall~
Gallery Ghost: N/A
Speedy Spirits: 0
Golden Mice: 0
Key: N/A
Elements: None
First Visit: Area Three
Notes: Although the Astral Hall yields no rewards, it must be completed in order to
continue on to the Observatory.

~Room 18: Observatory~
Gallery Ghost: N/A
Speedy Spirits: 0
Golden Mice: 0
Key: N/A
Elements: None
First Visit: Area Three
Notes: The Observatory contains no key, but it does reveal the path to Mario's
Star, which should be the final of the five lost items that you find.

~Room 19: Sealed Room~
Gallery Ghost: N/A
Speedy Spirits: 1
Golden Mice: 1 (random)
Key: Sitting Room
Elements: None
First Visit: Area Four
Notes: The Sealed Room is found on 2F but can only be accessed through the Roof, by
falling down the chimney. It is the first of three rooms in a small side-
quest that results in lots of treasure and a gallery ghost.

~Room 20: Sitting Room~
Gallery Ghost: N/A
Speedy Spirits: 0
Golden Mice: 0
Key: N/A
Elements: Fire, Water
First Visit: Area Four
Notes: Fire and Water and both required to clear the Sitting Room, and both can be
found in the room itself. There is no chest, but you are able to continue on
to the Guest Room after clearing this room.

~Room 21: Guest Room~
Gallery Ghost: Sue Pea
Speedy Spirits: 0
Golden Mice: 0
Key: N/A
Elements: None
First Visit: Area Four
Notes: When you first enter the Guest Room, it'll be upside down and nothing will
be accessible. After defeating Sue Pea, exit and re-enter and the room will
be right-side up.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-Third Floor- SEARCH: 3FMAP
~~~~~~~~~~~~~
______________________________________________________________
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| 4 |
| |
| |
| |
| |
|____ ____ ____________________________________________________|
| | | |
| | | |
_________________ | | _________________________ | |
| | | | | | | | ______________
| | | | | | | |
| | | | | 7 | | | 10 |
| 9 | | | | | | |_ |
| | | 5 | | | | 3 | |______________|
|_________________| | | |_________________________| | | ______________
| | | | | | | | | 1 |
| | | |_|______________|
| 8 | | 6 | | | |
| _| |_ | | |_ |
| | | | | | | | | 2 |
|_________________| |____| |_________________________| |____| |______________|

~Room 1: 3F Access~
Gallery Ghost: N/A
Speedy Spirits: 0
Golden Mice: 0
Key: N/A
Elements: None
First Visit: Area Three
Notes: Nothing special here, just the usual bats.

~Room 2: Safari Room~
Gallery Ghost: N/A
Speedy Spirits: 0
Golden Mice: 1 (cheese)
Key: Balcony
Elements: None
First Visit: Area Three
Notes: To get the ghosts to come up, you must rattle the heads on the wall. This
room contains the key to the third boss's location.

~Room 3: East Wing 3F~
Gallery Ghost: N/A
Speedy Spirits: 0
Golden Mice: 0
Key: N/A
Elements: None
First Visit: Area Three
Notes: Since the third floor is so small, it doesn't have a main hall. Instead, the
balcony connects the two sections together and this hallway just makes up
the eastern side of the floor.

~Room 4: Balcony~
Gallery Ghost: Boolossus
Speedy Spirits: 0
Golden Mice: 0
Key: West Wing 3F
Elements: Ice (during Boolossus battle only)
First Visit: Area Three
Notes: The Balcony is where you find Boolossus, which is the boss of Area Three.
Later, once you beat Boolossus, come back and water every plant to get loads
of treasure.

~Room 5: West Wing 3F~
Gallery Ghost: N/A
Speedy Spirits: 0
Golden Mice: 0
Key: N/A
Elements: None
First Visit: Area Four
Notes: The West Wing of the third floor links to only two rooms, which in turn
link to another two. However, it also links to the roof by means of
elevator.

~Room 6: Telephone Room~
Gallery Ghost: N/A
Speedy Spirits: 0
Golden Mice: 0
Key: N/A
Elements: None
First Visit: Area Four
Notes: When you first enter, there will be no ghosts until you pick up the phones.
Later, once you restore power to the mansion, you'll be able to light up the
room.

~Room 7: Clockwork Room~
Gallery Ghost: Clockwork Soldiers
Speedy Spirits: 0
Golden Mice: 0
Key: N/A
Elements: None
First Visit: Area Four
Notes: Aside holding the Clockwork Soldiers, the Clockwork Room also holds the
elevator to the roof, where you will find the key to the Armory.

~Room 8: Armory~
Gallery Ghost: N/A
Speedy Spirits: 0
Golden Mice: 0
Key: Pipe Room
Elements: None
First Visit: Area Four
Notes: Upon gaining the key from the Roof, you'll be able to access the Armory.
When looking for ghosts, make sure to check the suits of armor from behind
so their weapons don't fall on you.

~Room 9: Ceramics Studio~
Gallery Ghost: Jarvis
Speedy Spirits: 0
Golden Mice: 0
Key: N/A
Elements: Ice
First Visit: Area Four
Notes: This room is optional, but it holds a gallery ghost and loads of treasure,
so I suggest visiting it.

~Room 10: The Artist's Studio~
Gallery Ghost: Vincent Can Gore
Speedy Spirits: 0
Golden Mice: 0
Key: Secret Altar
Elements: None
First Visit: Area Four
Notes: The final "real" room that you'll visit also holds the final gallery ghost,
excluding King Boo. Once clearing this area, you'll gain access to the
mansion's final, final area.

~~~~~~
-Roof- SEARCH: ROOFMAP
~~~~~~

______________________________________________________________
| | | |
| |____| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
|______________________________________________________________|

Gallery Ghost: N/A
Speedy Spirits: 0
Golden Mice: 0
Key: Armory
Elements: Fire
First Visit: Area Four
Notes: The square on the map indicates the elevator used to reach the roof. Aside
from containing the key to the Armory, the Roof also holds the chimney (duh)
which gives you access to the Sealed Room.

===================——————–====================——————-
| ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ |
| |%%%%% Boos %%%%%| BOOS |
| ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ |
——————-====================——————–===================

I've listed the Boos in the guide, but I'll simply list them again in here. It's
not that big of a thing, namely where each one is found and what area they're in.
But first, I'll list a few tips to capturing Boos:

-Remember, if a Boo escapes a room, you can follow it into another room. If a Boo
escapes into a dark room, it'll be much more difficult to suck up the HP.

-A Boo will never escape into a different floor. It will always remain on the floor
it was originally on.

-The Boo in the Astral Hall is a tricky bastard. Do not let it escape through the
door on your left or it'll try to escape into the wall, making it impossible to
capture until you leave the mansion and re-enter.

-The vacuum in the Hidden Mansion won't help you capture Boos any faster. Not a
tip, but just a heads up.

So, small hints but they will help you if you remember them.

+====——————————————————————–====+
| Area One Area1B |
+====——————————————————————–====+

Name: BamBoo
30 HP
Location: Parlor
Quote: "I am BamBoo, if you please."

Name: Bootha
50 HP
Location: Waiting Room
Quote: "Looking for me? Bootha!"

Name: GameBoo Advance
30 HP
Location: Closet
Quote: "Wanna play GameBoo Advance?"

Name: TaBoo
50 HP
Location: Study
Quote: "Speak not my name: TaBoo!"

Name: Boolicious
30 HP
Location: Master Bedroom
Quote: "I am the yummy Boolicious!"

Name: Turboo
50 HP
Location: Nursery
Quote: "I am Turboo, and off I go!"

+====——————————————————————–====+
| Area Two Area2B |
+====——————————————————————–====+

Name: Boo La La
60 HP
Location: Ballroom
Quote: "Allo! I am Boo La La!"

Name: GameBoo
50 HP
Location: Storage Room
Quote: "Just call me GameBoo!"

Name: Kung Boo
40 HP
Location: Mirror Room
Quote: "Feel the wrath of Kung Boo!"

Name: Boogie
40 HP
Location: Laundry Room
Quote: "Yow! Get down! I'm Boogie!"

Name: PeekaBoo
40 HP
Location: Butler's Room
Quote: "You found me, PeekaBoo!"

Name: GumBoo
40 HP
Location: Hidden Room
Quote: "It is my own self, GumBoo!" or "I own myself, GumBoo!"

Name: Boomeo
40 HP
Location: Conservatory
Quote: "Wherefore am I Boomeo?"

Name: Boodacious
80 HP
Location: Dining Room
Quote: "Name's Boodacious! Got it?"

Name: Booligan
80 HP
Location: Kitchen
Quote: "Boy howdy, I'm Booligan!"

+====——————————————————————–====+
| Area Three Area3B |
+====——————————————————————–====+

Name: Booregard
100 HP
Location: Rec Room
Quote: "It is I, fair Booregard!"

Name: Mr. Boojangles
50 HP
Location: Tea Room
Quote: "Jingle, jangle, Mr. Boojangles!"

Name: Boohoo
50 HP
Location: Billiards Room
Quote: "Sniff…I'm…Boohoo!"

Name: ShamBoo
50 HP
Location: Projection Room
Quote: "Fresh, clean… ShamBoo!"

Name: LimBooger
100 HP
Location: Nana's Room
Quote: "Stinky, stinky, LimBooger!"

Name: Booris
100 HP
Location: The Twin's Room
Quote: "Call me Booris. Und be avraid!"

Name: Boonswoggle
100 HP
Location: Astral Hall
Quote: "I'm Boonswoggle! Plooah!"

Name: Booigi
40 HP
Location: Fortune-Teller's Room
Quote: "Hi, I'm Luigi! I mean, Booigi!"

Name: Little Boo Peep
100 HP
Location: Safari Room
Quote: "Little Boo Peep lost sheep!"

+====——————————————————————–====+
| Area Four Area4B |
+====——————————————————————–====+

Name: Boo B. Hatch
200 HP
Location: Breaker Room
Quote: "I'm Boo B. Hatch! I'm nuts!"

Name: Booripedes
100 HP
Location: Cellar
Quote: "It is I, fair Booripedes"

Name: Boomerang
300 HP
Location: Telephone Room
Quote: "Boomerang coming back at ya!"

Name: Boocaster
300 HP
Location: Clockwork Room
Quote: "Time for the six o' clock Boos!"

Name: Boolivia
100 HP
Location: Sitting Room
Quote: "I am Boolivia! I hate you!"

Name: Boonita
100 HP
Location: Guest Room
Quote: "I'm the lovely Boonita!"

Name: UnderBoo
150 HP
Location: Armory
Quote: "UnderBoo's makin' a comeback!"

Name: TamBoorine
200 HP
Location: Ceramics Studio
Quote: "Who's shaking TamBoorine?"

Name: Booffant
300 HP
Location: Pipe Room
Quote: "I'm Booffant: nice hair, green."

Name: Boolderdash
150 HP
Location: Cold Storage
Quote: "Catch me? Boolderdash!"

Name: Bootique
300 HP
Location: The Artist's Studio
Quote: "Bootique, c'est chic!"

===================——————–====================——————-
| ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ |
| |%%%%% Legal Info %%%%%| LIFO |
| ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ |
——————-====================——————–===================

+—————————————————————————-+
Please don't copy this, for that is called plagisirm.
===================——————–====================——————-
| ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ |
| |%%%%% Contact %%%%%| CIFO |
| ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ |
——————-====================——————–===================

contact me @ jvpski3@aol.com .
===================——————–====================——————-
| ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ |
| |%%%%% Credits/Closing %%%%%| CRCL |
| ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ |
——————-====================——————–===================
You: For reading this.

Leave a Comment » | Uncategorized | Permalink
Posted by Walkthrough Loader

More New Island Walkthrough Poptropica!!!!!!!

August 1, 2011

Yeah, it’s finally here. Have a load of it.
CTRL+F Apple Key+F to find.

Main Street

Walk over to the Clockwork Cantina and complete the gear puzzle. Place the two brown gears on the ends and the three blue gears go in the middle. Turn the crank when they’re all in place. Now pick up the Multi-Tool that just appeared on the ground.
Now walk to the right and you’ll see a garbage bin. Jump up on it to get the Steam Battery.
Walk to the right again and go inside the Museum. Run to the right and you’ll see a big yellow machine. Click on the blue lever to raise the arm. Then jump up on the platforms and make your way to the upper-right corner. Watch out for the darker platforms which will crumble and fall when you step on them. Grab the dirty beaker out of the display case in top right. Then exit the museum.
Go back to the Clockwork Cantina. Jump up and click on the blue lever here. A mechanical ramp will extend. Run up it and then jump onto the steam chutes to fly up and over the tower. You should land on top of a glass dome. Use your multi-tool to open it and then go down inside.
You’re now inside the Mayor’s office. Check out the painting and the note on the typewriter, which give you an important number to remember for later: 0516. Leave the office, jump back down to the street and run to the left to enter the next zone.

Gear Alley

Pass by Sully’s shop and go to the blue building in the middle. This is the living quarters. Jump up the platforms on the left side and then run past the door. You’ll see a robot crab here. Jump up and land on top of him to make him bounce and flip over. When he does, he’ll drop Sully’s key. Pick up both the key and the robot crab.
Drop down to the street and go to the next building on the left. Jump up on to the steam chute and leap up to the roof. You’ll find an old vine here. Pick it up to place it in your backpack.
Run to the right until you get in front of Sully’s Steam Powered Paraphernalia store. There’s a Steam Terminal here. Use the steam battery in your backpack. You’ll get a puzzle here where you have to regulate the steam pressure in the terminal. The starting pressure is 10 and the ending pressure needs to be 5. You need to adjust the valves so that the pressure will lose five points as it travels to the end.

Sully’s Shop

Once you get inside Sully’s you’ll find a robot in the right corner. It’s Sprocket! Ring the bell on the desk next to him to wake him up. Then go pick up the rubber mallet from the junk box in the left corner.
Leave Sully’s and Sprocket will follow you. If you click on him you can ask him some questions. He’s not very talkative right now but you’ll hear a lot more from him later.
Head to the right to return to Main Street. Run all the way to the right side and then proceed onto the next zone, known as the Hub.

The Hub

When you arrive in the Hub, run along the ramp until you get to a metal hatch that is glowing red-hot. If you try to click it, you’ll see it’s much too hot to touch. Walk up to it and use the robot crab in your backpack. Sprocket the robot will take it from you and then drop the poor crab on top of the hatch. The water from the robot will cool down the hatch so that you can open it up.
Go down the hatch. When you get to the bottom of the ladder, Sprocket will look pretty scared. Make your way down the pipes until you run into a plant monster living inside them. Use the old vine from your backpack underneath the sign that says, Caution: Hot Steam. This will spray steam onto the plant monster and kill it. Move along to the bottom left of the room and you’ll find the bottom of an elevator. Click on the round hatch above.
Now you’ll need to solve three levels of a ball tilt maze game that’s a lot like the classic wooden box Labyrinth game. Spin the wheel either clockwise or counter-clockwise with your cursor to get the ball to the center. After you complete all three levels, the elevator will power up.
Go back up out of this area to the street. Go a few steps to the right and jump up onto the spring. After three jumps, you should land up next to another blue lever. Click the lever and the giant Hub wheel will start to move.
Go back down onto the street and run to the left. Jump up and grab the vines and climb up to a platform. Wait for the moving platform on the Hub wheel to come around and then jump onto it. Then jump off in the upper right corner (aim for the yellow pipe). Walk to the right and use the steam valve to jump up and to the left. Continue moving until you get to the elevator entrance to the Captain’s Cabin. Then go inside.
A soon as you enter, Sprocket will be captured by some plant vines. Go down and click on the metal window shutters to snap the vines and free him. When you do, he’ll speak to you for the first time and say, “Thank you.” Now you can talk to him and ask him questions and hear his story.
Run to the right and use the moving platforms to get up to the large painting. It’s a copy of the painting you saw in the mayor’s office.
Click on the dial at the bottom of the picture. This is a combination lock. The combination is the number from the mayor’s office: 0516. Starting with the innermost ring, click on each triangle to get the wheel to spin. Then click on it again when it’s pointing to the right number. The rings get faster so this can be tricky.
When you get the combination right, a secret door will open. Go inside and you’ll be in Captain Ziggs’ room. Go to the left and pick up the bridge key (on the floor) and the Weed Whacker (up on the wall). Then leave the room.
Go down and to the right and jump off the patio to return to the Hub zone. Go right until you get to the Steam Terminal at the end. Use the steam battery and then solve the puzzle. It’s just like the first one, but now you need to adjust the pressure from 10 to 16 (+6). Once you’re successful, the bridge will lower and you can run across.

Production Zone

Take a few steps to the right and jump on the spring to get to the platform above. There’s a control panel here with three red levers and a green button. Move all the levers to the down position and then press the green button. The giant wrecking ball will drop and hit the ground, creating a hole.

Factory

Jump down and go through the hole. Make your way down and to the right and you’ll enter a mechanical room. First, press the three red pressure pads on each side of the machine. Then you’ll need to press the two remaining pads (the ones on the machine) at the same time. Sprocket will offer to hold down one while you get the other.
The machine will turn on and the moving platforms above will start turning. Use this to get up to the top of the room. There’s a lever on the left wall. Click it to get another platform to move up and down. Then jump up to the right and use the platforms and vines to get to a moving conveyer belt. Here you’ll need to avoid blobs that drop from a plant monster.
Continue across the vines and soon you’ll find the Mech Steam Motor, one of two parts you’ll need to repair the Mech in Sully’s shop garage. Continue up on the vines and go up to the Greenhouse.

Greenhouse

Walk to the left and you’ll find an area for mixing Herbicide. Pay attention to the chart on the wall. Use the dirty beaker from your backpack and then fill it with three parts blue, two parts green and four parts red. When you’re done, you’ll have some Herbicide Mixture.
Go to the right and then up to the platform above. Use the herbicide on the plant monster. It will shrink and disappear, revealing a maintenance closet. Go inside.
There’s an old custodian robot here. He’s holding onto the Living Quarters Access Key. Take it from him and then he’ll wake up and the alarm system will go off. You can’t leave the way you came because the security system has a pressure hose that knocks you back. This is where I got stuck on this walkthrough. Special thanks to DR3 from the PoptropicaSecrets.com community who provided the next step.
Go back out of the maintenance closet and then climb the vines above. Go to the left and you’ll see that the glass dome has some tiny white cracks here. Use the rubber mallet from your backpack to smash a hole in the dome and escape.
Now run all the way back to Gear Alley, which is on the left of Main Street.

Gear Alley Redux

When you arrive, go to the bottom of the living quarters building (blue) and jump on the right platform of the lever on the gear. This will raise the one on the left.
Take a few steps to the left, then jump up the platforms to arrive at the doorway to the living quarters. Use your steam battery on the terminal and then solve the steam valve puzzle again. This time, you need to adjust the steam by -3 to get it from 10 to 7. The door will open. Go inside.

Living Quarters

Go click on the blue lever on the left to make the platform rise. Use it to get up to the next level and continue making your way up. Jump on the blue button on the floor to make the ladder rise. You’ll need to quickly jump up the ladder because it falls back down a second or two later. When you get to the top left, there’s another door leading to Zack’s room. Go through it.

Zack’s Room

Go up to the top left corner and click on the wall to solve the next puzzle, which is a timed game where you have to get the steam to move safely from one corner to the other. You must click on the squares to reveal pipes underneath and then swap the pipes around to create a clear path. There are three levels to get through.
Go outside and then cross over the vine that acts as a tightrope all the way to the left, where you’ll find the Mech Crank which is the second piece you need to repair the Mech in Sully’s Garage.
Jump down to the street below and then go to Sully’s Garage.

Sully’s Garage

Use both the Mech Crank and the Steam Motor from your backpack on the Mech. It will be repaired and now you can walk around in the Mech. Is this the coolest thing ever in Poptropica or what? You’ll also get a teleporter device that you can use to instantly travel back to the Mech from anywhere you go on Steamworks.
Walking in the Mech, head out of the garage and over to the left. There’s a big doorway covered by vines. Attach the weed whacker from your backpack to the Mech and then use the spacebar to smash all the vines. Go through the door when it’s clear.

Storage Room

Now you’re inside a storage area. Make your way through, using the space bar to smash plant monsters that attack. At one point, you’ll need to leave your Mech and power up one of the lifts. Then get back in the Mech and ride it up to the next platform.
Continue through this zone, killing plant monsters as you go until you get to the final plant monster in the room and get rid of him. Go through the doorway to the next zone.

Wind Zone

Go down the ramp to the left and you’ll find a giant windmill. Walk all the way up to the blades and then Sprocket will offer to help.
Exit the Mech and stand on the blades as they spin to ride almost to the top. Then jump onto the platform above. Use your multi-tool to stop the blades. Sprocket will open the door.
Get back in the Mech and go through the doorway.

Hibernation Center

And now we finally learn the secret of what happened to all the inhabitants of Steamworks Island. First, exit the Mech and go to the machine. Use the multi-tool on it and the room will light up.
Zack will emerge from hid hibernation chamber and he and Sprocket will be re-united. How sweet!
The mayor will also appear and tell you the story of what happened. Then you’ll see and hear bumps from below. There’s still work to be done.
Jump up to the platforms on the right and get the Toxic Blaster. Then get back in your Mech and attach it.
Take the elevator down to the next zone.

Tunnel System

Move through the room and shoot down the attacking plants by aiming with the mouse and using the spacebar to fire. Kill all the plants.
You want to end up on the platform just above the floor. If you miss it, you’ll need to stand on the bolt/screw thing and spin it to raise yourself up.
There’s a moving platform here. Wait for it and then ride it across to the doorway and prepare for the final battle…

Plant Hive

You’re now in the final boss battle. There are three boss monsters to kill and to make things even tougher, acid starts to fill the room from below. If you touch the acid, you lose and have to start over. You only have a short time to defeat each boss monster.
The basic technique for all three monsters is to get up close enough so that they try to strike you with their heads. It’s kind of like the Hydra from Mythology Island. When they do, you can shoot them, causing a splat. Each monster needs to be splatted three times and then it will disappear and you can move on. There are some basic moves for each monster: move into position so that he starts to attack, then duck and wait for his head to snap back, then shoot. For the second and third monsters, you need to avoid the seed pods and bombs they hurl at you. If you’re still having problems with this, read my complete Final Boss Cheats Guide for Steamworks, which has a step-by-step video.
After you defeat the final plant monster, you’ll re-appear next to the mayor, who will present you with the island medallion. Congratulations!

The official Poptropica Steamworks promo page is also available and it has a short teaser summary of the plot, which is as follows:

The silence of empty streets welcomes you. Metal and machines fill the lonely halls, and a growing mystery lurks behind a shroud of steam. Can you uncover what happened to the inhabitants of this ancient island? Gear up for a steam-powered adventure you will never forget!

GREAT PUMPKIN ISLAND
Run down Main Street to the right and head to the Pumpkin Patch, where you’ll find Linus and Lucy. Linus will ask you to help find the heaviest pumpkin in the patch. You have a timer and need to drag the heaviest pumpkin onto Lucy’s picture before time runs out. The quickest way to do this is to pick any two pumpkins and put them on the scales. Remove the lighter one and drop it off to the side so you don’t accidentally pick it up again. Then keep putting pumpkins on the scale, always removing the lighter one. After you’ve gotten through all the pumpkins, the one remaining on the scale is the heaviest, so drag it over to Lucy.

Next, Lucy and Linus need you to roll the pumpkin back to their house. This launches a challenging mini-game where you push a pumpkin along hills and obstacles. There are several spots where it can drop off or get hit by something and be destroyed. If it breaks, you’ll get sent back to a starting point (either the very beginning or the last flag marker you passed). The toughest part is near the end, where three kids are on swings. The best strategy is to get the pumpkin into position right next to the first swinger and then as soon as she passes you while swinging backwards, run and push as fast as you can all the way through. You and the pumpkin will end up safely next to Lucy.

Next you’ll go inside the Van Pelt house (Van Pelt is Linus and Lucy’s last name). Linus will give you a trick or treat bag. Lucy will carve the pumpkin and then the screen fades out to “Later that Day.” Charlie Brown and Linus have a quick conversation with you and then Linus starts to write a letter to the Great Pumpkin. Once this is over, run outside into the street and find Pig Pen. Give him the trick or treat bag and he’ll give you a lemon flavored Sucker. HEad back inside the Van Pelt house and give the lemon sucker to Linus. He’ll leave and then you can grab the pen he leaves behind on the desk. Now run outside.

Run left through Main Street to Charlie Brown’s backyard. There you’ll find Charlie Brown and Snoopy over by Snoopy’s doghouse. Talk to Charlie and then you’ll play a game as Snoopy where you have to blow leaves that fall from a tree onto the leaf pile. You need to move five leaves over to the pile to complete the game. You move left and right with your mouse and then click to blow up into the air to keep the leaf aloft. It takes a little getting used to because normally in Poptropica you click to move. Once you finish, Linus will arrive and jump into the pile of leaves. He’ll then walk away to go mail his letter to the Great Pumpkin.

Now run back to Main Street and you’ll find Linus next to the mailbox. Click on him and he’ll ask where his security blanket is. Now head back to Charlie Brown’s backyard and click on the pile of leaves. Move your cursor around really fast in a circular motion to blow all the leaves out of the way and then click on the blue blanket when it appears. Take the blanket back to Linus and he’ll use it top open the mailbox and mail the letter.

OK, now head back to Charlie Brown’s backyard once again (there’s a lot of running back and forth on this island!) and you’ll find Charlie Brown and Lucy playing football. Charlie wants a signed agreement from Lucy before he kicks it. Give him the pen you found on Linus’ desk when he asks for it. He’ll try to kick the ball but Lucy takes it away at the last second and he falls flat on his back. They’ll leave and then you can pick up the football. Go back over to where Snoopy’s doghouse is and stand under the tree. Use the football to kick it up into the branches, where it will knock down Snoopy’s aviator cap.

Now begins the whole Snoopy part of the quest. The first game is where you are Snoopy flying on his doghouse trying to avoid the Red Baron (who looks a lot like Woodstock!) The main strategy here is to fly around in loops and avoid the Red Baron as much as possible. You especially want to stay clear of the bombs he drops. Stay alive for one minute and then you’ll make an emergency landing behind enemy lines. The next part is where you run across the countryside at night while trying to avoid being spotted by the searchlight. This is a lot like the laser beam part in the museum in Counterfeit Island. You just need to run to the right and stop at each obstacle that you can hide behind. When the searchlight passes back to the left, run again to the next hiding place. When you reach the house, jump up on twice to get onto the roof and hide behind the chimney. Then drop down to the right and you’ll be standing next to a scarecrow. Take the mask off the scarecrow and walk to the right where you’ll find the entrance to the Halloween Party.

Inside the Halloween Party, you’ll find a bunch of different games that you need to win. The first one is bobbing for apples. This is very easy. Just click on one apple at a time when they appear. As soon as you get five, you win. The next game is where you carve a pumpkin using the back of Charlie Brown’s head as a model. All you need to do here is trace the shapes of a jack-o-lantern and then you’ll see your handiwork carved on the pumpkin.

The next game is harder. Here you’ll see a jack-o-lantern move around and then the screen goes dark. You need to place the jack-o-lantern pieces so that they overlap as closely as possible where the jack-o-lantern last appeared. It’s a bit like pin the tail on the donkey. If your pieces are all close enough, you’ll win. Here’s a quick tip: when the jack-o-lantern stops moving, put your finger on the screen right where it’s nose is. That way, you can line up the pieces very closely.

The final game is a rhythm music game on Schroeder’s piano. You need to click on the piano keys just as the falling dota land on the squares above them, just like in Guitar Hero or Rock Band. As long as you get enough of them to keep the blue progress bar past the red line, Snoopy will dance. At the end of the song, if he’s still dancing, you win.

The party will come to an end and everyone goes out in costume for trick-or-treating. All you really need to do here is ring the doorbell at each house and then jump up and catch one piece of candy (get a different at each house). When your candy bag is full, the trick-or-treating is over.

Now head back to the pumpkin patch, where you’ll find Sally and Linus still waiting for the Great Pumpkin. Give the bag of candy to Sally, and she’ll thank you. Once that happens, you’ll see a pumpkin moving in the foreground. Is it the Great Pumpkin? Nope, just Snoopy! Sally leaves in disgust but Linus says he’s going to stay. You’ll offer to stay with them. Then as night progresses, Lucy will arrive and thank you for watching out for Linus, who is now fast asleep on the ground. She’ll give you the island medallion as a reward and then she’ll take Linus home. Congratulations! You completed Great Pumpkin Island. Good grief!

After it’s all over, you can still go back and visit with most of the characters.
Poor Linus in Great Pumpkin Island

Poor Linus.
Woodstock Follower

Members who log in during the Great Pumpkin Island early access period will get a special limited edition Woodstock follower as a prize. This is the best thing ever in Poptropica. Woodstock rules!

CRYPTIDS ISLAND
Beginning on Main Street, where you receive a flyer announcing the hunt for proof of the existence of cryptids, sponsored by the eccentric billionaire Harold Mews.

Main Street and Mews Mansion

Go right past the mansion, the dog lady, and the two adventurers, and you will find a $5 bill in the last tree at the right.
Return to the General Store and buy a sports drink.
Go back to the thirsty gardener and give him the drink, and get his garden shears (hedge trimmer). Take them and go left, past Main Street to the Cliff Park.

Cliff Park and the Kite Store

Go left past the balloon chairs and give the hang glider woman a push.
Use the shears to cut loose the hot air balloon, and you get some nylon rope. Go back to Main Street.
Get the free use of the KiteSurfer X-250 by showing the nylon rope.
Take it back to Cliff Park and launch it at the far left rocks.
After you ski for awhile, the evil Gretchen Grimlock shoots the kite with a flare gun, leaving you to drown. You are rescued by a helicopter from Mews

Mews Mansion

Recovering at the mansion, you are visited by Mews, who wants to help you on your quest. Drink the rest of your medicine and follow him downstairs.
In the Museum, review the 5 cryptids. One, the giant squid, is confirmed, and you are to seek proof of the other four at locations around the globe.
Exit the house and go right to the heliport to begin your hunt.

Loch Ness (Nessie)

The ticket counter for the Rowboat and Submarine is closed, but you can view the loch from the hill above, using the binocular telescope.
Help the man whose truck is stuck : let some air out of the tires to lower it. He will give you his Digital Camera. Continue right to the Pub.
In the Pub, pick up the book of matches from the bar.
Play darts against the players there. If you win, you get a Rowboat Ticket. (to throw, aim at the center and “pull back” — lower your dart — between 1/2 and 3/4 of the way to the dartboard edge, then release)
Go left and take the Rowboat ride, and get a photo of some “humps” in the water. You can now return to the Mews Mansion, but to save travel, you can continue on to the next site, the Himalayas.

Himalayas (Yeti / Bigfoot)

Since initially you can get no guide, climb left up the mountain until you meet a Sherpa.
With the Sherpa, climb the mountain using the Rope Anchors. As you go up, you must tie off the anchor and wait for the Sherpa to catch up. (Even if you don’t slip, the play is extremely glitchy.)
At the mountain-top monastery, go in and talk to the head monk. He will not give you the Yeti scalp, but does give you a lantern.
Leaving, climb the mountain at left, and meet a monk who will challenge you to a simple game of Hunt The Yeti (fox and hounds), which you must win to go further.
Go down the path and up farther left, and find the Yeti Footprint. Take a photo, then go back down across the rope bridge to return to the helicopter. The next stop is Puerto Rico.

Puerto Rico (Chupacabra)

Meet the goat herder, who rescues another of Gretchen’s victims from a tree. He offers to let you use his jeep to drive around the countryside.
In the jeep, drive up the road to the first “star” (middle right) on the map. This is the herder’s brother, who shows you some fur on his barbed wire, supposedly from the chupacabra. Collect it from the fence.
The rest of the path takes you through fences, streams, and herds of goats.
If you continue to drive to the other stars, you can find Bolt Cutters at the upper left star (climb the springy poles). You will get information from other locals about the habits of the chupacabra, and find a likely capture location, Snaggletooth Rock (the center star). But these are not required and you must return later anyway. Drive back to the copter and go to New Jersey.

New Jersey (Jersey Devil)

At a gas station in a wooded area near the interstate, enter the restroom to find evidence of the Jersey Devil. Writing on the wall outside and inside gives you clues.

*If you collected the bolt cutters at Puerto Rico, you can open the dumpster at the gas station. Inside is the removed toilet door. When placed next to the other door, it gives complete (if roundabout) directions to the house in the forest : right, left, left, right, right, right, left, left.
As it is dark in the woods, use the Matches to light your Lantern.
Hop on the motorcycle parked nearby and drive into the woods. Use your directions (or just take the first right, and then left, then right and left again, then again). This brings you to a cul-de-sac where you park and Look Around.
Walk up the path to the deserted house. Climb the stairs and push the dresser over to reach the attic, where sounds are being made. You find that it is only a raccoon. Pick up the Grappling Hook near the barrel.
As you leave, the Jersey Devil appears in the window! Unfortunately, you never get a photo. Go outside, where the Devil has a nest in a tall tree.
Use the grapple to reach the nest and recover pieces of egg shells from the nest. You now have evidence on all 4 creatures, so return to Mews.

Mews Museum Laboratory

Unfortunately, the Nessie photo is only tires in the water, but there is a suspicious shadowy form in the background. The photo of the Yeti footprint is only a snowboot mark. And using the DNA analyzer shows the Chupacabra fur is just a coyote. But you do confirm one of the four : the Egg Shells are definitive proof of the unknown DNA of the Jersey Devil. You have to return to Loch Ness and to Puerto Rico.

Loch Ness 2 (Nessie)

Confront the Rowboat guide about the fake photo. He leaves you the boat.
Return to the pub for more conversation and more darts, this time for a Submarine ticket.
Take the Submarine tour, stopping to get a photo of a “Nessie” on the bottom. It looks suspiciously like a hoax.
Back at the pub, the players confirm the hoax, but the first dart player returns for a rematch. When you win, he refuses to give you anything. But the bartender gives you a Pennywhistle that is rumored to attract Nessie.
Return to the Rowboat and go left, then farther left into a small cove.
Blow the pennywhistle and a huge Nessie will emerge from the water!
Take a photo and return to the copter. (You can return later to show up the haughty dart player and display your photo.)

Puerto Rico 2 (Chupacabra)

In your absence, the goat herder has decided to catch the Chupacabra. Take his jeep to his brother’s house again, where he suggests you use the jeep to corral three spotted goats into the rocks at Snaggletooth Rock (center star on map) as bait for the chupacabra.
Drive over, and steer around the three spotted goats until they are all between the rocks. Get out and meet the goat herder, who has a plan.
After a short wait, his “trap” succeeds, and the Chupacabra is in a locked and chained box. Unfortunately, as you push it toward the truck, the box bursts open, releasing the savage Chupacabra, who knocks you down and escapes!
Fortunately, he has lost a tooth in the process, and you recover it. You can take the tooth and your Nessie photo back to Mews.

Mews Museum Laboratory

The photo and the tooth confirm both Nessie and the Chupacabra, leaving only the Yeti / Bigfoot unproven. But Mews has word of a sighting, so you fly the helicopter to the Pacific Northwest to investigate.

Pacific Northwest (Bigfoot)

You sight Bigfoot travelling on the ground through trees. Keep him in view from the helicopter as he moves, for about two or three minutes until he reaches some caves.
You report to Mews, but Gretchen has bugged the com line, and swoops in using her own copter to trap Bigfoot in a cage. You have to fly in close to her to stop her.
Jump from your copter to hers, avoiding the rotor blades. To stop her, you have to open her copter’s gas tank, spilling out the fuel. Quickly jump down to the cage and use the shears to cut the connecting rope.
You descend to the ground safely using the cage’s parachute.

Mews Museum (Finale)

The existence of Bigfoot is finally confirmed, and you are the winner of the million-dollar prize. But Mews has had financial trouble and has no funds left to buy the cave site to use as a Bigfoot preserve. So you turn down the money. 😦
But you have confirmed all the cryptids and win the Island Medallion!

WILD WEST ISLAND
Dusty Gulch and Diamond Plains

As soon as you arrive in the entry place (Dusty Gulch) run to the right until you get to Rusty’s Ranch. Talk to the guy to help him train the horse.
In this mini-game, you need to move your blue mouse cursor left and right to try and stay close to the white cursor that is moving around. This will keep the horse balanced and after a while you’ll win and get the horse and a special horse whistle to call him.
Click on the horse to ride him and then head to the left to talk to the woman riding the horse near the beginning. She will give you a letter to deliver to Marshal Taylor in Diamond Plains.
Go to the left and leave town.
Now you’re on the overhead map. There’s a small mini-map in the upper-right corner that will show you where you are. Ride to the right towards Diamond Plains and go over one of the yellow badge stars on the ground to enter the town.
Your first stop is the Marshal’s office. Talk to the deputy inside and he’ll tell you that Marshal Taylor isn’t here. He tells you to check the Saloon. Head to the right to go to the next area, where you can find the saloon.
Go inside the saloon and walk to the right where you’ll find two guys spitting chewing gum into a bucket (gross!). They’ll let you play.
In this mini-game, called Spit-N-Time, the object is to get your gum into the bucket. You move the arrow to select the angle and hold the mouse button down for more spitting power. A small arc appears and moves. Release the mouse button when it hits the center of the bucket. If you beat the other player, you’ll win and the guys will point you to Marshal Taylor who is sitting on the left. Note that if you try to talk to Marshal Taylor before winning this game, he’ll just be asleep.
Go over and talk to Marshal Taylor. Read him the letter and he’ll give you his Marshal’s Badge. Congratulations, you’re now the Marshal!
Now you need to go back to Dusty Gulch and talk to the guy at the photo booth. Because you’re now the Marshal, he’ll take your picture. Use the mouse to try and keep the camera steady and straight and when you do, you’ll have your very own photographic portrait.
Now ride back to Diamond Plains and go inside the Marshal’s office. Click on the portrait in your backpack and select the Use button. Your picture will appear above the door and the deputy will give you the pea shooter gun that belongs to the marshal.
As soon as that happens, there will be a jail break. It looks like Mustachio’s gang has arrived!
In the next scene, you’ll need to chase the gang on the overhead map, but they’ll get away in a train tunnel. For now, it’s on to the next town in Wild West Island!

Dos Cactos and Rock Ridge

Look at your map and head for the town of Dos Cactos. When you first arrive, you’ll be at the shooting contest.
In this game, you compete against other shooters to hit targets. There’s a timer and whoever gets the most points in the time allowed wins. The first opponent is the Man With No Name. The next opponent is Young Kid. If you beat both of them, you’ll take on the Gunslinger. After him, it’s on to Old Gunslinger. Finally, you’ll go up against Miss Annie Oakley, who is a tough and fast opponent to beat.
Once you beat Annie, you’ll win the competition and they’ll give you an upgraded gun, the Spud Gun. Potatoes are way better than peas!
Now head to the right and jump up the huge cactus. At the top is a casino. Go inside.
Walk upstairs and talk to the guy up there. He’ll tell you to play a game of Slap-Jack.
If you’ve never played it before, the game is simple. You take turns putting cards in the middle of the table. Whenever a Jack appears, the first person to slap their hand down on it wins all the cards in the pile. If you slap another card by mistake, you lose one of your cards. Whoever evnds up with all the cards at the end is the winner.
After you win, the guy there will give you a treasure map showing where to find gold.
Leave the casino and go down to the right. Talk to the guy with the big head. He’ll tell you he needs the rare blue tulip to shrink his head down to normal size.
Now leave town and ride southeast to Rock Ridge. When you arrive, talk to the guy with the cows. He’ll tell you that he needs you to find and catch his calf. He’ll give you a lasso to help.
Leave town and follow the trail of horseshoe marks. You’ll see the calf shortly. Now chase after him and lasso him when you can. This is just like the sneak preview round ‘em up game. Press the space bar once to start twirling the lasso and then press it again to release. Once you catch the calf, lead him to the ranch (it’s on your map) and then return to the guy in Rock Ridge.
He’ll give you an old saddle as a reward. He’ll also ask you for another favor, which is to capture five cows that have wandered off. This is how you get the rare Rattlesnake Wrangler outfit. But we’ll get that a little later…
Run to the right and you’ll see R.J. Earl’s wagon, where he’s selling elixirs and mixtures. Watch as he gives a guy a vanishing potion. Then run to the right and talk to the guy at the bank. He’ll tell you that El Mustachio Grande is planning to rob his bank. Now leave town and ride back to the ranch. Look around to find the five cattle and rope them the same way you did with the calf. Lead each one back to the ranch. When you have caught all five, go back to the guy in Rock Ridge and he’l give you the Rattlesnake Wrangler outfit.
Leave town again and ride all the way back to the starting town, Dusty Gulch.

Trading for Gold, Oil and Elixirs

The first stop here is the trading post. Go inside and jump up to the top. Trade your old saddle for a Gold Pan.
Leave town and ride to the spot in the East on the treasure map you got from the guy in the casino.
When you get here, you’ll use the gold pan to try and find gold nuggets in the river. All you need to do is to pick a spot that is sparkling and click on it to put your pan down. Then move your mouse cursor slowly back and forth many times to shake out the rocks and dirt. It may take a few tries, but eventually, you’ll find a gold nugget.
Ride back to Dusty Gulch and go inside the Trading Post again. Now trade the gold pan for the oil can.
Now ride East to Diamond Plains. Go to the right and jump up onto the clock tower. Go inside (the entrance is next to the guy repairing it). Work your way to the right and then up and over. You’ll need to click on the rope pulleys to drop the red iron girders so that you can pass. Once you make it all the way through, use the oil in your backpack to loosen up the gears. Click on each gear inbetween the two main gears and drop just enough oil so that each one is sparkly-clean. Then click on the turn gears button in the lower-right and the clock will be fixed!
Leave the tower through the exit and then head right to the train station. You’ll see the train has arrived and it’s ready to go. But we’re not going to take it just yet. We need a little something from R.J. Earl first.
Ride down to Rock Ridge and go speak with R.J. Earl. Open your backpack and use the gold nugget you found in the river. He’ll sell you all of his potions for the gold nugget.
Now ride out of town and return to Diamond Plains.

Train and Mine Cart Rides

Board the train and head for Dos Cactos. The first time you ride the train, you’ll play the Train Robbery game. This one is tough but the idea is pretty simple. You need to shoot the bandits that are attacking and prevent them from reaching the front of the train. They also shoot back, so you need to avoid them when they point their guns at you.
The key to winning is to use the Concentration Carbonate in the lower left corner. This freezes everything until your next shot, making it very easy to hit the target. Use it, but do so sparingly because it will run out.
After you defeat all the bandits, the train arrives safely.
Now ride the train again and this time go to Rock Ridge. Go straight to the right to the mine.
Before going into the mine, walk to the left and click on the canary. You’ll shoot your gun and frighten him, making him drop a key. Use the key to enter the mine to the right.
Walk to the right and jump into the mine cart. This will start a long mine cart ride.
During the ride, all you need to do is wait for the signal flags to appear and then click on them to shoot them. When you do the track will correct itself so that you avoid some nasty obstacles in your way. After several of the signals, you’ll arrive at the end of the mine track.
Jump up onto the hill and you’ll find a Blue Tulip. Then a cave-in will start and you’ll appear at the bottom of a rope. Climb up the rope. Pay no attention to the cow in the mine cart.
You’ll be up on the other side of Rock Ridge. Run over to the bank and jump up above the door frame, where you’ll find half of the map to the bandit hideout.
Now ride your horse to Dos Cactos and speak to the guy with the big head. Use the blue tulip in your backpack to give it to him. His head will return to normal size and he’ll give you the second half of the map to the hideout.
The hideout now appears on your main map. It’s on the left side, near the bottom. Ride out of town and head for the hideout.

The Bandit Hideout

When you arrive, you’ll see the bandits nearby on lookout. Use the transparency tonic in your backpack to sneak past them and go inside the building.
Inside, the bandits are all hiding behind things and can’t be shot. You need to shoot at the items above them, which will knock things from the wall down and force the bandits out of their hiding spots. For example, shoot the candle to light the rope on fire and shoot the shortgun on the fireplace mantle to force two of the bandits out. Then you can shoot them out in the open to knock them down.
When you get all of the other bandits, El Mustachio Grande will jump out of his hiding place and flee. Now you can chase him on horseback.
Follow him closely until you get to the river and then use your lasso to capture him when he stops.
Lead him all the way back north to Diamond Plains. When you arrive, he’ll be in jail and Marshal Taylor will be there to congratulate you and give you the island medallion. Great job!

Written Walkthrough
Arrival and Science Fair

Poptropica Shrink Ray Island Science Fair

Go to Shrink Ray Island on the main Poptropica map and you’ll arrive on Main Street and land on top of a slide and swing set. You can head to the left to enter the multi-player room, which is the Sweet Dreams Candy Shop, but for now you want to head to the right and go inside PS 101, which is holding the River City Science Fair.

Enter the school through the double doors next to the sign.
Run to the right and go through the doors with the Science Fair sign.
Fun Fact: you can click on the water fountains as you pass by to make them squirt water.
Once you’re inside the science fair, run past all the exhibits until you get to the right. If you want, you can check out the different exhibits, which include The Sixth Sense in Calamari, Balloons, Fashion, and Electricity, Chocolate Volcano, Candy and Soda Propulsion, Evolution of the Belly Button and an empty exhibit at the far right end near the stage. Go to this last exhibit and talk to the guy standing there.
The man is Mr. Silva, the science teacher, and he’s worried that his star pupil, CJ, is missing. The two people on the right are CJ’s parents. Talk to them and CJ’s dad will tell you to go look for her at their apartment on Avenue A.
Head back out of the school and go to the right to enter the Avenue A zone.

Avenue A and CJ’s Apartment

Outside CJ’s Apartment in Shrink Ray Island

When you arrive on Avenue A, you can head all the way to the right side to get to CJ’s apartment. It’s the one with the orange cat outside the door and a telescope inside the window. Inside, you’ll see that CJ and her family are kind of messy!

Click on the door to enter the apartment. The cat will follow you inside.
Follow the cat from room to room to try and chase it back out. After it leaves the bathroom, it will go back outside the door.
Go into CJ’s bedroom, which is on the left side of the apartment. Click on the microscope that is on her desk next to the computer.
A masked man will come in the room. He looks like he’s right out of Wild West Island. And he’s carrying a shrink ray gun! He’ll tell you he’s going to put a stop to your snooping around and will chase you to the left side of the bedroom.
You’re cornered! The bad guy uses the shrink ray gun on you and you’re shrunk down to a miniature size!

CJ’s Apartment: I’ve Been Shrunk!

Bedroom Fan in Shrink Ray Island

This is the main part of the quest. You’ve now been shrunken down to miniature size and need to find out how to get back to normal size, catch the thief, and rescue CJ!

Run to the right, jump up onto the shelves, and then jump to the right on top of the fan. It will start to drop down. When it’s done, press the red button to start it and it will blow away all the dust bunnies under the bed, revealing the thumb drive underneath.
Turn the fan off, and jump up and over it. Then go under the bed and pick up the thumb drive.
Run to the right to get to the next part of the bedroom and then go right again to enter the living room.
Watch out for the cat’s paw when you run past the living room door. Jump up in the air as you run past.

CJ’s Apartment: The Kitchen

Kitchen Floor in Poptropica Shrink Ray Island

This is one of the most complicated parts of the entire quest. You need to do a lot of different steps to navigate through the kitchen and get the remote control on top of the refrigerator.

Head right one more time to get to the kitchen. When you arrive, you’ll see there’s a remote control on top of the refrigerator, but getting to the top is going to be more complicated than you might think.
Run to the right until you see some open drawers above a green and yellow sponge jump up on them and get the screwdriver. Then jump up onto the counter and run to the right to get to the next part of the kitchen.
There’s a piece of notepaper here that you need to get and it’s on the far right side on top of a table. Getting there is a bit tricky!
First, push the rolling pin so that it knocks the teapot onto the other burner. Then run up and jump into the steam coming from the teapot. It will lift you up to the shelf with the flour and sugar.
There’s a bottle of oil here. Push it over onto its side so that it starts dripping out.
Drop down to the floor and then push the cat’s food bowl so that it’s under the dripping oil from above.
Next jump back up onto the counter and then jump up and down on top of the cat food bag several times to make lots of food fall out. You should jump on it at least 4-5 times.
The food and oil will stick together making a little stepping stool out of the cat food that you can use to get up on the table. Next, push the cat food bowl to the right so that it is underneath the table.
Jump up on top of the cat food and then up onto the table top. Walk to the right to pick up the piece of paper. Also, pick up one of the purple grapes, which you’ll need for the next task.
Drop down to the floor and run to the left to get to the first part of the kitchen.
Jump up on the counter and run over to the toaster. Click on the plug to plug it into the socket.
Jump onto the toaster handle while holding the grape and stand there for a few seconds. The toaster will heat up and then the handle will pop up, sending you flying up into the air. You’ll land on a shelf with a spatula, a cup full of utensils, and a salt shaker.
Push the salt shaker to the left so that it’s on the very end of the spatula handle. Then jump up onto the cup and then jump to the right so that you land on the other end of the spatula.
Hold still and let the salt shaker fly up in the air and come back down. When it lands, it will make you fly up in the air. Jump a little up and to the left as you fly through the air and you’ll land on top of the refrigerator, where you can now pick up the remote control.
Now head to the right and push the green and yellow sponge next to the Power Clean spray bottle on the floor. Jump on the sponge and then onto the top of the bottle. Finally, jump to the top of the garbage can and go inside it. (Gross!)
Once inside, you need to solve a puzzle by moving certain objects, like tuna treats cat food cans and blocks of cheese. Objects that can be moved are clickable. First click on it, and then click on either the right or left green arrows to move it. Be careful: if you move an object that was holding up others you want to watch out that everything doesn’t fall on top of you!
First push the can of tuna treats near the entrance to the right.
Then jump down and pull the cheese to the left.
Go back up and push the milk to the right. Then jump down on top of it.
Next push the cheese above you on the shelf to the right.
Walk over it and pull the tuna can to the left.
Stand on on top of the can and jump up one shelf so that you’re standing right next to the tuna can above. Push it to the left to give you running room. Jump up and to the right.
Pull the tuna can on the bottom to the left then jump on it and finally jump up to the right to get the Torn Page.
To leave quickly, click on the green restart button in the lower left.
Run left to leave the kitchen and head to the living room.

CJ’s Apartment: Living Room
Fish Food in Shrink Ray Island

Here fishies! Have some food!

We’re getting close to the end. In this part, you need to get CJ’s Diary Key out of the fish tank. You can’t just jump directly in the tank because the fish will bump you out. We need to distract the little fishies!

Run over to the toy truck and then use the screwdriver from your backpack. This will remove the battery from the truck.
Jump up onto the table top, stand next to the TV remote, and then use the battery from your backpack. Then jump onto the green button on the remote to turn the TV on.
Now jump up onto the TV and climb the antenna to build up a static electricity charge. You’ll see white sparkles all over you.
Then jump up to the left to the green ballon. The static electricity charge will attach you to the ballon and you’ll float up and to the left. You will land safely on the frame of the Poshville Boardwalk picture on the wall.
Jump off to the left, and you’ll land on the shelf with the fish food. Push it to the left so that it tips over and drops food into the fish tank.
The fish will start eating the food and will be distracted so that you can jump into the tank and take the key.
Jump out of the fish tank onto the floor.

Return to CJ’s Bedroom

CJ’s Bedroom Telescope in Shrink Ray Island

Now that we’ve got the diary key, it’s time to head back to CJ’s bedroom and find the next clue.

Go left to CJ’s bedroom and then jump up on her desk. Open your backpack and use the thumb drive to put it in the computer. You’ll need to enter the password. The correct password is m4r13 cur13. Marie Curie is CJ’s hero and you should replace the i’s with 1′s, the a with a 4 and the e’s with 3′s.
The blueprints for the shrink ray gun will be uploaded.
Jump up again to get on the shelf with the Rubik’s Cube and her green diary.
Use the key in your backpack to open the diary.
Use the torn page in your backpack to complete the ripped part of the diary and you’ll get a message from CJ. It sounds like the thief is close by!
Now jump on the thermostat and make it spin to red so that the heat turns on.
Jump down onto the desk and stand next to the microscope. Then use the piece of paper from your backpack to put it down on the desk.
Jump up onto the lamp and then bounce up and down a few times to bring it down closer to the paper. When it won’t go down anymore, click the light switch to turn it on.
The heat from the lamp reveals the secret message from CJ that was written in lemon juice on the paper. It says, Look for me in the telescope. School coordinates.
Now go to the left to the next section of the bedroom.
Knock over the wastepaper basket and a bunch of paper will fall out and then rise up in the air from the heat coming up through the vent.
Use the papers as jumping platforms to get up on top of the bed. Then pick up the morse code key from the top of the bed.
Jump over onto the telescope. Then stand on each dial and spin them to the following coordinates: x – 87 and y – 16.
Now look through the telescope. CJ is inside the classroom at PS 101 and she’s sending you a message in morse code. Use the key to decipher the message and click each letter as she sends them to you. The full message is: flush the thumb drive.
Leave the bedroom and head for the bathroom.

CJ’s Apartment: Bathroom
Bathroom in Poptropica Shrink Ray Island

This toilet is disgusting!

The bathroom in CJ’s apartment is kind of disgusting. Good thing we only need to spend a short time here. The goal is to get past the bathtub and over to the toilet so that we can flush the thumb drive.

Run to the left and jump up on the drawer handles to reach the counter top.
Jump onto the hair dryer and stand on the back end so that it tips up. Then click on the red button to turn it on.
Leap into the stream of hot air and then you’ll end up on top of the shower curtain rod and move to the next part of the bathroom.
Drop down onto the soap dish and push the bar of soap off to the right. Jump down into the tub.
Go to the right and climb up the rope. Then stand on the faucet handle and run to spin it and turn the water on. The water will fill up the tub so you can swim over to the floating bar of soap.
Jump onto the bar of soap and from there jump onto the rubber duck’s back.
Now jump out of the tub to the left.
Jump onto the red plunger and onto the stack of toilet paper. Then leap up to the toilet bowl.
While standing on the bowl, use the thumb drive in your backpack to drop it inside.
Next jump onto the flush handle to send the thumb drive on its merry way.
Finally, head back the way you came to leave the bathroom.

CJ’s Apartment: The Great Escape
Great Escape in Poptropica Shrink Ray Island

Yee-haw! We’re outta here!

Now we need to get out of the apartment, which is going to be challenging because we’re still shrunken. Here’s how to do it!

Go all the way back to the telescope in CJ’s bathroom and set it to the same coordinates (87,16). Peek into it again and CJ has a new message for you.
The new message reveals the villain. It reads, thief is Mr. Silva.
Now we need to escape the apartment and rescue CJ!
Go back to the living room and take the battery out of the remote control. Then put it into the toy truck.
Get in and drive the toy truck left into CJ’s bedroom.
Get out of the truck and jump up onto CJ’s bookshelf. Go to the top where you’ll find a book called, Tess’s Tree by Jess M. Brallier. Push the book off the shelf to make it land and form a ramp that your truck can go over.
Fun Fact: Jess Brallier is one of the Poptropica Creators! He is the publisher and general manager of the game.
Jump back down and get in the truck. Drive over the ramp and you’ll see a short cinematic where you drive up and through the glass window out into the street.

Rescue at PS 101

Rescue at PS 101 in Poptropica Shrink Ray Island

Now we’re off to rescue CJ and stop Mr. Silva once and for all.

You’ll start playing an easy overhead mini-game where you need to drive the truck down the street while avoiding obstacles. The ride lasts a little over a minute and it very easy to complete.
You’ll end up inside the window of Mr. Silva’s office in the school. Run to the left and there’s CJ!
Unfortunately, Mr. Silva shows up and he’s trying to shrink you into oblivion. Now you need to avoid the ray gun.
The next sequence is a lot like the World War I sequence with Snoopy in Great Pumpkin Island. You need to hide behind objects when the ray gun appears so that it shrinks the object instead of you. Move to the left across the floor. You can either pause behind each object or skip every other one (if you’re quick enough). If you get hit by the ray gun, you have to start over.
When you reach the reticulated quartz sample and Mr. Silva shrinks it, jump up onto the yearbook on the left and then immediately jump onto the desk above. Then quickly hide behind his microscope.
After he shrinks the microscope, run right to the base of the globe. Mr. Silva will shrink it and the globe will fall off to the floor. Jump down to the floor and hide behind the books.
Wait for him to shrink the books, then push the globe under the chair. Jump up onto it and then leap to the chair and to his desk. Land behind the apple and lunchbox.
After he shrinks the apple and lunchbox, run all the way to the right until you are hiding behind the mirror.
When Mr. Silva tries to shrink you this time, the shrink ray reflects off the mirror and hits him! He shrinks himself and falls into the ant farm jar, where he’s trapped!
CJ appears and tells you to flip the switch to grow. Walk over and click the switch and then you’ll both return to normal size.
You’ll be back at the science fair, standing with CJ and her parents. Her new exhibit is on display and it’s called, The Incredible Shrunken Man. Looks like CJ won first prize for the exhibit and you get the island medallion for solving Shrink Ray Island. Congratulations!

Walkthrough Blog

Block template pics for Regular Show Wiki

Pokemon hacks

Pokemon HeartGold/SoulSilver Walkthrough

Pokemon Platinum Walkthrough

Pokemon Diamond/Pearl Walkthrough

Pokemon

Luigi’s Mansion Map

Luigi’s Mansion Walkthrough

More New Island Walkthrough Poptropica!!!!!!!

WORLD LEAGUES

Archives

Categories